222
PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet Heartland of America Park , Omaha, Nebraska, USA Design by: International Fountain Development Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio, Installed 1990 Operated by: Douglas County Environmental Services Omaha, Nebraska, Photographed May 2004 by Peter Micha

SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEMEdition 2005 - 1

SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FORFOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES

PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 FeetHeartland of America Park , Omaha, Nebraska, USA

Design by: International Fountain Development Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio, Installed 1990Operated by: Douglas County Environmental Services Omaha, Nebraska,

Photographed May 2004 by Peter Micha

Page 2: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 1441Rotating Lariat JetsBerlinGermanyBy:Aquaform WassertechnikLangen

PEM 108-375Columnar Jets,KitchenerCanadaBy:R.J.Van SetersMarkham

PEM 53 & 54Cascade JetsDubai U.A.E.By:United TechnologyDubai

Page 3: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

This Technical Manual is printed in Canada.This Technical Manual with all contents is internationally copyrighted c. 2005 by PEM

Fountain Co., a Division of Imperial Irrigation Co. Ltd.

This brochure is registered under the Canadian copyright registration.All rights are reserved.

The trademark 'PEM' is a registered and patented trademark in major countriesthroughout the world identifying equipment as manufactured by and for

PEM Fountain Co., a Division of Imperial Irrigation Co. Ltd, an Ontario, Canada Corporation.

This Technical Manual, its descriptions and the equipment described herein aresubject to change, alteration, deletion and / or improvement without notice.

Important Information :PEM FOUNTAIN COMPANY and PEM distributors around the world endeavour toassist without any obligation designers, architects, engineers and contractors in theirquest for successful and enduring projects in the ornamental display of water.

Design and engineering assistance for complete installations will be provided by PEMdistributors knowledgeable about particular types of construction and engineeringand / or are familiar with local conditions and requirements.

PEM FOUNTAIN COMPANY does not engage local agents or representatives in anyparticular country.

PEM FOUNTAIN COMPANY does not participate in bidding or contracting of any kindother than to supply PEM equipment.

All sales by this Corporation are subject to the terms & conditions of sale publishedas part of a current pricelist .

The designers, installers and end-users utilizing the equipment described hereinassume full responsibility for compliance with all applicable codes, requirements and/ or ordinances, their applicable articles, intents and consequences.

Where the manufacturer / supplier of the equipment described herein does not controlits application or usage he assumes no responsibility whatsoever for any or allconsequences arising out of the application, installation and / or usage of this or anyother associated equipment or materials.

102 General 2005-1

Page 4: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W114WATER SWITCHES 1" x 3/4" x 3/4"

PEM W114 - 1 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEXCONTENT: SECTION

INDEX W114 - 1

DIMENSIONS W114 - 2

MAJOR FLOW & PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS W114 - 3

APPLICATION, DIMENSIONS & CONSTRUCTION W114 - 4

PARTS W114 - 5

MUSICAL FOUNTAIN DESIGN SUGGESTIONS W114 - 6

PEM 110-5, NON ELECTRIC STEP ON ACTUATOR W114 - 7

ORDER INFORMATION W114 - 8

. P

ictu

res

cour

tesy

of

Fon

tene

Tek

knik

, O

slo,

Nor

way

Page 5: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W114-1withPEM 952 Aerated Jet09-1, Stand Assembly10-1, Supply Hose Assembly

PEM W114-1 has a molded plastic (ABS, Acrylo-nitrile Butadien Styrene, UV protected) body withmale (outside threaded) 1" NPT Inlet and 2 x 3/4" NPT Outlet Pipe connections for NPT or BSPpipe fittings. A stainless steel body low voltage, 3 way solenoidwater service, breather control valve is fitted to theWater Switch body. This solenoid valve has a sub-mersible coil with plug in connection to the supplycable of standard cable length of 2.7m / 9.0 Feet.The solenoid valve is fully accessible for servicing.Custom made larger & longer size electrical cablewith direct connection to solenoid valve coil withoutdisconnect are available at extra cost.As the solenoid valves are voltage sensitive, thePEM # 00-03 Low VoltageTest Device with colorcoded binder posts can be inserted between supplycable and solenoid valve to test actual operatingvoltage with suitable multi meter voltage tester .

Different PEM Spray Jets w. Flow Straighteners

Secondary Spray Jets and fittings for by pass valving.

Stainless Steel stand, fully adjustable & bolt down

Plastic re-inforced flexible tubing (hose) 1" -25mmwith fittings to connect to water supply.

PEM W114 WATER SWITCHES1" X 3/4" X 3/4"

PEM W114 - 2 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

PEM W114-1withPEM 812-1 Stream Jet09-1, Stand Assembly10-1 Supply Hose Assembly

360mm/ 14.17"

to330mm/ 13.00"

129mm5.1"

DIMENSIONS

203.2mm8.0"

3/4" NPT

FlexibleHose1" I.D.

Air Snorkel

Submersible Cable

Water Level

1" NPT

3/4" NPT

SnorkelAdjustment

550mm/ 21.625"to

350mm / 13.8"

Exhaust

190.5mm 7.50"

PEM W114 can be op-erated in any position,as long as the air snor-kel extends abovewater,The snorkel can alsobe supplanted with aslanted upward plas-tic tube, terminatingabove water.

SubmersiblePlug InDisconnectof electricalcable.Disconnected Submersible

Plug In Disconnectof electrical cable.Connected

DESCRIPTION

ADD ON TO PEM W114 WATER SWITCHES:

PEM 00-03LowVoltageTest Device

0.9m / 36"

Page 6: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W114JETS ON WATER SWITCH PERFORMANCES

PEM Water Switch PerformancesThe performance requirements of jets and nozzles when mounted onto the PEM Water Switch differ greatly from standardperformances due to pressure losses within the diverter and because of differences in installations.This also applies to jet performances when compared jets on other PEM Water SwitchesUse the actual performances ( established by actual testing) below and do not use performance tables as given elsewhere.PEM Water Switches permits the use of a secondary spray jet on the exhaust port to work while the primary jet is off, both jets canoscillate with each other.PEM Water Switches require forspray jet adjustment between jet and Water Switch or for small orifice jets and nozzles with lowflows the use of pipe size by-pass valve between Water Switch and Jet to prevent back pressure into the unit, that could causemalfunction or shut off.Always pre-test the actual performances of diverter & jet combinations under required conditions.For combinations (paired) Spray Effects, always test PEM W 114 Additional Performances Requirements.The solenoid valves of the different size PEM Water Switches are identical allowing for mix and match combinations on same systemThe jet and riser pipe above the Water Switch must be directly supported to avoid any stress on the Water Switch and its pipeconnections. Often the cause of water switch breakage is by maintenance staff holding on to jet to support themselves and thenslip, breaking off a water switch pipe connection.For PEM WATER SWITCHES IN ACTION, visit the PEM Website: www.pemfountain.ca / PEM Collection of Fountain PicturesThe creators of these water spectaculars have videos with sound available, otherwise contact by Email: [email protected]

PEM W114 SOME FLOW & PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

Recommended secondary (exhaust) spray jets : PEM 02-1, 31-25 or single / multiple clearstream jets , the secondary jetmust work with performance requirements of the primary jets, controlled by pipe size bypass valve.Where the flow in the primary jet is insufficient to cause the flow diverter to shut off completely, a pipe size by-pass valve mustbe inserted into the jet riser, increasing the flow through the Water Switch..Horizontal installations with longer pipe from water switch to nozzle require a horizontal check valve at outflow of water switch,same applies for immersed jets

WithPEM 812-13/4" Stream JetSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure1.0m 39 7.01.5m 49 12.0m2.0m 57 14.0m3.0m 65 18.0m4.0m 72 23.0m5.0m 80 28.0m

WithPEM 9521 1/4" Aerated JetSpray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 65 20.0m1.5m 72 27.0m2.0m 80 31.0m

WithPEM 626 1 1/2"Filigran JetSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure0.5m 53 13.0m1.0m 65 21.0m1.5m 80 31.0m

WithPEM 9531 1/2" Aerated JetSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure0.5m 57 18.0m1.0m 76 28.0m1.5m 88 32.0m

PEM W114 can be operated in any position, as long as the air snorkel extends above water,The snorkel can also be supplanted with a slanted upward tube, terminating above water.

PEM W114 - 3 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

1 USGPM = 3.785 L/min1 m Head = 3.24 m Head

Page 7: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W114 WATER SWITCHES, 1" x 3/4" x 3/4"APPLICATIONFor use in multiple spray effect water displays controlled by computer programmable low voltage sequencers withoutinterference with other spray effects or back pressure. This device permits the installation of reasonably priced sequencedwater displays or musical fountains. The water supply could be from a common single or multiple pump manifold.DESCRIPTIONPEM W114 Water Switch is intended to switch the flow of a water supply within 1/10th or less of a second from one outletto another. Within this device, waterpressure from the supply pipe is converted into flow velocity, then reconverted into a loweroutlet pressure. The function can be described as following: The water inflow from the supply pipe is directed at the junctionof 2 branches of a Y-Tee. As the inflowing water entrains ambient air, replenishing air from the snorkel is drawn evenly through2 transverse ports at the base of the Y. By opening or closing of these ports, a so called 'COANDA EFFECT' takes place,which bends the stream of the incoming water toward the Y leg that has its port closed. By controlling the air taken in by theseports from the snorkel with a low voltage solenoid valve, the COANDA EFFECT can be directed from one branch of the Y outletto the other, in effect switching the flow of water from the one outlet to the other.The very nature of the device does not permit valving or excessive back pressure of the outlets, the flow usually is controlledbefore entering the device or by the use of a by-pass valve on the outflow side of the diverter. Direct connection of a spray jetto the vertical outlet is recommended, nozzles not requiring laminar inflow are preferred. If the snorkel terminates belowwaterlevel, the unit does not work. Normally a larger spray jet or several smaller spray jets can be operated, with the horizontalport serving as exhaust, however this port can also be equipped with a spray jet to provide an alternating spray effect with aslightly lower outlet pressure.In the selection of spray jets, waterlevel independent and low backpressure jets or nozzle can be used with suitable pipe fittings. Waterlevel dependent aerated jets and cascade jets should not be used.It must be realized, that the Water Switch requires full inflow at all times, even if the spray effect is not working.CONSTRUCTIONPEM W114 - 1 has a molded plastic (ABS Acrylonitrile Butadien Styrene) body with male (outside threaded) 1" NPT Inletand 2 x 3/4" Outlets, NPT tapered pipe connections for connecting suitable for NPT & BSP threaded pipe fittings. A flexibleconnection of a 1"/ 25mm x 1m/3' long plastic re-forced tubing with fittings and clamps to connect to water supply can besupplied. A stainless steel body, low voltage water service 3 way solenoid breather control valve is attached to the WaterSwitch body, the solenoid valve has a submersible coil .Effective 2007, PEM Water Switches are supplied as standard with plug in submersible disconnects at the solenoid valve toassist in installation and maintenance by not having to open sealed junction boxes. Connecting cable: 2 x 1.5mm2 or 16/3AWG (to be specified) is supplied in 2.7m / 9.0 Feet length for termination into submersible PEM Junction Boxe with suitablePEM Cordseal. As solenoid valve coils are voltage sensitive, utilizing the PEM # 00-03 Low Voltage Test Device, the actualoperating voltage can be read with a suitable Multi Voltage Test Meter while the solenoid valve is energized. This initial testingto be done while pond is dry before filling, a test protocol be made and saved for future reference.TO TEST VOLTAGE IN FILLED PONDS : DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always shut off electrical power first,drain pond or lift solenoid valve coil out of the water, affix 00-03 to supply cable and to solenoid valve coil, replace same onsolenoid valve, then turn on electric power and check operating voltage. To maintain IP68 Rating when not inter-connected;always affix safely sealing cap to cable connector when removing from filled pond tp prevent entry of water into connection.

Operating Voltages:Valve Manufacturer states:Maximum operating voltagevariance of rated voltage:

+ 10% / - 15%Verify at each Water Switch with

PEM 003 Voltage Test Device

Coil Voltages (Specify)12 VAC, 50/60 Hz24 VAC, 50/60 Hz

24 DC

Valve Manufacturer statesthese inductive current

demands:12 VAC

5.8 AMP. Inrush 3.4 AMP. Holding

24 VAC 2.9 AMP. Inrush

1.7 AMP. Holding24 DC

0.48 AMP

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

For pipe thread sealant use only Teflon Tape. The use of other pipe thread sealants voids warranty!

PEM W114 - 4 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always shut off electrical power first, drain pond orlift units out of the water, disconnect cable from unit only when dry! To maintain IP68 Rating,always affix supplied sealing plug to pin connector of solenoid coil and sealing cap to cableconnector. The solenoid 3 way valve and fittings are fully accessible for servicing. With thesolenoid valve installed above waterlevel an operating sound might be noticeable, with the valveinstalled below waterlevel this sound disappears unless the flow volume exceeds that of statedperformances. The snorkel attached to the solenoid valve is fully extendable for maximum waterdepth.The stand is of stainless steel, fully adjustable, for bolting to pool floor.IMPORTANT:The jet and riser pipe above the Water Switch must be directly supported to avoid anystress on the Water Switch and its pipe connections. Often the cause of water switchbreakage is by maintenance staff holding on to jet to support themselves and then slip, breakingoff a water switch pipe connection. Most Installation positions of the water switch except forupside down are possiblebut the snorkel air intake must always be above waterlevel. For remoteinstallations the snorkel must be replaced with a suitable plastic or metal tubing that terminatesnear or at the pond but always above the waterlevel.To keep flying insects out of snorkel; retrofit with PEM # 420-0015 , 1-15 Insect Screen.For winterizing in cold climates: drain pool & all piping, assure that it cannot fill up with snowmelt. Losen 4 Valve Mounting Bolts ( # 8-5, just losen them, do not remove) & open valveplug,then close again to permit the valve to drain. Enclose unit with plastic garbage bag and tieup on intake pipe..

Page 8: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

-9-2

-5-1

-8-2

-8-3-8-4

-8-10

-8-5

-6-1

-7-0

-9-2

-8-5

-8-0- 8-1, -8-2, -8-3

-8-2, -8-3, -8-4

-7-0

-9-1-9-1

-10-1

-10-1

-6-1

-9-5

-8-9-8-8

-9-3

-9-4

PARTS LOCATIONPEM W114-1withSTAND ASSEMBLY 09-1&HOSE ASSEMBLY 10-1

PEM W114 WATER SWITCH ASSEMBLY PARTS

PEM Water Switches are supplied with stainlesssteel, fully submersible, water duty, solenoid valves.Approval of Solenoid Valves:UL, CSA, CE & RoHs compliant.PEM Water Switches are supplied with submersibledisconnects rated for IP 68, tested at 1.054Kg/sq cm(15 lbs/sq in) , 10m depth for 2 weeks.Approvals: UL,CSA, CE and RoHs compliant.

-1-01

-2-0

-3-1

-4

-1-15

00-03

1-011-152-022-042-063-14-234-264-614-624-664-744-764-805-516-16-47-717-727-737-747-757-768-18-28-38-48-58-88-98-109-19-29-39-49-510-1

PEM #420-0003

420-0011420-0015420-0022420-0024420-0026420-0031420-0423420-0426420-0461420-0462420-0466420-0474420-0476420-0480420-0051420-0061420-0062420-0071420-0072420-0073420-0074420-0075420-0076420-0811420-0812420-0813420-0814420-0815420-0818420-0819420-0810420-0911420-0912420-0913420-0914420-0915420-1011

DESCRIPTION-Low Voltage Test Device with Connectors

-Snorkel Assembly-Stainless Steel Insect Screen for Snorkel-12VAC Coil w. Pin Connector-24VAC Coil w. Pin Connector-24VDC Coil w. Pin Connector- Coil Holding Clamp w.bolt & washers-16/3AWG, 9' Cable, w. Connector-2 x 1.5mm2, 2.7m Cable,w. ConnectorCable Socket Connector for 16/3 AWGCable Socket Connector for 2 x 2.5mm2Sealing Gland for Connector (if lost)Pin Connector Sealing Plug w. 'O' ringSocket Connector Sealing Cap w.'O' ring'O' Ring for Sealing Cap or Plug- 3/4" PVC Exhaust Pipe Fitting- W114-1 Body only- W114-2 Body only- 12V (AC) Valve Assembly- 12V (AC) Valve Rebuild Kit w. 3-1 Clamp- 24V (AC) Valve Assembly- 24V (AC) Valve Rebuild Kit w. 3-1 Clamp- 24V (DC) Valve Assembly- 24V (DC) Valve Rebuild Kit w. 3-1 Clamp- Valve Plug (1)- 'O' Ring Seal (2)- Mounting Plate (2)- Valve Nipple (1)- Valve Mounting Bolt (4)- Hex Nut (4)- Lock Washer (4)- Street Elbow (2)- Stand Assembly- Stand Mounting Bolt (2)- Stand Hex Nut (2)- Stand Lock Washer (2)- Stand Flat washer 2)- Hose Assembly (1" x 1.0m 3.28')

W114 +

CAT.#

PEM 00-03Low VoltageTest Device

0.9m / 36"

PEM W114 - 5 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

Effective 2007, PEM Water Switches are supplied as standard with plug in submersible disconnects at the solenoid valve to assist in installationand maintenance by not having to open sealed junction boxes. Connecting cable: 2 x 1.5mm2 or 16/3 AWG (to be specified) is supplied in 2.7m/ 9.0 Feet length for termination into submersible PEM Junction Boxe with suitable PEM Cordseal. As solenoid valve coils are voltage sensitive,utilizing the PEM # 00-03 Low Voltage Test Device, the actual operating voltage can be read with a suitable Multi Voltage Test Meter whilethe solenoid valve is energized. This initial testing to be done while pond is dry before filling, a test protocol be made and saved for future reference.TO TEST VOLTAGE IN FILLED PONDS : DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always shut off electrical power first, drain pond or lift solenoidvalve coil out of the water, affix 00-03 to supply cable and to solenoid valve coil, replace same on solenoid valve, then turn on electric powerand check operating voltage. To maintain IP68 Rating when not inter-connected; always affix safely sealing cap to cable connector when removingfrom filled pond tp prevent entry of water into connection.Replacing Solenoid Valve Coils on PEM Water Switches dating prior to 2007 : Replace: complete Coil, Cable w.Pin connector and Coil ClampTo replace coils with custom sized fixed cable, larger & longer than above standard size cable, please enquire before removing.

Page 9: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Typical Design Consideration for a Musical Fountain of 3.0m / 10 Feet Heightwith 16 x PEM W114-1-6-7 Water Switch Assemblies with PEM 812-2 Stream Jets

MUSICAL FOUNTAIN DESIGN SUGGESTIONS

1” Piping &1” Ball Valve

3”4”

2 x PEM 7295Suction Strainers( Star ‘C’ Type )

Constant down Stream Pressure Regulator(when pump is not frequency controlled)

4”

4”

Pressure Gauge

Vac. Gauge3”

Centrifugal Pump withFrequency controlled motor,Flooded Suction1040 L/min x 28.0m+10% + Friction Losses in Pipe275 USGPM x 91 ‘+ 10% + Friction Losses in Pipe

PEM 812-2, 14mm / 0.551” Stream JetsPEM W 114-1-6-7 Water SwitchesSprayheight: 3.0m / 10’Each: 65 L/min / 17.2 USGPMTotal Flow:1040 L/min /275 USGPM + 10%Pressure at Water Switch:28.0 m / 91 ‘ + 10% 3”

Pressure Gauge

3”

SuggestedILLUMINATION16 pcs PEM C 133-8(4 Color Changing)with 12VAC, Mr165 W Power Color LEDLamps or50 W Color Halogen Lamps4”

Pump StrainerPump PEM Submersible Junction Boxes,

Conduit Stub Ups and Cordseals to be added1 USGPM = 3.785 L/min1 m Head = 3.24 m Head

For other PEM Water Switch configurations adjust above information for requirements.

PEM W114 - 6 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

SUGGESTED CONTROL SCHEMATIC FOR COMPUTER PROGRAMMABLEMUSICAL WATER DISPLAYS CONSIDERING DIFFERENT OPTIONS

NC FullVoltage Relays

PEM L 104Water Level

&/orPEM Q 119

Wind Control

DISCONNECTOF

SUPPLYVOLTAGE

( ASAVAILABLE )

PROGRAMMINGINPUT

forLAP TOP

COMPUTER

Transformerfor

12VACLighting

&Relays

Transformerfor

12VACWaterSwitchRelays

Transformerw. BridgeRectifier

for24V VDCJumping

Jets

S.P.Control Relays24 VAC Coils

for12VAC Lighting

Control Relays24 VAC Coils

Pump Starters

Transformerfor

24VACControl

Circuits &Relays

MasterTime Switch(Full Voltage,All Phases &

Current)

Conduit(s) to Junction Box(s)then Cable to LightsSee PEM Light Fixture Supplementsfor Cable Voltage Drop Information

Conduit(s) to Junction Box(s),then cable to Water Switch

S.P.Control Relays w.

24 VAC Coilsfor

12VACWater Switches

Recommended Suppliers:

Media Mation Inc.www. mediamat.com

Gilderfluke & Co.www.gilderfluke.com

ComputerProgrammable Sequencer

RECOMMENDEDFOR FIRST TIMERS :Advise above recom-mended control supplierswhat you want to createand purchase the supply &installation supervision ofthe complete controlset up from one them,also request the first 3programmings of thedisplay at site to get whatyou sold !

Controls& Amplifierfor Music

DiscPlayer

for Music

All public music useshave to be licenced,the control supplierusually can assist

Page 10: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 110-5#490 - 44005

MANUAL STEP ON CONTROL FOR PEM WATER SWITCHES

PEM 110-5 Step On Switch to activatePEM manual Water Switches PEM W114-2

This switch assembly is installed flush into concrete or othersurfaces and is connected with 2 x 8mm plastic tubes to one ormore PEM manual Water Switches ( up to 5 ).A third 8mm plastic (breather) tube is provided to connect toatmosphere (open air) if the switch assembly is enclosed airtight.All tubes must be installed in such a manner that they not kink or getdamaged. Kinked or damaged tube(s) can inactivate this control.Flexible tubing (3 x 3.0m / 10 feet) is supplied with each assembly, iflonger tubing is required, this will be extra & additional and lengthmust be specified.The switch assembly is protected from entry of dirt and sand with aflexible foam seal, housed within the spring coils.The switch assembly is designed to be mounted into a 100mm I.D. &110mm OD (4”) DIN (DN) drain Pipe. Not supplied with assembly topermit length of pipe housing to suit but requires enough openspace beneath switch to store coiled plastic tubing to permit switchto be installed and/or lifted out for servicing.When used with PEM M900 Spray Apron Assemblies, these unitsmust also be equipped with enough coiled tubing beneath to lift outthe assemblies.PEM 110-5 Switch Assembly is made of PVC with cast bronzestainless safety steel plunger, cast bronze surface flange fitted intoa cast bronze grout frame with stainless steel vandal resistantfasteners.The Stainless Steel Plunger,with rounded safety edges is heightadjustable after installation, above the mounting flange to suit allsafety requirements. This is a non electrical device.

PEM W114 - 7 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

165mm6.500”

72mm2.834”

152mm6.000”

6.35mm0.250”

(adjustable)

127mm5.000”

8mm Tubings(2)

to PEMWater

Switch(es)For multiple

water switchcontrol use8mm inserttube tees!

PVCSwitch Body

8mm Tubingto

Atmosphere(breather)if bottom ofPVC pipe is

sealed

100mm I.D.110mm O.D.

DN Drain pipePVC

(by others)

Phosphor BronzeCoil Springs

FLexible FoamSeal

Stainless SteelPlunger

Cast BronzeGrout Frame

Cast BronzeHeight AdjustableFlange to adjustheight of plunger

(4) 6mmSet Screws

to hold PVC Pipe

Cast BronzeGrout Frame

Cast BronzeHeight AdjustableFlange to adjustheight of Plunger

Stainless SteelPlunger

(4) Stainless Steelvandal resistant

bolts

Mounting Flange

Page 11: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM WATER SWITCHES ORDER INFORMATION

ORDER # PEM CAT. DESCRIPTION WT.Kg

420-0003 00-03 PEM Voltage Test Device for : 12AC, 24 VAC & 24 DC 1.20

PEM W114 -1, 1" WATER SWITCH w. Cable Disconnect 490-45400 W114-1 PEM W114-1 -1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 1.80490-45402 W114-2 PEM W114-2 fitted for manual control 1.10

PEM W114 Optional Fittings490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 3.4490-40200 08-2 PEM W114-1-08-2, 3/4" Vertical Adjustment Flange 0.60

Cable Connected 490-45480 09-1 PEM W 114-Stainless Steel Stand Assembly 1.10490-45490 10-1 PEM W 114-Flex.Hose Assembly (25mm x 1.0m, 1" NPT ) 1.20

Cable Disconnected 490-45494 12-4 PEM W114-1" NPT/ BSP Quick Disconnect 0.20420-02400 24-0 PEM W114-Mounting Coupling, PVC, 1" x 1 1/2" (NPT or BSP) 0.20

PEM W 114-1/09-1 + PEM 812 420-02410 24-1 PEM W114-Mounting Coupling, PVC, 1" x 2" (NPT or BSP) 0.20PEM W114 - MAIN JETS

490-20531 812-1 PEM 812-1, 12mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 0.5490-20533 812-2 PEM 812-2, 14mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 0.8490-45420 952 PEM 952 with PVC Reducer 0.80490-45430 953 PEM 953 with PVC Reducer 1.20

PEM W114 - SECONDARY JETS490-45450 02-1 PEM 02-2 Secondary Jet with lockable exhaust fittings 1.10490-45460 31-25 PEM 31-25 Secondary Jet with lockable exhaust fittings 1.80490-45470 812-1 PEM 812-1, 12mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 1.40

PEM W115-1,11/2" WATER SWITCH with Cable Disconnect Cable Connected 490-45500 W115-1 PEM W115-1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 2.10

490-45510 W115-2 PEM W115-2 fitted for manual control 1.40PEM W115-1--MANUAL CONTROLS

490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 2.90 Cable Disconnected PEM W 115-1--- OPTIONAL FITTINGS

490-40500 08-5 PEM 08-5, 1 1/2" Vertical adjustment Flange 1.40PEM W 115-1 + PEM 853 490-45696 12-6 W115 1 /2" NPT/ BSP Quick Disconnect 0.80

490-46190 190 Custom Stand & Support for Horizontal installeg Water Switch 4.50PEM W116-1, 2" WATER SWITCH with Cable Disconnect

490-45600 W116-1 PEM W116-1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 2.80490-45602 W116-2 PEM W116-2 fitted for manual control 1.60

PEM W116-2--MANUAL CONTROLS490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 2.90

PEM W116-1--OPTIONAL FITTINGS490-40600 08-5 PEM 08-6, 2" Adjustment Flange 1.70490-45697 12-7 W116-2" NPT/BSP Quick Disconnect 1.10490-46201 200 Custom Stand & Support for Horizontal installed W116 Water Switch 6.00

Cable Connected SUGGESTED MAIN JETS for PEM W115 & PEM W116 490-45510 815-2 PEM 815-2, 17mm x 1 1/2 x 300 mm PVC pipe w. fittings 5.50490-45610 815-3 PEM 815-4, 19mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 6.50490-45620 815-5 PEM 815-5, 20mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 1.60

Cable Disconnected 490-45625 846C PEM 846C, 19.1mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 2.70490-45630 953 PEM 953, 1 1/2" 1.40

PEM W 116-1/200+ PEM 846 490-45640 954 PEM 954 with 1 1/2" PVC Reducer 2.90490-45650 626 PEM 626 with 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe 2.50490-45660 02-6-1 PEM 02-6-1 with 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe 2.60

Inside/Female Threads can be re-tapped to BSP For custom fitted cable & cable size please enquire Use Flow Straighteners for all Jets on Water Switches

PEM W114- 8 of 8 2006-10 Replacing 2005-1

Page 12: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W115WATER SWITCH 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"

PEM W115 - 1 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEXCONTENTS : SECTIONINDEX W115 - 1DESCRIPTION & DIMENSIONS W115 - 2MAJOR FLOW & PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS W115 - 3APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION & ORDER INFORMATION W115 - 4PARTS W115 - 5MUSICAL FOUNTAIN DESIGN SUGGESTIONS W115 - 6PEM 110-5, NON ELECTRIC STEP ON ACTUATOR W115 - 7ORDER INFORMATION W115 - 8

Pic

ture

s co

urte

sy o

f F

reep

ort F

ount

ain

Inc.

Page 13: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

485mm19.05"

to355mm14.00"

1 1/2"

127mm5.000"

229mm9.000"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

DIMENSIONS

Electrical Cable2.7m - 9.0 Feet

PEM W115 WATER SWITCH1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"

Submersible Plug In Disconnectof electrical cable.

Disconnected

PEM 00-03Low VoltageTest Device

0.9m / 36"

PEM W115-1&953 Aerated Jet

Submersible Plug In Disconnectof electrical cable.

Connected

PEM W115 has a molded plastic (ABS, Acrylonitrile

Butadien Styrene, UV protected) body with male

(outside threaded) 1 1/2" NPT Inlet and

2 x 1 1/2" NPT Outlet Pipe connections for NPT or

BSP pipe fittings.

A stainless steel body low voltage, 3 way solenoid

water service, breather control valve is fitted to the

Water Switch body. This solenoid valve has a sub-

mersible coil with plug in connection to the supply

cable of standard cable length of 2.7m / 9.0 Feet.

The solenoid valve is fully accessible for servicing.

Custom made larger & longer size electrical cable

with direct connection to solenoid valve coil without

disconnect are available at extra cost.

As the solenoid valves are voltage sensitive, the

PEM # 00-03 Low VoltageTest Device with color

coded binder posts can be inserted between supply

cable and solenoid valve to test actual operating

voltage with suitable multi meter voltage tester .

Different PEM Spray Jets w. Flow StraightenersSecondary Spray Jets and fittings for by pass .

ADD ON TO PEM W115 WATER SWITCHES:

PEM W115-1&815 Stream Jet

PEM W115-1&846 Stream Jet

Submersible Plug In Disconnectof electrical cable.

Connected

PEM W115 - 2 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 14: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W115 WATER SWITCHJETS ON WATER SWITCH PERFORMANCES

PEM Water Switch PERFORMANCESThe performance requirements of jets and nozzles when mounted onto the PEM Water Switch differ greatly from standardperformances due to pressure losses within the diverter and because of differences in installations.This also applies to jet performances when compared jets on other PEM Water SwitchesUse the actual performances ( established by actual testing) below and do not use performance tables as given elsewhere.PEM Water Switches permits the use of a secondary spray jet on the exhaust port to work while the primary jet is off, bothjets can oscillate with each other.PEM Water Switches require forspray jet adjustment between jet and Water Switch or for small orifice jets and nozzles withlow flows the use of pipe size by-pass valve between Water Switch and Jet to prevent back pressure into the unit, that couldcause malfunction or shut off.Always pre-test the actual performances of diverter & jet combinations under required conditions.For combinations (paired) Spray Effects, always test PEM W 115 Additional Performances Requirements.The solenoid valves of the different size PEM Water Switches are identical allowing for mix and match combinations on samesystemThe jet and riser pipe above the Water Switch must be directly supported to avoid any stress on the Water Switch andits pipe connections. Often the cause of water switch breakage is by maintenance staff holding on to jet to support themselvesand then slip, breaking off a water switch pipe connection.

For PEM WATER SWITCHES IN ACTION, visit PEM Website:www.pemfountain.ca / PEM Collection of Fountain PicturesThe creators of these water spectaculars have videos with sound available, otherwise contact:[email protected]

PEM W115 Performanceswith PEM 02-6 on 300mm, 1 1/2” PipeSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure1.0m 120 30.0m1.5m 150 45.0m2.0m 175 60.0m2.5m 220 76.0m

PEM W115 Performanceswith PEM 954Spray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 100 23.0m1.5m 120 32.0m2.0m 143 40.0m3.0m 165 54.0m

PEM W115 Performanceswith PEM 953Spray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 69 9.0m1.5m 80 15.0m2.0m 100 22.0m3.0m 120 28.0m

PEM W115 Performanceswith PEM 626Spray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 65 12.0m2.0m 82 17.0m3.0m 100 23.0m4.0m 120 30.0m

PEM W115 Performances withPEM 815-1, 846B, Stream JetSpray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 75 7.6m1.5m 87 9.4m2.0m 100 11.0m3.0m 120 14.4m4.0m 127 18.0m

PEM W115 Performanceswith PEM 15-6C, Aerated Jeton 300mm x 1 1/2” PipeSpray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 160 46.0m1.5m 180 57.0m2.0m 210 67.0m2.5m 230 77.0m

INLET PRESSURE = Water Pressure at Inlet to Water Switch,DO NOT USE Regular performane tables of jetsAlways test actual Water Switch and Jet Combination performances before committing yourself.

PEM W115 - 3 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

1 USGPM = 3.785 L/min1 m Head = 3.24 m Head

Page 15: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W115 WATER SWITCHES1 1/2 " x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"

APPLICATIONFor use in multiple spray effect water displays controlled by computer programmable low voltage sequencers withoutinterference with other spray effects or back pressure. This device permits the installation of reasonably priced sequencedwater displays or musical fountains. The water supply could be from a common single or multiple pump manifold.DESCRIPTIONPEM W115 Water Switch is intended to switch the flow of a water supply within 1/10th or less of a second from one outletto another. Within this device, waterpressure from the supply pipe is converted into flow velocity, then reconverted into a loweroutlet pressure. The function can be described as following: The water inflow from the supply pipe is directed at the junctionof 2 branches of a Y-Tee. As the inflowing water entrains ambient air, replenishing air from the snorkel is drawn evenly through2 transverse ports at the base of the Y. By opening or closing of these ports, a so called 'COANDA EFFECT' takes place,which bends the stream of the incoming water toward the Y leg that has its port closed. By controlling the air taken in by theseports from the snorkel with a low voltage solenoid valve, the COANDA EFFECT can be directed from one branch of the Y outletto the other, in effect switching the flow of water from the one outlet to the other.The very nature of the device does not permit valving or excessive back pressure of the outlets, the flow usually is controlledbefore entering the device or by the use of a by-pass valve on the outflow side of the diverter. Direct connection of a spray jetto the vertical outlet is recommended, nozzles not requiring laminar inflow are preferred. If the snorkel terminates belowwaterlevel, the unit does not work. Normally a larger spray jet or several smaller spray jets can be operated, with the horizontalport serving as exhaust, however this port can also be equipped with a spray jet to provide an alternating spray effect with aslightly lower outlet pressure.In the selection of spray jets, waterlevel independent and low backpressure jets or nozzle can be used with suitable pipe fittings.Waterlevel dependent aerated jets and cascade jets should not be used.It must be realized, that Water Switch requires full inflow at all times, even if the spray effect is not working.CONSTRUCTIONPEM W115-1 has a molded plastic (ABS Acrylonitrile Butadien Styrene) body with male (outside threaded) 1 1/2" NPT Inletand 2 x 1 1/2" Outlets, NPT tapered pipe connections for connecting suitable for NPT & BSP threaded pipe fittings. A stainlesssteel body, low voltage water service 3 way, solenoid breather control valve is attached to the Watewr Switch body, the solenoidvalve has a submersible coil .

For pipe thread sealant use only Teflon Tape. The use of other pipe thread sealants voids warranty!

PEM W115 - 4 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Effective 2007, PEM Water Switches are supplied as standard with plug in submersibledisconnects at the solenoid valve to assist in installation and maintenance by not having to opensealed junction boxes. Connecting cable: 2 x 1.5mm2 or 16/3 AWG (to be specified) is suppliedin 2.7m / 9.0 Feet length for termination into submersible PEM Junction Boxe with suitable PEMCordseal. As solenoid valve coils are voltage sensitive, utilizing the PEM # 00-03 Low Voltage TestDevice, the actual operating voltage can be read with a suitable Multi Voltage Test Meter while thesolenoid valve is energized. This initial testing to be done while pond is dry before filling, a testprotocol be made and saved for future reference.TO TEST VOLTAGE IN FILLED PONDS : DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always shutoff electrical power first, drain pond or lift solenoid valve coil out of the water, affix 00-03 to supplycable and to solenoid valve coil, replace same on solenoid valve, then turn on electric power andcheck operating voltage. To maintain IP68 Rating when not inter-connected; always affix safelysealing cap to cable connector when removing from filled pond tp prevent entry of water intoconnection.The jet and riser pipe above the Water Switch must be directly supported to avoid any stresson the Water Switch and its pipe connections. Often the cause of water switch breakage isby maintenance staff holding on to jet to support themselves and then slip, breaking off a waterswitch pipe connection. Most Installation positions of the water switch except for upside down arepossible but the snorkel air intake must always be above waterlevel. For remote installations thesnorkel must be replaced with a suitable plastic or metal tubing that terminates near or at the pondbut always above the waterlevel.To keep flying insects out of snorkel; retrofit with PEM # 420-0015 , 1-15 Insect Screen.For winterizing in cold climates: drain pool & all piping, assure that it cannot fill up with snow melt.Loosen 4 Valve Mounting Bolts ( # 8-5, just loosen them, do not remove) & open valve plug,then closeagain to permit the valve to drain. Enclose unit with plastic garbage bag and tie up on intake pipe.

Operating Voltages:Valve Manufacturer states:Maximum operating voltagevariance of rated voltage:

+ 10% / - 15%Verify at each Water Switch with

PEM 003 Voltage Test Device

Coil Voltages (Specify)12 VAC, 50/60 Hz24 VAC, 50/60 Hz

24 DC

Valve Manufacturer statesthese inductive current

demands:12 VAC

5.8 AMP. Inrush 3.4 AMP. Holding

24 VAC 2.9 AMP. Inrush

1.7 AMP. Holding24 DC

0.48 AMP

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Page 16: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PARTS LOCATION of PEM W115-1

PEM W115 WATER SWITCH ASSEMBLY & PARTS

PEM Water Switches are supplied with stainlesssteel, fully submersible, water duty, solenoid valves.Approval of Solenoid Valves:UL, CSA, CE & RoHs compliant.PEM Water Switches are supplied with submersibledisconnects rated for IP 68, tested at 1.054Kg/sq cm(15 lbs/sq in) , 10m depth for 2 weeks.Approvals: UL, CSA, CE and RoHs compliant.

-8-2

-2-1-4

-3-1

-8-5

-6-2

-7-0

-8-108-1, 8-2, 8-3

-7-0

-5-1

-8-4

-8-2- , 8-3, 8-4, 8-10

-8-3-8-5

-6-2

-8-8

-8-9

-1-01

-1-15PEM 00-03Low VoltageTest Device

0.9m / 36"

PEM W115 - 5 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

00-03W115-1-011-152-022-042-063-14-234-264-614-624-664-744-764-805-516-26-37-717-727-737-747-757-768-18-28-38-48-58-88-98-10

PEM #420-0003

420-0011420-0015420-0022420-0024420-0026420-0031420-0423420-0426420-0461420-0462420-0466420-0474420-0476420-0480420-0051420-0062420-0063420-0071420-0072420-0073420-0074420-0075420-0076420-0811420-0812420-0813420-0814420-0815420-0818420-0819420-0810

DESCRIPTION-Low Voltage Test Device with Connectors

-Snorkel Assembly-Stainless Steel Insect Screen for Snorkel-12VAC Coil w. Pin Connector-24VAC Coil w. Pin Connector-24VDC Coil w. Pin Connector- Coil Holding Clamp w. bolt & washers-16/3AWG, 9' Cable, w. Connector-2 x 1.5mm2, 2.7m Cable,w. ConnectorCable Socket Connector for 16/3 AWGCable Socket Connector for 2 x 2.5mm2Sealing Gland for Connector (if lost)Pin Connector Sealing Plug w. 'O' ringSocket Connector Sealing Cap w.'O' ring'O' Ring for Sealing Cap or Plug- 3/4" PVC Exhaust Pipe Fitting- W115-1 Body only- W115-2 Body only-12V (AC) Valve Assembly-12V (AC) Valve Rebuild Kit w.3-1 Clamp-24V (AC) Valve Assembly-24V (AC) Valve Rebuild Kit w.3-1 Clamp-24V (DC) Valve Assembly-24V (DC) Valve Rebuild Kit w.3-1 Clamp- Valve Plug (1)- 'O' Ring Seal (2)- Mounting Plate (2)- Valve Nipple (1)- Valve Mounting Bolt (4)- Hex Nut (4)- Lock Washer (4)- Street Elbow (2)

CAT.#

Effective 2007, PEM Water Switches are supplied as standard with plug in submersible disconnects at the solenoid valve to assist in installationand maintenance by not having to open sealed junction boxes. Connecting cable: 2 x 1.5mm2 or 16/3 AWG (to be specified) is supplied in 2.7m/ 9.0 Feet length for termination into submersible PEM Junction Boxe with suitable PEM Cordseal. As solenoid valve coils are voltage sensitive,utilizing the PEM # 00-03 Low Voltage Test Device, the actual operating voltage can be read with a suitable Multi Voltage Test Meter whilethe solenoid valve is energized. This initial testing to be done while pond is dry before filling, a test protocol be made and saved for future reference.TO TEST VOLTAGE IN FILLED PONDS : DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always shut off electrical power first, drain pond or lift solenoidvalve coil out of the water, affix 00-03 to supply cable and to solenoid valve coil, replace same on solenoid valve, then turn on electric powerand check operating voltage. To maintain IP68 Rating when not inter-connected; always affix safely sealing cap to cable connector when removingfrom filled pond tp prevent entry of water into connection.Replacing Solenoid Valve Coils on PEM Water Switches dating prior to 2007 : Replace: complete Coil, Cable w.Pin connector and Coil ClampTo replace coils with custom sized fixed cable, larger & longer than above standard size cable, please enquire before removing.

Page 17: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Typical Plumbing of a Musical Fountain of 4.5m / 15 Feet Heightwith 16 x PEM W115-1 Water Switch Assemblies with PEM 815- 1 Stream Jets

MUSICAL FOUNTAIN DESIGN SUGGESTIONS

Constant down Stream Pressure Regulator(when pump is not frequency controlled)

6”

6”

Pressure Gauge

Vac. Gauge 4”

Pressure Gauge

Centrifugal Pumpwith frequencycontrolled motorFlooded Suction2000 L/min x 20.0m+10% + Friction Losses in Pipe530 USGPM x 65 ‘ Head+ 10% + Friction Losses in Pipe

PEM 815-1, 16mm / 0.630”, 1 1/2”PEM W 115 Water SwitchSprayheight: 4.5m / 15’Each: 123 L/min / 32.5 USGPMTotal Flow:1968 L/min / 520 USGPM + 10%Pressure at Water Switch:19.5 m / 63 ‘ + 10%(10% = Safety)

2 x PEM 7298Suction Strainers( Star ‘B’ Type )

1 1/4” Ball Valve( Flow Sizedfor minimumturbulence )

1 1/2”

1 1/2”4” 4”

6”

4”

SuggestedILLUMINATION48 pcs PEM E 150-Can.w. Dichro Color Lens(3 Color Changing)with PAR 38,120V-250W NSP Lamps12V - R40, 120W NSP “230V - R40, NSP Lamps

Pump StrainerPump PEM Submersible Junction Boxes,

Conduit Stub Ups and Cordseals to be added1 USGPM = 3.785 L/min1 m Head = 3.24 m Head

For other PEM Water Switch configurations adjust above information for requirements.

PEM W115 - 6 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

SUGGESTED CONTROL SCHEMATIC FOR COMPUTER PROGRAMMABLEMUSICAL WATER DISPLAYS CONSIDERING DIFFERENT OPTIONS

NC FullVoltage Relays

PEM L 104Water Level

&/orPEM Q 119

Wind Control

DISCONNECTOF

SUPPLYVOLTAGE

( ASAVAILABLE )

PROGRAMMINGINPUT

forLAP TOP

COMPUTER

Transformerfor

12VACLighting

&Relays

Transformerfor

12VACWaterSwitchRelays

Transformerw. BridgeRectifier

for24V VDCJumping

Jets

S.P.Control Relays24 VAC Coils

for12VAC Lighting

Control Relays24 VAC Coils

Pump Starters

Transformerfor

24VACControl

Circuits &Relays

MasterTime Switch(Full Voltage,All Phases &

Current)

Conduit(s) to Junction Box(s)then Cable to LightsSee PEM Light Fixture Supplementsfor Cable Voltage Drop Information

Conduit(s) to Junction Box(s),then cable to Water Switch

S.P.Control Relays w.

24 VAC Coilsfor

12VACWater Switches

Recommended Suppliers:

Media Mation Inc.www. mediamat.com

Gilderfluke & Co.www.gilderfluke.com

ComputerProgrammable Sequencer

RECOMMENDEDFOR FIRST TIMERS :Advise above recom-mended control supplierswhat you want to createand purchase the supply &installation supervision ofthe complete controlset up from one them,also request the first 3programmings of thedisplay at site to get whatyou sold !

Controls& Amplifierfor Music

DiscPlayer

for Music

All public music useshave to be licenced,the control supplierusually can assist

Page 18: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 110-5#490 - 44005

MANUAL STEP ON CONTROL FOR PEM WATER SWITCHES

PEM 110-5 Step On Switch to activatePEM manual Water Switch PEM W115-2

This switch assembly is installed flush into concrete or othersurfaces and is connected with 2 x 8mm plastic tubes to one ormore PEM manual Water Switches ( up to 5 ).A third 8mm plastic (breather) tube is provided to connect toatmosphere (open air) if the switch assembly is enclosed airtight.All tubes must be installed in such a manner that they not kink or getdamaged. Kinked or damaged tube(s) can inactivate this control.Flexible tubing (3 x 3.0m / 10 feet) is supplied with each assembly, iflonger tubing is required, this will be extra & additional and lengthmust be specified.The switch assembly is protected from entry of dirt and sand with aflexible foam seal, housed within the spring coils.The switch assembly is designed to be mounted into a 100mm I.D. &110mm OD (4”) DIN (DN) drain Pipe. Not supplied with assembly topermit length of pipe housing to suit but requires enough openspace beneath switch to store coiled plastic tubing to permit switchto be installed and/or lifted out for servicing.When used with PEM M900 Spray Apron Assemblies, these unitsmust also be equipped with enough coiled tubing beneath to lift outthe assemblies.PEM 110-5 Switch Assembly is made of PVC with cast bronzestainless safety steel plunger, cast bronze surface flange fitted intoa cast bronze grout frame with stainless steel vandal resistantfasteners.The Stainless Steel Plunger,with rounded safety edges is heightadjustable after installation, above the mounting flange to suit allsafety requirements. This is a non electrical device.

PEM W115 - 7 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

165mm6.500”

72mm2.834”

152mm6.000”

6.35mm0.250”

(adjustable)

127mm5.000”

8mm Tubings(2)

to PEMWater

Switch(es)For multiple

water switchcontrol use8mm inserttube tees!

PVCSwitch Body

8mm Tubingto

Atmosphere(breather)if bottom ofPVC pipe is

sealed

100mm I.D.110mm O.D.

DN Drain pipePVC

(by others)

Phosphor BronzeCoil Springs

FLexible FoamSeal

Stainless SteelPlunger

Cast BronzeGrout Frame

Cast BronzeHeight AdjustableFlange to adjustheight of plunger

(4) 6mmSet Screws

to hold PVC Pipe

Cast BronzeGrout Frame

Cast BronzeHeight AdjustableFlange to adjustheight of Plunger

Stainless SteelPlunger

(4) Stainless Steelvandal resistant

bolts

Mounting Flange

Page 19: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM WATER SWITCHES ORDER INFORMATION

ORDER # PEM CAT. DESCRIPTION WT.Kg

420-0003 00-03 PEM Voltage Test Device for : 12AC, 24 VAC & 24 DC 1.20

PEM W114 -1, 1" WATER SWITCH w. Cable Disconnect 490-45400 W114-1 PEM W114-1 -1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 1.80490-45402 W114-2 PEM W114-2 fitted for manual control 1.10

PEM W114 Optional Fittings490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 3.4490-40200 08-2 PEM W114-1-08-2, 3/4" Vertical Adjustment Flange 0.60

Cable Connected 490-45480 09-1 PEM W 114-Stainless Steel Stand Assembly 1.10490-45490 10-1 PEM W 114-Flex.Hose Assembly (25mm x 1.0m, 1" NPT ) 1.20

Cable Disconnected 490-45494 12-4 PEM W114-1" NPT/ BSP Quick Disconnect 0.20420-02400 24-0 PEM W114-Mounting Coupling, PVC, 1" x 1 1/2" (NPT or BSP) 0.20

PEM W 114-1/09-1 + PEM 812 420-02410 24-1 PEM W114-Mounting Coupling, PVC, 1" x 2" (NPT or BSP) 0.20PEM W114 - MAIN JETS

490-20531 812-1 PEM 812-1, 12mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 0.5490-20533 812-2 PEM 812-2, 14mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 0.8490-45420 952 PEM 952 with PVC Reducer 0.80490-45430 953 PEM 953 with PVC Reducer 1.20

PEM W114 - SECONDARY JETS490-45450 02-1 PEM 02-2 Secondary Jet with lockable exhaust fittings 1.10490-45460 31-25 PEM 31-25 Secondary Jet with lockable exhaust fittings 1.80490-45470 812-1 PEM 812-1, 12mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 1.40

PEM W115-1,11/2" WATER SWITCH with Cable Disconnect Cable Connected 490-45500 W115-1 PEM W115-1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 2.10

490-45510 W115-2 PEM W115-2 fitted for manual control 1.40PEM W115-1--MANUAL CONTROLS

490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 2.90 Cable Disconnected PEM W 115-1--- OPTIONAL FITTINGS

490-40500 08-5 PEM 08-5, 1 1/2" Vertical adjustment Flange 1.40PEM W 115-1 + PEM 853 490-45696 12-6 W115 1 /2" NPT/ BSP Quick Disconnect 0.80

490-46190 190 Custom Stand & Support for Horizontal installeg Water Switch 4.50PEM W116-1, 2" WATER SWITCH with Cable Disconnect

490-45600 W116-1 PEM W116-1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 2.80490-45602 W116-2 PEM W116-2 fitted for manual control 1.60

PEM W116-2--MANUAL CONTROLS490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 2.90

PEM W116-1--OPTIONAL FITTINGS490-40600 08-5 PEM 08-6, 2" Adjustment Flange 1.70490-45697 12-7 W116-2" NPT/BSP Quick Disconnect 1.10490-46201 200 Custom Stand & Support for Horizontal installed W116 Water Switch 6.00

Cable Connected SUGGESTED MAIN JETS for PEM W115 & PEM W116 490-45510 815-2 PEM 815-2, 17mm x 1 1/2 x 300 mm PVC pipe w. fittings 5.50490-45610 815-3 PEM 815-4, 19mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 6.50490-45620 815-5 PEM 815-5, 20mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 1.60

Cable Disconnected 490-45625 846C PEM 846C, 19.1mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 2.70490-45630 953 PEM 953, 1 1/2" 1.40

PEM W 116-1/200+ PEM 846 490-45640 954 PEM 954 with 1 1/2" PVC Reducer 2.90490-45650 626 PEM 626 with 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe 2.50490-45660 02-6-1 PEM 02-6-1 with 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe 2.60

Inside/Female Threads can be re-tapped to BSP For custom fitted cable & cable size please enquire Use Flow Straighteners for all Jets on Water Switches

PEM W115- 8 of 8 2006-10 Replacing 2005-1

Page 20: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W116 WATER SWITCHES 2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"

PEM W116 -1 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEXCONTENT: SECTIONINDEX W116 - 1DESCRIPTION & DIMENSIONS W116 - 2MAJOR FLOW & PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS W116 - 3APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION & ORDER INFORMATION W116 - 4PARTS W116 - 5MUSICAL FOUNTAIN DESIGN SUGGESTIONS W116 - 6PEM 110-5, NON ELECTRIC STEP ON ACTUATOR W116 - 7ORDER INFORMATION W116 - 8

Pic

ture

cou

rtes

y of

Geo

rgia

Fou

ntai

n C

o.

Page 21: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W116 WATER SWITCHES2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"

Submersible Plug In Disconnectof electrical cable.

Disconnected

SubmersiblePlug In Disconnectof electrical cable.

Connected

PEM W116-1with

846C Stream Jet&

PEM 116-200Stand

DIMENSIONS

WATER

LEVEL

1 1/2"NPT

Air Snorkel

2" NPT

142.4mm5.625"

281mm11.062"

536mm21.125"

to396mm15.625"

1 1/2" NPT

PEM W116-1with

15-6C Cascade Jet

PEM W116-1with

847C Stream Jet

PEM W116-1 &with

954 Aerated Jet

PEM W116-1 has a molded plastic (ABS, Acrylonitrile

Butadien Styrene, UV protected) body with male (outside

threaded) 1 1/2" NPT Inlet and

2 x 1 1/2" NPT Outlet Pipe connections for NPT or BSP

pipe fittings.

A stainless steel body , low voltage 3 way solenoid water

service, breather control valve is fitted to the Water Switch

body. This solenoid valve has a submersible coil with

plug in connection to the supply cable of standard cable

length of 2.7m / 9.0 Feet.

The solenoid valve is fully accessible for servicing.

Custom made larger & longer size electrical cable with

direct connection to solenoid valve coil without discon-

nect are available at extra cost.

As the solenoid valves are voltage sensitive, the PEM #

003 Low VoltageTest Device with color coded binder

posts can be inserted between supply cable and sole-

noid valve to test actual operating voltage with suitable

multi meter voltage tester .

Different PEM Spray Jets w. Flow StraightenersSecondary Spray Jets and fittings for by pass .

ADD ON TO PEM W116 WATER SWITCHES:

PEM 00-03Low VoltageTest Device

0.9m / 36"

PEM W116 - 2 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 22: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

With PEM 02-6,1 1/2" Fan JetSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure1.0m 207 10.0m1.5m 218 14.0m2.0m 228 17.0m3.0m 273 22.0m4.0m 380 27.0m

Recommended secondary (exhaust) spray jets : PEM 02-6, 07-1, 07-2, or single / multiple clearstream jets , thesecondary jet must work with performance requirements of primary jets, spray height adjusted with by-pass valvein pipe from from Water Switch to Jet. Secondary spray jets have a slightly lesser spray effect than primary jetsdue to greater internal friction losses in Water Switch. Where the outflow in the Water Switch is insufficient tocause it to shut off completely, a by-pass valve must be inserted into the jet riser pipe to the jet, increasing the flow.For lesser sprayheights use PEM W115 or W114 .PEM W116 can be operated in any position, as long as the air snorkelextends above water. The snorkel can also be supplanted with a slanted upward tube, terminating above water.Where the outflow in the Water Switch is insufficient to cause it to shut off completely, a by-pass valve must beinserted into the jet riser to the jet, increasing the flow .

The performance requirements of jets and nozzles when mounted onto the PEM Water Switch differ greatly from standard performances due to pressurelosses within the diverter and because of differences in installations.This also applies to jet performances when compared jets on other PEM Water SwitchesUse the actual performances ( established by actual testing) below and do not use performance tables as given elsewhere.PEM Water Switches permits the use of a secondary spray jet on the exhaust port to work while the primary jet is off, both jets can oscillate with eachother.PEM Water Switches require forspray jet adjustment between jet and Water Switch or for small orifice jets and nozzles with low flows the use ofpipe size by-pass valve between Water Switch and Jet to prevent back pressure into the unit, that could cause malfunction or shut off.Always pre-test the actual performances of diverter & jet combinations under required conditions.For combinations (paired) Spray Effects, always test PEM W 116 Additional Performances Requirements.The solenoid valves of the different size PEM Water Switches are identical, allowing for mix and match combinations on same systemThe jet and riser pipe above the Water Switch must be directly supported to avoid any stress on the Water Switch and its pipeconnections. Often the cause of water switch breakage is by maintenance staff holding on to jet to support themselves and then slip, breaking off awater switch pipe connection.For PEM WATER SWITCHES IN ACTION, visit PEM Website: www.pemfountain.ca / PEM Collection of Fountain PicturesThe creators of these water spectaculars have videos with sound available, otherwise contact by Email : [email protected]

PEM W116JETS ON WATER SWITCH PERFORMANCES

PEM W116 - 3 of 8 Controls 2007-01 replacing 2006-10

PEM 846C, 815-4 Stream Jetwith 12”/ 30cm x 1 1/2” Pipe withFlowstraightener andCoupling on PEM 116-200 StandSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure 4.0m 127 18.0m 5.0m 148 21.5m 6.0m 190 32.0m 7.0m 200 36.0m 8.0m 216 39.0m 9.0m 227 39.0m10.0m 249 44.0m12.0m 282 51.0m 1 USGPM = 3.785 L/min

1 m Head = 3.24 m Head

With PEM 953,1 1/2" Aerated Jet

With PEM 955, 3" Aerated Jet

With PEM 954,2" Aerated Jet

Spray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure1.5m 235 17.0m2.0m 243 18.0m3.0m 258 22.0m4.0m 290 30.0m

Spray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure1.5m 190 15.0m2.0m 220 17.0m3.0m 243 24.0m4.0m 262 30.0m

Spray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure2.0m 205 17.0m3.0m 254 24.0m4.0m 268 30.0m4.5m 305 36.0m

With PEM 626,1 1/2" Filigran JetSpray Flow InletHeight L/min Pressure2.0m 190 12.0m3.0m 220 15.0m4.0m 250 20.0m4.5m 270 22.0m

With PEM 847C, 2" Stream JetSpray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 178 13m2.0m 220 15m3.0m 254 20m4.0m 265 22m5.0m 284 25m

Page 23: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W116 WATER SWITCHES 2 " x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"

PEM W116 - 4 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

APPLICATION

For use in multiple spray effect water displays controlled by computer programmable low voltage sequencers without

interference with other spray effects or back pressure. This device permits the installation of reasonably priced sequenced

water displays or musical fountains. The water supply could be from a common single or multiple pump manifold.

DESCRIPTION

PEM W116 Water Switch is intended to switch the flow of a water supply within 1/10th or less of a second from one outlet

to another. Within this device, waterpressure from the supply pipe is converted into flow velocity, then reconverted into a lower

outlet pressure. The function can be described as following: The water inflow from the supply pipe is directed at the junction

of 2 branches of a Y-Tee. As the inflowing water entrains ambient air, replenishing air from the snorkel is drawn evenly through

2 transverse ports at the base of the Y. By opening or closing of these ports, a so called 'COANDA EFFECT' takes place,

which bends the stream of the incoming water toward the Y leg that has its port closed. By controlling the air taken in by these

ports from the snorkel with a low voltage solenoid valve, the COANDA EFFECT can be directed from one branch of the Y outlet

to the other, in effect switching the flow of water from the one outlet to the other.

The very nature of the device does not permit valving or excessive back pressure of the outlets, the flow usually is controlled

before entering the device or by the use of a by-pass valve on the outflow side of the diverter. Direct connection of a spray jet

to the vertical outlet is recommended, nozzles not requiring laminar inflow are preferred. If the snorkel terminates below

waterlevel, the unit does not work. Normally a larger spray jet or several smaller spray jets can be operated, with the horizontal

port serving as exhaust, however this port can also be equipped with a spray jet to provide an alternating spray effect with a

slightly lower outlet pressure.

In the selection of spray jets, waterlevel independent and low backpressure jets or nozzle can be used with suitable pipe fittings.

Waterlevel dependent aerated jets and cascade jets should not be used.

It must be realized, that the Water Switch requires full inflow at all times, even if the spray effect is not working.

CONSTRUCTION

PEM W116 - 1 has a molded plastic (ABS Acrylonitrile Butadien Styrene) body with male (outside threaded) 2" NPT Inlet

and 2 x 1 1/2" Outlets, NPT tapered pipe connections for connecting suitable for NPT & BSP threaded pipe fittings. A stainless

steel body, low voltage water service, 3 way solenoid breather control valve is attached to the diverter body, the solenoid valve

has a submersible coil .

For pipe thread sealant use only Teflon Tape.

The use of other pipe thread sealants voids warranty!

Operating Voltages:Valve Manufacturer states:Maximum operating voltagevariance of rated voltage:

+ 10% / - 15%Verify at each Water Switch with

PEM 003 Voltage Test Device

Coil Voltages (Specify)12 VAC, 50/60 Hz24 VAC, 50/60 Hz

24 DC

Valve Manufacturer statesthese inductive current

demands:12 VAC

5.8 AMP. Inrush 3.4 AMP. Holding

24 VAC 2.9 AMP. Inrush

1.7 AMP. Holding24 DC

0.48 AMP

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Effective 2007, PEM Water Switches are supplied as standard with plug in submersible

disconnects at the solenoid valve to assist in installation and maintenance by not having to open

sealed junction boxes. Connecting cable: 2 x 1.5mm2 or 16/3 AWG (to be specified) is supplied

in 2.7m / 9.0 Feet length for termination into submersible PEM Junction Boxe with suitable PEM

Cordseal. As solenoid valve coils are voltage sensitive, utilizing the PEM # 00-03 Low Voltage

Test Device, the actual operating voltage can be read with a suitable Multi Voltage Test Meter

while the solenoid valve is energized. This initial testing to be done while pond is dry before

filling, a test protocol be made and saved for future reference.

TO TEST VOLTAGE IN FILLED PONDS : DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always

shut off electrical power first, drain pond or lift solenoid valve coil out of the water, affix 00-03

to supply cable and to solenoid valve coil, replace same on solenoid valve, then turn on electric

power and check operating voltage. To maintain IP68 Rating when not inter-connected; always

affix safely sealing cap to cable connector when removing from filled pond tp prevent entry of

water into connection.

Page 24: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM W116-1 WATER SWITCH ASSEMBLY & PARTS

PEM W116 - 5 of 8 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PARTS LOCATION OF PEM W116-1

PEM Water Switches are supplied with stainlesssteel, fully submersible, water duty, solenoid valves.Approval of Solenoid Valves:UL, CSA, CE & RoHs compliant.PEM Water Switches are supplied with submersibledisconnects rated for IP 68, tested at 1.054Kg/sq cm(15 lbs/sq in) , 10m depth for 2 weeks.Approvals: UL,CSA, CE and RoHs compliant.

-5-1

-8-108-1, -8-2, -8-3

-8-2, -8-3, -8-4

-8-2

-1-01

-2-0-4-0

-8-5

-6-3-7-0

-7-0

-8-4

-8-3-8-6

-6-3

-8-9

-8-8

-1-15

-3-1

PEM 00-03Low VoltageTest Device

0.9m / 36"

0-03

1-011-152-022-042-063-14-234-264-614-624-664-744-764-805-516-36-47-717-727-737-747-757-768-18-28-38-48-58-88-98-10

PEM #420-0003

420-0011420-0015420-0022420-0024420-0026420-0031420-0423420-0426420-0461420-0462420-0466420-0474420-0476420-0480420-0051420-0063420-0064420-0071420-0072420-0073420-0074420-0075420-0076420-0811420-0812420-0813420-0814420-0815420-0818420-0819420-0810

DESCRIPTION-Low Voltage Test Device with Connectors

-Snorkel Assembly-Stainless Steel Insect Screen for Snorkel-12VAC Coil w. Pin Connector-24VAC Coil w. Pin Connector-24VDC Coil w. Pin Connector- Coil Holding Clamp w. bolt & washers-16/3AWG, 9' Cable, w. Connector-2 x 1.5mm2, 2.7m Cable,w. ConnectorCable Socket Connector for 16/3 AWGCable Socket Connector for 2 x 2.5mm2Sealing Gland for Connector (if lost)Pin Connector Sealing Plug w. 'O' ringSocket Connector Sealing Cap w.'O' ring'O' Ring for Sealing Cap or Plug- 3/4" PVC Exhaust Pipe Fitting- W116-1 Body only- W116-2 Body only-12V (AC) Valve Assembly-12V (AC) Valve Rebuild Kit w. 3-1 Clamp-24V (AC) Valve Assembly-24V (AC) Valve Rebuild Kit w. 3-1 Clamp-24V (DC) Valve Assembly-24V (DC) Valve Rebuild Kit w. 3-1 Clamp- Valve Plug (1)- 'O' Ring Seal (2)- Mounting Plate (2)- Valve Nipple (1)- Valve Mounting Bolt (4)- Hex Nut (4)- Lock Washer (4)- Street Elbow (2)

W116-

CAT.#

Effective 2007, PEM Water Switches are supplied as standard with plug in submersible disconnects at the solenoid valve to assist in installationand maintenance by not having to open sealed junction boxes. Connecting cable: 2 x 1.5mm2 or 16/3 AWG (to be specified) is supplied in 2.7m/ 9.0 Feet length for termination into submersible PEM Junction Boxe with suitable PEM Cordseal. As solenoid valve coils are voltage sensitive,utilizing the PEM # 00-03 Low Voltage Test Device, the actual operating voltage can be read with a suitable Multi Voltage Test Meter whilethe solenoid valve is energized. This initial testing to be done while pond is dry before filling, a test protocol be made and saved for future reference.TO TEST VOLTAGE IN FILLED PONDS : DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER WATER ! Always shut off electrical power first, drain pond or lift solenoidvalve coil out of the water, affix 00-03 to supply cable and to solenoid valve coil, replace same on solenoid valve, then turn on electric powerand check operating voltage. To maintain IP68 Rating when not inter-connected; always affix safely sealing cap to cable connector when removingfrom filled pond tp prevent entry of water into connection.Replacing Solenoid Valve Coils on PEM Water Switches dating prior to 2007 : Replace: complete Coil, Cable w.Pin connector and Coil ClampTo replace coils with custom sized fixed cable, larger & longer than above standard size cable, please enquire before removing.

Page 25: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Typical Plumbing of a Musical Fountain of 10m / 33 Feet Heightwith 16 x PEM W116-1/ 200 Water Switch Assemblies with PEM 815- 4 Stream Jets

MUSICAL FOUNTAIN DESIGN SUGGESTION

Constant down Stream PressureRegulator(when pump is notfrequency controlled)

Vac. Gauge

2 x Identical Centrifugal PumpSystems, independentlycontrolled, withfrequency controlledmotors or not.Flooded SuctionEach 2000 L/min x 44.0m+10% + Friction Losses in Pipe550 USGPM x 150‘ Head+ 10% + Friction Losses in Pipe

PEM 815-4, 1 1/2”PEM W 116 Water Switchwith -200 StandSprayheight: 10m / 33’Each: 249 L/min / 66.0 USGPMTotal Flow:3984 L/min / 1053 USGPM + 10%Pressure at Water Switch:44.0 m / 143 ‘ + 10%(10% = Safety)

6” 6”

Pump Strainer

Pressure Gauge Pressure Gauge

Pump Strainer2 x 2 (4) x PEM 7298 Suction Strainers ( Star ‘B’ Type )

CheckValve

4”4” 4”

1 1/2” Ball Valves

4”

6”

2”

6”

6”

2”

6”

6”CheckValve

Vac. Gauge

6”PumpPump

1 1/2” Ball Valves FlowSized for minimumturbulence)

6”

SuggestedILLUMINATION48 pcs PEM E 600w. Dichro Color Lens(3 Color Changing)with PAR 56 Lamps120V - 500 W, NSP240V - 500 W, FSP24V - 250 W, FSP

PEM Submersible Junction Boxes, Conduit Stub Ups and Cordseals to be added 1 USGPM = 3.785 L/min1 m Head = 3.24 m HeadFor other PEM Water Switch configurations adjust above information for requirements.

PEM W116 - 6 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

SUGGESTED CONTROL SCHEMATIC FOR COMPUTER PROGRAMMABLEMUSICAL WATER DISPLAYS CONSIDERING DIFFERENT OPTIONS

NC FullVoltage Relays

PEM L 104Water Level

&/orPEM Q 119

Wind Control

DISCONNECTOF

SUPPLYVOLTAGE

( ASAVAILABLE )

PROGRAMMINGINPUT

forLAP TOP

COMPUTER

Transformerfor

12VACLighting

&Relays

Transformerfor

12VACWaterSwitchRelays

Transformerw. BridgeRectifier

for24V VDCJumping

Jets

S.P.Control Relays24 VAC Coils

for12VAC Lighting

Control Relays24 VAC Coils

Pump Starters

Transformerfor

24VACControl

Circuits &Relays

MasterTime Switch(Full Voltage,All Phases &

Current)

Conduit(s) to Junction Box(s)then Cable to LightsSee PEM Light Fixture Supplementsfor Cable Voltage Drop Information

Conduit(s) to Junction Box(s),then cable to Water Switch

S.P.Control Relays w.

24 VAC Coilsfor

12VACWater Switches

Recommended Suppliers:

Media Mation Inc.www. mediamat.com

Gilderfluke & Co.www.gilderfluke.com

ComputerProgrammable Sequencer

RECOMMENDEDFOR FIRST TIMERS :Advise above recom-mended control supplierswhat you want to createand purchase the supply &installation supervision ofthe complete controlset up from one them,also request the first 3programmings of thedisplay at site to get whatyou sold !

Controls& Amplifierfor Music

DiscPlayer

for Music

All public music useshave to be licenced,the control supplierusually can assist

Page 26: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 110-5#490 - 44005

MANUAL STEP ON CONTROL FOR PEM WATER SWITCHES

PEM 110-5 Step On Switch to activatePEM manual Water Switch PEM W116-2

This switch assembly is installed flush into concrete or othersurfaces and is connected with 2 x 8mm plastic tubes to one ormore PEM manual Water Switches ( up to 5 ).A third 8mm plastic (breather) tube is provided to connect toatmosphere (open air) if the switch assembly is enclosed airtight.All tubes must be installed in such a manner that they not kink or getdamaged. Kinked or damaged tube(s) can inactivate this control.Flexible tubing (3 x 3.0m / 10 feet) is supplied with each assembly, iflonger tubing is required, this will be extra & additional and lengthmust be specified.The switch assembly is protected from entry of dirt and sand with aflexible foam seal, housed within the spring coils.The switch assembly is designed to be mounted into a 100mm I.D. &110mm OD (4”) DIN (DN) drain Pipe. Not supplied with assembly topermit length of pipe housing to suit but requires enough openspace beneath switch to store coiled plastic tubing to permit switchto be installed and/or lifted out for servicing.When used with PEM M900 Spray Apron Assemblies, these unitsmust also be equipped with enough coiled tubing beneath to lift outthe assemblies.PEM 110-5 Switch Assembly is made of PVC with cast bronzestainless safety steel plunger, cast bronze surface flange fitted intoa cast bronze grout frame with stainless steel vandal resistantfasteners.The Stainless Steel Plunger,with rounded safety edges is heightadjustable after installation, above the mounting flange to suit allsafety requirements. This is a non electrical device.

PEM W116 - 7 of 8 2006-10 Replaces 2005-1

165mm6.500”

72mm2.834”

152mm6.000”

6.35mm0.250”

(adjustable)

127mm5.000”

8mm Tubings(2)

to PEMWater

Switch(es)For multiple

water switchcontrol use8mm inserttube tees!

PVCSwitch Body

8mm Tubingto

Atmosphere(breather)if bottom ofPVC pipe is

sealed

100mm I.D.110mm O.D.

DN Drain pipePVC

(by others)

Phosphor BronzeCoil Springs

FLexible FoamSeal

Stainless SteelPlunger

Cast BronzeGrout Frame

Cast BronzeHeight AdjustableFlange to adjustheight of plunger

(4) 6mmSet Screws

to hold PVC Pipe

Cast BronzeGrout Frame

Cast BronzeHeight AdjustableFlange to adjustheight of Plunger

Stainless SteelPlunger

(4) Stainless Steelvandal resistant

bolts

Mounting Flange

Page 27: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM WATER SWITCHES ORDER INFORMATION

ORDER # PEM CAT. DESCRIPTION WT.Kg

420-0003 00-03 PEM Voltage Test Device for : 12AC, 24 VAC & 24 DC 1.20

PEM W114 -1, 1" WATER SWITCH w. Cable Disconnect 490-45400 W114-1 PEM W114-1 -1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 1.80490-45402 W114-2 PEM W114-2 fitted for manual control 1.10

PEM W114 Optional Fittings490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 3.4490-40200 08-2 PEM W114-1-08-2, 3/4" Vertical Adjustment Flange 0.60

Cable Connected 490-45480 09-1 PEM W 114-Stainless Steel Stand Assembly 1.10490-45490 10-1 PEM W 114-Flex.Hose Assembly (25mm x 1.0m, 1" NPT ) 1.20

Cable Disconnected 490-45494 12-4 PEM W114-1" NPT/ BSP Quick Disconnect 0.20420-02400 24-0 PEM W114-Mounting Coupling, PVC, 1" x 1 1/2" (NPT or BSP) 0.20

PEM W 114-1/09-1 + PEM 812 420-02410 24-1 PEM W114-Mounting Coupling, PVC, 1" x 2" (NPT or BSP) 0.20PEM W114 - MAIN JETS

490-20531 812-1 PEM 812-1, 12mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 0.5490-20533 812-2 PEM 812-2, 14mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 0.8490-45420 952 PEM 952 with PVC Reducer 0.80490-45430 953 PEM 953 with PVC Reducer 1.20

PEM W114 - SECONDARY JETS490-45450 02-1 PEM 02-2 Secondary Jet with lockable exhaust fittings 1.10490-45460 31-25 PEM 31-25 Secondary Jet with lockable exhaust fittings 1.80490-45470 812-1 PEM 812-1, 12mm, 3/4" NPT/BSP, 150mm Nipple included 1.40

PEM W115-1,11/2" WATER SWITCH with Cable Disconnect Cable Connected 490-45500 W115-1 PEM W115-1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 2.10

490-45510 W115-2 PEM W115-2 fitted for manual control 1.40PEM W115-1--MANUAL CONTROLS

490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 2.90 Cable Disconnected PEM W 115-1--- OPTIONAL FITTINGS

490-40500 08-5 PEM 08-5, 1 1/2" Vertical adjustment Flange 1.40PEM W 115-1 + PEM 853 490-45696 12-6 W115 1 /2" NPT/ BSP Quick Disconnect 0.80

490-46190 190 Custom Stand & Support for Horizontal installeg Water Switch 4.50PEM W116-1, 2" WATER SWITCH with Cable Disconnect

490-45600 W116-1 PEM W116-1 with standard solenoid valve & exhaust fitting 2.80490-45602 W116-2 PEM W116-2 fitted for manual control 1.60

PEM W116-2--MANUAL CONTROLS490-44005 110-5 Manual Step On Control ( with 3.0m/10.0' tubing ) 2.90

PEM W116-1--OPTIONAL FITTINGS490-40600 08-5 PEM 08-6, 2" Adjustment Flange 1.70490-45697 12-7 W116-2" NPT/BSP Quick Disconnect 1.10490-46201 200 Custom Stand & Support for Horizontal installed W116 Water Switch 6.00

Cable Connected SUGGESTED MAIN JETS for PEM W115 & PEM W116 490-45510 815-2 PEM 815-2, 17mm x 1 1/2 x 300 mm PVC pipe w. fittings 5.50490-45610 815-3 PEM 815-4, 19mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 6.50490-45620 815-5 PEM 815-5, 20mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 1.60

Cable Disconnected 490-45625 846C PEM 846C, 19.1mm x 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe riser & fittings 2.70490-45630 953 PEM 953, 1 1/2" 1.40

PEM W 116-1/200+ PEM 846 490-45640 954 PEM 954 with 1 1/2" PVC Reducer 2.90490-45650 626 PEM 626 with 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe 2.50490-45660 02-6-1 PEM 02-6-1 with 1 1/2" x 300mm PVC pipe 2.60

Inside/Female Threads can be re-tapped to BSP For custom fitted cable & cable size please enquire Use Flow Straighteners for all Jets on Water Switches

PEM W116- 8 of 8 2006-10 Replacing 2005-1

Page 28: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M2 JUMPING JETS

PEM M2 - 1 of 12 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX CONTENT: SECTION

INDEX M2 - 1

General Description & Controls M2 - 2

PEM 125 M2 M2 - 3

PEM 132 M2 M2 - 4

PEM 133 M2 M2 - 4

PEM 132 & 133 M2 Installation Suggestions M2 - 5

PEM 141 M2 M2 - 6

PEM 142 M2 (Vertical) M2 - 7

PEM 143 M2 M2 - 8

PEM 144 M2 M2 - 9

PEM Angular Stream Design Calculations M2 - 10

PEM Installation & Control Suggestions M2 - 11

Order Information, PEM Jumping Jet, Controls & Parts M2 - 12

Page 29: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM SINGLE JET ( TEST) CONTROL ( # 506 - 4811 ) PEM 'M2' Type Test Control for a single PEM M2 Type Jumping Jet Testing or OperationAll prewired in corrosion resistant, polycarbonate enclosure.240V, 50 Hz 10A or 120V, 60 Hz, 12A (Specify supply Voltage).Output to assembly is either 12 VDC, 2.1A. or 24 VDC , 1.1A (specify output voltage) and 12 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 7.5 A. for internal lightControl functions: ON / OFF, TRAJECTORY TEST, MANUAL or AUTOMATIC JUMPING with LENGTH of ROD and INTERVAL ADJUSTMENTFor Suggestion about Computer Programmable, Sequenced Multiple PEM M2 Jumping Jet Installations see Page 225ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT OF CONTROL MECHANISM FOR EACH JET: 12VDC, 2.1 A. or 24VDC, 1.1 A (Specify Voltage )ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT OF INTERNAL STREAM ILLUMINATION (PEM 141,142 & 143) : 12VAC. 7.5A .

Compact Jumping Jet with Standard 10mm (0.393") or Optional 13mm (0.511") Stream with internalillumination that is carried within the stream to the impact area (while the stream is connected to the jet).This jet assembly was created for in pond in indoor or outdoor installations with clean water.

With 19.05mm (0.750") compression nozzle for 25mm ( 1.0") Stream , designed to create a solid & highlyvisible stream, for in pond or out of pond installation with drain leading back into pond. This jet does nothave flow sieves and can digest up to 6mm, 0.250" solids.

With 19.05mm (0.750") compression nozzle for 25mm (1.0") Stream designed to create a solid & highlyvisible stream, for in pond installations. This jet does not have flow straighteners and requires the additionof such in the supply pipe. It can digest up to 6mm, 0.250" solids. For use by professional fountain builders who had experience with PEM 132 & 133 Jumping Jet installations. With Standard 13mm (0.511") Stream or Optional 16mm full laminar stream with internal illuminationthat is carried within the stream to the impact area (while the stream is connected to the jet).This jet assembly was created for in pond installations into clean water

With Standard 12.9mm (0.500") or Optional 15.9 mm(.625") stream for Vertical "Jump or ShootingSpray ", for in pond installations, indoors or outdoors , it has internal illumination carried over the full heightof the stream, while connected to the jet. This jet is recommended for music controlled spray effects.

With Standard 16.0mm (0.625") or Optional 18.0 mm(.0.736") full laminar stream with internalillumination that is carried within the stream to the impact area (while the stream is connected to the jet).This jet assembly was created for in pond or out of pond with drains leading back into pond. Also forquick & easy maintenance of public park installations, where more often cleaning withoutaffecting the spray pattern is required.

With choice of 25.4mm (1.000"), 22.2mm (0.875" compact stream or 19.0 mm(0.750") full laminarstream for internal fibre optic illumination (not included). This jet assembly was created for in pond orout of pond with a drain leading back into pond. Also for quick & easy maintenance of public parkinstallations , where more often cleaning without affecting the spray pattern is required.With the larger size streams the spray effects are ideal for water parks as the compact streams do nothave the intensity of the laminar stream, while being more visible..

PEM 132M2

PEM 133M2

PEM 141M2

PEM 142M2

PEM 143M2

TYPES OF PEM 'M2' JUMPING JETSPEM 125M2

1.5m-4.5m5'-15'

3.5m-5.0m12'-17'

4.0m -7.0m13'-23'

3.5m-4.5m12'-15'

4.0m -7.0m13'-23'

From a laminar, full length solid stream to rods of 1.0m in length or shorter , the water travels through the air on it trajectory.In multiple jet installation. All jets are to interact as desired, this is achieved through computer programming. For musical sprayeffects, the (inter)action of the individual jets are either pre-programmed or by sound frequency controls. As the water supplydischarges continuously inside of the assembly housing, the same must be installed so that it can drain at all times. The lowerlip of the in pool installed jet assembly housing must be a minimum of appr. 150mm (6.0") above a standing waterlevel to permitfast and complete drainage of the discharge from within the assembly. For dry installed jets a minimum 2" (50mm) self drainingpipe back into the pool must be provided. Angular application jets ( to maximum of 60 degree) cannot be used for higher angle orvertical applications, as different drop catchers and nozzles are required. All in children's playground Jumping Jet installations tobe in controlled access & continuous supervised locations only with source of jumping water inaccessible to small children.

For controlled moments of time and intervals, the newlow voltage (12 or 24 VDC) control mechanism within the jetassembly permits the passage of a stream of water for anadjustable length of time, usually a fraction of a second, therebycreating a piece of a solid stream or rod of water, its lengthand intervals of ejection is electronically controlled on aselected trajectory at desired intervals.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

4.0m -6.0m13'-20'

4.0m -6.0m13'-20'

PEM 144M2

PEM M2 JUMPING JETS

PEM M2 - 2 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 30: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

DESCRIPTION:PEM 125 M2 Assembly:

For into pond installation indoors or outdoors.Made of Brass, Bronze & PVC. Stainless Steel fitted.

PEM 125 M2-14 Stand: Made of Stainless SteelElectrical Control Mechanism: 12VDC, 2.1A. or 24 VDC, 1.1A. (Specify)Stream Illumination: (While connected to jet orifice)

12VAC, 7.5A. with MR 16 (65W) NSP internal lightfixture,with heat tempered, Plano Convex Lens.

Electrical Cable: H0R7N or STW/SOW1. Jet Control Mechanism: 5.0m (16.4’) x 2.5mm2 (16/3AWG)2. Illumination: 5.0m (16.4') x 2.5mm2 (16/3AWG)3. Test Control : 3 x 3.0m (10.0')- ( 1 x 1.5mm2, 2 x 2.5mm, (3 x 16/3 AWG)Pipe Connection:

1 ” BSP/NPT, Maximum size of internal solid control valve: 3/4”Standard Nozzle : 10mmOptional Nozzle: (optional & extra) (# 506-450401) 13mm (0.511”).Drop Catcher : OptionalFor dropless spray performances, normally not required .Suction Strainer:

PEM 7280 or 7290, Type ‘C’ See PEM catalog for selection.Best operated with large volume cartridge type pool filters.

Service requirements:Internal assembly of Flow Sieves is attached to rear mounted access cover, can bepulled out together with lightfixture from rear for cleansing. To access, simply tilt rear ofjet up. Ease of service when required.

385mm15.157”

280mm11.024”115mm4.528”

203mm7.992”

340mm13.385”

1" BSP/NPT

126mm4.960”

307mm12.090”

MaximumWaterlevel

OPTIONALDROP CATCHER

PEM 125-3

PEM 125 M2

Low VoltageCut OffMechanism

Flow Sieves

DropCatcherOPTIONAL

AngularAdjustable

Jet Assembly

StainlessSteel

Stand

Cable forMechanism

1" BSP/NPT

Cable forMechanism

Cable forIllumination

Cable forIllumination

Light Fixture

StainlessSteel

Stand

AngularAdjustable

Jet Assembly

#506-4200 Series

COMPACT JUMPING JETWITH ILLUMINATED, LAMINAR FLOWFOR IN POND INSTALLATION

PEM 125M2 SERIES JUMPING JETS506-4201 / 125 M2 Jet without Stand506-4212 / 125 M2-14 Jet with Stand.506-4236 / 125 M2-36-M Jet w. stand & Test control *, 120VAC, 60Hz,506-4237 / 125 M2-37-M Jet w. stand & Test control * 240VAC, 50Hz,* Includes: Power Supply, Transformer for cut off mechanism, illumination and 3 x 3m /10 Feet electrical cables. .

Variable

Max.Waterlevel

203mm7.992”

Access Coverfor ServicingStainless

SteelStand

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

PEM M2 - 3 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Optional 13mm (0.511”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterBest Jumping Distance: Appr. 3.5m (12’) to 4.5m (15’)For trajectory calculations see Section M2 - 10Suggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of jumps:

Distance: 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5mL/min: 24 27 29 32 35Pressure: 1.2m 1.6m 1.9m 2.2m 2.6m 2.9m

Distance: 10 Feet 15 FeetUSGPM : 7.2 9.3Pressure: 6.3 Feet 9.6 Feet

PERFORMANCES at a Jumping Angle of 55 degree off horizontal. Laminar flow, solid stream/water rods over distance.

Standard 10mm (0.394”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterBest Jumping Distance: Appr. 3.5m (12’) to 4.5m (15’)For trajectory calculations see Section M2 - 10Suggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of jumps:

Distance: 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0mL/min: 17.5 18.9 21 23 25 27Pressure: 1.7m 2.0m 2.4m 2.6m 2.8m 3.2m

Distance: 10 Feet 15 FeetUSGPM : 5.0 6.5Pressure: 6.4 Feet 9.2 Feet

Page 31: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PERFORMANCES:Jumping Angle: 55 degree off horizontal. For trajectory see catalog page 544Suggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of jumps:Distance: 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0m 5.5m 6.0m 6.5m 7.0m L/min: 84 90 94 99 103 109 114 119 127Pressure: 7.3m 8.0m 8.7m 9.3m 9.9m 10.5m 11.2m 11.9m 12.5mDistance: 10 Ft. 15Ft. 20Ft.USGPM: 22.2 26.2 30.1Pressure: 23.9 Ft. 67.9 Ft. 81.8 Ft. Best Jumping Distance: Appr. 4.5m - 6.0m (15.0' - 20.0')

PEM 132M2

PEM 133M2

506-4414 / 133M2, Jet Assembly

As this assembly does NOT have internal flow straighteners, it must be fed with non- turbulent, non-twisting water. The 4" pipe supply pipe sizing is for the dampening of water turbulence and insertionof flow straighteners.

Solid internal control valve size to be max. 1 1/4".Recommended for into pond installation onlyFor Requirements & Description: See PEM 132 M2.

Suction Straining , see PEM 'A' Type # 7280 or # 7290 Suction Strainers in PEM catalog.

Suction Straining, see PEM 'A' Type# 7280 or # 7290 Suction Strainers

Jumping Jet Assemblypermits passage ofmax. 6mm x 6mm /0.25" x 0.25" solids.

JUMPING JACK JET

JUMPING JACK JET without Flow Straighteners

#506-4360 Series

#506-4410 SeriesPEM 133M2 DESCRIPTION:Highly visible solid stream/water rods over distance.Simple electro-mechanical mechanism, little or no service required.Ease of service when needed.Electrical Cable: 5.0m, longer lengths optional and extraPipe Connection: 4” BSP/NPT .Compression Nozzle size : 19.05 mm. (0.750")Stream Size : 25mmPEM 133M2 Jet Assembly is made of Brass, Bronze and Copper, stainless steel fittedElectrical requirement of cut off mechanism: 12VDC, 2.1A or 24VDC, 1.1Amp.. (Specify operating voltage).

Jumping Jet Assemblywith internal flowstraighteners that permitpassage of max.6mm x 6mm /0.25" x 0.25" solids.

Electrical Cable: 5.0m 2 x 2.5mm2 or 16.4' x 16/3 AWGPipe Connection: 1 1/2” BSP/NPTWater Quality required:Pond Water with max. 6mm x 6mm, 0.250" x 0.250" solidsCompression orifice size:19.05mm (0.750")Stream Size : 25mm (1.0").

As this jet assembly does NOT have internal flow straighteners, itsapplication is recommended for use by installers with previousexperience in PEM Jumping Jet installations and testing.

PEM 133M2 requiresperfect straightenedinflow

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

PEM M2 - 4 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEM 132M2 Jet Assembly is made of Brass, Bronze and Copper, stainless steel fitted. Enclosure and drop catchingassembly stand is fully field adjustable to allow for various trajectories at angular elevations. This assembly has internalflow straighteners but it must be fed with non turbulent, non twisting water. Control valve size to be max. 1 1/4".

PEM 132M2 DESCRIPTION :The Jet Assembly creates highly visible and compact stream/water rods over distance.The stream cut off is by low Dc voltage electro-mechanical mechanism, little or no service required.Ease of service when needed. Suitable for Installation into pond.

506-4368/ 132M2, Jet on, No Stand506-4361/ -61, Jet & Single Mounting Stand506-4362/ -62, Jet & Double Mounting Braces506-4357/ 132M2 /-'M', Single Jet Test Control, 120 VAC or 240 VAC, Supply voltage must be specified. . Electrical requirement of cut off mechanism: 12VDC, 2.1A or 24VDC, 1.1Amp.. (Specify operating voltage)

For Dimensions see section 5 of 12

For Dimensions see section 5 of 12

Page 32: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

1220mm/ 48.031"

SPRAY CHAMBER INSTALLATIONThis installation is for hidden single or multiple jets. The enclosurecan be either concrete or fibreglass etc. The suggested minimuminside dimensions : App. Depth 1.5 - 1.8m \ 5.0-6.0 Ft x same InsideDiameter. Care must be taken that all enclosures are at exactlysame level, inter-connected, and that the jet assembly is notsubmerged. Also that the chamber has sufficient access forinstallation and servicing. 'GLORY HOLE' Installation within poolsuses similar chamber size, but with 10/20mm (0.392-0.787")submersion over top of rim & grate cover, when jets not workingthe water hides everything, with jets working the chamber isexposed, while waterlevel remains, but overflows into pit (GloryHole). A suitable large size sump pump is required to return waterinto pool while maintaining the low waterlevel in spray chamberwhile jets are working.EXPLANATIONS:1. Pump Supply to PEM 132M2 minimum 1 1/2", valve to be

max. 1 1/4" size and as far away from jet as possible.Entering chamber through PEM 637312, 1 1/2"" fitting.

1A. Pump Supply to PEM 133M2 4" Flex.pipe for a minimum length of 3m / 10 feet , 1 1/4 control valve size

Entering chamber through PEM 637426,4" fitting.3. Electrical Conduit, PEM J61-1,3/4" with

PEM J 1/1 or J1/2 (for two jets) Junction Box with PEM J 14 Cordseal - to connect assembly cable4. Clamp to bolt pipe to wall (by others).5. PEM 506-4361 Mounting Stand (adjustable)6. Fibre or stainless steel grating with cut out opening .7. '3M No Splash' Matting, appr. 50mm\2.0" thick

(multi layered) with cut out opening for jet.8. Ground Level or Pool Floor9. Chamber rim above ground or floor level: 100mm\4.0"10. 4" Balancing pipe(s) to/from other chambers.

Entering chamber through PEM 637426, 4" Fitting.11. Maximum waterlevel in chamber12. PEM 6092-05, 2" Drain base with PEM 6220-05 stand pipe, to serve as overflow and drain.

PEM 132M2 JET ASSEMBLYA 1 1/2" Pipe Union Coupling (Brass) for Main JetB Electric Cable , 5.0m H0R7, 2.5mm2 / STWA/16/3X1 Jet Compression Orifice: 19.05mm \ 0.750 "OX Ejected Stream Diameter expands to 25.0mm \ 1.0 "

JUMPING JET

DIMENSIONS

PEM 133M2JUMPING JET

203mm/ 7.992"

276mm/ 10.870"

114mm/ 4.490"

540mm/ 21.260"

435mm/17.130"

X1

X2

BA

25mm / 1.0"(Stream Dia.)

D D

C

Max. Waterlevel

#506-4361Single Mounting Stand

575mm/ 22.64"

Maximum

SUGGESTED SPRAY CHAMBER INSTALLATION PEM 132M2

1

4

5

3

6 7

89

10

11

10

12

5

1A

76

10

8

3

10

PEM 133M2

9

11 12

Maximum

Waterlevel

276mm/ 10.87"

114mm/ 4.490"

203mm/ 7.992"

110mm/4.33"

AIRVENTS(To be

on the top)

2 DRAINS(To be on

the bottom)

645mm25.40"

4"NPS / BSP

268mm/10.55"

Electric Cable 1 x 5m

DIMENSIONS

D D

PEM 132M2

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

PEM M2 - 5 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 33: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 141M2ILLUMINATED, LAMINAR FLOWJUMPING JET

FOR IN POND INSTALLATION

PEM 141M2 - 11

#506-4500 Series

Light

Electrical Cable forLightfixture

ElectricalCablefor ControlMechanism

Max.Waterlevel

DropCatcher

Sieves

281mm/ 11.062”

393mm/ 15.5”

190mm/ 7.5”

230mm / 9.1”

1 1/2”NPT / BSP

420mm/ 16.5”

623mm/ 24.5”

114mm/ 4.50”

14mm / .55”(Stream Dia.)

203mm/ 7.992”

Nozzle

PEM 141M2-11,Jet assembly with stand

506-4504 /141M2 Jet without Stand506-4518 /141M2-11 Jet with Stand506-4526/ 141M2-11-M Jet w. stand & Test control *, 120VAC, 60Hz,12 VDC or 24VDC (specify) for cut off mechanism, 12VAC for illumination.506-4527/ 141M2-11-M Jet w. stand & Test control *, 240VAC, 50Hz,12 VDC or 24VDC (specify) for cut off mechanism, 12VAC for illumination.* Includes:Power Supply for mechanism, illumination and 3 x electrical cables.

411mm16.181”

610mm/24.0”

750mm/29.5”

PEM 141 M2 series JUMPING JETS

750mm/29.5”

411mm16.181”

381mm15.000”

DESCRIPTION:PEM 141 M2 Assembly: For into pond installation indoors or outdoors. Made of Brass, Bronze, and PVC. Stainless Steel fitted.PEM 141 M2-14 Stand: Made of Stainless Steel and Brass.Electrical Control Mechanism: 12VDC, 2.1A. or 24 VDC, 1.1A. (Specify operating voltage)Stream Illumination: ( While connected to jet orifice) 12VAC, 7.5A. with MR 16 (75W)NSP internal lightfixture, with heat tempered , Plano Lens.Electrical Cable: H0R7N or STW/SOW

1. Jet Control Mechanism: 5.0m (16.4’) x 2.5mm2 (16/3AWG)2. Illumination: 5.0m (16.4') x 4mm2 (14/3 AWG )3. Test Control : 3.0m (10.0') x 1.5mm2 ( 16/3 AWG)

Pipe Connection:1 1/2 ” BSP/NPT, Maximum size of internal solid control valve: 1”

Standard Nozzle : (# 506-450401) 13mm (0.511”)Optional Nozzle: (optional & extra) (# 506-450402) 16mm ( 0.653”)Suction Strainer:

PEM 7280 or 7290, Type ‘C’ See PEM catalog for selection.Best operated with large volume cartridge type pool filters.

Service requirements: Internal assembly of Flow Sieve is attached to nozzle plate, can be pulledout from front with nozzle plate for cleansing. Simple mechanism. Ease of service when needed.

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

PERFORMANCES at a Jumping Angle of 55 degree off horizontal. Laminar flow, solid stream/water rods over distance.

Optional 16mm (0.653”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterSuggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of jumps:Distance: 2.0m 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0mL/min: 24 28 32 36 40 43 48Pressure: 1.9m 2.3m 2.8m 3.2m 3.6m 4.2m 4.6mDistance: 10 Ft . 15Ft.USGPM : 8.5 11.4Pressure: 9.2 Ft. 13.8 FtBest Jumping Distance:Appr. 4.0m (13’) to 5m (17’)For trajectory calculations see section M2 - 10.

Standard 13mm (0.511”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterSuggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of jumps:Distance: 2.0m 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5mL/min: 20 24 27 29 32 35Pressure: 1.2m 1.6m 1.9m 2.2m 2.6m 2.9mDistance: 10 Ft. 15Ft.USGPM : 7.2 9.3Pressure: 6.3 Ft. 9.6 Ft.Best Jumping Distance: Appr. 3.5m (12’) to 4m (14’)For trajectory calculations see section M2 - 10.

PEM M2 - 6 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 34: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 142M2

PEM 142M2 SERIES JUMPING JET

PEM 142M2 - 11,Jet assemblywith stand

DESCRIPTION:PEM 142 M2 Assembly:

For in pond installation indoors or outdoors.Made of Brass, Bronze, & PVC. Stainless Steel fitted.

PEM 142 M2-14 Stand: Made of Stainless Steel and Brass.Electrical Control Mechanism:

12VDC, 2.1A. or 24 VDC, 1.1A.(Specify)Stream Illumination: (While connected to jet orifice)

12VAC, 7.5A. with MR 16 (65W) NSP internal lightfixture,with heat tempered, Plano Lens.

Electrical Cable: H0R7N-0 or STW/SOW1. Jet Control Mechanism: 5.0m (16.4’) x 2.5mm2 (16/3AWG)2. Illumination: 5.0m (16.4') x 4mm2 (14/3 AWG )3. Test Control : 3.0m (10.0') x 1.5mm2 ( 16/3 AWG)

Pipe Connection:1 1/2 ” BSP/NPT, Maximum size of internal solid control valve: 1”

Standard Nozzle : (# 506-450401) 13mm (0.511”)Optional Nozzle: (optional & extra) (# 506-450402) 16mm ( 0.653”)Suction Strainer:

PEM 7280 or 7290, Type ‘C’ See PEM catalog for selection.Best operated with large volume cartridge type pool filters.

Service requirements:Internal assembly of Flow Sieves is attached to nozzle plate, can be pulled out from frontwith nozzle plate for cleansing. Simple mechanism. Ease of service when needed.

12V ElectricalCable forLightfixture

1 1/2”NPT / BSP

281mm11.062”

438mm/17.25”

230mm/9.06”

490mm/19.3”

97mm/3.82”

14mm / 55”(Stream Dia.)

Electrical Cable for Cut Off mechanism

Maximum

Waterlevel 630mm/24.8”

381mm/15.0”

281mm11.062”

291mm/11.5”

Maximum

Waterlevel

291mm/11.5”

610mm/24.0”

281mm11.062”

630mm/24.8”

Nozzle

Maximum

Waterlevel

260mm/10.25”

Light

Seive

#506-4600 Series

506-4605 / 142M2, Jet without Stand506-4619 / 142M2-11, Jet with Stand506-4637 / 142M2-11-M, Jet w. Stand & Test control *,120VAC, 60Hz, 12VDC or 24VDC (specify) for mechanism, 12VAC for illumination506-4638 / 142M2-11-M, Jet w. Stand; Test control *, 240VAC, 50Hz, 12VDC or 24VDC (specify) for mechanism, 12VAC for illumination* Includes: Power Supply for mechanism, illumination & 3 x 3m/ 10 Feet electrical cables.

ILLUMINATED, VERTICAL JUMPING JETFOR IN POND INSTALLATION

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

PERFORMANCES:Optional Nozzle (optional & extra) : (# 506-4602), 15.9mm ( 0.625”)Suggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for vertical jumps:Height: 1.0m 1.5m 2.0m 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5mL/min: 340 50 70 80 90 100 110 125Pressure: 1.3m 2.0m 2.6m 3.2m 3.9m 4.6m 5.2m 5.9mHeight: 5 Ft. 10 Ft. 15Ft.USGPM : 13.3 23.8 33.1Pressure: 12.2 Ft. 23.7 Ft 19.5 Ft.Recommended Jump Height : 3.0m - 4.5m ( 10’- 15’)

PERFORMANCES:Standard Nozzle: (# 506-4601), 12.9mm ( 0.50”)Suggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for vertical jumps:Height: 1.0m 1.5m 2.0m 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5mL/min: 34 44 53 59 66 72 77 82Pressure: 1.3m 2.0m 2.6m 3.2m 3.9m 4.6m 5.2m 5.9mHeight: 5 Feet 10 Feet 15FeetUSGPM: 11.7 17.5 21.7Pressure: 12.2 Feet 23.7 Feet 19.5 FeetRecommended Jump Height : 2.5m - 3.5m ( 8’- 12’)

PEM 142M2-11 JUMPING JET

PEM M2 - 7 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 35: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 143M2#506-4700 Series

291mm11.500”

381mm15.000”

MaximumWaterlevel 850mm

33.465”

291mm11.500”

610mm24.0”

MaximumWaterlevel 850mm

33.465”

PEM 143M2 - 11Jet assembly with Stand

MaximumWaterlevel

ACDD

B

610mm24.000”

380mm15.000”

225mm8.900”

280mm11.000”

DropCatcher

Lift UpCoverNozzle

SieveCartridge

Hinge

Light

CaptiveSwingBolts

760mm30.000”

A: 1 1/2” Supply from pumpB: Electrical Cable for MechanismC. Electrical Cable for LightfixtureD: (2) 1 1/2” Drain Connections

ILLUMINATED, LAMINAR FLOW JUMPING JETFOR IN POND OR OUT OF POND INSTALLATION

SieveCartridgePull Out

Tool

506-4705 / 143M2 Jet Without Stand506-4719 / 143M2-11 Jet with Stand506-4727 / 143M2-11-M Jet with Stand & Test Control *, 120VAC / 60Hz, 12 VDC or 24 VDC (specify) for Mechanism, 12VAC for Illumination506-4728 / 143M2-11-M Jet with Stand & Test Control *, 240VAC / 50Hz, 12 VDC or 24 VDC ( specify) for Mechanism, 12VAC for Illumination* Includes: Power Supply for cut off mechanism, illumination and 3 x 3m / 10 Feet electrical cables.506-4736 / 143M2-36 Extra Internal Flow Sieve Assembly

PEM 143M2 Series JUMPING JETS

PEM 143M2 - 11

DESCRIPTION:PEM 143 M2 Assembly:

For in pond or out of pond installation indoors or outdoors.Made of Brass, Bronze, & PVC. Stainless Steel fitted.

PEM 143 M2-14 Stand: Made of Stainless Steel and Brass.Electrical Control Mechanism:

12VDC, 2.1A. or 24 VDC, 1.1A.(Specify)Stream Illumination: (While connected to jet orifice)

12VAC, 7.5A. with MR 16 (75W) NSP internal lightfixture, with heat tempered, Plano Lens.Electrical Cable: H0R7N or STW/SOW

1. Jet Control Mechanism: 5.0m (16.4’) x 2.5mm2 (16/3AWG)2. Illumination: 5.0m (16.4') x 4mm2 (14/3 AWG )3. Test Control : 3.0m (10.0') x 1.5mm2 ( 16/3 AWG)

Supply Pipe Connection: 1 1/2 ” BSP/NPT, Maximum size of internal solid control valve: 1”Drain Connections: 2 x 1 1/2” BSP / NPT (For out of Pool Installation)Standard Nozzle : (# 506-450401) 15.88mm (0.625”)Optional Nozzle: (optional & extra) (# 506-450402) 19.05mm (0.750”)Suction Strainer:

PEM 7280 or 7290, Type ‘C’ See PEM catalog for selection.Best operated with large volume cartridge type pool filters.

Service requirements:Flow Sieves can be lifted out with top of assembly swung open and readily replaced with a secondclean cartridge, all in a matter of minutes. Captive swing bolts allow for rapid opening and closing of unitwithout affecting trajectory adjustment.

Optional 19.05mm (0.750”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterSuggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for distance of jumps:Distance: 4.0m 4.5m 5.0m 5.5m 6.0m 6.5m 7.0mL/min: 65 70 75 80 85 90 95Pressure: 3.0m 3.4m 3,9m 4.2m 4.5m 5.0m 5.3mDistance: 15Ft. 20FtUSGPM : 18.5 22.5Pressure: 11.2 Ft. 14.8 Ft.Best Jumping Distance: Appr. 4.5m (15’) to 5.5m (18’)For trajectory calculations see section m2 - 10

PERFORMANCES at a Jumping Angle of 55 degree off horizontal Laminar flow, solid stream / water rods over distance.

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

Standard 15.88mm (0.625”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterSuggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for distance of jumps:Distance: 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0m 5.5m 6.0m 6.5mL/min: 36 40 43 48 51 57 60Pressure: 3.2m 3.6m 4.2m 4.6m 5.0m 5.4m 6.0mDistance: 10 Ft 15Ft. 20Ft.USGPM : 8.5 11.4 15.1Pressure: 9.2 Ft 13.8 Ft. 17.8 Ft.Best Jumping Distance: Appr. 4.0m (13’) to 5.0m (17’)For trajectory calculations see section m2 - 10

PEM M2 - 8 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 36: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PERFORMANCES of Jet with specified Nozzles at a Jumping Angle of 55 degree off horizontal (Streams & Rods are wind sensitive!)

PEM 144M2-61 144M2-62 144M2-63Type A B CNozzle : 0.750” 0.875” 1.000”Rod Type:Laminar Compact Compact NozzleDistance Stream Stream Stream PressureFeet: US-GPM US-GPM US-GPM Feet Head 10 10 33 40 25’ 12 16 37 44 27’ 15 19 41 47 31’ 20 23 48 55 38’For trajectory calculations see section M2 - 10

PEM 144M2-61 144M2-62 144M2-63Type A B CNozzle : 18.0mm 22.2mm 25.4mmRod Type: Laminar Compact CompactDistance: Stream Stream Stream Nozzle m L/min L/min L/min Pressure(m) 3.0 32 125 152 7.5 4.0 65 144 171 8.6 5.0 75 163 190 9.9 6.0 85 182 209 11.4For trajectory calculations see section M2 - 10

LAMINAR & COMPACTSTREAMJUMPING JETFOR IN POND OROUT OF PONDINSTALLATION

PEM 144M2 - 11 CableEnclosure

506-4751 144M2 No Stand, In Pool Installation506-4752 144M2-11 With Stand, In Pool Installation506-4754 144M2 No Stand, Out of Pool Installation506-4755 144M2-11 With Stand, Out of Pool InstallationOPTIONAL:506-4761 144M2-61 Type ‘A’ Nozzle, Extra & Additional to installed nozzle506-4762 144M2-62 Type ‘B’ Nozzle, Extra & Additional to installed nozzle506-4763 144M2-63 Type ‘C’ Nozzle, Extra & Additional to installed nozzle506-4768 144M2-68 Drain Tube (See below)506-4769 144M2-69 Extra Set of Internal Flow Sieve Assembly506-4771 144M2-71 Single Jet Test Control for 120VAC / 60Hz*506-4772 144M2-72 Single Jet Test Control for 240VAC / 50Hz**Includes: Power Supply, Transformer for cut off mechanism & 3 x 3 m / 10 Feet electrical cables.

PEM 144M2 Series JUMPING JETS ( Specify Nozzle Type & Size )With Internal Stream Illumination Fibre Optic Cable Termination

DESCRIPTION:PEM 144 M2 Assembly: Made of Brass, Bronze, & PVC. Stainless Steel fitted. With 100mm / 4” NPT/BSP Drain Connection ( When installed out of pool )PEM 144 M2-11 Stand: Made of Stainless Steel and Brass.Electrical Control Mechanism: 12VDC, 2.1A. or 24 VDC, 1.1A.(Specify operating voltage)Stream Illumination ( While initial stream connected to jet orifice ) Internal Termination with 25mm Plano Lens & Cordseal for 25mm / 1” Fibre Optic Cable supplied by others. If cable O.D. is smaller, this O.D. must be specified with order! Solid optical cable does not require a terminating lens, but a polished cut off.Electrical Cable: H0R7-0 or STW/SOW

1. Jet Control Mechanism: 5.0m (16.4’)x 2 x 2.5mm2 (16/3AWG )2. Test Controls : 3 x 3.0m (10.0'), 1.5mm2 H0R7N ( 16/3 AWG)

Pipe Connection: 2 ” BSP / NPT ( Use max. size 1 1/2” solid control valve)NOZZLE (One Type & Size to be specified wih order.( Additional Nozzles are optional & extra )DRAIN TUBE for Out of Pool Testing 4”/100mm, 3.0m x 10.0 Feet Drain Tube, corrugated (white) PVC Plastic with fitting to jet and stainless steel clamp.Suction Strainer: PEM 7280 or PEM 7290, Type ‘C’ See PEM catalog for selection.Service requirements:Flow Sieves can be lifted out with top of assembly swung open and readily replaced with a setof (Optional) clean flow sieves, all in a matter of minutes. Captive swing bolts allow for rapid openingand closing of unit without affecting trajectory adjustment .For test applications the output of a 1.0 Hp, 230V, 50/60Hz submersible bronze fountain pump isrecommended. For permanent installations these jets are best operated with large volume singleor in series cartridge type swimming pool filters.

PEM 144M2 - 11Jet assembly with Stand

A

C

D

B

610mm24.000”

380mm15.000”

225mm8.900”

280mm11.000”

DropCatcher

CaptiveSwingBolts

A: 2” Supply from pumpB: Electrical Cable for MechanismC. 1”/ 25mm Fibre Optic Cable for IlluminationD: 4” / 100mm Drain Connection

SieveCartridge

Hinge

Lift UpCover Nozzle

Lens

559mm22”

291mm11.456”

610mm24.0”

MaximumWaterlevel 902mm

35.5”

291mm11.456”

381mm15.000”

MaximumWaterlevel 902mm

35.5”

#506-4750 Series

MaximumWaterlevel

D

A

C

B

PEM 144M2 JUMPING JET

Submerged cut off mechanism voids Warranty!

PEM M2 - 9 of 12 Jumping Jets 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 37: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 124 LAMINAR JET

PEM 124 - 1 of 5 Sprays 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX CONTENT: SECTION

INDEX 124 - 1

General Description 124 - 2

Installation, Servicing, Re-Lamping 124 - 3

PEM Angular Stream Design Calculations 124 - 4

Order Information 124 - 5

Page 38: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Optional 13mm (0.511”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterSuggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of stream:

Distance: 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0mL/min: 24 27 29 32Pressure: 1.2m 1.6m 1.9m 2.2m

Distance: 10 Feet 15 FeetUSGPM : 7.2 9.3Pressure: 6.3 Feet 9.6 Feet

Best Spray Distance: Appr. 3.0m (10’) to 3.5m (12’),subject to wind or air movement conditionsFor trajectory calculations see section 124 - 4

Standard 10mm (0.394”) Nozzle orifice & Stream diameterSuggested Flow & Nozzle Pressure for horizontal distance of stream:

Distance: 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0mL/min: 17.5 18.9 21 23 25 27Pressure: 1.7m 2.0m 2.4m 2.6m 2.8m 3.2m

Distance: 10 Feet 15 FeetUSGPM : 5.0 6.5Pressure: 6.4 Feet 9.2 Feet

Best Spray Distance: Appr. 3.5m (12’) to 4.0m (13’),subject to wind or air movement conditionsFor trajectory calculations see section 124 - 4

PEM 124 LAMINAR JET

506-4201 / 124 -1 LAMINAR JET with Stand,12VAC, 7.5A Illumination & 10mm laminar nozzle

DESCRIPTION:PEM 124-1 Assembly:For wet or dry installation into pool indoors or outdoors.Made of Brass, Bronze, & PVC. Stainless Steel fitted.Stand: Made of Stainless SteelStream Illumination:12VAC, 7.5A. with MR 16 (65W) NSP internal lightfixture,with heat tempered, Plano Lens.Electrical Cable: H0R7N or STW/SOW, 2.7m standardlonger length of cable optional & extraStandard Nozzle : 10mmOptional Nozzle: (optional & extra) (# 506-450401) 13mmSuction Strainer:PEM 7280 or 7290, Type ‘C’ See PEM catalog for selection.Best operated with large volume cartridge type pool filters.Service requirements:Internal assembly of Flow Sieves is attached to rear mounted accesscover that can be pulled out together with lightfixture fromrear for cleansing. To access, simply tilt rear of jet up & lock into position

PERFORMANCES at a Spray angle of 55 degree off horizontal. With non-disintegrating stream over distance

PEM 124 - 2 of 5 Sprays 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

#506-4201 Series

DIMENSIONS

338mm

216mm

292mm

1" BSP /

300mm

337mmAdjustable

Stainless Steel

1" BSP/NPT,Flex. hoseconnection

Cable for

Removable coverfor internal

Stand Adjust-ment

Stand Adjust-ment

Waterlevel

Waterlevel

232mm

242mm

235mm

Page 39: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Axle Bolt

VERTICAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT:The stand is to be held in position by 3 anchor bolts(9mm).For horizontal adjustment, loosen all three bolts, turn jet withstand into position desired.Lock center bolt and 2 outside bolts.

ANGULAR POSITION ADJUSTMENTLoosen Positioning Hex Bolt, turn off center disc as requiredto make contact. Tilt jet against tilt lock bolt, its normalsuggested angular position. If this is satisfactory, lockPosition Hex Bolt into this position.

ANGULAR ADJUSTMENT :1. Pull out tilt lock bolt2. Adjust stream trajectory.3. Position off-center wheel against Jet body.4.Lock Positioning Hex Bolt5. Tighten axle bolts just enough

to permit smooth tilting of jet.Do not attempt vertical jet adjustment, a special dropcatcher is required (check with factory).

CLEAN OUT & RE-LAMPING POSITION:Clean Out Position to remove flow sieves and or replacelamp (12VAC-75W, MR 16), requires flexible 1" hose con-nection of sufficient length to permit movement of jet.TO CLEAN SIEVES:1. Pull out tilt lock bolt and tilt jet down with clean out cover exposed on top. Release lock bolt to lock jet into position.2. Remove wing nuts, tighten lift out bolts until cover is loose, grip cordseal, lift out and loosen lamp lid to remove the flow sieves for cleaning.TO REPLACE LAMP:3. Unscrew Lamp Lid. Lift out spacers. With piece of masking tape lift out lens and lamp. Replace lamp & spacers (follow pictoral descrip- tion of PEM 124 & 125 M2 service guide), tighten the lamp lid securely4. To close the jet: Screw back the lift out bolts, replace the flow sieves with the rim toward the cover plate, tighten the lamp lid securely and insert assembly into jet and tighten wing nuts.5. Tilt Jet back into operating position.

PEM 124-1 LAMINAR JETSERVICING & RE-LAMPING

3 Anchor Bolts

Angular Position Lock Bolt

Wash Out Bolt

Normal Operating Position

Cleansing Position

Angular Positioning Controls of Stand

PEM 124 - 3 of 5 Sprays 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 40: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

'A' Angle of nozzle elevation

'B' Horizontal distance of throwfrom nozzle.

'C' Height of trajectory inpercentage of ' B '.

'D' Highest point of trajectoryin horizontal distance from nozzle,measured in percentage of ' B '

'E' Multiplying or dividing factor forspray design calculations

'V' Vertical sprayheight (1967-'X')

DESIGN FACTORS

'A' 'E' 'C' 'D'

5o 0.90 6% 36%

15o 1.33 11% 46%

25o 1.83 17% 49%

35o 1.94 22% 51%

45o 2.10 27% 52%

55o 1.80 36% 53%

65o 1.50 50% 56%

75o 0.90 99% 59%

85o 0.40 245% 64%

0o

ANGULAR SPRAY DESIGN SUGGESTIONSPEM TYPE 'B'

1.

2.

4.

TO FIND:

Horizontal distance of throw for a desired angle ofspray, when only the vertical sprayheight isknown.

Performance requirement of a spray pattern withknown angle of nozzle discharge or the equivalentvertical sprayheight performance requirements

Trajectory of a spray of water

The jet elevation angle (factor 'A')for the specification of particular trajectories or spray effects.

The manometric nozzle pressure for a sprayheight

HOW:

Establish vertical sprayheight (factor 'V') and multiply the same by factor'E' to achieve horizontal spray distance.('X') x ('E') : Horizontal Distance

Establish horizontal distance of throw from nozzle and divide by factor'E' on same line as shown discharge angle of nozzle . This will give verticalsprayheight which is then used to find performance requirements. (A) - ('B') : ('E') : Vertical Sprayheight

Establish horizontal distance of throw (factor 'B') then calculate factors'D' and 'C' thereof and combine the results with 'B' to lay out the trajectory.

Establish horizontal distance of throw (factor 'B'),calculate highest pointof trajectory (factor 'C') thereof and read on the factors table the angleof elevation (factor'A') on the same line as the result of the calculated heightof trajectory (factor 'C')

Multiply vertical sprayheight (factor 'V') x 1.22 + 10% .

3.

5.

In General:

Multiplication Factorsare used to findangular sprayperformances whensprayheight isknown.

Dividing Factors areused to find thesprayheight whenangularpeformances areknown

Data given on this page are stricly infomative only, to be used in the layout of normal size water displays, for specialapplications provide full scale prototype testing as to be installed before providing artistic impressions of the project.

PEM Type 'B' spray design calculations are to be used solely for PEM M2 Series Jumping Jets, except for PEM 133M2 and PEM 124 Series Laminar Jets If not certain about a particular design request assistance from factory.SUGGESTION: Before jumping over people, consult with and obtain release from liability insurer of project.For spray design calculations for other nozzles or jets see regular : 'PEM ANGULAR SPRAY DESIGN CALCULATIONS'

90o

45o

'B'

'A'

'D'

'C'

PEM 124 - 4 of 5 Sprays 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 41: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 124-1 LAMINAR JET

SERIAL PEM LAMINAR STREAM JET 124-1 Wt.

505-42000* Cat. * Changed from 506-42000 - to 505 - 42000 Kg

CUSTOM MADE TO ORDER

Illuminated Laminar Stream Jet, 10mm / 13mm Stream (Specify Size!)

505-4201 124-0 10mm or 13mm Stream, 12VAC, MR16-65W 9.3

505-4202 124-1 10mm or 13mm Stream, St. St.Stand, 12VAC, MR16-65W 14

505-42001 124-001 NO Illumination, Deduct From Price

505-4203 124A-0 10mm or 13mm Stream, for Fibre Optic Illumination, Spec. Cable Size 9.1

505-4204 124A-1 10mm or 13mm Stream,Stand, for Fibre Optic Illumination, Spec. Cable Size 13.3

505-4221 124-X13 Extra, Optional, 10mm Nozzle 0.3

505-4222 124-X13 Extra, Optional, 13mm Nozzle 0.3

REPLACEMENT PARTS

506-4769 124-69 124-1 Extra Set of Internal Flow Sieves 7

506-4833 124-33 124-1 & 125, 141, 142 & 143M2 Light Lenses w. Seal Ring 0.5

506-4851 124-51 124-1 Fibre Optic Termination Lens w. Seal Ring 0.1

506- 4870 124-70 124-1 Cover 'O' Ring Seal 0.2

PEM 124 - 5 OF 5Sprays 2006-10

Page 42: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M900 SPRAY APRON MODULES

PEM M900 - 1 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2005-1

INDEX CONTENT: SECTION

INDEX M900 - 1

M900, M910 & M920 General Description M900 - 2

M900, M910 & M920 Performances M900 - 3

M900, M910 & M920 Dimensions M900 - 4

M900, M910 & M920 Assemblies M900 - 5

M950 Controlled Access City Water Spray Assembly M900 - 6

M970 Uncontrolled Access City Water Spray Assembly M900 - 7

Order Information M900 - 8

CLEAR RED YELLOW TURQUOISE PURPLE ORANGE GREEN BLUEThe above picture collection shows actual digital color photographs of working spray effects createdwith dichroic illumination and 12V, 65W NSP/VNSP MR16 Lamps in PEM E40LV Lightfixtures.

Page 43: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M 900, 910 & 920 SPRAY MODULES

PEM M 900 SPRAY APRON MODULES ASSEMBLIES are available with 2 types of covers for illuminated displays,Type # 1 have cast bronze grated covers for applications other than for children's playgrounds,Type # 2 have solid, 1/2" ( 12mm) Poly Carbonate Plastic covers, sand blasted for no slip surface, but with clear windowsabove light fixtures, which can ave special liquid cooling for lamps above 50W ..

PEM M 900 STANDARD ASSEMBLIES are available with cast bronze, solid or grated covers or poly. carbonate covers forinsertion into10" (250mm) PVC pipe sleeves Pipe sleeves to be deep enough to store assembly, flex. hose and cables.PEM M 910 & 920 HEAVY DUTY ASSEMBLIES are available with cast bronze, solid or grated covers or poly. carbonate coversfor insertion into 12" (300mm) PVC pipe sleeves. Remote, from top accessible, pipe disconnects and caged assembly forpublic applications requiring extra maintenance consideration. Pipe sleeves to be deep enough to store assembly, flex. hoseand cables.PEM M 900 SPRAY APRON MODULES are offered with 4 types of spray nozzles to be activated by PEM W 114 Water Switchfor computer controlled multiple spray & color effects.PEM M 906 & 920 SPRAY APRON MODULES are supplied with dual PEM 932 Jets, directional adjustable from above afterinstallation. The dual jets are connected to either outlet of the PEM W 114 Water switch and can be oscillated etc.PEM M 915 SPRAY APRON MODULES with PEM 938 , 50mm / 2" Foam Jet with 4 Lights and optional with W 115 WaterSwitch for a illuminated extreme heavy spray effects, available with bronze or poly carbonate cover for 12" (300mm) pipe sleevePEM M900 SPRAY APRON MODULES require a maximum waterlevel of appr.100mm below grating except 915 Modules thatrequire appr. 400mm 16" of free board. For suggested connection to supply pipe use 1" ( 25mm) coiled flexible hose in suitablelength to permit lifting up of unit for relamping. Electrical connections are suggested to use a suitable PEM Submersible JunctionBox with PEM Cord Seals in bottom of sleeve, connected by a suitable PEM Cordseal to a suitable flexible supply cable, longenough to permit connections being made above ground level.PEM M 900 SPRAY APRON MODULE ILLUMINATION is by PEM E 40 Light Fixtures.For colored illumination or color changing illumination, high intensity dichroic color lenses are available as an option to the lightfixtures to produce outstanding color renditions of the spray effects illuminated.Always advise factory if lamps with higher wattage than 50 Watts are to be used in PEM E 40 under poly. carbonate covers.

PEM M 903Bronze Cover

with M 936 Jets & 4 Lights

PEM M 901/904Solid Bronze Cover

No Lights

PEM M 902Bronze Cover

with M 931 Jets & 2 Lights

PEM M 902 Bronze Cover

with 2 x M 932 Jets & 2 Lights

PEM M 906Poly Carbonate Cover

with 2 x M 932 Jets & 2 Lights

PEM M 903Poly Carbonate Cover

with M 933 Jet & 4 Lights

PEM M900 - 2 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2005-1

Page 44: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M 900 SPRAY APRON SPRAY JET PERFORMANCES

PEM M900 - 3 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2005-1

PEM M 936 Soft Stream Aerated Jet , 30mm / 1.25" Diam. In Playgrounds to 2.0m , 6.5 Ft.

PEM M 933 Multi Stream Jet with 12 Nozzles in 30mm / 1.25" circle. In Playgrounds to 1.5m, 5.0 Ft.

PEM M 931 / 932 Solid, 12.7mm / 0.500" non laminar Stream Jet

Spray Flow Inlet PressureHeight US into Water Switch Feet GPM Feet Head 4 11.0 43 5 11.5 57 8 13.0 7910 15.3 9512 16.2 111

Spray Flow Inlet PressureHeight US into Water Switch Feet GPM Feet Head 4 12 33 5 13 46 8 15 8610 16 11212 17 135

Spray Flow Inlet PressureHeight L/min into Water Switch1.0m 40 14m1.5m 43 17m2.0m 46 21m3.0m 58 29m4.0m 65 37m

Spray Flow Inlet PressureHeight L/min into Water Switch1.0m 46 22.5m1.5m 54 27m2.0m 59 33m3.0m 72 43m4.0m 80 57m

Spray Flow Inlet PressureHeight L/min into Water Switch1.0m 45 6.5m1.5m 48 14m2.0m 53 20m3.0m 60 34m4.0m 64 51m

PEM M 900 SPRAY APRON SPRAY JET PERFORMANCESWITH W114-1 WATER SWITCH. For other Jet performances please enquire

PEM M 931 / 932 Solid, 20mm / 0.500" non laminar Stream Jet.

PEM M 933 Multi Stream Jet with 12 Nozzles in 30mm / 1.25" circle. In Playgrounds to 1.5m, 5.0 Ft.

PEM M 936 Soft Stream Aerated Jet , 30mm / 1.25" Diam. In Playgrounds to 2.0m, 6.5 Ft.

Spray Flow PressureHeight US in Feet GPM Feet Head 4 9.3 5.6 5 11.1 8.4 8 15.3 12.810 17.2 15.512 18.0 16.4

Spray Flow Inlet Height L/min Pressure1.0m 28 1.2m1.5m 42 2.1m2.0m 54 3.3m3.0m 65 4.6m4.0m 69 5.2m

Spray Flow Height L/min Pressure1.0m 51 5.5m1.5m 72 9.2m2.0m 91 12.1m3.0m 130 17.5m4.0m 165 24.0m

Spray Flow PressureHeight US in Feet GPM Feet Head 4 10.6 15.7 5 13.0 18.7 8 16.9 32.110 19.0 42.012 21.0 51.0

Spray Flow Height L/min Pressure1.0m 39 4.8m1.5m 49 5.7m2.0m 57 7.8m3.0m 72 12.8m4.0m 82 17.0m

Spray Flow PressureHeight US in Feet GPM Feet Head 4 11.6 30.0 5 13.8 34.5 8 17,2 40.710 19.1 45.312 20.6 49.2

Spray Flow Inlet PressureHeight US into Water Switch Feet GPM Feet Head 4 11.6 56 5 13.8 89 8 17.2 11810 19.0 14112 21.0 187

Page 45: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M900 BASIC DIMENSIONS

PEM M900 - 4 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2005-1

PEM M 920For 12" ( 300mm)PVC Pipe Sleeve

with Water Switch,2 Jets, 2 Lights,

Remote Disconnect2 Part AssemblyPEM M 920-4

Poly Carbonate CoverPEM M 920-3

Cast Bronze Cover

337mm

500mm

37 mm

PEM M 910For 12" ( 300mm)PVC Pipe Sleeve

with Water Switch,1 Jet, 4 Lights,

Remote Disconnect2 Part AssemblyPEM M 910-4

Poly Carbonate CoverPEM M 910-3

Cast Bronze Cover

337mm

500mm

37 mm

PEM M 906For 10" ( 250mm)PVC Pipe Sleeve

with Water Switch,2 Jets & 2 Lights

PEM M 906-4Poly Carbonate Cover

PEM M 906-3 Cast Bronze Cover

500mm

305 mm 25mm

PEM M 903For 10" ( 250mm)PVC Pipe Sleeve

with Water Switch,1 Jet & 4 LightsPEM M 903-4

Poly Carbonate CoverPEM M 903-3

Cast Bronze Cover

25mm

378mm

305 mm

PEM M 902For 10" ( 250mm)PVC Pipe Sleeve

with Water Switch,1 Jet & 2 Lights

PEM M 902-4Cast Bronze Cover

PEM M 902-5Poly.Carbonate Cover

378mm

25mm305 mm

No Water SwitchPEM M 901-4

For M915, M930 and others request Dimensional Spec.Page

PEM M 901Solid Cast Bronze

Cover for10" ( 250mm)

PVC Pipe Sleeve

127mm

378mm

25mm25mm305 mm 305 mm

PEM M 901-1With Water Switch No Water SwitchWith Water Switch

Page 46: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Single jet assemblies are offered with 1 Jet or with 1 Jet & Water Switch or with Jet, Water Switch and Lights( choice of 2 or 4 LightsDual jet assemblies are offered with 2 interactive, directional adjustable jets operated by Water Switch and 2 LightsFor daytime use only, where no illumination is required select PEM M901 & 910.For architectural use with lesser illumination select PEM 902, 910 & 915For architectural use with major color changing illumination select units with 4 lights.For Children Playgrounds in USA select PEM 900 with poly carbonate cover and illumination PEM 906, 910-4, 910-5 & 920-4 Walk over covers are set into self draining Cast Bronze Grout Frame installed flush into pavement.All assemblies with 1" NPT / BSP Quick Disconnects

Assemblies for insertion into vertical 10" (250mm) PVC, Schedule 40, Pipe Sleeves or similar.90101011 M901-1 Solid Cast Bronze Cover,Jet*, No Water Switch90101012 M901-2 Solid Cast Bronze Cover,Jet*, Water Switch90202024 M902-4 Cast Bronze Cover with 2 Lights, Jet*90202026 M902-6 Cast Bronze Cover with 2 Lights, Jet* , Water Switch90203033 M903-3 Cast Bronze Cover with 4 Lights, Jet*90203036 M903-6 Cast Bronze Cover with 4 Lights , Jet*, Water Switch90204032 M904-2 Poly. Carbonate (12mm/ 0.5") Cover, Jet*, 2 Lights (LC)90204043 M904-3 Poly. Carbonate (12mm/ 0.5") Cover, Jet*, 4 Lights,(LC)90204045 M904-5 Poly. Carbonate (12mm/ 0.5") Cover, 2 Lights, Jet*, Water Switch (LC)90204046 M904-6 Poly. Carbonate (12mm/ 0.5 ) Cover, 4 Lights, Jet*, Water Switch (LC)90205063 M906-3 Cast Bronze Cover with 2 x interactive PEM 932 Swivel Jets, 2 Lights, Water Switch(LC) **90205064 M906-4 Poly. Carbonate Cover with 2 x interactive PEM 932 Swivel Jets, 2 Lights, Water Switch (LC) **9020509 M909-1 Winter Cover for M900, Solid Cast Bronze, Overlapping the grout frame and bolted to same (For Freezing Climates )

Heavy Duty Assemblies for insertion into vertical 12" (300mm) PVC, Schedule 40, Pipe Sleeves or similar. Walk over covers setinto self draining Cast Bronze Grout Frame installed flush into pavement. All assemblies have 1" NPT / BSP Remote Disconnects90201002 M 910-2 Cast Bronze Cover, 1 Jet* with 2 Lights, Water Switch90201003 M 910-3 Cast Bronze Cover, 1 Jet* with 4 Lights, Water Switch90201004 M 910-4 Poly. Carbonate ( 12mm/ 0.5" ) Cover, 1 Jet*, 2 Lights, Water Switch (LC)90201005 M 910-5 Poly. Carbonate ( 12mm/ 0.5" ) Cover, 1 Jet*, 4 Lights, Water Switch (LC)90201203 M 920-3 Cast Bronze Cover with 2 x interactive PEM 932 Swivel Jets, 2 Lights, Water Switch, (LC)90201204 M 920-4 Poly. Carbonate Cover with 2 x interactive PEM 932 Swivel Jets, 2 Lights, Water Switch, (LC)

Custom made Assemblies for insertion into vertical 12" (300mm) PVC, Schedule 40, Pipe Sleeves or similar. Walk over covers setinto self draining Cast Bronze Grout Frame installed flush into pavement .90205151 M915-1 Cast Bronze Cover w.954,15-6,815-1 or 815-5 Jet, 4 Lights, 1 1/2" NPT / BSP.90205152 M915-2 Cast Bronze Cover w.954,15-6,815-1 or 815-5 Jet,, 4 Lights , W115-1 Water Switch, 1 1/2" NPT / BSP.90205154 M915-4 Poly Carbonate Cover w. 954,15-6,815-1 or 815-5 Jet,, 4 Lights, 1 1/2" NPT / BSP,(LC)90205156 M915-6 Poly. Carbonate Cover w. 954,15-6,815-1 or 815-5 Jet,, 4 Lights , W115-1 Water Switch, 1 1/2" NPT / BSP , (LC)90205609 M950-1 Winter Cover for M910,915 & 920, Solid Cast Bronze, overlapping the grout frame and bolted to same (For Freezing Climates )

SPRAY JETSSelection of Jet(s) to be made with order except for M906 and M920, were M 932 Jets are supplied as standard to allow fordirectional adjustment of sprays.. Spray Jets are set flush into cover, with vertical alignment adjustment of cover, selection of jet to bepart of the order for choice of assembly. Assemblies with dual spray jets have a somewhat lesser spray height of the secondary jet.9020001 M 931 Solid Jet , 12.7mm / 0.500" non laminar stream , 3/4" NPT/BSP9020002 M 932 Solid Jet, directional adjustable after installation, 12.7mm / 0.500" non laminar stream , 3/4" NPT/BSP9020003 M 933 Multi Stream Jet with 12 Nozzles in 30mm / 1.25" circle, 3/4" NPT/BSP, Playground Safe to 1.5m, 5'0 Ft.9020006 M 936 Soft Stream Aerated Jet , 30mm / 1.25" Diam. 3/4" NPT/BSP, Playground Safe to 2.0m , 6.5 Ft.9020011 M 954 Soft Foam Spray, 2" / 50mm, use direct or with W 115 Water Switch. Playground Safe9020012 M 15-6 Soft Cascade Spray, 2" / 50mm, use direct or with W 115 Water Switch. Playground Safe9020022 M 815-1 Solid Spray , 16mm use direct or with W 115 Water Switch. Not for Public Playgrounds9020032 M 815-5 Solid Spray, 20mm , use direct only r with W 115 Water Switch. Not for Public PlaygroundsWATER SWITCHES USED IN M900 ASSEMBLIES : PEM W114-1, 1" NPT / BSP & W115-1, 1 1/2" NPT / BSPRECOMMENDED FOR ACTIVATED / INTERACTIVE OR COMPUTER CONTROLLED MULTIPLE SPRAY EFFECTS .See PEM W 114-1 & W 115-1 Water Switches, 12/24 VAC or 24VDC, 4.5m of 2.5mm2 or 15.0 Ft. of 16/3 AWG size electrical cable.For Multiple or Musical Water Switch & Illumination Controls see these recommended suppliers:Media Mation Inc.( www. mediamat.com), Gilderfluke & Co. (www.gilderfluke.com) or Atlantic Fountains Inc. (www.atlanticfountains.com)

ILLUMINATIONMust be phase controlled with sprays. ( Flow switch at pump or supply permitting lights to work only when sprays are workingExtra liquid cooling connection of Lights with Poly Carbonate Covers & Lights of more than 50 Watts.For illumination with colored MR 16 NSP Halogen or LED Lamps, specify convex clear lens for lights.see PEM Lightfixture Supplements.(Index # 6)2 or 4 x PEM E40-LV Cast Bronze Light Fixtures each with 12V-65W Halogen or 5W LED, MR 16 NSP, Clear lens or choice of 4 Colors (Specify). Each Light Fixture includes either 4.5m of 2.5mm2 or 15.0 Ft. of 16/3 AWG size electrical cable (specify).OPTIONAL FOR ALL ASSEMBLIES: Stainless Steel Cover & Groutring. Custom made internal parts to suit customer's cover.PEM Submersible Junction Boxes, Cable Entries, Cordseals and longer or larger electrical cable.

PEM M 900 SPRAY APRON MODULE ASSEMBLIES

PEM M900 - 5 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2006-1

(LC) = Liquid Cooling of Lightfixture Lenses above 50W

Page 47: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M900 - 6 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2006-1

PEM M 950-1 OPERATING VOLTAGES & CURRENT Operating Voltage must be specified for electrical valves.

12 VAC, 50/60 Hz (4.2 A inrush) 24 VDC, (0.47A inrush) for sun voltaic supply

For inter-active non electric SPLASH Pad Spray Assemblies see PEM 902 / 110-5

PEM M 950-1

PEM M 950-1 Splash Pad Spray Assemblies are intended for use in animated children’s splash pads without standing surface water or water downstream of the solenoid valve when not in operation. Recommended for controlled access & supervised public locations .For uncontrolled, unsupervised, unenclosed & hygienic endangered public applications see PEM 970-1 Spray Assemblies.Nearby public rest rooms that also can house the controls for the spray pad would be helpful. The spray pad assemblies are set flush into the surface ofthe spray pad The animated spray jets are directly operated with potable city water, the used water is draining into an underground (offsite) tank as ‘grey’water, which then is pumped with a small submersible pump into an irrigation system, watering surrounding trees and planters. PEM M 950-1 Splash PadSprayAssemblies are made with heavy duty cast bronze cover within a self draining rim (grout ring) enclosure set flush into the surface of the spray pad.The cover of the assembly is clamped to a stainless steel niche, with welded in bottom connections for water supply (1/2” male NPT) , drain (2” male NPT)and a clamped and gasketed 1/2” NPS electrical conduit connection with the electrical bronze junction box within. The spray jet , with 5O directional adjustmentafter installation and operating solenoid valve are fastened to the underside of the cover and can be lifted up with same for servicing without disconnectionof water or electrical supply. A ball valve in the water supply within the niche permits manual adjustment of spray height at time of installationThe electrical connection of the solenoid valve into the submersible junction box is factory wired through a submersible cordseal The junction box coveropens upwards for ease of wiring connection. The factory installed PEM J1 type junction box has a 1/2” NPS electrical conduit connection to the power supply.The entire spray assembly is accessible from above, secured by recessed bolts. Nozzle and bolt rececesses when dried out after final testing and adjustmentsto be filled with molten hard wax or epoxy to discourage vandalism.( Newly installed assemblies could be cleaned with a laquer remover followed by aphosphoric acid solution to make the new equipment look old). For servicing ; the wax / epoxy in the bolt recesses is softened by heat from a blow torch,permitting access to the cover bolts.PEM M 950-1 Splash Pad Spray Assemblies will discharge an adjusted minimal flow of water if energized or not, the operation of each unit will not affect anyother on the same supply system as no back pressure or pressure change in the system is created. Individual spray jet timing can be from less than 100thof a second to continuous.The control for multiple spray jet applications either by timed, musical or inter-active means could also include supply pressure control to vary spray heightsetc. The number of spray jets to be governed by the number of the stations available in a control. Additional control recommendations would include a timeduse, a thermostat that will permit operation only above a certain air temperature.For Multiple or Musical Water Switch & Illumination Controls see these recommended suppliers:Media Mation Inc.( www. mediamat.com), Gilderfluke & Co. (www.gilderfluke.com) or Atlantic Fountains Inc. (www.atlanticfountains.com)

1 Cast Bronze Cover2. Cast Bronze, surface draining rim

( grout ring)3. Cast Bronze Clamp Ring

attaching niche to rim.4. Stainless Steel Niche5. 1/2” male NPT/BSP

Water Supply Connection6. 2” male NPT/BSP

Drain Pipe Connection7. 1/2” NPS/BSP Electrical

Conduit Connection8. Stainless Steel, drip proof

Electric Solenoid 3 Way Valveconnecting with flex tube to valvepermitting lift out with cover.

9. Electric Supply Junction Boxwith J 14 Cordseal

10. Exhaust Street 90o Elbow11. PEM 804-1, 5O adjustable Stream Jet,

with 3mm / 0.118” Orifice, screwedinto cover, connecting pipe andsolenoid valve. Permitting lifts out with cover.

12. Manual ball valve in water supply.

CITY WATER SPRAY ASSEMBLY FOR CONTROLLED ACCESS SPLASH PADS

6 7

8 9

10

12

11

1

2

6

5

12

4 3

2

11

4

10

3

1

8 9

222mm8.740”

185mm7.283”

307mm12.087”

# 903-0050

Pressure ratings are for inflow pressureinto solenoid valve.

SprayHeightm L/min MC/m0.5 4.0 3.51.0 5.0 5.91.5 6.0 7.42.0 7.0 11.02.5 7.5 13.53.0 7.9 17.5

PEM M950-1 PERFORMANCESSprayHeightFeet GPM PSI 3 1.2 3.8 4 1.4 4.5 5 1.6 5.2 6 1.8 6.7 8 2.0 8.910 2.1 11.9

USA METRIC

Page 48: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M 970-1 SPRAY PAD ASSEMBLIES are intended for use in animated children’s spray pads without standing water in unsupervised, unenclosed hygienicendangered locations. Nearby public rest rooms that also can house the controls for the spray pad would be helpful. The spray jets are embedded into theconcrete slab, covering a concrete underground holding tank . The animated spray jets are operated with potable city water, the used water is overflowinginto suitable enclosing gutter drains and collected into the underground tank as ‘grey’ water, which then is pumped with a l submersible sewage pump intoan irrigation system, watering surrounding trees and planters. As a dished splash pad with a center drain can be an invitation to unauthorized use as aneighbourhood car wash pad or worse, the splash pad surface to have a slightly raised center, draining to all sides into surrounding narrow grated gutterdrains. The use and installation of the PEM M 970-1 Spray Pad Assemblies with directional adjustable spray jets is intended for and through the concreteslab above a collection tank. Tanks to have sufficient interior headroom to permit ease of installation and servicing of the spray equipment. PEM 970-1 SprayPad Assemblies are designed to be fitted from below through concrete slabs, with the complete assemblies hanging from the ceiling, supported by anchorflanges bolted into the concrete. For freezing climates: A second quick disconnect between the solenoid valve and the spray jet pipe is required to dismount & drain the solenoid valve. Athermostatic controlled heat cable to be installed into the bottom of the tank and floordrain.All electrical work in approved drip proof enclosures is to be fastened to the ceiling well above the level of water, which is controlled by suitable over-sizeoverflow(s).The tank content must be drainable by valve from outside through a buried service entrance valve, safe access into the tank is usually fromthe side of the tank under a manhole cover.The tank to be vented through the surface drains or separate vents.PEM M 970-1 Spray Pad Assemblies will discharge an continuous adjusted flow of water if energized or not, the operation of each unit will not affect anyother on the same supply system as no back pressure or pressure change in the system is created as long as the system is of sufficient size to support allunits. Individual spray jet timing can be from less than 100th of second to continuous.The control for multiple spray jet applications either by timed, musical or inter-active means that could also include supply pressure control to vary spray heightsetc. The number of spray jets to be governed by the number of the stations available in a control. Additional control recommendations would include a timeduse, a thermostat that will permit operation only above a certain temperature and a timeswitch limiting the use to daylight hours. For spray controls contact see these recommended suppliers:Media Mation Inc.( www. mediamat.com), Gilderfluke & Co. (www.gilderfluke.com) or Atlantic Fountains Inc. (www.atlanticfountains.com)

DESCRIPTION

CITY WATER SPRAY ASSEMBLY FOR UNCONTROLLED ACCESS SPLASH PADS

PEM M 970-1

# 903-0050

PEM M900 - 7 of 8 Modules 2006-10 replacing 2006-1

PEM M 970-1 OPERATING VOLTAGES & CURRENT 12 VAC, 50/60 Hz (2.7A inrush,1.9A holding) 24 VDC, (0.52A inrush, 0.41A holding) Operating Voltage must be specified with order.

1 Stainless Steel Electric Solenoid Valve ( Specify Voltage ) with drip proof junction box,2.7m / 9 feet of 16/3 AWG / 2 x2.5mm2 electrical cable.

2 Exhaust Street 90o Elbow3 Spray Height Adjustment Valve w. pipe nipple4 Brass Reducer Fitting with pipe nipple5 1/2” NPT Quick Disconnect6 50mm - 2” Pipe Nipple7 Custom Made 12mm - 0.5” OD Riser Pipe with

PEM 804-1, 3mm Stream Jet & Locknutspecify length = Thickness of concrete or stone ,plus 50mm - 2.0” to thread into holding plate (8.0)Riser Piper requires 14mm - 0..625” I.D. bored hole.

8 Holding plate with 4 x 1/4”-20 UNC bolts, holdsRiser Pipe with Jet (7.0)which is threaded andlocked into holding plate, which bolts to anchorflange (9.0).Holding plate has drain holes.

9 150mm - 6.0” Anchor Bronze Flange is secured toconcrete or stone with 4 concrete anchor bolts.

10 (4) 10mm - 0.375” x 65mm - 2.5” corrosion resistantanchor bolts with expandable shields. Shields mustnot come into contact with steel re-inforcing bars!

PEM M970-1 PERFORMANCES

Pressure ratings are for inflow pressure into solenoid valve.

SprayHeight Feet GPM PSI 3 1.2 3.8 4 1.4 4.5 5 1.6 5.2 6 1.8 6.7 8 2.0 8.910 2.1 11.9

SprayHeightm L/min MC/m0.5 4.0 3.51.0 5.0 5.91.5 6.0 7.42.0 7.0 11.02.5 7.5 13.53.0 7.9 17.5

USA METRIC

1 2

3

10

9 8

7

6

5

4

250mm10.000”

200mm 8.000”

Page 49: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM M900 ORDER INFORMATIONFor Water Switch information see PEM W 114-1 & W 115-1 Water Switches

Lightfixtures are E40LV, MR-16, 12V Lamps, Clear, Color or Dichro.Color ChangingSERIAL PEM DESCRIPTION W

902-00000 Cat. PEM 901 SPRAY APRON MODULES Kg902-01011 M 901-1 Solid Cast BronzeCover & Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ) 9.5902-01012 M 901-2 Solid Cast Bronze Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ) & Water Switch W 114-1 10.5

PEM 902 SPRAY APRON MODULES 902-02024 M 902-4 Cast Bronze Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 )& 2 Lights 11.5902-02026 M 902-6 Cast bronze Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), Water Switch W 114-1 & 2 lights 13.5

PEM 903 SPRAY APRON MODULES 902-03033 M 903-3 Cast Bronze Cover, Jet( M931,933 or 936 ) & 4 Lights 15.2902-03036 M 903-6 Cast Bronze Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), Water Switch W 114-1 & 4 Lights 17.5

PEM 904 SPRAY APRON MODULES 902-04032 M 904-2 Clear P. C. Cover, Jet( M931,933 or 936 ) & 2 Lights 10.8902-04043 M 904-3 Clear P. C. Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ) & 4 Lights 14.4902-04045 M 904-5 Clear P.C. Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), Water Switch W 114-1 & 2 Lights 12.9902-04046 M 904-6 Clear P.C. Cover, Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), Water Switch W 114-1 & 4 Lights 16.4

PEM 906 SPRAY APRON MODULES 902-05063 M906-3 Cast Bronze Cover, 2 x Jets ( PEM 932 ), 2 Lights & Water Switch W 114-1 15902-05064 M906-4 Clear P. C. Cover, 2 x Jets ( PEM 932 ), 2 Lights & Water Switch W 114-1 14902-05090 M909-1 Cast Bronze Winter Cover 5.9

PEM 910 SPRAY APRON MODULES902-01002 M910-2 Cast Bronze Cover, 1 x Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), 2 Lights and Water Switch W 114-1 21.5902-01003 M910-3 Cast Bronze Cover, 1 x Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), 4 Lights and Water Switch W 114-1 25.5902-01004 M910-4 Clear P.C. Cover, 1 x Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), 2 Lights and Water Switch W 114-1 21902-01005 M910-5 Clear P.C. Cover, 1 x Jet ( M931,933 or 936 ), 4 Lights and Water Switch W 114-1 24

PEM 915 SPRAY APRON MODULES 902-05151 M915-1 Cast Bronze Cover, 1 x Jet (M938 or M939), 4 lights, 1 1/2" NPT / BSP 24902-05152 M915-2 Cast Bronze Cover, 1 x Jet (M938 or M939), 4 lights, Water Switch W 115-1 26.7902-05154 M915-4 Poly Carbonate Cover, 1 x Jet (M938 or M939), 4 lights, 1 1/2" NPT / BSP 23.5902-05156 M915-6 Poly Carbonate Cover, 1 x Jet (M938 or M939), 4 lights, Water Switch W115-1 26.2

PEM 920 SPRAY APRON MODULES 902-01203 M920-3 Cast Bronze Cover, 2 x Jets ( PEM 932 ), 2 Lights & Water SwitchW 114-1 23902-01204 M920-4 Clear P. C. Cover, 2 x Jets ( PEM 932 ) PEM 932, 2 Lights & Water Switch W 114-1 22.5902-05609 M950-1 Cast Bronze Winter Cover 8.6

EXTRA JETS902-0001 M931 Brass Solid Jet, 12.7mm / 0.500", 3/4" NPT/BSP with Flow Straightener for W 114-1 0.8902-0002 M932 Brass Swivel Jet Dir. Adj, 12.7mm / 0.500", 3/4" NPT/BSP with Flow Straightener for W 114-1 0.8902-0003 M933 Brass Multi Stream Jet, 3/4" NPT/BSP with Flow Straightener for W 114-1 0.8902-0006 M936 Brass Soft Stream Aerated Jet, 3/4" NPT/BSP with Flow Straightener for W 114-1 0.9902-0007 M953 PEM 953, 40mm Aerated Jet, 1 1/2" NPT/BSP (For W 115-1 ) 1.1902-0008 M954 PEM 954, 50mm Aerated Jet, 1 1/2" NPT/BSP (For W 115-1 ) 1.7902-0012 M15-6 PEM 15-6, 50mm Cascde Jet, 1 1/2"NPT/BSP (For W115-1) 2.7902-0022 M815-1 PEM 815-1 Stream Jet, 16mm, 1 1/2" NPT/BSP (For W115-1) 0.9902-0032 M815-5 PEM 815-5 Stream Jet, 20mm, 1 1/2" NPT/BSP (For W115-1) 0.9

OPTIONAL ADD ON TO MODULES391-1001 30-1 80mm Flat Convex Lens 0.1391-1000 35-1 80mm Flat Dichro Color Lens (10 colors, see Light Fixtures Supplements ( Index # 6) 0.1385-3330 T 301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz, x 12V/24VAC, 300VA 2.2490-44001 110-1 PEM W114-1 & W115-1--Manual Push Button Control for Water Switch w. 3.0m Tubing 0.7490-44005 110-5 PEM W114-1 & W115-1--Manual Step On Control for Water Switch w. 3.0m Tubing 1.4

PEM 950-1 SPRAY APRON MODULES 903-0050 950-1 ( 1 - 5 ) Spray Assembly w. solenoid Valve, 3mm Jet, Bronze Cover & Stainless steel Niche 22.0

PEM 970-1 SPRAY APRON MODULES 903-0070 970-1 ( 1 - 5 ) Spray Assembly w. solenoid Valve, 3mm Jet, Quick Disconnect & Valve 12.0

PEM M900 - 8 -8

Page 50: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

# PEM PAGE

363-3100 J1 / J6 Boxes 346

377-0000 J41 Cable Outlets 347

377-1200 J50 Cable Outlets 347

375-3500 J11 Junction Box 348

375-4000 J34 Junction Box 348

375-5000 J35 Junction Pull/ Box 348

376-1010 J36 Junction Box 349

376-51101 A470 Deck Box 350

376-5220 A480 Deck Box 350

376-5330 A482 Deck Box 350

376-2000 A483 U.L. Deck Box 351

378-0100 J13 Conduit Seal 352

378-1100 J14 Cordseal 352

378-2100 J15 Series Cordseals 352

381-1000 J60 Stub Ups 353

Fixture Parts 354

# PEM PAGE

Index 305Important Information 306

360-2000 PAR 56, FSP Lamps 30724 VAC Voltage Losses 30812 VAC Voltage Losses 309

350-0000 Lenses & Clear & Color 310311

334-3100 C21 Submersible 312313

334-3260 C131 Submersible 314315

334-3270 C133 + B46 Submersible 316317

334-3210 C133 Submersible/Dry 318319

305-0000 D145 Submersible/Dry 320321

310-1000 E40 Submersible 322323

311-0000 E41 Submersible 324325

312-0000 E100 Submersible 326327

313-0000 E150 Submersible 328329

314-0000 E200 Submersible 330331

315-0000 E300 Submersible 332333

316-0000 E500 Submersible 334335

317-0000 E600 Submersible 336337

323-0000 E700 Submersible 338339

324-0000 E800 Submersible 340341

327-0000 E900 Submersible 342343

329-0000 E1100 Submersible 344345

PEMIllumination Equipment

INDEX 2005-1300 SECTION

Supersedes all previous editions & specifications. 305

Prin

ted

in C

anad

a,

C.

PE

M F

ount

ain

Co.

200

5

Illumination 2005-1

SUPERSEDES2003-1

WIRING DEVICES FOR LIGHT FIXTURES

PEM LIGHT FIXTURES

Page 51: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEMLIGHTFIXTURE SUPPLEMENTS

PEM Lightfixture Supplements 1 of 10 Illumination 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX DESCRIPTION SECTION

INDEX 1 of 10

General Installation Information & Suggestions 2 of 10

PEM Custom Made PAR 54 FSP Lamps, 24V-250W & 240V-500W 3 of 10

Voltage Drops (Losses) in 24 V Submersible Cable Lengths 4 of 10

Voltage Drops (Losses) in 12 V Submersible Cable Lengths 5 of 10

Color of Optional Flat Dichro Color Lenses for PEM Light Fixtures 6 of 10

PEM Light Fixture Parts for C21, D145, E40, E41, E100, E150 7 of 10

PEM Light Fixture Parts for C131 & C 133 8 of 10

PEM Light Fixture Parts for E200, E300, E500 & E 600 9 of 10

PEM Light Fixture Parts for E700, E800, E910, E950 & E1100 10 of 10

Parts for above L104-9

Page 52: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

IMPORTANT !The designers, installers and end-users utilizing the equipment described in this catalogue assume full responsibility for compliancewith all applicable codes, requirements and / or ordinances and their applicable articles, intents and consequences. Where themanufacturer / supplier of the equipment described herein does not control its application or usage he assumes no responsibilitywhatsoever for any or all consequences arising out of the application, installation and / or usage of this or any other associated equipmentor materials.

ALL THREADED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS MUST HAVE SUITABLE WATER TIGHT THREAD SEALANT APPLIED BEFORE JOINING.ALL UNDERWATER JUNCTION BOXES & CONDUITS IN A POOL SHALL BE SELF DRAINING IN A VISIBLE LOCATION OUTSIDE OF THE POOLALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS MUST CONFORM WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.

The use of groundfault circuit interrupters / earth leakage protection is mandatory for all fountain installations.The rate of protection varies from North America at 5MA to most other parts of the world at 30MA.

JOB SITE ASSEMBLY OF LIGHTFIXTURES:Certain PEM lightfixtures are available outside of approval areas for job site assembly such as for chain lighting etc. The actual supplier andassembler must assume full responsibility in writing for these lightfixtures and electrical cable thus assembled as well as all consequencesarising thereof, relieving the fixture manufacturer of all responsibilities whatsoever. The lightfixtures for Job Site Assembly are permanentlycoded on fixture so as to identify assembler / supplier and date of manufacture.

LAMPS:No warranty applies for any lamp supplied by itself or as part of a fixture.NOTE: Halogen Lamps are voltage sensitive. Best life expectancy is at 95/98% of rated voltage as indicated on lamp. Overvoltage will shorten lifeexpectancy dramatically. Undervoltage, below approximately 80-90% of rated voltage of lamp, the lamps might turn black, but will clean themselves,when operated at full rated voltage for a short time.For Low Voltage cable length sizing to maintain operating voltage: See voltage losses for 12V & 24 Cables

TIGHTENING TORQUESRatchet Torque Wrenches with inch pound (inch / Lbs)or equivalent metric rating are mandatory for tightening of lightfixturefacering bolts or leakage & lens breakage might occur .(Ratchet Type Torque Wrenches for inch pound (inch / Lbs) torques have 3/8" / 95mm square drive, socket is 7/16" / 10.1mm ) , always tightenfacering bolts evenly cross wise ( 1 & 3 , 2 & 4 or 1 & 4, 3 & 6, 5 & 2 etc) .All Fixtures except D145, E40 & E41 have on the facering the tightening torque for facering bolts of : 29 inch / lbs / 3.28 NmPEM D145 requires the indication on the facering for tightening torque of facering bolts of : 5 inch / lbs / 0.57 NmPEM E40 & E41 Face ring bolts require the tightening torque of facering bolts of : 20 inch / lbs / 2.26 NmPEM E40 & E41 Base to Body bolts require the tightening torque of : 30 inch/lbs / 3.39 NmTightening Torque for integral cordseal plugs with neoprene seal : 50 Ft / Lbs / 68 NmTightening Torque for J14 Cordseal Compression Nuts : 7.5 Ft / Lbs / 10.2 Nm (.935" Wrench)Tightening Torque for J14 Cordseal Bases : 60 Ft / Lbs / 82 Nm (.875" Wrench)(For Cordseals use Ratchet Type Torque Wrenches for foot pound (Ft / Lbs) torques that have 1/2" / 12.7mm square drive with aclaw wrench. Never use this type of wrench for facering bolts! )Torque Wrenches are sold upon request, please enquire

OZONE ADVISORY:As there is a possibility of damage caused by free OZONE in the water (introduced by direct discharge of gaseous ozone into pool water) to theorganic components of submerged electrical equipment such as the cable, gaskets and seals in contact with the water so purified. No warranty canbe given for equipment thus damaged.

SEAWATER / SALTWATER USAGE:PEM Underwater Lightfixtures can be supplied in special construction for use in sea water (salt water) at extra cost.For use in open to ocean lagoons to maximum 15m / 49.21' water depth. Certain PEM Underwater lightfixtures can be supplied with low voltageelectrical field lens protection against certain marine growth such as barnacles. For such applications the electrical cable might have to be protectedwith flexible metal armor (could be by short lengths of stainless steel or plastic thin wall (light weight) tubing pieces threaded over the full length ofthe immersed cable). Please enquire stating water composition if possible.

All PEM Submersible Lightfixtures that are supplied in assembled form from our Canadian plantare factory tested as follows:Full Operational FunctionsDielectric isolation to 1300 Volts ACWater tightness to 45 PSI, 3.1 bar internal air pressure to comply with IP-68, 1.0m submergence requirementApprovals are as indicated. For verification consult factory.

Lightfixture Supplements - 2 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE SUPPLEMENTS

GENERAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SUGGESTIONS

Page 53: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM PAR 56 LAMPS:

1 240V, FSP, 500W

2 24V, FSP, 250W

G.E. 12V

A 12V, MFL, 120W

B 12V, NSP, 120W

C 12V, MFL, 240W

D 12V, VNSP, 240W

E 12V, WFL, 300W

PHILIPS 12V

F 12V, WFL, 300W

G.E 120V

G 120V, WFL, 300W

H 120V, MFL, 300W

J 120V, NSP, 300W

K 120V, QWFL, 500W

L 120V, QMFL, 500W

M 120V, QNSP, 500W

DEGREES OFF VERTICAL CENTER AXIS* Rated Average Life Hours depend on rated supply voltage. Over voltage and high voltage spikes will shorten life hours. Undervoltage by more than 10% can result in halogen tubes turning black but by using rated voltage for approximately 30 minutes the tubes will clean themselves.

Available while stocks last:Safety Transformers - T301230V x 12V & 24V, 300VA (W),As Per IP 23:PEM #385-3330

Mogul End Prong Connections240 Volts, 500W, 2.5 Amperes, 3000 Hrs + *,

PEM #362-2003

Screw-On Connections 24 Volts, 250W, 10.4 Amperes, 3000 Hrs + *,

PEM #362-2005CANDLE POWER COMPARISON CURVES OF VARIOUS PAR56 LAMPS

CA

ND

EL

AS

/ C

AN

DL

E P

OW

ER

Projection Patterns

FSP: Full Spot Projection

NSP: Narrow Spot Projection

MFL: Medium Flood Projection

WFL: Wide Flood Projection

Full Spot Projection Halogen Lamps(Sealed beam lamps with Parabolic Aluminized Reflector)

During lamp installation and testing ofHalogen Lamps in open fixtures suitable eye protection must be worn.

PEM Custom Made PAR 56 FSP Lamps

Lightfixture Supplements - 3 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE SUPPLEMENTS

Page 54: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

3% = Permissible Voltage Drop (North America)3 Wire Low Voltage Cable in North America,

2 Wire Low Voltage cable outside of North America

VOLTAGE DROPS (LOSSES)IN 24 V SUBMERSIBLEELECTRICAL CABLE

Actual Voltage Drop Tests were conducted at 23 C Ambient air temperature with straight lengths of cable connected to a120V x 12V - 1000 VA Transformer and lamp holder leads (where applicable) as utilized in PEM Submersible Lightfixtures.

To establish Amperes - Watts : Volts = Amperes

Voltage drops ( Losses) in shaded areas require special attention asmost Halogen Lamps might turn black on voltages reduced by 5% ormore. To clean lamps operate for short period at full rated voltage.

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

Lengthof cable

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 10-3 AWG

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 16-3 AWG

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 14-3 AWG

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 12-3 AWG

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G H

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 - 3 x 1.5mm2

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 - 2 x 2.5mm2

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 -2 x 6.0mm2

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

G JH

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 - 2 x 4.0mm2

LAMPS tested:

# Volts Watts Amperes

G 24 50 1.8

H 24 150 5.4

J 24 250 8.4

RequiresVoltageIncrease

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE SUPPLEMENTS

Lightfixture Supplements - 4 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

Page 55: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Actual Voltage Drop Tests were conducted at 23 C Ambient air temperature with straight lengths of cable connected to a 120V x 12V -1000 VA Transformer and lamp holder leads (where applicable) as utilized in PEM Submersible Lightfixtures.

To establish Amperes - Watts : Volts = Amperes

3% = Permissible Voltage Drop (North America)3 Wire Low Voltage Cable in North America, Max. 15 VAC

2 Wire Low Voltage cable outside of North America

Voltage drops ( Losses) in shaded areas require special attention as mostHalogen Lamps might turn black on voltages reduced by 5% or more, to clean lamps, operate for short period at full rated voltage.

RequiresVoltageIncrease

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

Lengthof cable

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 10-3 AWG

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 16-3 AWG

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 14-3 AWG

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable STWA/SOW - 12-3 AWG

FE

FE

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 - 3 x 1.5mm2

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 -2 x 2.5mm2

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 -2 x 6.0mm2

Lengthof cable

10m - 33’

2.7m - 9’

20m - 66’

30%20%10%

5.0m - 17’

15%5.0% 25%

7.5m - 25’

15m - 50’

3.0%

A DCB

35%

VOLTAGE DROP : Cable H0R7 - 2 x 4.0mm2

FE

FE

E

VOLTAGE DROPS (LOSSES)IN 12 VAC SUBMERSIBLEELECTRICAL CABLE

LAMPS tested:# Volts Watts AmperesA 12 50 4.5B 12 65 5.5C 12 75 6.1D 12 100 8.8E 12 240 13.7F 12 300 24.4

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE SUPPLEMENTS

Lightfixture Supplements - 5 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

Page 56: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Primary Red0022 (6500)

Flame Red0030 (6100)

Primary Green0023 (5055)

Turquoise0025 (4853)

Primary Blue0021 (1080)

Cyan0026 (5400)

Yellow0029 (5401)

Orange0028 (5900)

Deep Magenta0024 (4763)

Medium Pink0027 (4758)

Dichroic Color Lenses have a minimum loss of light

Optional PEM tempered Flat Dichroic Colour Lenses are available in 3 Lens Sizes:The dichro color coating is on the inside of the lens, protected from water and surface abrasion.PEM Dichroic Color Lenses are for submersible or dry use with PEM Lightfixtures and PEM Lens Gaskets.Size #35-1-0000, 80mm / 3.110” diameter for: C20, E40 & E41Size #35-2-0000, 143mm / 5.625” diameter for: C131, C133, E150-1Size #35-3-0000, 213mm / 8.375” diameter for: E600Lens Shades (Optional) are required to contain opposite prismatic stray colors around lensesPEM Flat Dichroic Color Lenses for PEM Lightfixtures other than listed above, require special adapters which are listedwith the fixtures.PEM custom made Convex Dichroic Colour Lenses are available in 80mm, 143mm & 213mm sizesSee Lightfixture Supplements # 7 for detailsThese lenses can replace convex color lenses without adapter, however Lens Shades (Optional) are required to containopposite prismatic stray colors around lenses. Please enquire at factory.

Color Selection of Optional Flat, Dichro. Lenses

Color Selection of Standard Convex Lenses

Convex Color Lenses are available AT NO EXTRA CHARGE WHEN INCLUDED WITH PURCHASE OF FIXTURES. Will fit all PEM Submersible Lightfixtures except D145, E100 & E900.

80mm Size / 3.110” for C21, E40, E41 & M 900 Series Spray Apron Modules143mm / 5.625” for C131, C133, E150, E150, E200, E300, E700 & E800213mm / 8.375” for E 500, E600 & E1100See Lightfixture Supplements - 7 for details

Turquoise0005

Green0003

Red0002

Blue0001

Amber0004

All Convex Lenses are tempered, for submerged or dry use with PEM Lightfixtures and PEM Lens Gaskets.

NOTE: Standard Convex Color Lenses, especially Blue & Green have Lumen loss up to 85% , Red color loses app. 50%Use Dichroic Lenses that have a Lumen loss of 5% or less.

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE SUPPLEMENTS

Lightfixture Supplements - 6 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

Page 57: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE PARTS & LAMP SPECIFICATIONS - 7

Lightfixture Supplements - 7 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

PEM FIXTURES C21-1-00 C21-1-61 D145 E40LV E40JC E40-MC E40-DW E100 E150-1 E150--2 E150-3

C21-2-10 C21-2-21 E41LV E41JC E41-MC E41-DW

C21-4-30 C21-3-28

Type of Lamp(s) MR 16 GU-10 PAR 38* MR16 Bi-Pin T4-MC GU10 A19 PAR38* R40* R40*

Lamp Connection GX 5.3 GZ-10 E26/27 GX 5.3 6.35-1 E-11 GZ-10 E26/27 E26/27 E26/27 E26/27

240V, max. Watts - 50 150 - - 250 50 100 250 300 -

120V, max. Watts - 50 150 - - 250 50 100 150 150 300

24V, max. Watts 75 - 100 75 150 - - 100 120 120 150

12V, max. Watts 75 - 100 75 100 - - 100 100 100 100

Rockguard #10-2/-6 - - - - - - - X X X

Rockguard #10-3/-8/-9 - - - - - - - - - -

Rockguard #10-1 - - - - - - X - -- -

Lensguard in Facering -10 X X - - - - - - - - -

Lensguard in Facering -10-7 - - - - - - - - X X X

Lensguard in Facering’A’, - - - X X X X - - - -

Lensguard in Facering ’B’ - - X - - - - -- - - -

FIXTURE PARTS

Facering Bolts (Set) -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11

Lamp Connector(s) -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12

Lamp Rim Clamps,Pair X - - X - - - - - -

Lamp Mounting Plate - - - - - - - - - -

Lamp / Plate Spring - - - - - - - - - -

Lens Gasket -13 -13 - -13 -13 -12 -13 -13 -13 -13

Clear Flat Lens -30-1 -30-1 - -30-1 -30-1 -30-1 - -30-2 -30-2 -30-2

Dichro Color Lens (Color ?) -35-2 -35-2 - -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 - -35-2 -35-2 -35-2

Clear Convex Lens -14-2 -14-2 - -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 - -14-2 -14-2 -14-2

Clear Convex Globe - - - - - - X - - -

Clear Convex Fesnel Lens -14-1 -14-1 - -14-1 -14-1 -14-1 -14-1 - - - -

Color Convex Lens (Color ?) -15-1 -15-1 - -15-1 -15-1 -15-1 -15-1 - -15-2 -15-2 -15-2

Cordseal Gland - - - -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17

Cordseal Washer - - - -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18

Cordseal Plug - - -19 -19 -19 -19 -19 -19 -19

Cord Seal J Type** X X X - - - - - - - -

Body 'O' Ring Seal - - X - - - - - - -

Base 'O' Ring Seal - - - X X X X - - -

* = Verify lamp size (M.O.L.) to fit lightfixture

**= Cord Seal, Cable Size? Check PEM Junction Boxes & Cord Seals

Page 58: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM FIXTURES C131-1 C131-3 C131-4 C131-5 C131-6 C131-7 C131-8 C131-9 C131-10

C133-1 C133-3 C133-4 C133-5 C133-6 C133-7 C133-8 C133-9 C133-10

“ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46 “ +B46

Type of Lamp(s) AR111 3xMR16 4xMr16 3xGU10 3xGU10 4xMR16 4xMR16 3xGU10 3xGU10

Lamp Connection Bolts 3xG3.35-1 4xGZ-10 3xGZ-10 3xGZ-10 4xG3.35-1 4xGZ-10 3xGZ-10 3xGZ-10

240V, max. Watts - - - 50x3 3x50 - - 3x50 50x3

120V, max. Watts - - - 50x3 3x50 - - 3x50 50x3

24V, max. Watts - 3x75 75x3 - - 4x75 75x4 - -

12V, max. Watts 100 3x75 75x3 - - 4x75 75x4 - -

Rockguard #10-2/-6/-7 X X X X X X X X

Lensguard # 10-7 X X X X X X X X

FIXTURE PARTS

Facering Bolts (Set) - -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11

Lamp Connector(s) Bolts -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12

Lamp Mounting Plate - - -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50

Lamp / Plate Spring - -- -51 -51 -51 -51 -51 -51 -51

Lamp Holding Plate/Bolt - -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55

Lens Gasket -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -12 -13 -13 -13

Clear Flat Lens -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2

Dichro Color Lens (Color ?) -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-2

Clear Convex Lens -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-21

Color Convex Lens (Color ?) -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2

Cord Seal J Type** X X X X X X X X X

**= Cord Sea;l, Cable Size? Check PEM Junction Boxes & Cord Seals

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE PARTS & LAMP SPECIFICATIONS - 8

Lightfixture Supplements - 8 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

Page 59: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE PARTS & LAMP SPECIFICATIONS - 9

PEM E200 E200JC E300-1 E300-2 E300-3 E500-1 E500-2 E500-LV E600-1 E600LV E600-3/5 E600-4/6LV

Type of Lamp(s) MC JC MC JC AR111* PAR 56 PAR 56 PAR 56 PAR 56 PAR 56 8xGU 10 8xMR 16

Lamp Connection E11 G6.35-1 E11 G6.35-1 Bolts GX16d GX16d Bolts GX16d Bolts GZ-10 GX 5.3

240V, max. Watts -250 - -250 - - -500 -500 - -500 - -400 -

120V, max. Watts -250 - -250 - - -500 -500 - -500 - -400 -

24V, max. Watts - -150 - -150 - - - -250 - -250 - 600**

12V, max. Watts - -100 - -100 -100 - - -300 - -300 - 600**

Rockguard #10-2/-6 X X X X X - - - - - - -

Rockguard #10-3/-8/-9 - - - - - X X X X X X -

Lensguard -10-7 X X X X X X X X X X X X

FIXTURE PARTS

Facering Bolts (Set) -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11

Lamp Connector(s) -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12

Lamp Lamp Plate - - - - - - - - - - -42 -42

Lamp Plate/Bolt - - - - - - - - - - -44 -44

Lens Gasket -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13

Clear Flat Lens -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-3 -30-3 -30-3 -30-3 -30-3 -30-3 -30-2

Dichro Color(?)Lens -35-2 -35-2 -32-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-3 -35-3 -35-3 -35-3 -35-3 -35-3 -35-2

Clear Convex Lens -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-3 -14-3 -14-3 -14-3 -14-3 -14-3 -14-2

Convex Color(?)Lens -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3

Cordseal Gland -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 - -17 -17 -17 - -

Cordseal Washer -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 - -18 -18 -18 - -

Cordseal Plug -19 -19 -19 -19 -19 -19 - -19 -19 -19 - -

Cord Seal(s)JType*** - - - - - - X - - - X X

St. St. Reflector -37 -37 - - - - - - - - - -

St. St. Wiring Cover -39 -39 -39 -39 - - - - - - - -

Lightfixture Supplements - 9 Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

Page 60: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM LIGHTFIXTURE PARTS & LAMP SPECIFICATIONS - 10

PEM E700 E700JC E800 E910 E950JC E950LV E950JC E1100 E1100+35-3

Type of Lamp(s) MC Bi-Pin MC A19/26 MC A19/26 Bi-Pin PAR 64 PAR 64

Lamp Connection E11 G6.35-1 E11 A19/26 E11 A19/26- G6.35-1 GX16d GX16d

240V, max. Watts -250 - -500 -100 -- - - -** -**

120V, max. Watts -250 - -500 -100 -- - - -1000 -1000

24V, max. Watts - -150 - - -150 -100 -150 - -

12V, max. Watts - -100 - - -100 -60 -100 - -

Rockguard 10-4 - - - X X X X _ _

Rockguard #10-2/-6 X X X - - - - - -

Rockguard #10-3/-8/-9 - - - - - - - X X

Lensguard -10-7 X X X - - - - X X

FIXTURE PARTS

Facering Bolts (Set) -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11

Lamp Connector(s) -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12

Lens Gasket -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13

Clear Flat Lens -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-2 -30-3 -30-3 -30-3 -30-3

Fresnel Lens - - -14 -14 -14 -14 - - -

Flat Dichro Color(?)Lens -35-2 -35-2 -32-2 -35-2 -35-2 -35-3 -35-3 -35-3 -35-3

Clear Convex Lens -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-2 -14-3 -14-3 -14-3 -14-3

Convex Color(?) Lens -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-2 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3 -15-3

Cordseal Gland -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 - -17 -17

Cordseal Washer -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 - -18 -18

Cordseal Plug -19 -19 -19 -19 -19 -19 - -19 -19

Cord Seal(s) J Type*** - - - - - - - X** X**

Flat Dichro Lens Adapter - - - - - - - - X

Adapter Lens Gasket - - - - - - - - -13

Adapter Bolts (Set) - - - - - - - - -11A

X** = 2 x Paired 120V, 1000W for 240V*** = Cord Seal Size(s), see Junction Boxes, Cordseals & Conduit Stup Ups

Lightfixture Supplements - Illumination 2006-10, replacing 2005-1

Page 61: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM C21

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE & NICHEFIXTURE HOUSING:Fixture body is designed to permit water circulation within the niche wheninstalled horizontally. The lightfixture is secured into the niche from theoutside front of the facering.The fixture and facering are of cast bronze body, Stainless Steel fitted.Sufficient cable length is to be stored inside the niche.(Up to approx. 0.6m / 2.0 feet to be stored within the niche for lifting of thefixture from the niche to above the water for re-lamping).Maximum installation depth is to be 150mm / 6.0 inches below water level.Fixtures are tested for IPX8 rating of 1.0m / 3.0 feet water depth over lens.PVC NICHE: 100 mm I.D., 115 mm O.D. x 205 mm Length

1/2" Inside Drain required for vertical installationSEALED CONDUIT ENTRY INTO NICHE:

3/4" NPT - BSP conduit entry with cordsealas specified on opposite page

LAMP HOLDER: For MR16 Aluminized Reflector Lamp: (Specify!)Rim clamp & Bi Pin Socket GX 5.3.

LAMP HOLDER: For GU10 Lamp: (Specify)Rim clamp & Bi Pin Socket GZ10.

LENS : 80mm / 3.149" O.D. See Page 310STANDARD: CONVEX FRESNEL LENSIn clear or 5 colorsOPTIONAL :CLEAR LENS, 14-1, without Fresnels for Spot LightsFLAT CLEAR LENSFLAT DICHRO COLOR LENS Choice of 10 colors.

LENS GASKET: 'U' shape high temperature Silicon RubberELECTRICAL CABLE: Approved for the purpose with integral

epoxy encapsulated compression type cable entry infactory assembled fixtures.See Page 308 & 309 for cable size & length.

OPTIONAL:-70 niche clamp for clamping of niche to concrete

wall form. The clamping assist can be re-used .-B60 Surface Liner clamp with bronze clamp ring and

Stainless Steel clamp bolts.-68 DIN for in concrete Water Proofing Collar, Neoprene with Stainless Steel clamp.

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

PEM C21With Rockguard -10

NICHE +70 INSTALLATION ASSIST

NICHE WITH B60 SURFACE LINER CLAMP

C21 + PVC NICHE+ 68, DIN W.P.COLLAR

205mm 8.070"

C21 + PVC NICHE

202mm7.952"

115mm4.527"

Nut &Washer

ConcreteWallForm

Clamp Bolt

(2) ClampAnchors

NotchedClamp

Plate

PEM C21

FOR LAMP: (specify type of Lamp to be used)Quartz Halogen, Not included.MR16, GX 5.3 base, 12V, Max. 75 W, Aluminized ReflectorGU10, GZ10 base, 120 / 240V, Max. 50 W. 168mm

6.610"

116mm4.570"

NICHE MOUNTED

Page 62: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM C21 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.306-30000 Cat. FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED (Not incliuded) Length & Size Kg

Select cable size to suit Lamp Wattage, Amperage Lightfixture only w. Convex Fesnel Lens, No Niche, No Cable

For 12 V or 24V , MR16 Lamps306-31104 C21-1-04 With 1 Cordseal for 2 x 1.5mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5306-31105 C21-1-05 With 1 Cordseal for 2 x 2.5mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5306-31106 C21-1-06 With 1 Cordseal for 2 x 4mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5306-31107 C21-1-07 With 1 Cordseal for 2 x 6mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5

For 120V / 230V, GU10 Lamps, No Niche306-31161 C21-1-61 With 1 Cordseal for 3 x 1.5mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5

C21 no Niche Lightfixture only w. Convex Fesnel Lens, No Niche, with Cable

For 12 V or 24V , MR16 Lamps306-31114 C21-2-14 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 2.7m x 2 x 1.5mm2 2.1306-31115 C21-2-15 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 5.0m x 2 x 1.5mm2 3.1306-31116 C21-2-16 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 2.1306-31117 C21-2-17 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 2.1

C21 with Niche 306-31118 C21-2-18 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 5.0m x 2 x 4.0mm2 2.8306-31119 C21-2-19 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 10.0m x 2 x 6.0mm2 4.7

For 120V / 230V, GU10 Lamps, No Niche,with Cable306-31121 C21-2-21 With 1 Cordseal & CABLE 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 2.8

For MR 16, 12V or 24V Lamps, Lightfixture & PVC Niche, No Cable306-31126 C21-3-26 With Cord Seals for 2 x 1.5mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5

C21 with Niche

+ 67 Surface Liner Clamp For GU10 120V / 230V Lamps, Lightfixtures & PVC Niche, No Cable306-31128 C21-3-28 With Cord Seals for 2 x 1.5mm2 Cable No Cable 1.5

For MR 16, 12V or 24V Lamps, Lightfixture & PVC Niche, with Cable306-31134 C21-4-34 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 2.7m x 2 x 1.5mm2 1.9306-31135 C21-4-35 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 5.0m x 2 x 1.5mm2 3.1306-31136 C21-4-36 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 2.1306-31137 C21-4-37 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 2.1306-31138 C21-4-38 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 5.0m x 2 x 4.0mm2 2.8306-31139 C21-4-65 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 9' 16/3 STWA/SOW 4.9

C21 with Niche

=C40+ 68 Concrete Collar Assembly For GU10 120V / 230V Lamps, Lightfixtures & PVC Niche, with Cable306-31176 C21-4-76 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 1.9306-31177 C21-4-77 With Cord & Niche Seals, Niche & CABLE 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.1

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES391-0210 C21-10 FACERING WITH LENS GUARD 0.9391-0220 +/-14-1B 80mm Convex Clear Lens, No Fresnels Cat.Page 310,Web Index #6 0.1391-0260 +/-30-1 80mm Flat Clear lens Cat.Page 310,Web Index #6 0.1391-0270 +/-35-1-00? 80mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Cat.Page 310,Web Index #6 0.1350-0222 +67 Surface Pool Liner Clamp 0.9

C21 with Niche 350-0225 +68 DIN Concrete Collar Assembly 0.9+ 70 Installation Assist Clamp 350-0227 +59-2 Tile Mask 0.3

350-0229 + 70 Installation Assist Clamp 0.3385-3330 T 301 Transformer,240V,50Hzx12V/24V,300VA CE,IP23 2.2

Page 63: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM C131

Optional 3/4"NPT / BSP Drain

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE & NICHEFIXTURE HOUSING:

All cast bronze body with machined face .Stainless Steel fitted.

NICHE :All cast bronze construction with machined joints.Vertical installed Niches must have bottom drain infreezing climates.

SEALED CONDUIT ENTRY INTO NICHE : Standard3/4" NPT / BSP Conduit entry in side or bottom .

ANCHOR PLATEOptional anchor plate (- B22) is available formounting onto concrete surfaces.

LAMP HOLDER:C131-1, Spring Ring for PAR36 or AR111 Lampswith Fork Connectors.C131-3 & 4, Mounting Platewith 3 x Bi Pin Socket GX 5.3 for MR16 Lamps

with Aluminized Reflectors.C131-5, Mounting Platewith 3 x GZ10 Bi Pin Socket for GU10 Lamps.

LENS: 143mm / 5.625" Diameter, See page 310Cast boron silicate glass, tempered.STANDARD: CONVEX LENS, Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL: FLAT CLEAR LENS.OPTIONAL: FLAT DICHRO COLOR LENS -Choice of 10 colors.OPTIONAL: (14-9) FLAT, CLEAR, ARMOURED LENS.15mm thickness.Replaces rockguard in certain applications.

LENS GASKET :High Temperature Silicone Rubber. Single 'U' shapegasket with unique safety sealing lips and contours.

TILE MASK :OPTIONAL.

ELECTRICAL CABLE:Approved for the purpose with integral epoxyencapsulated, compression type cable entry infactory assembled fixtures.See page 309 for cable size & length.

227mm8..940"

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

227mm8..940"

C131-1

C131-1

Adjustable afterInstallation to 18 o

off center line

C131-1 + 14-9

155mm6.100"

Adjustable afterInstallation to 18 o

off center line

Optional 3/4"NPT / BSP Drain3/4"NPT / BSPSealed Conduit

3/4"NPT / BSPSealed Conduit

C131-3

C131-3+ 14-9

155mm6.100"

Adjustable afterInstallation to 18 o

off center line

Adjustable afterInstallation to 18 o

off center line

TYPES:C 131-1 : 1 x AR111 , 12V, Max.100W (Standard)C 131-3 : 3 x MR16 / GX5.3' 12V, Max. 3 x 75W (Standard) (with short cable only)C 131-4 : 3 x MR16 / GX5.3, 12V, Max. 3 x 50W COLOR (Special) (with short cable only)C 131-5 : 3 x GU10 / GZ10, 120 / 230V, Max. 3 x 50W (Special)Note: MR16 lamps with Aluminized Reflectors.

C131-3

FOR LAMP, Quartz Halogen, Extra & AdditionalC131-1 PAR36, AR111.

Max. 100W , 12VC131-3 (3) MR16, GX 5.3 base.

Max. 3 x 75 W,12V (with short cable only)C131-4 (3) Color Changing MR16, GX 5.3 base .

Max.3 x 50 W, 12V (with short cable only)C131-5 (3) GU10,GZ10 base

Max. 3 x 50W , 120 / 240V

NICHE MOUNTED

Page 64: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM C131 2006-10

SERIES PEM Website-Index # 6 CABLE W.

307-27000 Cat. Catalog.Pages 314 & 315 Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED (Not included)

Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)

FIXTURES W. CAST BRONZE NICHE, SWIVEL MOUNTED, Cord & Niche Seal & Cable

307-27813 C131-1-3 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.9

307-27815 C131-1-5 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 5.7

C131 + 14-2-9 307-27819 C131-1-9 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 UL, cUL 15' / 4.5m x 16/3 AWG 6.2

307-27832 C131-3-2 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.8

307-27833 C131-3-3 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 5.2

307-27835 C131-3-5 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6

307-27837 C131-3-7 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit,UL,cUL 15' / 4.5m x 12/3 AWG 7.3

C131 + 14-2-9, Full Tilt 307-27841 C131-4-1 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2

307-27842 C131-4-2 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 2.5mm2 5.7

307-27844 C131-4-4 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits,UL,cUL 15' / 4.5m x 16/7 AWG 4.6

307-27853 C131-5-3 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , single circuit 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.2

307-27863 C131-6-3 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2

307-27865 C131-6-5 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , 3 circuits, UL,cUL 15' / 4.5m x 16/7 AWG 4.8

C131-1+14-2-9 307-27872 C131-7-2 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.8

307-27873 C131-7-3 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 5.2

307-27875 C131-7-5 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6

307-27877 C131-7-7 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit,UL,cUL 15' / 4.5m x 12/3 AWG 7.3

307-27881 C131-8-1 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.3

307-27882 C131-8-2 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 2.5mm2 5.7

307-27884 C131-8-4 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits,UL,cUL 15' / 4.5m x 16/7 AWG 4.6

C131-3 & -4 + 14-2-9 307-27891 C131-9-1 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , single circuit 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.2

307-27901 C131-10-3 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES

391-2001 +/-30-2 143mm Clear Flat Lens See Catalog Page 310 0.1

391-2000 +/-35-2-? 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Color ? See Catalog Page 310 0.1

391-0114 +/- 14-2-9 143mm x 15mm Clear Flat Armored Lens See Catalog Page 310 1.2

391-0431 +13-2 143mm LensGasket, Silicone Rubber See Catalog Page 310 0.1

350-4164 +/ -63 Surface Liner Clamp 2.3

C131-7 & - 8 + 14-2-9 350-4890 +/ -58-09 Tile Mask 1.9

385-3330 T 301 Transformer 240V,50Hzx12V/24V,300VA CE, IP23 2.2

FOR LIGHTFIXTURE MAINTENANCE PARTS SEE PAGES #10 & #11

Page 65: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

For use in fresh water, for seawater use, please enquireFACEPLATE for flush into concrete surface installationwithin grout frame. Bronze Casting with natural finish.Stainless Steel fitted.NICHE: 304 Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel fittedSEALED CONDUIT ENTRY INTO NICHE:3/4" NPT / BSP Conduit entry with suitable cordseal.See opposite page.(-B11A) FLOOR INSTALLATION FACEPLATE OF NICHE.(Optional & Extra) (Re-useable)Made of aluminum for flush floor installation, to permit surface finishing.NICHE DRAIN (Optional & Extra), 1/2" NPT/BSP with PlugVertical installed Niches must have bottom drain in freezing climates.(-B11B) WALL INSTALLATION OF NICHE(Optional & Extra) (Re-useable)For bolting to concrete wall form, 4 pcs fitting bolts, 50mm x 6mm.FIXTURE HOUSING:Cast bronze body and facering. Stainless Steel fitted.LAMP(S): Not part of fixture.LAMP HOLDER:PAR36 or AR111 Lamps, Spring RingMR 16 Lamps, GX 5.3 Spring Clip SocketsGU10 Lamps, GZ10 Twist Lock socketsSTANDARD LENS:CONVEX LENS, Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL LENS:FLAT CLEAR LENS.FLAT DICHRO COLOR LENS. Choice of 10 colors.FLAT, CLEAR ARMOURED LENS. 15mm thickness.Replaces rockguard in certain applications.LENS GASKET:High Temperature Silicone Rubber, single 'U' shaped gasketwith unique safety sealing lips and contours.ELECTRICAL CABLE:Approved for the purpose with integral epoxyencapsulated, compression type cable entryfor in factory assembled fixture, see opposite page.See page PEM catalog page 309 for cable size & length.ROCKGUARD: OPTIONAL (Not for 14-9 Armoured Lens)See selection of Rock Guards on opposite page

C133- 3 & 6 + B46

C133- 7 & 8 + B46

Not intended for or to be used in Swimming Pools PEM C133 + B46

C133-1 + B46

C133- 3 to 8 + B46

STAINLESS STEEL WET NICHE MOUNTED& DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE SUBMERSIBLE LIGHT FIXTURES

C133-1 + B46

C133 + B46-63WITH SURFACE MEMBRANE CLAMP

(Optional & Extra)

321mm12.637"270mm10.625"

14mm0.5512"

172mm6.75"

3/4"NPT / BSPConduitConnection

(B7-2) 1/2" Drain PlugNPT / BSP(Optional & Extra)

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE & NICHE

PEM C 133 + B46 replaces PEM C 132

C133-1 + B46(Tilt to 15o)

C133 + 46

172mm6.75"

321mm12.637"

3/4"NPT / BSPConduitConnection

(B7-2) 1/2" Drain PlugNPT / BSP(Optional & Extra)

156mm6.142"

270mm10.625"

TYPES:C 133-1 + B461 x AR111 Lamp ( UL/cUL & CE )Max. 12V, Submerged - 100W, - Dry - 50WC 133-3 + B463 x MR16 Lamps ( UL/cUL & CE ) Max. 12V*, Submerged 3 x 75W, Dry 3 x 20WC 133-4 + B463 x MR16 Lamps ( UL/cUL & CE )SubmergedMax. 120V, 3 x 1 x 50W for 3 COLOUR CHANGINGC 133-5 + B463 x GU10 Lamps ( UL/cUL & CE )Max. 120V, Submerged 3 x 50W, Dry 3 x 20WC 133-6 + B46 ( UL/cUL & CE )3 x GU10 Lamps ( UL/cUL ) SubmergedMax. 120V, 3 x 1 x 50W for 3 COLOUR CHANGINGC 133-7 + B46 ( UL/cUL & CE ) 4 x MR16 Lamps (Submitted to UL,cUL approval) Max. 12V*, Submerged 4 x 75W , Dry 4 x 20WC 133-8 + B46 ( UL/cUL & CE )4 x MR16 Lamps (Submitted to UL,cUL approval)Max. 12V*, 4 x 1 x 50W for 4 COLOUR CHANGINGC 133-9 + B463 x GU10 LampsMax. 240V, Submerged 3 x 50W, Dry 3 x 20WC 133-10 + B463 x GU10 Lamps SubmergedMax. 240V, 3 x 1 x 50W for 3 COLOUR CHANGING

12V* = Outside North America Max. 24 V

Page 66: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM C133+B46 2006-10

SERIAL PEM Cable W.307-29000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED ( Not included)Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)

FIXTURES W. CAST BRONZE NICHE, Cord, Niche Seal & Cable

307-29113 C133-1+B46-13 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.9

C133+B46 307-29115 C133-1+B46-15 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 5.7

307-29118 C133-9+B46-19 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 UL, cUL 15'/4.5m x 16/3 AWG 6.2

307-29132 C133-3+B46-32 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 1.5mm2 4.8

307-29133 C133-3+B46-33 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.2

307-29135 C133-3+B46-35 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 6

307-29136 C133-3+B46-35 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6

307-29138 C133-3+B46-36 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit,UL,cUL 15'/4.5m x 12/3 AWG 6

C133+B46

307-29142 C133-4+B46-42 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.7

307-29143 C133-4+B46-43 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 2.5mm2 5.3

307-29148 C133-4+B46-44 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits,UL,cUL 15'/4.5m x 16/7 AWG 4.6

307-29155 C133-5+B46-55 For 3 x 120, GU-10 , single circuit 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.8

307-29163 C133-6+B46-63 For 3 x 120, GU-10 , 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2

309-29168 C133-6+B46-65 For 3 x 120, GU-10 , 3 circuits, UL,cUL 15'/4.5m x 16/7 AWG 4.8

C133-1+B46-13

307-29173 C133-7+B46-73 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.2

307-29175 C133-7+B46-75 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 6

307-29176 C133-7+B46-75 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6

307-29178 C133-7+B46-76 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit,UL,cUL 15'/4.5m x 12/3 AWG 6

307-29182 C133-8+B46-82 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.7

C133-3+B46-32 307-29183 C133-8+B46-83 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 5.5m x 5 x 2.5mm 5.4

307-29188 C133-8+B46-84 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits,UL,cUL 15'/4.5m x 16/7 AWG 4.6

307-29192 C133-9+B46-82 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , single circuit 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.8

307-291202 C133-10+B46-84 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 6.8

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES

391-2001 +/-30-2 143mm Clear Flat Lens See Catalog Page 310 0.1

C133-7+B46-73 391-2000 +/-35-2-? 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Color ? See Catalog Page 310 0.1

391-0114 +/-B2214-2-9 143mm x 15mm Clear Flat Armored Lens See Catalog Page 310 1.2

391-0431 +13-2 143mm LensGasket, Silicone Rubber See Catalog Page 310 0.1

350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 0.7

350-4164 +/ -63 Surface Liner Clamp 2.3

350-4890 +/ -58-09 Tile Mask 1.9

385-3330 T 301 Transformer 240V,50Hz x 12V/24V, 300VA CE / IP23 2.2

+/ -10-7

Page 67: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURESFIXTURE HOUSING :Cast bronze body and facering. Stainless Steel fitted.LAMP(S): Not part of fixture.LAMP HOLDER:PAR36 or AR111 Lamps, Spring RingMR 16 Lamps , GX 5.3 Spring Clip SocketsGU10 Lamps, GZ10 Twist Lock socketsSTANDARD LENS:CONVEX LENS, Clear5 colors (convex colour lenses for submersible use only).OPTIONAL LENS:FLAT CLEAR LENS.FLAT DICHRO COLOUR LENS. Choice of 10 colors.FLAT, CLEAR ARMOURED LENS. 15mm thickness.Replaces rockguard in certain applications.LENS GASKET :High Temperature Silicone Rubber.A single 'U' shaped gasket with unique safety sealing lips and contours.ELECTRICAL CABLE:Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulated,compression type cable entry.See page PEM catalog page 309 for cable size & length.STAND ASSEMBLIES: OPTIONALSee selection of stand assemblies on opposite page.NICHE MOUNTINGS: See PEM C 131 or C131 +B46ROCKGUARD: OPTIONAL (Not for 14-9 Armoured Lens)See selection of Rock Guards on opposite page

PEM C133

C133-3, / -8 + 14-9 + B1S

C133 + B56C133 + B57

C133-2

C133-3, / -8 + B1S

254mm / 10.0"

356mm14.00"

to420mm16.50"

343mm13.50"

to406mm16.00"

191mm7.500"

C133-1C133-7/8 C133-3/4/5/6

167mm6.58"

C133-1 + 14-9 + B6-2

183mm7.20"

FIXTURES UNDER SLABHANGER

C133-1 + B6-2

SUBMERSIBLE OR DRY LIGHTFIXTURE

C133 -1+ B1S

C133 -3 to -6+ B1S

CAST BRONZELIGHTFIXTURES

C133 -7 & -8+ B1S

TYPES:C 133-11 x AR111 Lamp ( UL/cUL & CE )Max. 12V, Submerged - 100W, - Dry - 50WC 133-33 x MR16 Lamps ( UL/cUL & CE ) Max. 12V*, Submerged 3 x 75W, Dry 3 x 20WC 133-43 x MR16 Lamps ( UL/cUL & CE )SubmergedMax. 12V*, 3 x 1 x 50W for 3 COLOUR CHANGINGC 133-53 x GU10 Lamps ( UL/cUL )Max. 120V, Submerged 3 x 50W, Dry 3 x 20WC 133-6 ( UL/cUL )3 x GU10 Lamps ( UL/cUL ) SubmergedMax. 120V, 3 x 1 x 50W for 3 COLOUR CHANGINGC 133-7 ( UL/cUL ) 4 x MR16 Lamps Max. 12V*, Submerged 4 x 75W , Dry 4 x 20WC 133-8 ( UL/cUL ) Submerged4 x MR16 LampsMax. 12V*, 4 x 1 x 50W for 4 COLOUR CHANGINGC 133-93 x GU10 LampsMax. 240V, Submerged 3 x 50W, Dry 3 x 20WC 133-103 x GU10 Lamps SubmergedMax. 240V, 3 x 1 x 50W for 3 COLOUR CHANGING* = Outside North America Max. 24 V

Page 68: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM C133 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.307-34000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED (Not included)Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)

FIXTURES, NO STAND, NO LAMP(s) with Convex Lens307-34813 C133-1-3 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.9307-34815 C133-1-5 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 5.7307-34817 C133-1-7 For 1 x 12V, AR111/PAR 36 UL, cUL 9' / 2.7m x 16/3 AWG 4.8

C133-1307-34832 C133-3-2 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 2.7m x 2 x 1.5mm2 4.8307-34833 C133-3-3 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 1.5mm2 5.2307-34835 C133-3-5 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 2.7m x 2 x 4mm2 6307-34837 C133-3-7 For 3 x 12V, MR16, single circuit,UL,cUL 9' / 2.7m x 16/3 AWG 7.3

307-34841 C133-4-1 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 2.7m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2307-34842 C133-4-2 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.7

C133-3/4/5//6 307-34843 C133-4-2 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits 2.7m x 5 x 2.5mm2 5.3307-34844 C133-4-4 For 3 x 12V, MR16, 3 circuits,UL,cUL 9' x 16/7 AWG 5.9

307-34853 C133-5-3 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , single circuit 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.2307-34855 C133-5-5 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , single circuit 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.8307-34863 C133-6-3 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , 3 circuits 2.7m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2307-34865 C133-6-5 For 3 x 120V, GU-10 , 3 circuits, UL,cUL 2.7m x 16/7 AWG 4.8

307-34872 C133-7-2 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 2.7m x 2 x 1.5mm2 4.8C133-7/8 307-34873 C133-7-3 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.2

307-34875 C133-7-5 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit 2.7m x 2 x 4mm2 6307-34877 C133-7-7 For 4 x 12V, MR16, single circuit,UL,cUL 9' / 2.7m x 16/3 AWG 7.3

307-34881 C133-8-1 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 2.7m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.3307-34882 C133-8-2 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.7307-34883 C133-8-3 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.4307-34884 C133-8-4 For 4 x 12V, MR16, 4 circuits,UL,cUL 2.7m x 16/9 AWG 5.9

307-34891 C133-9-1 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , single circuit 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.2307-34892 C133-9-2 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , single circuit 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.8307-27901 C133-10-3 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , 3 circuits 2.7m x 5 x 1.5mm2 5.2307-27902 C133-10-4 For 3 x 240V, GU-10 , 3 circuits 5.0m x 5 x 1.5mm2 6.8

C133-8+B1 ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES391-2001 30-2 143mm Clear Flat Lens See Catalog Page 310 0.1391-2000 35-2-0000 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens See Catalog Page 310 0.1391-0114 14-2-9 143mm x 15mm Clear Flat Armored Lens See Catalog Page 310 1.2350-1123 +/ -2C 2 Cable entries, 2 x 6.0mm2 & 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only +0.4350-1133 +/-2D 2 Cable entries, 2 x 6.0mm2 & 2 x 4.0mm2 Factory wired only +0.5334-3292 +/ -6/-92 Brass Lens Shade for Dichro Color Lens 0.8350-0014 +/ -10-2 Clip On Rockguard 0.8350-0026 +/ -10-6 Swing Up Rockguard 0.7350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (not for 14-2-9) 0.2

C133-7+B6-2 350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4350-0110 +/ -B1S Tripod Stand, 25cm WD 1.2350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.8350-0270 +/ -B6-2 Mounting Brackets,18cm WD 2.0350-0300 +/ -B7S Mounting Yoke 0.7350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

C133+B56-1 350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7385-3330 T 301 Transformer 240V,50Hzx12V/24V,300VA CE / IP23 2.2

.

Page 69: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

LAMP: OPTIONAL & ADDITIONAL - Normally not supplied with fixture. BR30 or PAR38 Lamps with E26/ E27 medium screw bases with heavy welded on flat glass cover configuration. Most 240V, 120V & 24VLamps have max. 2000 hours or more average life or as specified by Lamp manufacturer at rated Lampvoltage.12V Lamps have a max. 1000 hours average life or as specified by Lamp manufacturer at ratedLamp voltage. MAXIMUM rating is the maximum useable wattage at voltage rating for a particular fixture.Certain types of very thin wall lamps are not suitable for this application.LAMP WATTAGE RATINGS:

MAXIMUM 250W AT 120V FOR SUBMERGED USE FOR UL / CSA FIXTURES.MAXIMUM 150W AT 120V FOR DRY USE FOR UL / CSA FIXTURES.MAXIMUM 150W AT 240V FOR SUBMERGED OR DRY USE.MAXIMUM 150W AT 24V FOR SUBMERGED OR DRY USE.MAXIMUM 100W AT 12V FOR SUBMERGED OR DRY USE.

PEM D145

D145A + B46-1

Adjustable to 10 o Off Center Line

170mm 6.700"

36mm1.420"270mm

10.630"

182mm7.170"

192mm7.560"

Lightfixtures for PAR 38/BR 30Lamps: 12V, 24V, 120V & 240V

254mm10.000"

D145B189mm7.440" D145B/ -B1

260mm 10.230" to 330mm 13.000"

D145A192mm7.560"

182mm 7.170"

D145A + 2A

D145B/ -B7 234mm 9.210"

D145A + B1D145B + B1

SUBMERSIBLE & DRY LIGHTFIXTURE

D145B + B1D145A + B1

DESCRIPTION:PEM D145 Cast Bronze Lightfixtures are for Dry, Submersed or Partial Immersed Installation.This lightfixture is especially designed for those applications where the fixture is submerged onlyintermittently or is used under falling or splashing water inside or outside of a pool. This lightfixtureis designed for BR30 or PAR38 Sealed Beam Lamps with heavy welded on flat glass coverconfigurations for outdoor use. The lightfixture is sealed at the neck of the lamp with a hightemperature silicone rubber 'O' ring compressing the lamp into the fixture body by the facering andfacering bolts. (See NOTE below). The lightfixture is designed for single cable entry for directconnection to power supply or dual cable entries for use in a fixture chain where permissible.Maximum immersion of lightfixture: 0.6m / 24" of water depth over lens. For dry installation thefixture must be clear of combustible materials.

182mm 7.170"

3/4" Drain

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHT FIXTURE:Housing & Facering:

For use in fresh water:Cast bronze (85/5/5/5 Copper Alloy).Stainless Steel fitted.For use in sea (salt) water water (specify):Special sea water cast bronze.Stainless Steel # 316 fitted . (Extra and additional)

ELECTRICAL CABLE: Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulated, compres-sion type cable entry in factory assembled fixtures. For low voltage see pages 308 & 309 forcable size and length.Lamp Holder: E26 / E27 - Ceramic medium screw with copper alloy screw shell and parts.Lamp Seal: High temperature silicone rubber 'O' Ring around neck of lamp. The neck ofthe lamp must be smooth and not pitted.Mounting: Suitable for most standard & suitable PEM 'E' type mountings.

NOTE: A face ring bolt tightening torque of 45.6 Ncm / 64 oz inch is required to seal PAR38Lamps. It is imperative that the facering bolts are tightened evenly cross wise by approx. 1/2turn of each bolt (Bolt # 1, then #3, then # 4, then # 2, then # 4, then # 1 etc.) in a clockwise directionto avoid lamp breakage. A proper ratchet torque wrench is required to avoid lamp breakage.

APPROVALSCanada - CSA, 120V / 24V & 12V,All in A or B Option, excluding - 2USA - UL, 120V / 24V & 12VAll in 'B' Option, excluding - 2 CE, 12V

DO NOT USE THIN GLASS BLOW MOLDED LAMPS.

Page 70: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM D 145 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.305 0000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

ONLY FOR HARD GLASS COVER PAR 38 LAMPS AS INDICATED (not included)FOR ALL OTHER PAR 38 USE PEM E150-1

Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)A' TYPE FIXTURES WITH ROCKGUARD CORDSEAL , NO STAND & NO CABLE

305-0302 D145A-1-02 Max. 240V, 150W with 3 x 1.5mm2 Cable Cordseal No cable 2.9D145A 305-0303 D145A-1-03 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with 2 x 2.5mm2 Cable Cordseal No Cable 2.9

305-0304 D145A-1-04 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with 2 x 4mm2 Cable Cordseal No Cable 3.1305-0305 D145A-1-05 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with 2 x 6mm2 Cable Cordseal No Cable 3.2

A TYPE FIXTURES 240V NO STAND WITH CABLE305-0312 D145A-2-12 Max.240V, 150w with cable 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.3305-0313 D145A-2-13 Max.240V, 150w with cable 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.8305-0314 D145A-2-14 Max.240V, 150w with cable 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.8

D145B A TYPE, 12V-24V FIXTURES NO STAND WITH CABLE305-0322 D145A-2-22 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with cable 2.7m x 2 X 2.5mm2 3.3305-0323 D145A-2-23 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with cable 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 4.1306-0324 D145A-2-24 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with cable 10m x 2 x 6mm2 6.2

B TYPE FIXTURES, NO ROCKGUARD WITH CORDSEAL , NO STAND & NO CABLE305-0402 D145B-1-02 Max. 240V, 150W with 3 x 1.5mm2 Cable Cordseal No cable 3.0305-0406 D145B-1-06 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with 2 x 2.5mm2 Cable Cordseal No Cable 3.0305-0407 D145B-1-07 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with 2 x 4mm2 Cable Cordseal No Cable 3.1305-0408 D145B-1-08 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with 2 x 6mm2 Cable Cordseal No Cable 3.4

D145A+B1 305-0435 D145A-2-35 CSA-Max.120V, max. 250W wet , 150W dry, with cable 2.7m x 16/3 AWG 3.3305-0445 D145A-2-40 CSA-Max.120V, max. 250W wet , 150W dry, with cable 2.7m x 16/3AWG 3.5

B TYPE , FIXTURES 240V NO STAND WITH CABLE305-0415 D145B-2-15 Max.240V, 150w with cable 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.5305-0416 D145B-2-16 Max.240V, 150w with cable 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.5305-0417 D145B-2-17 Max.240V, 150w with cable 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.5

B TYPE FIXTURES 12V-24V NO STAND WITH CABLE305-0426 D145B-2-26 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with cable 2.7m x 2 X 2.5mm2 3.5305-0427 D145B-2-27 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with cable 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 4.6

D145B+B4 305-0429 D145B-2-29 Max. 12 / 24V, 150W with cable 10m x 2 x 6mm2 6.2305-0433 D145B-2-33 UL-Max.120V, max. 250W wet , 150W dry, with cable 2.7m x 16/AWG3 3.5

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120V / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1350-0011 +/-2A 2. Cable entry, 240V, 3 x 1.5m2 cable Factory wired only 0.1350-0013 +/ -2B 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 4.0mm2 & 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1350-0023 +/ -2C 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 6.0mm2 & 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.2350-0033 +/ -2D 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 6.0mm2 & 2 x 4.0mm2 Factory wired only 0.3350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4

D145 + B30 350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.8350-4111 +/ -B46-1 Stainless Steel Niche 6.5350-4031 +/-B50A Walk Over Stainless Steel 8.2350-4330 +/ -58-03 Tile Mask for Niche 2.3350-2310 +/ -B56-1 Slab Hanger 3.2350-2320 +/ -B56-1A Slab Hanger with Locks 3.5350-2410 +/ -B57-1 Waterfall Slab Hanger 2.8350-2420 +/ -B57-1A Waterfall Slab Hanger with Locks 3.2

D145 +B46 Vertical 350-0733 +/ -B23-6 Bracket for 6 Lights on 3" Pipe 1.0350-0734 +/ -B23-7 Bracket for 6 Lights on 4" Pipe 1.6350-0742 +/ -B23-2-1 16mm x 100mm Mounting Rod For B23 0.3350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7385-3330 T301 Transformer 240V,50Hzx12V/24V,300VA CE / IP23 2.2

D145 +B46 Full Tilt

Page 71: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

FIXTURE HOUSING & FACERING: Cast Bronze, Stainless Steel fitted.LAMPS: Quartz Halogen-OPTIONAL, Not part of fixture:

T4-MC: 120V / 240V, Mini Candelabra, T4-MC / E11 base.DW: 120V / 240V, (Max. 50W), GU10 Reflector Lamp, GZ10 Base.JC- 12V or 24V: JC Type 2 pin Lamp, 6.35-1.0 base (24V, use Axial Filament lamps only).LV- 12V: MR16(50mm), GX5.3 base with Aluminized Reflector only.

FIXTURE : :E40 Fixtures are made of cast bronze 85/5/5/5. Stainless Steel fittedFIXTURE OPTIONS: (Options A & S, A & F, B & S, B & F can be combined)

'S' and 'F' type fixtures have water cooled and chromed parabolic reflector integral with housing.'A' Option Fixtures have wide facering and built in rockguard.'B' Option Fixtures have narrow facering and no rockguard.'S' Option,for T4 & JC Types have polished reflector with 11o included beam output - Spotlight.'F' Option, for T4 & JC Types have diffused output with 100o included beam- Flood light.'LV' & 'DW' have natural bronze body fitted for Lamp Rim Clamps.

LAMP HOLDERS: T4-MC, 120V and 240V: -S25 Mini Candelabra (E11) - ceramic.'LV', 12V: Rim Clamps & Bi Pin Socket GX 5.3.'JC', 12V & 24V: Bi Pin Socket G 6.35-1.0.'DW',120-240V: Rim Clamps & GZ10 Twist lock Socket.

LENS: CONVEX FRESNEL LENS: 80mm / 3.149" O.D., Clear or 5 colors. (See pages 310 & 311).OPTIONAL & EXTRA:CONVEX CLEAR LENS without Fresnels for MR16 & GU10 Spot Lamps.FLAT CLEAR LENS & FLAT DICHRO COLOR LENSES (10 Colors) (See pages 310 & 311).

LENS GASKET: Custom molded 'U' shape. Made of high temperature Silicone Rubber (U.L. listed).DICHROIC LENS SHADE: E40 - 0-5 (Required for dichroic colors).THERMAL CUT OFF: Optional,120V only, integral, automatic self resetting type to protect cable entry.ELECTRICAL CABLE: Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulated compression typecable entry in factory assembled fixtures. For Factory chained fixtures - Enquire. (Not UL or CSA)B10 RING STAND: Cast bronze ring base directional adjustable with height adjustment by choice of

length of stand rod to achieve desired overall height.B12 MOUNTING BRACKET: Cast bronze 'L' Type for 6mm / 1/4" mounting bolt.

FIXTURE TYPES1. T4-MC, CSA, 120V, max. 250W 'A' & 'B' Option. Excluding -2.2. T4-MC, UL, 120V, max. 250W 'A' Option. Excluding -2.3. T4-MC, CS, 240V, max. 250W 'A' & 'B' Option. Excluding -2.4. JC, UL, 12V max. 75W / 24V max.150W. 'A' Option Excluding -2.5. JC, CSA/CS/CE, 12V max.75W or 24V max.150W. 'A'&'B' Option. Excluding -2.6. LV, UL 12V, 'A' UL Option. Excluding -2. (For MR 16 Lamps) 12V max. 75W.7. LV, CSA/CS/CE, 12V,max. 75W. Submersible Use: 'A' & 'B' Option. Excluding -2. (For MR 16 Lamps)8. DW-UL,C-UL, 120V, Max. 50W, GU10 Reflector Lamp, GZ10 Base.9. DW-240V, Max. 50W., GU10 Reflector Lamp, GZ10 Base.10. LVD, UL, ULC, 12V-50W For MR16 Lamps ( Wet or Dry )

PEM E40

E40'A'(A Option) + B10-2 E40'B'

(B Option) + B10-2

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

E40'B'- 2

E40'A' + B12 Bracket

161mm 6.338"

E40'A'+ B10-2 Stand

120mm 4.730"

130mm5.120"

E40'B'

141mm 5.551"

E40'A'

138mm5.430"

E40'A'(With

Rockguard)

E40'B'(Without

Rockguard)

Factory Chained FixturesNot for USA & Canada

130mm 5.120"

238mm 9.370"

PEM E 40 LIGHT OUTPUT ( Measured in open air)

DESCRIPTION

144mm 5.669"

Distance Diameter * fc0.5m 0.1m 198801.0m 0.2m 66001.5m 0.4m 32302.0m 0.5m 14403.0m 0.9m 7904.0m 1.2m 485*fc = appr.foot candles at center

E40-S, 120V - T4-MC LampClear Flat Lens, Included Beam Angle 11o

Distance Diameter * fc0.5m 0.8m 33441.0m 1.6m 11431.5m 2.4m 5182.0m 3.4m 3153.0m 5.4m 1534.0m 7.4m 96*fc = appr.foot candles at center

E40-F, 120V - T4-MC LampClearFlat Lens, Included Beam Angle 100o

Page 72: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

E40 2006-10

SERIAL PEM Website - Index # 6 CABLE W.309-00000 Cat. Catalog. Pages 322 & 323 SIZE & LENGTH Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED ( Not included)Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)

CSA & U.L."A' Type FIXTURES WITH CONVEX FRESNEL LENS, & CABLE , NO STANDE40A (UL) 309-102610 E40A-S-1-2-10 UL/CSA- T4- E11,max.120V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7mx16/3 AWG 3.5

309-102620 E40A-F-1-2-20 UL/CSA- T4- E11,max.120V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7mx16/3 AWG 3.5

309-102640 E40A-S-2-2-40 UL/CSA- JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7mx16/3 AWG 3.5

309-102650 E40A-F-2-2-50 UL/CSA-JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7mx16/3 AWG 3.5

309-102660 E40A-LV-2-60 UL/CSA-MR16,12V/24V,Max.150W Wet,max 20 W.Dry 2.7mx16/3 AWG 3.5

B Type FIXTURE WITH CONVEX FRESNEL LENS & CORDSEAL, NO CABLE & NO STANDE40B (CSA) 309-102701 E40B-S-1-01 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W For 9-11mm Cable 2.4

309-102702 E40B-F-1-01 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W For 9-11mm Cable 2.4

309-102703 E40B-S-2-01 For JC, Bi Pin, 6.35-1, 12V/ 24V, max 150W For 9-11mm Cable 2.3

309-102704 E40B-F-2-01 For JC, Bi Pin, 6.35-1, 12V/ 24V, max 150W For 9-11mm Cable 2.3

309-102705 E40B-LV-1-01 For MR16, 12V/24V, MAX 5W For 9-11mm Cable 2.3

B Type FIXTURE WITH CONVEX FRESNEL LENS & CABLE , NO STANDE40B + 05 309-102715 E40B-S-1-2-15 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.3

309-102716 E40B-S-1-2-16 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.0

309-102723 E40B-F-1-2-23 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.3

309-102725 E40B-F-1-2-25 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.0

309-102743 E40B-S-2-2-43 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 3.3

309-102745 E40B-S-2-2-45 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.0E40LVA+B10-1(UL) 309-102753 E40B-F-2-2-53 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 3.3

309-102756 E40B-F-2-2-56 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 4.0

309-102762 E40B-LV-2-62 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 20 W. Wet 2.7m x2x 1.5mm2 3.1

309-102764 E40B-LV-2-64 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 20 W. Wet 2.7m x2x 2.5mm2 3.1

309-102765 E40B-LV-2-65 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 75 W. Wet 2.7m x2x 1.5mm2 3.1E40LVB+B10-1 (CSA) 309-102767 E40B-LV-2-67 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 75 W. Wet 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.5

ADD ON TO FIXTURES391-0224 +/-14-1B 80mm Convex Clear Lens, No Fresnels Cat. P.310/Web # 6 0.1

391-1001 +/-30-1 80mm Flat Clear lens Cat. P.310/Web # 6 0.1

391-1000 +/-35- 1-30 80mm Flat Dichro Color Lens Cat. P.310/Web # 6 0.1

330-3041 +/ -E40-5-1 Flat Lens Adaptation for T4-MC & JC (Required) Factory installed 0.5

350-0003 +/-07 Thermal Cut Off for 120/240V only Factory installed 0.0E40LVA+B10-3 334-3191 +/-05 Brass Lens Shade for Dichro Color 0.1

E40LVB+B10-3 350-0011 +/ -2-1 2. Cable Cordseal, 9-11mm Cable O.D. Factory wired only 0.1

350-0520 +/ -B10-1 B10-1 Ring Stand, 19cm WD 1.5

350-0540 +/ -B10-2 B10-2 Ring Stand, 25cm WD 2.0

350-0560 +/ -B10-3 B10-3 Ring Stand, 38cm WD 2.5

350-0610 +/ -B12 B12 Mounting Bracket ,15cm WD 0.25E40LVA + B12 (UL) 350-0662 +/ -B23-2 Bracket for 2 x E 40 on 1 1 /2" Pipe 1.0

350-0733 +/ -B23-6 Bracket for 6 Lights on 3" Pipe 1.0

350-0734 +/ -B23-7 Bracket for 6 Lights on 4" Pipe 1.6

350-0742 +/ B23-2-1 E40, 100mm Mounting Rod For B23 0.3

385-3330 T 301 Transformer 240V,50Hz x 12V/24V, 300VA CE, IP23 2.2E40LVB + B12 (CSA)

Page 73: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

+ 60Surface

Puddle Flange

+ 63Surface

Liner Clamp 193mm 7.600" 153mm 6.024"

160mm 6.300"

CANDLE POWER with 250 W / 120V lamp (In open air) 1m / 3.28 feet from clear lens.

30 o (included angle)

LAMPS: Quartz Halogen-OPTIONAL. Not part of fixture.T4-MC: 120V / 240V, Mini Candelabra, T4-MC / E11 base .DW: 120V / 240V, Max. 50W, GU10 Reflector Lamp, GZ10 Base.JC-12V: JC Type Bi pin Lamp, 6.35-1.0 base, max. 100W.JC-24V: JC Type Bi pin Lamp, 6.35-1.0 base, max. 150W/24V (Axial Filament Lamps).LV- 12V: MR16(50mm), GX5.3 base with Aluminized Reflector.

FIXTURE OPTIONS: Fixture & Facering are of cast bronze, Stainless Steel fitted.'S' and 'F' type fixtures have water cooled parabolic reflector integral with housing.'S': Option has polished reflector with concentrated beam output - spotlight.'F': Option has diffused output with better color rendition - flood light.

LAMP HOLDERS:T4-MC, 120V and 240V -S25 Mini Candelabra (E11) - ceramic.'LV', 12V Rim clamp & Bi Pin Socket GX 5.3.'JC', 12V & 24V: Bi Pin Socket G 6.35-1.0.'DW': Rim Clamp & GZ10 Twist lock Socket.

LENSES: CONVEX LENS: 80mm / 3.149" O.D.Tempered cast boron silicate glass with amplifying output, fresnels on inside center of lens.Available in clear or 5 colors at no extra cost (See page 310) .

LENS GASKET: Custom molded U shape high temperature Silicone Rubber.THERMAL CUT OFF: Optional for 120V & 240V Fixtures only.

Integral, automatic self resetting type to protect cable entry.FIXTURE HOUSING & FACERING:

Cast Bronze with stainless steel fasteners and Neoprene Seals.ELECTRICAL CABLE: Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulated

compression type cable entry in factory assembled fixtures. See pages 308 & 309 for low voltage cable size and length.

NICHE: Standard Spun stainless steel with cast bronze face and anchor rings, Stainless Steel fitted. Cable entry through side, combination conduit entry, 3/4" male NPT / BSP, 1/2" female NPT / BSP and removable internal cordseal. Enquire for other applications. Niche has 2 tie up anchors for mounting to concrete form with bare solid copper wire.

Optional: (Must be specified)All cast bronze Niche for in concrete application, no Liner Clamp.Same Dimensions as Standard Niche.

TILE MASK: TMR Round, TMS, Square, natural cast bronze for epoxy grout mounting. Chrome plating of tile mask includes plating of niche rim and fixture facering. Chrome plating with original order only.WATER PROOFING OPTIONS ( ADD ON ) : 350-4121 - 60 SURFACE FLANGE. For liquid surface waterproofing membrane. 350-4123 - 63 SURFACE LINER CLAMP. Gasketed for surface metal or fibreglass liners.

DESCRIPTION:A high intensity lightfixture, ball joint mounted in niche that can be externallydirectionally adjusted after installation to a max. of 30 degrees included anglewithin a 360 degrees range. Grout frame of niche permits flush installationinto concrete surface. Large vent openings in facering are to promote coolingwater or air circulation around fixture in niche.

E40-T4-MC'S' Type Fixture

CANDLE POWERLIGHT OUTPUT

with 250W / 120V Lamp (In openair) 1m / 3.28 feet from clear lens.

With Lens Fresnels VERTICAL

30o (included angle)

189mm 7.441"

160mm 6.300"

153mm 6.024"

With Lens Fresnels HORIZONTAL

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTUREFIXTURE TYPES1. T4-MC, CSA, 120V, max. 250W.2. T4-MC, UL, 120V, max. 250W.3. T4-MC, CS, 240V, max. 250W.4. JC, UL, 12V max. 100W / 24V max.150W.5. JC, CSA/CS/CE, 12V max.100W or 24V max.150W.6. LV, UL/CSA/CE, 12V, (For MR 16 Lamps). max. 12V max. 75W7. DW, 120V / 240V, Max. 50W, (For GU10 Reflector Lamp)

PEM E41 NICHE FIXTURE

Page 74: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E41 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.

311 0000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED ( Not included)

Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)

FIXTURE WITH STAINLESS STEEL NICHE, CONVEX LENS & CABLE

310-102810 E41-S-1-10 UL/CSA- T4- E11,max.120V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 4.5m/15' x 16/3 STWA 7.5

311-402815 E41-S-1-15 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 5m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.5

310-102816 E41-S-1-16 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

E41 Top View 310-102820 E41-F-1-20 UL/CSA- T4- E11,max.120V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 4.5m/15' x 16/3 STWA 7.5

310-102823 E41-F-1-23 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102825 E41-F-1-25 For T4- E11,max.240V, 250W Wet, 20W Dry 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102840 E41-S-2-40 UL/CSA- JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry4.5m/15' x 16/3 STWA 7.5

310-102843 E41-S-2-43 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.5

310-102845 E41-S-2-45 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102850 E41-F-2-50 UL/CSA-JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry4.5m/15' x 16/3 STWA 6.8

310-102853 E41-F-2-53 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102856 E41-F-2-56 For JC, Bi Pin,12V/ 24V, max 150W Wet, 20W Dry 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102860 E41-LV-1-60 UL/CSA-MR16,12V/24V,Max.20W Dry,max 20 W.Wet 4.5m/15' x 16/3 STWA 7.4

E41 3o Angled in Niche 310-102862 E41-LV-1-62 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 20 W. Wet 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102864 E41-LV-1-64 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 20 W. Wet 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 8.7

310-102865 E41-LV-1-65 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 75 W. Wet 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 9.8

310-102867 E41-LV-1-67 For MR16, 12V/24V, Max. 20W Dry, max 75 W. Wet 10.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 9.8

For CSA - SOW-3/16 Cable is used.

ADD ON TO FIXTURES

391-1000 35-1-0000 80mm Flat Dichro Color Lens, (LV only) Cat.P. 310/Web # 6 0.1

350-0003 +/-07 Thermal Cut Off for 120/240V only Factory installed only

385-3330 T 301 Transformer 240V,50Hz x 12V/24V, 300VA CE / IP23 2.2

E41 Side View 350-4121 +/ -60 Surface Puddle Flange 1.2

350-4123 +/ -63 Surface Liner Clamp 2.9

350-4110 +/ -58-1 Round Tile Mask 0.4

350-4220 +/ -58-2 Square Tile Mask 0.7

Page 75: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

150mm5.906"

184mm7.244"

OptionalReflector

12 / 24 / 120 / 240V max. 100W127mm / 5.000" x 96mm / 3.750"

E100-1

PEM E100POND LIGHT

WITH FLANGED GLOBE

DESCRIPTIONPEM E100 Submersible lightfixture is designed for use as asubmersible pond light to illuminate the water in a pond or wherevera sealed light source is required. An optional insertable half roundpolished stainless steel reflector can be adjusted to direct the lightoutput or to hide the source of light. Clear Globe available only.

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE

HOUSING & FACERING:Cast bronze (85/5/5/5 Copper Alloy). Stainless Steel fitted.

REFLECTOR (Optional)Adjustable polished Stainless Steel within globe.

CABLE:Approved for the purpose. For low voltage see pages 308 & 309for cable length and size.

LAMP HOLDER:E27, Ceramic, medium screw socket with copper alloy screw shell.

GLOBE:Cast glass, heat resistant and tempered. Available in clear only.(for colored illumination use colored lamps).

GLOBE GASKET:Molded of approved material Single piece ‘U ‘ shape gasket.

THERMAL CUT - OFF:Not available for E100.

10-1, ROCKGUARD:Sleeve Type. Made of expanded brass - Retrofittable.

E100-2

E100-3Vertical

E100-3Horizontal

ELECTRICAL RATINGS:Max. 100W / 240V For E100 / CSA = Max. 100W / 120V

LAMP: OPTIONAL,Medium Screw Base, E26 / 27 size,Max. Length of lamp = 112 mm / 4.375" (E100 - CSA = 100W / 120V)

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

APPROVAL: CANADA, CSA Max. 120V / 100W,Submerged

E100-2+ 10-1

175mm6.889" E100-2

E100-3Horizontal184mm

7.244"

E100-3Vertical230mm

9.056"

254mm10.000"

OptionalReflector

Page 76: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E100 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.

312-0000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMP AS INDICATED (Not included)

Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)

E19 / E27 LONG LIFE LAMP, 12V / 24V / 120V / 240V, max.100W ( max. MoL; 112mm-4.375")

FIXTURE NO CABLE & CORDSEAL

E100-2 312-1000 E100-1 CSA-1/2"NPT/BSP Conduit mounted Fixture 2.6

312-1020 E100-02 Fixture without Stand For 9-11mm O.D. Cable 2.6

312-1030 E100-03 Fixture with Tripod Stand For 9-11mm O.D. Cable 3.2

FIXTURE WITH CABLE

312-2000 E100-2-1 CSA-12V/120V Fixture no Stand-with : 2.7m / 9' x 16/3AWG 3.1

312-2200 E100-2-2 240V Fixture without Stand - with : 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm 3.1

E100-3, Vertical 312-2300 E100-2-3 12V / 24V Fixture without Stand - with : 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm 3.1

312-3000 E100-3-4 CSA-12V/120V Fixture w.Tripod Stand-with: 2.7m / 9' x 16/3AWG 3.7

312-3300 E100-3-5 240V Fixture with Tripod Stand - with: 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm 3.7

312-3400 E100-3-6 12V / 24V Fixture with Tripod Stand - with: 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm 3.7

ADD ON TO LIGHT FIXTURE :

E100-3, Horizontal 350-00111 +/ -10-1 Rockguard 0.8

350-00113 +/ - 009 Wall Bracket 0.8

350-00115 +/ -02 Inside Reflector 0.2

385-3330 T301 Transformer 240,50Hz x12V/24V,300VA CE / IP23 2.2

E100-2 + / -01 Rockguard

E100-2 + / -02 Reflector

Page 77: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE PEM E150

*230mm9.055"

*230mm9.055"

280mm11.000"

234mm9.250"

minimum

280mm11.000"

E150A + B56-1B56 on Pipe Stand

(10" PVC Pipe, by others)

E150A + B56 B56 Slab Hanger

E150A + B57 B57 Slab Hanger

E150-A1 & 2 + B50AB50A WALK OVER WET NICHE

258mm 10.160"

Light FixtureAdjustable to 15o

Off Center Line 51mm2.010"

E150-A1 + 10-7 + B46

257mm10.125"230mm9.055"

For PAR38 & R 40 Fixtures

270mm10.630"

170mm 6.700"

Light Fixture Adjustable to15o Off Center Line

E150A-1(PAR38)

185mm7.250"

E150A-1 + 10-6

215mm8.460"

E150A-3(R40-240V)

254mm10.000"

E150A-2 + 10-2 + B1

300mm11.811"

to375mm14.763"

E150A-2 + B7(PAR38)

229mm9.000"

E150-C (PAR38)

CAST INTO WALL FIXTUREwith 1/2" / 12mm conduit

connection. No Cable

198mm7.800"

191mm7.519"

270mm10.630"

191mm7.519"

191mm7.519"

E150A-2(R40-120V)

APPROVALS FOR Submerged useCSA - 120 / 24 & 12V

CE - 12VCS - 240 / 24 & 12VUL - 120 / 24 & 12V

191mm7.519"

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:HOUSING & FACERING:

Cast bronze, Stainless Steel fitted.Facering states tightening torque for facering bolts.

LAMP HOLDER:E27/E26, Ceramic screw socket with copper alloy screw shell and parts.

LENS: 143mm / 5.625" Diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: Convex cast glass, heat resistant and tempered.Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL: Convex Dichro Colour Lens, in 10 coloursOPTIONAL: Lens Shade for Dichro Colour Lens

LENS GASKET:Molded, single piece ‘U‘ shaped gasket of EDM for submerged use,High temperature silicone rubber (optional) for dry use.

THERMAL CUT-OFF: OPTIONAL,Specify /-07 Available for 120V-240V fixtures only.

CABLE:Approved for the purpose. Electrical cable with epoxy encapsulatedcompression type cable entry into housing.See pages 308 & 309 for low voltage cable.

ROCKGUARD OR LENSGUARD: OPTIONALSTAND OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLY: OPTIONAL.

E150A-3 + 10-7 + B4

260mm10.240"

305mm12.000"

350mm13.780"

to450mm17.720"

185mm7.250"

232mm9.130"

* Inside diameter of circular opening in floor or deck

E150A/-B1

E150A/-10-6/-B1

3/4" Drain

244mm9.625"

LAMPS: OPTIONAL Select E150 Fixture for lamp length ( MOL) available. Verify with supplier the availability of suitable Reflector Lamps.

191mm7.519"

FOR USE WITHREFLECTOR LAMPS

Page 78: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

E150 2006-10

SERIAL PEM Web Index # 6 / CABLE W.313-0000 Cat. Catalog. Pages 328 - 329 Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED-(Not included) E150A-1, & 2 Require Lens Adapter for Flat Lens-- MOL = Main overall length of lamp

Select cable size to suit lamp(s) wattage (Amperage)FIXTURE w. CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CORDSEAL, NO CABLE

E150-1 313-10011 E150A-1-01 PAR38,E26.E27, 12V to 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp For 3 X 1.5mm2 Cable 4.4313-10021 E150A-2-01 R40 E26/E27, 12V to 240V, for 165mm MOL Lamp For 3 X 1.5mm2 Cable 4.8313-10031 E150A-3-01 R40,E26/E27,12V to 240V, for 185mm MOL Lamp For 3 X 1.5mm2 Cable 5.2313-10012 E150A-1-02 PAR38,E26.E27, 12V to 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 2.5mm2 Cable 4.4313-10022 E150A-2-02 R40 E26/E27, 12V to 240V, for 165mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 2.5mm2 Cable 4.8313-10032 E150A-3-02 R40,E26/E27,12V to 240V, for 185mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 2.5mm2 Cable 5.2313-10013 E150A-1-03 PAR38,E26.E27, 12V to 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 4mm2 Cable 4.4313-10023 E150A-2-03 R40 E26/E27, 12V to 240V, for 165mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 4mm2 Cable 4.8

E150-2 313-10033 E150A-3-03 R40,E26/E27,12V to 240V, for 185mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 4mm2 Cable 5.2313-10014 E150A-1-04 PAR38,E26.E27, 12V to 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 6mm2 Cable 4.4313-10024 E150A-2-04 R40 E26/E27, 12V to 240V, for 165mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 6mm2 Cable 4.8313-10034 E150A-3-04 R40,E26/E27,12V to 240V, for 185mm MOL Lamp For 2 X 6mm2 Cable 5.2

FIXTURE w. CONVEX LENS, NO STAND WITH CABLE313-10051 E150A-1-10 UL/CSA-PAR38, max.120V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 2.7m, 9' x 16/3AWG 4.4313-10053 E150A-2-10 UL/CSA-R40, max.120V, for 165mm MOL Lamp with 2.7m, 9' x 16/3AWG 4.9313-10056 E150A-3-10 UL-CSA-R40, max.120V, for 185mm MOL Lamp with 2.7m, 9' x 16/3AWG 5.1313-10061 E150A-1-11 PAR38, E26 max. 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 2.7m, 3 x 1.5mm2 4.9313-10062 E150A-1-12 PAR38, E26 max. 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 5.0m, 3 x 1.5mm2 7.9

E150-3 313-10063 E150A-1-13 PAR38, E26 max. 240V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 10.0m, 3 x 1.5mm2 7.3313-10064 E150A-1-16 PAR38, E26 12V - 24V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.5313-10065 E150A-1-17 PAR38, E26 12V - 24V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 5.0m x 2 x 4.0m2 5.8313-10066 E150A-1-18 PAR38, E26 12V - 24V, for 136mm MOL Lamp with 10.0m x 2 x 6.0mm2 8.7313-30703 E150A-3-11 R40, E26, max.240V,300W, for185mm MOL Lamp with 2.7m, 3 x 1.5mm2 5.4313-30705 E150A-3-12 R40, E26, max.240V,300W, for185mm MOL Lamp with 5.0m, 3 x 1.5mm2 6.4313-30707 E150A-3-13 R40, E26, max.240V,300W, for185mm MOL Lamp with 10.0m, 3 x 1.5mm2 4.7313-30901 E150C PAR38,BR30,max.240V-150W, for 165mm MOL Lamp 1/2" NPS/BSP Conduit 8.1

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES391-0431 13-A High Temp. Silicon Rubber Lens Gasket Cat.Page 310/Web Index 6 0.1332-3043 +/ -8/-03 (A) Dichro Adapter for E 150-1 for Flat Lens w.Gasket Or use E 150-2 or -3 0.9391-2001 +/-30-2 #2A, 143mm Clear Flat Lens Cat.Page 310/Web Index 6 0.3391-2000 +/-35-2-0000 #2, 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Cat.Page 310/Web Index 6 0.3

E150 + B30 350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120V / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1350-0011 +/ -2A 2. Cable entry, 240V, 3 x 1.5mm2 & 3 x 1.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1350-0013 +/ -2B 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 4.0mm2 & 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1350-0023 +/ -2C 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 6.0mm2 & 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.2350-0033 +/ -2D 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 6.0mm2 & 2 x 4.0mm2 Factory wired only 0.3334-3922 +/-05 Dichro Lens Shade Clip On 0.9350-0014 +/ 10-2 Clip On Rockguard 0.8350-0026 +/ -10-6 Swing Up Rockguard 0.9350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 0.7350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.6

E150-1+B46-1 350-0290 +/ -B7 Mounting Yoke 0.8350-4011 +/ -B46-1 Stainless Steel, Bronze Fitted Niche 6.5350-4031 +/-B50A Walk Over Stainless Steel, Bronze Fitted Niche 8.2350-4330 +/ -58-03 Tile Mask for Stainless Steel, Bronze Fitted Niche 2.3350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted (E150-1 only) Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted (E150-1 only) Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted(E150-1 only) Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted(E150-1 only) Requires extra cable length 3.7350-2310 +/ -B56-1 Slab Hanger 3.1350-2320 +/ -B56-1A Slab Hanger with Locks 3.5350-2410 +/ -B57-1 Waterfall Slab Hanger 2.8

E150-1+B46-1,tilted 350-2420 +/ -B57-1A Waterfall Slab Hanger with Locks 3.2385-3330 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz x 12V/24V, 300VA CE, IP23 2.2

Page 79: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

250W / 120V500W / 120V

E200A + B60-1 & 2Low Profile Niche

Low Profile Lightfixture with parabolic reflector120V / 240V - max. 250W, 12V / 100W, 24V / 150W

PEM E200SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

E200A

E200A + 10-2

260mm10.25"

135mm5.310"

to191mm7.519"

191mm7.519"

92mm3.62"

191mm7.519"

112mm4.41"

104mm4.1"

APPROVALS CSA, 120 / 24 & 12V UL, 120 / 24 & 12V

278mm10.94"

50mm1.97"

E200A + B6-1

E200A + 10-6 + B8A

DESCRIPTION:Low profile submersible lightfixture with internal polished stainless steel parabolic reflectorproviding a vertical rectangular light output along the axis to the lamp base with maximum lightconcentration on center of solitary vertical spray effects. By using the stand assembly B8 theaxis of the lightfixture can be rotated by 90 degrees providing a rectangular horizontal lightoutput for spray rings or waterfalls.

LAMP, Quartz Halogen - OPTIONALT4-MC: 120V / 240V, max. 250W, Mini Candelabra, E11 base.JC: 12V or 24V 6.35-1.0 base, max. 100W - 12V & 150W - 24V.

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:FIXTURE HOUSING: Cast Bronze. Stainless Steel fitted.

REFLECTOR:Corrosion and heat resistant Stainless Steel highly polished parabolic surfacebeneath lamp and protective shielding over electrical components.

LAMP HOLDER:T4-MC: 120V / 240V fixtures: Ceramic, mini-candelabra screw base, E11.JC : G6.35-1.0, 2 Pin base.-36 : Fork terminals for screw connection of lamps.

LENS: 143mm / 5.625" Diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: Convex cast glass, heat resistant and tempered.Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL: Convex Dichro Colour Lens, in 10 coloursOPTIONAL: Lens Shade for Dichro Colour Lens

LENS GASKET: Custom molded U shape made of material approved for the application .DICHROIC LENS SHADE: -0-5 (Required for clean (color) illumination).ELECTRICAL CABLE: Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy

encapsulated, compression type cable entry in factory assembled fixtures.For low voltage cable see pages 308 & 309 for size and length.

THERMAL CUT OFF:Optional: For 120V & 240V fixtures only

MOUNTING OPTIONS: Optional

105mm 4.15"

3/4" Drain

E200A + B1-S

E200A + B1

E200A + 10-2 + B1

254mm10.0"

Lamp can tilt15o off center line

CANDLE POWER measured in open air 2m / 6.56 feet from clear lens without rockguard.

267mm10.511"

to340mm13.390"

260mm10.25"

Page 80: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E200 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.

314-3000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPS AS INDICATED (Not included)

FIXTURE WITH CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CABLE

E200A 314-3011 E200A-1-11 T4, MC, E11, 120V, UL/CSA max. 250W with 2.7mx16/3STWA/SOW 3.9

314-3013 E200A-1-13 T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm 3.9

314-3014 E200A-1-14 T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm 4.4

314-3015 E200A-1-15 T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm 5.4

314-3021 E200A-2-21 JC, Bi Pin G6.35 x 1, 0, 12V, 100W with 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 3.9

314-3023 E200A-2-23 JC, Bi Pin G6.35 x 1, 0, 12V, 100W with 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 4.4

E200A+10-2 314-3024 E200A-2-24 JC, Bi Pin G6.35 x 1, 0, 12V, 100W with 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6.3

314-3025 E200A-2-25 JC, Bi Pin G6.35 x 1, 0, 24V, 150W with 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 3.9

314-3026 E200A-2-26 JC, Bi Pin G6.35 x 1, 0, 24V, 150W with 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 4.4

314-3027 E200A-2-27 JC, Bi Pin G6.35 x 1, 0, 24V, 150W with 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6.3

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES

E200A+10-6 391-2001 +/-30-2 #2A, 143mm Clear Flat Lens 0.3

391-2000 +/-35-2-0000 #2, 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3

334-3922 +/-05 Dichro Lens Shade Clip On 0.3

350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120V / 240 V only Factory wired only 0.1

350-0014 +/ 10-2 Clip On Rockguard 0.8

E200A+10-7 350-0026 +/ -10-6 Swing Up Rockguard 0.9

350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (Addition to Lightfixture Only) 0.7

350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4

350-0110 +/ -B1S Tripod Stand, 25cm WD 1.2

350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.4

E200A+B6-1 350-0220 +/ -B6-1 Mounting Brackets 1.1

350-0290 +/ -B7 Mounting Yoke 0.8

350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

E200A+B1-S 350-0330 +/ -B60-1 B60 Composite Niche Requires extra cable length 4.5

350-4041 +/ -B60-2 Bolt On Niche B 60 Rockguard 1.5

350-4042 +/ -58-05 Tile Mask for B60 Niche 2.8

350-2310 +/ -B56-1 Slab Hanger 3.1

350-2320 +/ -B56-1A Slab Hanger with Locks 3.5

E200A+B30-1 350-2410 +/ -B57-1 Waterfall Slab Hanger 2.8

350-2420 +/ -B57-1A Waterfall Slab Hanger with Locks 3.2

350-0733 +/ -B23-6 Bracket for 6 Lights on 3" Pipe 1.0

350-0734 +/ -B23-7 Bracket for 6 Lights on 4" Pipe 1.6

350-0742 +/ -B23-2-1 16mm x 100mm Mounting Rod For B23 0.3

E200A+ B56-1 350-0742 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz x 12V/24V, 300VA CE / IP23 2.2

Page 81: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

LAMP, Quartz Halogen - OPTIONAL.S & F , 120V / 240V, Max. 500W, Mini Candelabra, T4-MC / E11 base.JC , 12V or 24V 6.35-1.0 base, Max. 100W / 12V & 150W / 24 V.-36 , 12V - AR111 max. 100W or PAR36 Lamps.

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:FIXTURE HOUSING & Facering : Cast Bronze. Stainless Steel fitted.

'S' and 'F' type fixtures have water cooled & chromed parabolic integral reflector.'S' Option has polished reflector with concentrated beam output: Spot Light.'F' Option has diffused output with better color rendition: Flood Light.-36 Option has machined fit for AR111 / PAR36 Lamps.

LAMP HOLDER:T4-MC: 120V / 240V fixtures: Ceramic, mini-candelabra E11 screw base.For JC fixtures: G 6.35-1.0, Bi Pin base.-36, Fork terminals for screw connection of lamps and (2) holding clamps.

LENS: 143mm / 5.625" Diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: Convex cast glass, heat resistant and tempered. Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL:FLAT CLEAR LENS.FLAT DICHRO COLOR LENS - Choice of 10 colors.RE-FIT ADAPTER 8-03 for FLAT & DICHRO LENS. For fixtures made before 10, 1999.

LENS GASKET:Custom molded 'U' shape made of approved material for the application.

LENS SHADE -0-5 :OPTIONAL: (Required for clean, dichro. color) illumination).

THERMAL CUT OFF:Optional integral to protect cable entry. 120V & 240V single cable fixtures only.

ELECTRICAL CABLE:Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulated,compression type cable entry in factory assembled fixtures.For low voltage cable see pages 308 & 309 for cable size & length

MOUNTING OPTIONS: Optional.

200mm7.874"

PEM E300

50mm1.970"

105mm 4.150"

15o Tilt off centerline

278mm10.940"

E300A + B60-1-2

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

E300A +10-7 +B9

115mm4.500" 94mm

3.700"

270mm 10.625"

184mmto

115mm

E300A

E300A + 10-2

E300A + 10-6

CANDLE POWERmeasured in open air 2m / 6.56 feet from clear lens without rockguard.

E300A-F - 500W / 120V E300A-S - SP Adjusted - 500W / 120V

Low Profile Niche

APPROVALSCSA: 120 / 24 & 12V excluding add on /-2.CE: 12V excluding add on /-2.CS: 240 / 24 & 12V excluding add on /-2.UL: 120 / 24 & 12V excluding add on /-2.

E300A + B9

E300A + 10-6 + B9

115mm4.500"

94mm3.700"

E300A +B7S +B1S

1/2" Drain

Low Profile Lightfixtures with water cooled reflector120V / 240V - Max. 500W , 12V / 100W , 24V / 150W

Page 82: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E 300 2006-10

SERIAL PEM Web Site Index # 6 / CABLE W.315-0000 Cat. Catalog. Pages 332 - 333 Length & Size Kg

FOR LAMPs AS INDICATED ( Not included)FIXTURE, W. CONVEX LENS, NO STAND WITH CABLE

315-1111 E300A-S-1-11 UL/CSA-For T4, MC, E11, 120V, max. 500W with cable 9' x 16/3STWA/SOW 3.5E300A 315-1121 E300A-F-1-21 UL/CSA-For T4, MC, E11, 120V, max. 500W with cable 9' x 16/3STWA/SOW 3.7

315-1131 E300A-S-1-31 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 500W with cable 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.5315-1132 E300A-S-1-32 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 500W with cable 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.5315-1133 E300A-S-1-33 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 500W with cable 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.5315-1141 E300A-F-1-41 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 500W with cable 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 3.7315-1142 E300A-F-1-42 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 500W with cable 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 4.7315-1143 E300A-F-1-43 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 500W with cable 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.7

E300A+B6-1 315-1151 E300A-S-2-51 For JC, Bi Pin, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with cable 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 3.7315-1152 E300A-S-2-52 For JC, Bi Pin, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with cable 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 4.4315-1153 E300A-S-2-53 For JC, Bi Pin, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with cable 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6.3315-1161 E300A-F-2-61 For JC, Bi Pin, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with cable 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 3.7315-1162 E300A-F-2-62 For JC, Bi Pin, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with cable 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 4.4315-1163 E300A-F-2-63 For JC, Bi Pin, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with cable 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 6.3315-1171 E300A-3-71 For AR111- max. 12v, 100W, with cable 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 2.9

E300A+B9+10-6 315-1172 E300A-3-72 For AR111- max. 12v, 100W, with cable 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 3,1315-1173 E300A-3-73 For AR111- max. 12v, 100W, with cable 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 3.4

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES391-2001 +/-30-2 #2A, 143mm Clear Flat Lens Cat.Pag. 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3391-2000 +/-35-2-0000 #2, 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Cat.Pag. 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3332-3043 +/-0902 Flat Lens Adapter (Required forFlat Lenses) 0.9391-0722 +/-05 Dichro Lens Shade Clip On 0.9350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120V / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1

E300A+B9+10-6 (open) 350-0014 +/ 10-2 Clip On Rockguard 0.8350-0026 +/ -10-6 Swing Up Rockguard 0.9350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 0.7350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4350-0110 +/ -B1S Tripod Stand, 25cm WD 1.2350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.4350-0220 +/ -B6-1 Mounting Brackets 1.1350-0290 +/ -B7 Mounting Yoke 0.8350-0410 +/-B9 250mm Ring Stand , 184mm height 1.3

E300A+B1S 350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0330 +/ -B60-1 B60 Composite Niche Requires extra cable length 4.5350-4041 +/ -B60-2 Bolt On Niche B 60 Rockguard 1.5

E300A+B30-1 350-4042 +/ -58-05 Tile Mask for B30 & B60 Niche 2.8350-2310 +/ -B56-1 Slab Hanger 3.1350-2320 +/ -B56-1A Slab Hanger with Locks 3.5350-2410 +/ -B57-1 Waterfall Slab Hanger 2.8350-2420 +/ -B57-1A Waterfall Slab Hanger with Locks 3.2350-0733 +/ -B23-6 Bracket for 6 Lights on 3" Pipe 1.0350-0734 +/ -B23-7 Bracket for 6 Lights on 4" Pipe 1.6

E300A+ B56-1 350-0742 +/ -B23-2-1 16mm x 100mm Mounting Rod For B23 0.3350-0742 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz x 12V/24V, 300VA IP23,While Stocks last 2.2

Page 83: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

E500A,CSA

PEM E500

E500A + B69Niche Mounting

E500A + 10-8 + B69 Niche Mounting

254mm10.000"

E500A + 10-9 + B1

E500A + 10-3 + B1

For PAR 56 Lamps, 240V / 120V / 24V & 12V WATTAGE & LIGHT OUTPUT AS PER LAMPS TO BE USED

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

165mm6.490"

E500A + B4

LAMPS: OPTIONAL. See page 307.120V & 240V, PAR56 Sealed Beam Lamps, Base (GX16d).120V - 300W & 500W & 240V - 300W. 240V - 500W by PEM.12V & 24V, PAR56 Sealed Beam Lamps, Screw Connections.24V - 250W by PEM, 12V - 120W, 240W & 300W.

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:HOUSING & FACERING:

Cast bronze (85/5/5/5 Copper Alloy) Stainless Steel fitted.Facering has cast in tightening torque specification for facering bolts.

CABLE:Approved for the purpose electrical cable with epoxy encapsulated .compression type cable entry into housing. See page 308 & 309.

LAMP CONNECTOR:120V / 240V : Ceramic Mogul PAR connector GX 16d (flat pins) withhigh temperature leads and (3) holding clamps.12V & 24V : Fork Connectors and (3) holding clamps.

LENS: 213mm / 8.375" Diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: Convex cast glass, heat resistant and tempered.Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL: Convex Dichro Colour Lens, in 10 coloursOPTIONAL: Lens Shade for Dichro Colour Lens

LENS GASKET:Custom molded U shape made of material approved for the application.

THERMAL CUT - OFF: OPTIONALFactory installed integral thermal cut off for 240V, 120V, 24V & 12V.

ROCKGUARD: OPTIONAL.LENSGUARD, PART OF FACERING: OPTIONAL.

Must be used with vertical mounted Niche B69. Optional for all others.STAND OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLY: OPTIONAL.

E500A,ULE500A,Standard E500A-2

E500A + B1

APPROVALS :CSA, 120 / 24 & 12V excluding -2CE, 12Vexcluding -2CS, 240 / 24 & 12Vexcluding -2UL, 120 / 24 & 12Vexcluding -2

328mm 12.910"

Adjustable10o off center line

328mm 12.910"

Adjustable10o off center line

318mm12.500"

to406mm16.000"

254mm10.000"

318mm12.500"

to406mm16.000"

366mm14.400"

E500A + B70AWalk Over Niche Mounting

246mm9.680"

PEM E 500A or 600ALightfixtures are available: For custom fitting of

LED Illumination on PAR 56 Size Plates, PAR 56 Size Strobes or PAR 56 HID Lamps

Please enquire.

Page 84: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E500 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.316-20000 Cat. FOR PAR 56 LAMPS (Not Included) Length & Size Kg

Select cable size to suit lamp wattage (Amperage)FIXTURE, CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, NO CABLE FOR:

E500A-2 E500-2 Standard,external cordseal, cable sealing chamber316-20021 E500A-2-01 For PAR 56, 12/24V, max. 300W, 23 A. For 2 x 4mm2 Cable 5.4316-20022 E500A-2-02 For PAR 56, 12/24V, max. 300W, 30A. For 2 x 6mm2 Cable 5.6316-20023 E500A-2-03 For PAR 56, 240V, max. 500W, 5A For 3 x 1.5mm2 Cable 5.3

E500-2 CSA, No cable, no cable sealing chamber316-20031 E500A-3-01 For PAR 56, 12/24V, max. 300W, 23 A. For 2 x 4mm2 Cable 5.4

E500A-2A 316-20032 E500A-3-02 For PAR 56, 12/24V, max. 300W, 30A. For 2 x 6mm2 Cable 5.6316-20033 E500A-3-03 For PAR 56, 240V, max. 500W, 5A For 3 x 1.5mm2 Cable 5.3

FIXTURE, CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CABLE :316-20110 E500A-1-10 For 120V, max. 500W, CSA, UL 2.7m x 16/3 STWA/SOW 6.5316-20120 E500A-1-20 For 12V, max. 300W, CSA, UL 2.7m x 10/3 STWA/SOW 9.8

E500A+10-9 316-20230 E500A-2-30 For 12/24V, max. 300W , 30A 2.7m x 2 x 4mm2 8.2316-20240 E500A-2-40 For 12/24V, max. 300W , 30A 5.0m x 2 x 6mm2 11.9316-20250 E500A-2-50 For 240V, max. 500W, 5A 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.8316-20260 E500A-2-60 For 240V, max. 500W, 5A 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.3316-20335 E500A-3-35 For 12/24V, max. 300W , 30A 2.7m x 2 x 4mm2 8.2316-20345 E500A-3-45 For 12/24V, max. 300W , 30A 5.0m x 2 x 6mm2 11.9

E500A+10-9 (open) 316-20355 E500A-3-55 For 240V, max. 500W, 5A 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.8316-2065 E500A-3-65 For 240V, max. 500W, 5A 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.3

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for single cable 120 / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1350-1111 +/ -2A 2. Cable entry, 240V, 3 x 1.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1

E500A+B6-2 350-1113 +/ -2B 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1350-1123 +/ -2C 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 4mm2 Factory wired only 0.2350-1133 +/ -2D 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 6mm2 Factory wired only 0.3391-3001 +/-30-3 213mm Clear Flat Lens ( 0903 required) Cat.Page310/Web Index 6 1.1391-3000 +/-35-3-0000 213mm Flat Dichro Color Lens(0903 required) Cat.Page310/Web Index 6 1.1391-0723 +/-0903 Flat Lens Adapter (B4 or B4A Stand required ) 2.8334-3922 +/-05 Dichro Lens Shade Clip On 0.9350-0014 +/ -10-3 Bolt On Rock Guard 1.5

E500A+B1 350-0035 +/ -10-8 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 1.0350-0026 +/ -10-9 Swing Up Rock Guard 0.7350-0290 +/ -B7 B7 Yoke 0.8350-0270 +/ -B6-2 B6-2 Brackets 20cm W.D. 0.9350-0109 +/ -B1 B1, Tripod Stand 33 to 40cm WD 1.4350-0200 +/ -B4 B4 Ring Stand 33 to 40cm WD 2.6

E500A+B30-1 350-0220 +/ -B4A B4A Ring Stand 0.5 / 1.0m WD 7.2350-4062 +/ -B69-1 B69-1 Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 7350-4660 +/ -58-06 58-06 Tile Mask 2.3350-4081 +/ -B70A Walk Over Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 11.5350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

E500A+B76 350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-2510 +/ -B76 B76 Walk OverSlab Hanger 5,4350-2520 +/ -B76A B76A Slab Hanger With Locks 6,2362-20030 PAR56 FSP, 240/500 Full Spot Lamp, 240V, 500W, 2000+ Hrs GX16d 1362-20051 PAR56 FSP, 24/250 Full Spot Lamp, 24V, 250W, 2000+ Hrs Bolt on connection 1

E500A+69-1+10-8 385-3330 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz x 12V or 24V, 300VA CE, IP23 2.2

Page 85: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E600

E600 A / -B69A Niche Mounting

Adjustable 10o

off centerline

E600A/-0-5with Dichro Lens Shade

260mm10.236"

216mm8.500"

328mm12.910"

FOR DICHRO COLOR ILLUMINATION

E600 A /-0-5/-B4A

E600A / -B4A

185mm7.28"**

E600 A/ -0-5 / -B7A

215mm8.465"

Yoke Mounting

** = For Convex Lens add:

20mm / 0.75"

260mm10.236"

215mm8.465"

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:HOUSING & FACERING:

Cast bronze (85/5/5/5 Copper Alloy) with stainless steel fasteners.Facering has cast in tightening torque specification for facering bolts.

CABLE:Approved for the purpose electrical cable with epoxy encapsulatedcompression type cable entry into housing.See page 308 & 309 for low voltage cable size and length.

LAMP CONNECTOR:120V / 240V : Ceramic, Mogul PAR connector GX 16d (flat pins) withhigh temperature leads and (3) holding clamps.12V & 24V : Fork Connectors and (3) holding clamps.

LENS: 213mm / 8.375" diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: FLAT CLEAR LENS.OPTIONAL: FLAT DICHRO COLOR LENS. Choice of 10 colors.INTERNAL DICHRO COLOR FILTER ADAPTERTYPE -2-1, for 161mm / 6.338" diameter x 2+mm Dichro Color Filter.TYPE -2-2, for 168mm / 6.614" diameter x 2+mm Dichro Color Filter.For internally mounted dichro color filters by various manufacturers.Must be high heat resistant & tempered. Adapter has 3 point filter holding.OPTIONAL: Convex Dichro Colour Lens, in 10 colours

LENS GASKET:Custom molded U shaped made of material approved for the application.

DICHROIC LENS SHADE: -0-5 Required for clean color illumination.THERMAL CUT - OFF: OPTIONAL

Factory installed integral thermal cut off for 240V, 120V, 24V & 12V.ROCKGUARD: OPTIONAL.LENSGUARD, PART OF FACERING: OPTIONAL

Must be used if required with Niche B69A. Optional for all others.STAND OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLY: OPTIONAL.

285mm11.22"

392mm15.430"

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

LAMPS: OPTIONAL120V & 240V, PAR56 (See Page 307 )Sealed Beam Lamps, Base (GX16d).Max. 120V - 300W & 500W & 240V - 300W & 500W.12V & 24V, PAR56 (See Page 307 )Sealed Beam Lamps, Screw Connections.Max. 24V - 250W, 12V - 120W, 240W & 300W.

E600 A/-B4A

Ring Stand Mounting Higher Stands Optional & Extra

305mm12.0"

470mm18.5"

to570mm22.44"

standard

260mm10.236"

590mm23.230"

to670mm26.38"

standard

305mm12.0"

215mm8.465"

260mm10.236"

E600Awith Flat Lens

E600 A/-0-5/-B4AFixture w.dichro lens shade

PEM E 600A & E500ALightfixtures are available:

For custom fitting ofLED Illumination

on PAR 56 Size Platesor

For custom fitting of PAR 56 Size Strobes

or PAR 56 HID Lamps

Please enquire.

Ring Stand Mounting Higher Stands Optional & Extra

Page 86: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E600 2006-10

SERIAL PEM FOR LAMPS as Indicated (Not Included) Cable W.317-0000 Cat. 4 Circuits = Multiple Conductor Cable Length & Size Kg

Select cable size to suit wattage (Amperage) of lamp(s)FOR PAR 56 SINGLE LAMP W. CORDSEAL, NO STAND, NO CABLE

317-0111 E600A-1-1 For 12VAC, max. 300W 2 x 6.0mm2 6.3317-0211 E600A-1-2 For 24V, max. 250W 2 x 4.0mm2 5.4

E600A 317-0311 E600A-1-3 For 240V, max. 500W 3 x 1.5mm2 5.8FOR PAR 56 SINGLE LAMP, NO STAND, WITH CABLE

317-0211 E600A-2-1 For 12VAC, max. 300W 2.7m x 2 x 6.0mm2 6.3317-0214 E600A-2-1 For 12VAC, max. 300W 5.0m x 2 x 6.0mm2 8.2317-0221 E600A-2-3 For 24VAC, max. 250W 2.7m x 2 x 4.0mm2 5.4317-0231 E600A-2-5 For 240VAC, max. 500W 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.8317-0241 E600A-2-6 For 12VAC, max. 300W, CSA, UL 2.7mx10/3 STWA/SOW 9.8317-0251 E600A-2-7 For 24VAC, max. 250W, CSA, UL 2.7mx12/3 STWA/SOW 7.8

E600A+ 10-9 317-0261 E600A-2-8 For 120VAC, max. 500W, CSA, UL 2.7mx16/3 STWA/SOW 6.5FOR 8 LAMPS W. CORDSEAL, , NO STAND, NO CABLE

317-0311 E600A-3-1-1 For 8 x GU10, 240V,.Single Circuit 3 x 1.5mm2 5.3317-0321 E600A-3-1-2 For 8 x GU10, 240V,.Single Circuit 3 x 2.5mm2 5.3317-0411 E600A-3-4-1 For 8 x GU10, 240V, 4 Circuits 6 x 1.5mm2 5.3317-0421 E600A-3-4-2 For 8 x GU10, 240V, 4 Circuits 6 x 2.5mm2 5.3317-0511 E600A-4-1-1 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC, Single Circuit 2 x 2.5mm2 5.3317-0521 E600A-4-1-2 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC, Single Color 2 x 2 x 6.0mm2 6.3317-0651 E600A-4-4-1 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC,4 Circuits 16/6 AWG(6/2.5mm2) 5.3317-0661 E600A-4-4-2 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC,4 Circuits 16/9 AWG(9/2.5mm2) 5.3

FIXTURE W. CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CABLEE600A-6 317-0311 E600A-5-1-1 For 8 x GU10, 240V,.Single Circuit 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.3

317-0321 E600A-5-1-2 For 8 x GU10, 240V,.Single Color 2.7m x 3 x 2.5mm2 5.3317-0411 E600A-5-4-3 For 8 x GU10, 240V, 4 Circuits 2.7m x 16/6 AWG 6.4317-0421 E600A-5-4-4 For 8 x GU10, 240V, 4 Circuits 2.7m x 16/9 AWG 7.8317-0511 E600A-6-1-1 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC, SingleCircuit 2.7m x 3 x 2.5mm2 5.3317-0541 E600A-6-1-2 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC, Single Circuit 2 x 2.7m x 2 x 6.0mm2 8.9317-0542 E600A-6-1-3 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC, Single Circuit 2 x 5.0m x 2 x 6.0mm2 9.6317-0651 E600A-6-4-1 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC,4 Circuits 2.7m x 16/6 AWG 6.4317-0661 E600A-6-4-2 For 8 x MR16, 12VAC,4 Circuits 2.7m x 16/9 AWG 7.8

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES391-3001 30-3 213mm Flat Clear Lens. Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 1.1

E600A+B30-1 391-3021/30 35-3-21/30 213mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 1.1334-3593 +/0-5 (B) Dichro Lens Shade 1.2334-3548 +/-2-1 Internal Holder for 161mm Color Filters 1.3334-3548 +/-2-2 Internal Holder for 168mm Color Filters 1.3350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120 / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1350-1111 +/ -2A 2. Cable entry, 240V, 3 x 1.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1350-1113 +/ -2B 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 2.5mm2 Factory wired only 0.1350-1123 +/ -2C 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 4mm2 Factory wired only 0.2

E600A+B69A-1 350-1133 +/ -2D 2. Cable entry, 12V / 24V , 2 x 6mm2 Factory wired only 0.3350-0014 +/ -10-3 Bolt On Rock Guard 1.5350-0035 +/ -10-8 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 1.0350-0026 +/ -10-9 Swing Up Rock Guard 0.7350-0220 +/ -B4A B4A Ring Stand 7.2350-4062 +/ -B69A-1 B69A-1 Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 9.0350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

E600A+B69A-1 350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7tilted in Niche 350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

362-20030 PAR56 FSP Full Spot Lamp, 240V, 500W, 2000+ Hrs GX16d 1362-20051 PAR56 FSP Full Spot Lamp, 24V, 250W, 2000+ Hrs Bolt on connection 1385-3330 T301 Transformer 240V,50Hzx12V/24V,300VA P23,While stock last 2.2

Page 87: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E700

E700A + 10-2

156mm 6.101"

191mm 7.519"

E700A

172mm 6.770"

204mm8.060"

E700C WET NICHE

160mm6.300"

10mm0.393"

247mm9.730"

E700A + 10-7 + B46-1270mm10.630"

Tilt to 15o

off centerline

E700A + B56-1ASlab Hanger with locks

E700A + B46-1

170mm 6.700"

For Quartz Halogen Lamps120V / 240V - max. 250W, 12V - 100W, 24V - 150W

PEM E 700A-S PEM E 700A-FCANDLE POWER with 250W / 120V Lamp (In open air) 2m / 6.56 feet from clear lens.

APPROVALSCSA & UL120 / 24 & 12V, excluding -2

E700A + B4

Flushin

WallMount

Made ofStainless

steel

E700A + B1

Tilt to 15o

off centerline

280m

m 1

1.00

0"

230mm9.100"

LAMP, Quartz Halogen - OPTIONALS & F , 120V / 240V. Max. 250W, Mini Candelabra, T4-MC / E11 base.JC - S & F , 12V or 24V, 6.35-1.0 base. Max. 100W / 12V & 150W / 24 V.

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:FIXTURE HOUSING & FACERING:

Cast Bronze. Stainless Steel fitted.'S' and 'F' type fixtures have water cooled & chromed parabolic integral reflector.'S' Option has polished reflector with concentrated beam output: Spot Light.'F' Option has diffused output with good color rendition: Flood Light.

LAMP HOLDER:T4-MC: 120V / 240V fixtures: Ceramic, mini-candelabra E11 screw base.JC -12V or 24V fixtures, 6.35-1.0 base.

LENS: 143mm / 5.625" Diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: Convex cast glass, heat resistant and tempered. Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL: Convex Dichro Colour Lens, in 10 coloursOPTIONAL: Lens Shade for Dichro Colour Lens

LENS GASKET:Custom molded U shaped made of material approved for the application .

THERMAL CUT OFF:Optional integral to protect cable entry. Single cable, 120V -240V fixtures only.

.ELECTRICAL CABLE:

Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulated,compression type cable entry in factory assembled fixtures

ROCKGUARD & LENSGUARD : OPTIONAL.

MOUNTING OPTIONS: OPTIONAL

SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

300mm11.811"

to360mm14.172"

254mm10.000"

E700A + 10-6 + B1

Page 88: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E700 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.318-0000 Cat. For Lamps as indicated (Not Included) Length & Size Kg

FIXTURE, CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, NO CABLE318-3001 E700A-S-1-01-0 For T4,MC,E11,240V,max250W for 3 X 1.5mm2 Cable No Cable 4.9318-4001 E700A-F-1-01-0 For T4,MC,E11,240V,max250W for 3 X 1.5mm2 Cable No Cable 4.9318-5101 E700A-S-1-02-1 For JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, 12 / 24V, for 2 x 2.5mm2 Cable No Cable 4.9318-5102 E700A-S-1-02-2 For JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, 12 / 24V, for 2 x 4mm2 Cable No Cable 5.1318-5103 E700A-S-1-02-3 For JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, 12 / 24V, for 2 x 6mm2 Cable No Cable 5.1

E700A 318-5201 E700A-F-1-02-1 For JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, 12 / 24V, for 2 x 2.5mm2 Cable No Cable 5.1318-5202 E700A-F-1-02-2 For JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, 12 / 24V, for 2 x 4mm2 Cable No Cable 5.1318-5103 E700A-F-1-02-3 For JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, 12 / 24V, for 2 x 6mm2 Cable No Cable 5.1

FIXTURE, CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CABLE318-1100 E700A-S-2-1 UL/CSA-For T4, MC, E11, 120V, max. 250W with cable 9' x 16/3STWA/SOW 5.4318-2100 E700A-F-2-1 UL/CSA-For T4, MC, E11, 120V, max. 250W with cable 9' x 16/3STWA/SOW 5.4318-3002 E700A-S-2-4 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with cable 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.6318-3003 E700A-S-2-5 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with cable 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.1318-3004 E700A-S-2-6 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with cable 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.1

E700A + 10-6 318-4002 E700A-F-2-4 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with cable 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 5.6318-4003 E700A-F-2-5 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with cable 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.1318-4004 E700A-F-2-6 For T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with cable 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.1318-5102 E700A-S-3-4 JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.6318-5103 E700A-S-3-5 JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 6.4318-5104 E700A-S-3-6 JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 8.1318-5202 E700A-F-3-4 JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with 2.7m x 2 x 2.5mm2 5.6318-5203 E700A-F-3-5 JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with 5.0m x 2 x 4mm2 6.4318-5204 E700A-F-3-6 JC, Bi Pin, G6.35-1, max. 12v-100w / 24V-150W, with 10.0m x 2 x 6mm2 8.1319-1000 E700C-S-5-4 240V, 250W Wall Fixture w. Niche 5m x 3 x 1.5mm2 12.1319-2000 E700C-F-5-5 240V, 250W Wall Fixture w, Niche 5m x 3 x 1.5mm2 12.1

E700A + B30-1 319-3000 E700C-S-5-6 12V, 100W or 24V, 150W Wall Fixture w. Niche 5m x 2 x 4mm2 14.5319-4000 E700C-F-5-7 12V, 100W or 24V, 150W Wall Fixture w. Niche 5m x 2 x 6mm2 14.5

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES391-0431 13-A High Temp. Silicon Rubber Lens Gasket Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 0.1391-2001 +/-30-2 #2A, 143mm Clear Flat Lens for -0902 Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3391-2000 +/-35-2-0000 #2, 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens for -0902 . Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3332-3043 +/-0902 Flat Lens Adapter (Required for Flat Lenses) 0.9391-0722 +/-05 Dichro Lens Shade Clip On 0.9350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120V / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1

E700A + B46-1 350-0014 +/ 10-2 Clip On Rockguard 0.8350-0026 +/ -10-6 Swing Up Rockguard 0.9350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 0.7350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.4350-0220 +/ -B6-2 Mounting Brackets 2.0350-0290 +/ -B7 Mounting Yoke 0.8350-0330 +/ -B46-1 Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 4.5350-4330 +/ -58-03 Tile Mask for B46-1 Niche 2.8

E700A + B46-1 350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7 (tilted) 350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7350-2310 +/ -B56-1 Slab Hanger 3.1350-2320 +/ -B56-1A Slab Hanger with Locks 3.5350-2410 +/ -B57-1 Waterfall Slab Hanger 2.8350-2420 +/ -B57-1A Waterfall Slab Hanger with Locks 3.2350-0733 +/ -B23-6 Bracket for 6 Lights on 3" Pipe 1.0350-0734 +/ -B23-7 Bracket for 6 Lights on 4" Pipe 1.6

E700A + B66-1 350-0742 +/ -B23-2-1 16mm x 100mm Mounting Rod For B23 0.3350-0742 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz x 12V or 24V, 300VA IP23 , CE 2.2

Page 89: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Submersible Lightfixture with water cooled parabolic reflectorfor Quartz Halogen Lamps - 120V / 240V, 400W- 500W

E800A + 10-2

191mm7.519"

204mm8.031"

175mm6.839"

185mm7.283"

12o Tilt

10mm0.393"

247mm9.730"

E800C WET NICHE

254mm10..000"

PEM E800A-FPEM E800A-SCANDLE POWER with 500W / 120V lamp (In open air) 2m / 6.56 feet from clear lens.

E800A + B56-1A Slab Hanger with locks

15o Tilt offcenterline

15o Tilt offcenterline

270mm10.630"

170mm6.700"

E 800A + B46-1

PEM E800 SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

E 800A +10-7 + B46-1

E800A + 10-6 + B1

APPROVALSCSA - UL

160mm6.300"

E800A

E800A + B4Flush

inWall

Mount

Made ofStainless

Steel

E800A + B1

300mm11.811"

to360mm14.173"

280m

m 11

.000

"

230mm9.100"

LAMP, Quartz Halogen - OPTIONAL.S & F , 120V / 240V, 400w - 500W, Mini Candelabra, T4-MC / E11 base .

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:FIXTURE HOUSING:

Cast Bronze. Stainless Steel fitted.'S' and 'F' type fixtures have water cooled & chromed parabolic integral reflector.S' Option has polished reflector with concentrated beam output: Spot Light .'F' Option has diffused output with better color rendition: Flood Light.

LAMP HOLDER:T4-MC: 120V / 240V fixtures: Ceramic, mini-candelabra E11 screw base.

LENS: 143mm / 5.625" Diameter. See page 310.STANDARD: Convex cast glass, heat resistant and tempered. Clear or 5 colors.OPTIONAL: Convex Dichro Colour Lens, in 10 coloursOPTIONAL: Lens Shade for Dichro Colour Lens

LENS GASKET:Custom molded U shaped made of material approved for the application.

THERMAL CUT OFF:Optional integral to protect cable entry, single cable fixtures only.

.ELECTRICAL CABLE:

Approved for the purpose with integral epoxy encapsulatedcompression type cable entry in factory assembled fixtures.

ROCKGUARD & LENSGUARD : OPTIONAL.

MOUNTING OPTIONS: OPTIONAL.

Page 90: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E800 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.

324-0000 Cat. For LAMPS as indicated (Not Included) Length & Size Kg

E800 FOR USE WITH 120V & 240V ONLY

FIXTURE,CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CABLE

324-1000 E800A-S-1 UL/CSA-T4, MC, E11, 120V, 500W with 2.7m/9' x 16/3STWA/SOW 6.0

E800A 324-2000 E800A-F-1 UL/CSA-T4, MC, E11, 120V, 500W with 2.7m/9' x 16/3STWA/SOW 6.1

324-5002 E800A-S-4 T4, MC, E11, 240V, 500W with 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.0

324-5003 E800A-S-5 T4, MC, E11, 240V, 500W with 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.5

324-5004 E800A-S-6 T4, MC, E11, 240V, 500W with 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.5

324-7002 E800A-F-7 T4, MC, E11, 240V, 500W with 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.1

324-7003 E800A-F-8 T4, MC, E11, 240V, 500W with 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 6.7

E800A + 10-6 324-7004 E800A-F-9 T4, MC, E11, 240V, 500W with 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 7.7

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES

391-2001 +/-30-2 #2A, 143mm Clear Flat Lens Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3

391-2000 +/-35-2-0000 #2, 143mm Flat Dichro Color Lens. Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 0.3

332-3043 +/-0902 Flat Lens Adapter (Required forFlat Lenses) 0.9

391-0722 +/-05 Dichro Lens Shade Clip On 0.9

E800A + B30-1 350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120V / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1

350-0014 +/ 10-2 Clip On Rockguard 0.8

350-0026 +/ -10-6 Swing Up Rockguard 0.9

350-0029 +/ -10-7 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 0.7

350-0109 +/ -B1 Tripod Stand, 40cm WD 1.4

350-0130 +/ -B4 Ring Stand, 60cm WD 2.4

350-0290 +/ -B7 Mounting Yoke 0.8

E800A + B46-1 350-0330 +/ -B46-1 Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 4.5

350-4330 +/ -58-03 Tile Mask for B46-1 Niche 2.8

350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-2310 +/ -B56-1 Slab Hanger 3.1

E800A + B46-1 (tilted) 350-2320 +/ -B56-1A Slab Hanger with Locks 3.5

350-2410 +/ -B57-1 Waterfall Slab Hanger 2.8

350-2420 +/ -B57-1A Waterfall Slab Hanger with Locks 3.2

350-0733 +/ -B23-6 Bracket for 6 Lights on 3" Pipe 1.0

350-0734 +/ -B23-7 Bracket for 6 Lights on 4" Pipe 1.6

350-0742 +/ -B23-2-1 16mm x 100mm Mounting Rod For B23 0.3

350-0742 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hzx12V/24V,300VA CE, IP23 2.2

E800A + B56-1

Page 91: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

E910 / E950 + 63, SURFACEWATERPROOFING LINER CLAMP

E910 / E950 + 10-4 SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE PEM E900

APPROVALS CSA - UL

E910 / E950 + 63

Top View

Side View

E910 / E950

C

267mm10.511"

169mm6.653"

165mm6.500"

E910 / E950

118mm4.650"

B X

AY

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURENICHE: Standard niche is of cast bronze. Stainless Steel fitted.LIGHTFIXTURES:E910 Fixtures are for pond illumination with standard long lifeE26 / E27 lamps.E950 Fixtures are for water feature illumination with quartz halo-gen lamps.LENS: Clear cast glass, heat resistant and tempered fresnel lenswith 3 different embedded directional output prisms that permit 3different light outputs from the same fixture, adjustable after instal-lation of niche. The fixtures are normally shipped with light output15 degrees DOWN. By rotating the fixture in the niche by 15degrees UP light output is achieved. By turning the lens upsidedown a 55 degrees HORIZONTAL light output is achieved.LENS GASKET: Custom made U shaped made of material ap-proved for the purpose.LAMPS: Optional

E910: A19 - E 27 Med. Screw Base, Long Life, Max.100 / 116Watts, Traffic. Signal Type lamp with maximum M.O.L. = 113mm /4.437" x D.F. = 62mm / 2.437".

E950: Quartz Halogen, 120V / 240V, Max. 250W, T4, MC, E11base .

E950-JC: Max. 12V / 100W or 24V / 150W Quartz HalogenLamp: G6.35 -1.0.LIGHT FIXTURE HOUSING & FACEPLATE :

Cast bronze . Stainless Steel fitted.REFLECTOR: Corrosion and heat resistant Stainless Steel reflectorand protective shielding over electrical components.ELECTRICAL CABLE: Approved for the purpose with integral,epoxy encapsulated, compression type cable entry into housing.

See pages 308 & 310 for size and length of low voltage cable.LAMP HOLDER:

E910: A19 - E 27 Med. Screw BaseE950: Quartz Halogen, T4, Mini-Candelabra, E11 base.E950-JC: Quartz Halogen Bi Pin: G6.35 -1.0 .

THERMAL CUT - OFF: OPTIONAL for 120V -240V only.ROCKGUARD: OPTIONAL .ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CONNECTION:STANDARD : 3/4" NPT/BSPOPTIONAL: J13 - 5: internal conduit cordseal

with 3/4" & 1/2" NPT/ BSP threaded conduit connection.

WATERPROOFING OPTIONS: OPTIONAL and EXTRAPuddle flange membrane and liner clamps are made ofcast bronze solder sealed to outside of wet niche .Stainless Steel fitted.

91mm3.582"

118mm4.650"

165mm6.500"

70mm2.755"

Waterproofing Dimensions: A 267mm / 10.515" B 165mm / 6.500"

C 123mm / 4.840"" X 225mm / 8.858"

Y 329mm / 12.950"

IN - WALL LIGHT

Page 92: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E900 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.

327-0000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

For LAMP AS INDICATED (Not Included)

E910 FIXTURE WITH CABLE

327-1010 E910-1-1 UL-A19, max. 120V, 100W, MOL 113mm with 15' x 16/3 AWG 9.3

327-1020 E910-1-2 CSA-A19, max. 120V, 100W, MOL 113mm with 15' x 16/3 AWG 9.3

327-1032 E910-1-3 A26 / 27, max. 240V, 100W, MOL 113mm with 5.0 m x 3 x 1.5mm2 9.3

327-1033 E910-1-4 A26 / 27, max. 240V, 100W, MOL 113mm with 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 10.4

E910 & E950 327-1042 E910-1-5 A26 / 27, max. 240, 100W, MOL 113mm with 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 9.3

327-1052 E910-1-6 A26 / 27, max. 12V, 60W, MOL 113mm with 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 9.3

E950 FIXTURES WITH CABLE

327-4010 E950-1-1 UL-T4, MC, E11, 120V, max. 250W with 15' x 16/3 AWG 9.3

327-4020 E950-1-2 CSA-T4, MC, E11, 120V, max. 250W with 15' x 16/3 AWG 9.3

327-4032 E950-1-3 T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 9.7

327-4033 E950-1-4 T4, MC, E11, 240V, max. 250W with 10.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 10.6

327-4042 E950-1-5 JC, Bi Pin, max.12V-100W , 24V-150W with 5.0m x 2 x 2.5mm2 9.7

E910 & E950 + 10-4

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES

350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for 120 / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1

350-0020 +/ -10-4 Rockguard 0.7

350-4172 +/ -63 Surface Liner Clamp 2.1

385-3330 T301 Transformer 240V, 50Hz x 12V or 24V, 300VA CE, IP23 2.2

E910 & E950 + 63

Page 93: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

305mm12.000"

E1100A/-DICHRO + B4A

350mm14.779"

to438mm17.250"

202mm7.950"

E1100A + 10-8 + B69A

E1100A + B2

209mm8.228"

328mm12.910"

190mm7.500"

260mm10.236"

E1100A

PEM E1100SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURE

E1100A + B6-2 + 10-9

366mm 14.4"

E1100A + B69A

202mm7.950"

IN FLOOR / WALL NICHEIN FLOOR / WALL NICHE

PAR 64 Lamps,1000W - 120V & 1KW - 240V12 VAC SPECIALTY OR MULTIPLE LAMPS

350mm13.80"

\1000mm39.370"

205mm8.070"

215mm8.465"

305mm12.000"

102mm4.020"

E1100A/-B2

E1100A-0904-B4Awith Dichro Lens Adapter & Lens

328mm12.910"

Adjustable10o off centerline Adjustable

10o off centerline

LAMPS: OPTIONALPAR 64, max. 120V & 240V, 1000W, Sealed Beam Lamps, Base (GX16d)

CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHTFIXTURE:HOUSING & FACERING:Cast bronze (85/5/5/5 Copper Alloy). Stainless Steel fitted.Facering has cast in tightening torque specification for facering bolts.LAMP CONNECTOR & HOLDER :120V / 240V : Ceramic, Mogul PAR connector GX 16d (flat pins) withhigh temperature leads.LAMP LOCATOR CLIPS: Lamp is held by (3) spacing clips under lens gasketLENS: 213mm / 8.375" diameter. See page 310 .

STANDARD: Convex clear or in 5 colors.OPTIONAL:CONVEX DICHRO COLOR LENS, Choice of 10 colors.ADAPTER -0904 required for Flat Lens. Not for use with niche B70A.Cast bronze. Stainless Steel fitted with silicon rubber gasket.Requires stand assembly B4A to carry added weight.Increases installation height of B 69A niche mountings.FLAT CLEAR LENS. FLAT DICHRO COLOR LENS, Choice of 10 colors.DICHROIC LENS SHADE: -0-5 Required for clean (color) illumination.

LENS & LENS ADAPTER GASKETS:Custom molded U shaped made of high temperature silicone rubber.

CABLE:Approved for the purpose electrical cable with epoxy encapsulated

compression type cable entry into housing.THERMAL CUT - OFF: OPTIONAL.

Factory installed integral thermal cut off for 120VROCKGUARD: OPTIONAL.LENSGUARD, PART OF FACERING: OPTIONAL.

Must be used if required with Niche B69A. Optional for all others.STAND OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLY: OPTIONAL.

260mm10.236"

260mm10.250"

E1100A-0904-05-B4Awith Dichro Lens Adapter,

Lens & Lens Shade

366mm14.400"

E1100A + B70AWalk Over Niche Mounting

246mm9.680"

APPROVALSCSA & UL, 120V,1000WCS, 240V,1KW.

12 VAC, Color ChangingMultiple MR 16, 50W Color Lamps

Custom made to given specifications.

Optional Drain (extra)Optional Drain (extra)

Page 94: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM E1100 2006-10

SERIAL PEM CABLE W.

329-0000 Cat. Length & Size Kg

FOR PAR 64, max. 1000W, 120V LAMPs (not Included)

E 1100 FIXTURE W. CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, NO CABLE

329-4001 E1100A-01 PAR64, 240V with 3x 1.5mm2 cordseal No Cable 8.6

E1100A 329-4011 E1100A-02 2 x 120Von 240V w.2x 3 x 1.5mm2 cordseals No Cable 8.7

E 1100 FIXTURE W. CONVEX LENS, NO STAND, WITH CABLE

329-1001 E1100A-1-1 PAR64, 120V, max. 1000W, UL 2.7m (9') x 16/3 9.1

329-1002 E1100A-1-2 PAR64, 120V, max. 1000W,UL 2.7m (9') x 12/3 9.1

239-1005 E1100A-1-3 PAR64, 120V, max. 1000W, CSA 2.7m (9') x 16/3 9.1

329-4002 E1100A-1-5 PAR64, 120/240V, max. 1000W 2.7m x 3 x 2.5mm2 9.1

E1100A + 10-9 329-4003 E1100A -1-6 PAR64, 120/240V, max. 1000W 5.0m x 3 x 2.5mm2 9.6

329-4012 E1100A-2-5 For pairing of 2x120V on 240V with -1-5/6 above 2.7m x 3 x 1.5mm2 9.2

329-4013 E1100A-2-6 For pairing of 2x120V on 240V with -1-5/6 above 5.0m x 3 x 1.5mm2 9.7

In-fixtures cable pairing in factory only, otherwise in-junction box pairing

For custom cable size, length & pairing please enquire

ADD ON TO STANDARD FIXTURES

391-3001 +/-30-3 213mm Clear Flat Lens Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 1.1

E1100A + 35-3 + 0904 391-3000 +/-35-3-0000 213mm Flat Dichro Color Lens Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 1.1

391-0724 +/-0904 Flat Lens Adapter,Requires B4A Yoke/Stand Cat. Page 310/Web INDEX 6 3.2

359-0000 +/ -9 / -94(D) Dichro Lens Shade (Clip On) 0.5

350-1111 +/ -2A 2. Cable entry,3x1.5mm2 or 3x2.5mm2 cable (2 x 120V Lamps on 240V) 0.1

350-0003 +/ -07 Thermal Cut Off for single 120 / 240V only Factory wired only 0.1

350-0014 +/ -10-3 Bolt On Rock Guard 3.0

350-0026 +/ -10-9 Swing Up Rock Guard 2.0

350-0035 +/ -10-8 Lensguard (In Addition To Lightfixture Only) 3.5

E1100A + B4 350-0290 +/ -B7 Yoke 1.0

E1100A-0904 + B4A 350-0295 +/ -B7A Heavy Duty Yoke (For Flat Lens Adapter) 2.1

350-0270 +/ -B6-2 B6-2 Brackets 2.0

350-0140 +/ -B2 B2, Tripod Stand 33 to 40cm Water Depth 2.2

350-0200 +/ -B4 B4 Ring Stand 33 to 40cm Water Depth 3.5

350-0220 +/ -B4A Heavy Duty B4A Ring Stand 0.5 / 1.0m Water Depth 4.5

350-4062 +/ B69-1A B69A-1 Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 9.5

E1100A + B30-1 350-4660 +/ -58-06 58-06 Tile Mask 2.3

350-4081 +/ -B70A B70A Walk Over Stainless Steel Niche Requires extra cable length 11.5

350-2510 +/ B76 B76 Walk OverSlab Hanger Requires extra cable length 6.5

350-2520 +/ -B76A B76A Slab Hanger w. locks 7.2

E1100A + B69-1A 350-0320 +/-B30-0 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0321 +/-B30-1 B 30 Niche, Side Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0324 +/-B30-4 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, Brass fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

350-0325 +/-B30-5 B 30 Niche, Bottom Conduit, St.St. fitted Requires extra cable length 3.7

E1100A + B69-1A+10-8

Page 95: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM Length Width Height Cubic(OD) (OD) (OD) Content

J1 108mm 83mm 83mm 160 cm3 4.25" 3.25" 3.25" 11.0 in.3

J2 111mm 111mm 83mm 260 cm3 4.375" 4.375" 3.25" 17.0 in..3

J2-2 111mm 111mm 83mm 279 cm34.375" 4.375" 3.25" 17.0 in.3

J3 143mm 143mm 86mm 590 cm35.625" 5.625" 3.375" 36.0 in.3

J4 143mm 143mm 86mm 590 cm35.625" 5.625" 3.375" 36.0 in.3

J5 179mm 179mm 140mm 1852 cm37.0" 7.0" 5.5" 113.0 in.3

J6 203mm 203mm 114mm 2245 cm38.0" 8.0" 4.5" 137.0 in.3

J 3

PEM Junction Boxes are of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted and with a Neoprene cover gasket. They are NPT tapped formounting upon PEM J60 Series Pool Conduits. Outlets are NPT tapped for PEM 1/2" or 3/4" NPT Cordseals and for Internaland External ground (earth) connections.

J 5

J 2-2#363-1310, CSA / ULMax. 4 x 1/2" Outlets2 x Max. 3/4" Conduits

J 4#363-1510, CSA / ULMax. 8 x 1/2" Outlets2 x Max. 1" Conduit#363-1520 *Max. 4 x 3/4" Outlets2 x Max. 1" Conduit

#363-1410, CSA / ULMax. 8 x 1/2" OutletsMax 1 x 1" Conduit#363-1420 *Max. 4 x 3/4" OutletsMax. 2 x 1" Outlets1 x Max. 1" Conduit

J 2#363-1210, CSA / ULMax. 4 x 1/2" Outlets1 x Max. 3/4" Conduit#363-1220 *Max. 4 x 3/4" Outlets1 x Max. 3/4" Conduit

J 1 #363-1110, CSA / ULMax. 2 x 1/2" Outlets1 x Max. 3/4" Conduit#363-1120*1 x 3/4" Outlet1 x Max. 3/4" Conduit

#363-1610, CSA / ULMax. 16 x 1/2"OutletsMax. 1 x 2" Conduit#363-1620 *Max. 8 x 3/4" Outlets1 x Max. 3" Conduit

J 6#363-1710, CSA / ULMax. 20 x 1/2" Outlets1 x Max. 2 " Conduit#363-1720 *Max. 12 x 3/4" OutletsMax. 1 x 4" Conduit#363-1730*Max. 4 x 1 1/2" OutletsMax. 1 x 4" Conduit

* Also custom bored & threaded to given specifications: Please EnquirePEMCONDUIT MOUNTED SUBMERSIBLE JUNCTION BOXES U.L. & CSA

ALL TAPPINGS ARE NPT UNLESS SPECIFIEDOTHERWISE.

All Boxes have 1 (one) internal ground (earth)connection for each conduit connection &1 (one) external ground connection

Conduit number and size must be specified.Outlets must be specified as to number and size(1/2" or 3/4").

Orders without outlet specifications will be sup-plied with maximum number of 1/2" NPT outlets.Unused openings must be closed with brass orstainless steel NPT threaded plugs.

NEMA Cubic ContentRequirements per conductor:

#16 AWG = 1.75 in.3 #14 AWG = 2.0 in.3 #12 AWG = 2.25 in.3 #10 AWG = 2.5 in.3 #8 AWG = 3.0 in.3 #6 AWG = 5.0 in.3

in.3 = Cubic Inch

346 Illumination 2005-1

PEM Junction Boxes must be installed in conformance with all applicable electrical codes. For NEMA installations, the junctionbox cavity must be filled with a re-enterable potting compound (3M or other). All supply conduits into a pool must be self draining ina visible location outside of the pool. All threaded conduit connection(s) as well as all cordseals must be installed with an approvedwatersealing thread seal.

Dimensions (OD) : Outside Dimensions

In cold freezing climates:For winterizing submersible lights, do notdisconnect but place light fixtures and/or smallsubmersible pump close around box and coverall with a plywood box, bolted to pool floor.Ascertain that the pool can drain off rain &melting snow

Page 96: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

X X

NOTE:When using American type (5MA) ground fault (earth leakage)protection (GFCI). The massing of cables in a long sleeve cancause nuisance tripping due to inductance interaction betweenthe cables. To overcome this, cables must be separated byspacers or grounded foil shielding. The current load of eachcable must be well within its limits to avoid overheating anddeterioration of cables in the sleeve.

Sleeves are usually plastic pipe with long radius bends. Asleeve must always terminate into the bottom of the control orpower supply to prevent water falling on the electrical gear incase of accident or negligence during installation or servicing.

PEM J41, J53, J54 and J56 Cable entries are normally installedinto pool walls. PEM J58 and J59 are installed into the pool floor.

Where required suitable (CONDUIT SIZE), standard PEM J typesubmersible junction boxes can be used to serve as pool bottommounted cable entries without internal splicing.

Submerged electrical cable exposed to Ozone Water Purifica-tion might be affected by same. No warranty applies to OzoneWater Purification caused equipment damages.

The installation of the cable entries and cable sleevesmust conform to all applicable electrical codes. It is recommended to lubricate all cables with an approved forthe purpose pulling lubricant, also to put identifying numbers oneach cable within the cable entry and at its termination point topermit the identification of individual cables should the needarise.

PEMPEM J41- B

Cordseals extra, not included !

PEM J41- A

CABLE ENTRIES

Y BSPBSP

347Illumination 2005-1

With surface liner clampPEM J Series Cable Entries are designed to provide sealed cable sleeveterminations for electrical cable(s) that are to be submersed. Cable sleevescarry the electrical cable outside of the pool to the junction boxes or directly tothe power control / supply center.PEM J Series Cable Entries are made of cast bronze, brass and stainlesssteel fitted.For PEM Cable Entries the cordseals are extra to permit choice of cable size.Select cordseals from PEM Cordseals.

For PEM J58 and J59 cables are usually drawn singly orin pairs into the sleeve. Care is to be taken that the cable(s)is (are) not forced over the right angle turns when enteringthe sleeve.

For PEM J54 and J56 Cable entries the cover must beslipped over the cable(s) as all cables are drawn at onceinto the sleeve.

It must be noted that Cable Entries are NOT junction boxes. Their sole purposeis to seal the end of a sleeve carrying single or multiple electrical cable(s) fromthe pool to the power supply. The electrical cable(s) are fed through the cordsealand cable entry into the carrying sleeve.

Cordseals are normally not installed into the cable entry prior to feeding the cablethrough but are slipped onto the cable to the approximate point of entry or thethreaded part facing toward the cable entry. It must be remembered, thatcordseals consist of 4 parts that must fit together properly to seal. The thread ofthe cordseal(s) must be taped up with teflon thread tape to provide a water tightconnection.

PEM # Sleeve TappingsJ53-1 377-1210 1 1/2" 2 x 1/2"J53-3* 377-1220 1 1/2" 2 x 1/2"J54-1 377-1310 1 1/2" 5 x 1/2"J54-3* 377-1320 1 1/2" 5 x 1/2"J54-4 377-1330 1 1/2" 3 x 3/4"J54-5* 377-1340 1 1/2" 3 x 3/4"J56-1 377-1410 3" 9 x 1/2"J56-3* 377-1420 3" 9 x 1/2"J56-4 377-1430 3" 5 x 3/4"J56-5* 377-1440 3" 5 x 3/4"J58-1 377-2210 3" 16 x 1/2"J58-2 377-2230 3" 8 x 3/4"J59-1 377-2610 4" 20 x 1/2"J59-2 377-2630 4" 12 x 3/4"

TILEMASKSNatural bronze or brass

Approx. 25mm / 1.0" widex 3mm / 0.125" high

To be Epoxy fitted to tiles

* with membrame clamp

J41-10-9 377-0019J41-12-9 377-0049J41-14-9 377-0079J41-16-9 377-0109J41-20-9 377-0129J41-23-9 377-0169J53-9 377-1209J54-9 377-1309J56-9 377-1409

PEM J56PEM J53 PEM J54

152mm5.984"

102mm4.00"

169 mm6.65"

1 1/2"NPS / BSP

120mm4.72"

70 mm2.75"

1 1/2"NPS / BSP

J54-3

PEM J58

PEM J59

J56-4

FOR ELECTRICAL CABLE CONNECTIONSOUTSIDE OF A POOL

PEM # TYPE BSP 'X' 'Y'J41-10 377-0010 A 1/2" 40mm 102mmJ41-11 377-0020 B 1/2" 40mm 102mmJ41-12 377-0040 A 3/4" 42mm 102mmJ41-13 377-0050 B 3/4" 42mm 102mmJ41-14 377-0070 A 1" 45mm 134mmJ41-15 377-0080 B 1" 45mm 134mmJ41-16 377-0100 A 1 1/4" 50mm 134mmJ41-17 377-0110 B 1 1/4" 50mm 134mmJ41-20 377-0120 A 1 1/2" 60mm 152mmJ41-21 377-0140 B 1 1/2" 60mm 152mmJ41-23 377-0160 A 2" 80mm 152mmJ41-24 377-0170 B 2" 80mm 152mm

X

Page 97: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM J34 SUGGESTED TAPPINGS

PEM J34The PEM J34 JUNCTION BOX is made of cast bronze, with a Neoprene cover gasket,and is stainless steel fitted. It is equipped with a grout frame for flush installation intoconcrete and a separate grounding connection for each outlet. All tappings are NPTunless specified otherwise. When box is ordered without tapping specifications, ablank box without tappings will be supplied (PEM #375-4000).

BOTTOM TAPPING - 1 HoleCONDUIT INLET- 1/2", 3/4", 1" or 1 1/2"SIDE TAPPINGS - Max. of 8 but not adjacent to a conduit9/8"-18 OUTLETS (Optional PEM J13-8 Cordseals)3/4" SIDE OUTLETS (Optional PEM J13-4 Cordseals)

C

E

D

PEM J35

158mm 6.220"

93mm 3.66"

100mm3.940"

158mm 6.220"

Size Side No. of Holes 1/2" B, C, D, E 3 3/4" A 4 1" A 4 1" B, C, D, E 2 1 1/4" A, B, C, D, E 1 (centered) 1 1/2" A, B, C, D, E 1 (centered) 2" A, B, C, D, E 1 (centered)

PEM J11The PEM J11 JUNCTION BOX is very shallow and has a square grout frameto permit best integration into ornamental square tiled surfaces. The powersupply can enter the box from the bottom or the side. (Junction Box inter-connection of several boxes is possible with 20mm / 3/4" PVC conduit.)

The PEM J11 JUNCTION BOX is made of cast bronze and is stainless steelfitted. Each has a cast gasket in place and internal and external ground / earthconnections. The Junction box is equipped with grout frame for flushsurface installation. Chrome-plating of box is available at extra cost.

SUBMERSIBLE, FLUSH MOUNTED JUNCTION OR PULL BOX

SUBMERSIBLE, SHALLOW, FLUSH MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX

B A

1/2" = Any position3/4" = Any position9/8"-18 = 7,8,11,12,13,15,16 and / or 181" = 1, 3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 14 and / or 17

SUBMERSIBLE, FLUSH MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX

158mm 6.220"

13mm 0.511"

158mm 6.220"

IMPORTANT:All tappings should be specified.All connected supply conduits must be self draining in visible locations.All threaded connections must have a suitable watertight thread sealant.

UL

Cordseals areadditional & extra

Requirements per conductor:# 16 AWG = 1.75 Cubic Inches# 14 AWG = 2.0 Cubic Inches# 12 AWG = 2.25 Cubic Inches# 10 AWG = 2.5 Cubic Inches# 8 AWG = 3.0 Cubic Inches# 6 AWG = 5.0 Cubic Inches For # 6 AWG use as terminal

POSSIBLE TAPPINGS9/8"-18 SIDE (PEM Cordseal J13-8)Max. of 8 but not adjacent to a conduit.1/2" SIDE (PEM J14 Cordseals)Max. of 8 in any position but not adjacent to a conduit.3/4" SIDE (PEM J13-4 Cordseals)Max. of 8 in any position but not adjacent to a conduit.1" SIDE (PEM J13-6 Cordseals)Max. of 4 : # 9, 10, 14 and / or 17 with bottom inletBOTTOM - Max. 1"Max. of 4 : # 1, 3, 4, 6

Side 'B'has anexternalground

Cordseals areadditional & extra

See diagram below for tapping positions

Ground (Earth)Connections:1 x External4 x Internal

Cubic Content of J 34 =700 cm3 \ 42.72 Cubic Inches

J35 withspecifiedcordsealsattached

Cubic Content of J 35:806 cm3 / 49.19 Cubic Inches

The PEM J35 JUNCTION BOX is custom made of cast bronze, is stainless steelfitted and comes with a Neoprene cover gasket. It is equipped with a grout framefor flush installation into concrete. The PEM J35 Submersible Pull or Junction Boxis designed for flush installation into concrete pool floors, walls or decks. Thedesign of the junction box permits a great variety of custom made inlet and outletcombinations.IMPORTANT:All threaded connections must have a suitable watertight thread sealant.All connected supply conduits must be self draining in visible locations.All tappings must be specified.When box is ordered without tapping specificationsa blank box without tappings will be supplied(PEM #375-5000).

Cubic Content of J11=540 cm3 / 33 cubic inches

348 Illumination 2005-1

51mm2.000"

Diagram ofTapping

Positions

Cordseals areadditional & extra

PEM J35 SUGGESTED TAPPINGSMaximum number of conduit

connections per side

158mm 6.220"

Page 98: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

3/4" Drain

FloodedLower

Chamber

Dry Upper Chamber

Valve Handle1" Supply ConduitCordseal Cordseal

Grout FrameCover

ConduitGround

TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR 6 LIGHTS AROUND A SPRAY JET

PEM B50Niche mounted

Lightfixture

PEMNiche mounted Lightfixtures

Spray Jet

PEM B50Niche mounted

LightfixturePEM J 36

3/4" Drain

3/4" Conduits

PEM J 36

3/4" Drain

193mm 7.600"

147mm 5.786"

194mm 7.636"

44mm1.732"

PEM J36

ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENT (Dry upper chamber)

PEM J36 Submersible Junction Box is designed for use with non-metallic conduits for submersible lightfixture niches installed intopool floors. It permits internal in conduit bonding of fixtures / fixture niches to the main ground in addition to internal fixture grounding.The junction box receives open 3/4" conduits (max. of 6) with fixture cable and bare ground wire providing connection for the groundwires in the flooded lower chamber conduit compartment and for the electrical cables to the power supply in the dry sealed watertightupper compartment. There is an internal drain valve for the conduit compartment with an operating handle extending into the upperelectrical compartment permitting the draining of the flooded conduit compartment. This permits fixture replacement or service workwithout water entering the electrical junction box and supply conduit. To operate = Drain the pool. The area around the junction box covermust be dry. Open junction box and open the drain valve with a screw driver. Observe water in niches draining out. Once dry, open allcordseals, disconnect grounds, then with lift bolts open the conduit compartment. Test completed replacement , then close the cover.If necessary grease the 'O' ring seal, close the cordseals, re-connect the grounds, make the electrical connections and close the cover. A 3/4" female NPT / BSP drain connection is provided The drain pipe shall be 1 1/2" or larger. The supply conduit(s) shall be self-drainingin a visible location. The threaded NPT supply conduit connections must be made watertight with suitable thread sealant or teflon tape.Potting compounds must be the approved non shrinking and completely removable type. In freezing climates the conduits from theniches, the lower part of the PEM J36 Junction box and the drain to below frost level must be heat wire traced. (For winter maintenance- drain the pool, open the junction box, open the drain and then close junction box, DO NOT FORGET TO CLOSE THE DRAINAGAIN IN THE SPRING ! )

PEM J36 is custom made to given specifications:Specify: Number and size of supply conduits (Max. 1") / number of niche conduits (Max. of 6 ). If less than 6 niche conduits are specifiedplease specify C ... numbers for location of conduits. Non-corrosive NPT plugs must be used to close unused cordseal openings.NOTE: The installation of this junction box must conform to all electrical codes applicable.

349

SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX WITH DRAINABLE CONDUIT COMPARTMENT FOR IN-FLOOR MOUNTED, UP-LIGHTING WITH NON METALLIC CONDUIT CONNECTIONS

SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX

Illumination 2005-1

UL Listed

3/4" Conduit tolightfixture

DrainValve 3/4" Conduit to

lightfixture

Press Up Screwto lift sealed cover

Page 99: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM A480 CSA - #376-5220*SUBMERSIBLEFLUSH MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX2 X CONDUITS / 4 X LIGHTFIXTURES

DECK / JUNCTION BOXESPEM A470/480

PEM A482, CSA, #376-5330*SUBMERSIBLE, FLUSH MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX, 2 X CONDUITS / 1 X LIGHTFIXTURE

155mm6.102"

ABOVE GROUND JUNCTION BOX2 X CONDUIT / 6 X LIGHTFIXTURES

120mm4.725"

116mm 4.566"

98mm3.858"

PEM 13-5Conduit Seal97mm

3.820"

170 mm6.700"

89mm3.510"

PEM A470Tappings are custom made.Location, size and number of tappings must be specifiedotherwise box will be shipped blank - without any tappings.Tappings are normally NPT unless specified otherwise.For conduits leading into pool use (Optional) PEM J13-5Conduit seals with 3/4" male and 1/2" female NPT Connections.Conduit: A & B - Maximum 1" NPT / BSP.Outlets: C to H - 3/4" female NPT.PEM A480Conduit tapping (A & B) is standard: 1" NPT / BSP).4 x 3/4 NPT Standard Bottom Outlets for optional conduit seals (J13-5) for 16/3 AWG size cableare standard.(Deck Boxes for niche connections with cable and the #8 Ground. See PEM J34 / J13-8).Bottom connections with J13-5 conduit seals are 3/4" male and 1/2" female NPT.CSA approved PEM A482 has 3 bottom connections of 3/4" female NPS.PEM A482Conduit tapping (A & B) is standard 3/4" NPT (Maximum is 1").1 x 3/4" NPT Standard Bottom Outlet for optional conduit seal (J13-5) for 16/3 AWG size cableis standard. Bottom connection with J13-5 conduit seal is 3/4" male and 1/2" female NPT.Optional & extra is 9/8 x 18 niche plastic conduit connection with J13-8 cordseal for cable andseparate # 8 ground wire. CSA approved PEM A 482 has 3/4" female NPS bottom connection.

The installation of deck boxes must conform with all electrical codes applica-ble.

PEM A470

A470

350 Illumination 2005-1

WetNiche

CONSTRUCTION DETAILSPEM A400 Series Junction or Deck Boxes are madeof cast bronze with neoprene cover gasket andstainless steel bolts. A ground (earth / mass) connec-tion is provided for each circuit connection. In additionboxes have external ground (earth / mass) connec-tions for use when inserted into concrete. Theinstallation of these boxes must comply with allapplicable electrical codes. Potting compounds mustbe self sealing and cleanly removable.A470 is for installation above grade. A480 and A482are for flush installation into deck or submerged in thepool floor or wall. Maximum submersion is 2 ft / 60 cm.

APPLICATION SUGGESTIONS :

PEMA 480A 482in Deck

PEMA 470

on Deck

PEMA470in Wall

Submersible Lightfixtureremoved from niche & pool.

Copper AlloyConduits

Not available for USA

Page 100: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM A483 UL Listed

PEM A483 Submersible Deck Boxes are designed to provide a safe electrical power supply and its grounding to a submersible lightfixtureand wet niche when properly installed. This deck box permits the use of non metallic electrical conduit with internal, in conduit bonding(grounding) of a fixture wet niche ground to the junction box in addition to the internal in cable fixture grounding of supply and light fixture.The junction box has one 1" conduit NPT connections in the bottom and the side to connect a non metallic conduit to a wet niche fixturethat contains STWA / SOW fixture cable and a #6 to #8 AWG size stranded bare copper ground wire.This deckbox provides separate chambers for the connection of the wet niche ground wire (within the flooded lower chamber conduitcompartment) and for the electrical cable to the power supply in the dry sealed watertight upper compartment.The supply conduit to this deckbox shall be self-draining in a visible location. 2 x 1" NPT supply conduit connections on opposite sidesare provided for through wiring of supply. The threaded 1" NPT connections must be made watertight with suitable thread sealant . Pottingcompounds in upper chamber must be of the approved non shrinking and completely removable type. In freezing climates the niche,the conduit from the niche and the lower part of the PEM A483 Deckbox must be drained or freeze protected. The installation of this deckbox must conform to all electrical codes applicable. A torque socket wrench set for for 30 Lbs Inch (3.3NM) is mandatory for installationof deck box.

#376-2000

DECK BOX

APPLICATION SUGGESTIONS :

Water LevelWater LevelWater Level

PEM A483 Deck Box

Wet

PEMA483Deck Box

PEMA483Deck Box

WetWet

90o LongSweep

PEM A483 - 12-3For 3-12 AWG

STWA / SOW CableStrain ReliefAssembly

PEM A483 - 10-3For 3-10 AWG

STWA / SOW CableStrain ReliefAssembly

Lower Chamber

Upper Chamber

SupplyConduit

SupplyConduit

NicheConduit(Bottom)

NicheConduit

(Side)

Internal volume of wiring chamber: 24.10 Cubic inches, (395 cm3)

UL #E96980PEM A483 - 16-3For 3-16 AWG

STWA / SOW CableStrain ReliefAssembly

PEM A 483 DECK BOXSize of supply conduit connections( 2 ): 1" NPTSize of niche conduit connections( 2 ) : 1" NPT2 x 1" NPT threaded bronze plugsare provided with Deck Box to closeunused openings.To connect smaller size conduit useNPT threaded reducer bushing(s).

351Illumination 2005-1

TYPES OF PEM A 483 U.L. DECK BOXESPEM A483 - 3-16 AWG, #376-2001For 16/3 STWA or SOW cable (9 / 11 mm OD.)PEM A483 - 3-12 AWG, #376-2012For 12/3 STWA or SOW cable (12.7 / 15.9 mm O.D)PEM A483 - 3-10 AWG, #376-2023For 10/3 STWA or SOW cable (15.9 / 19 mm O.D )

SUBMERSED OR DRY INSTALLATION

Page 101: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM # Cable O.D. in. Cable O.D.mm. NPT MATERIAL J15-21* 378-2210 0.394" / 0.470" 10.0 / 12.0mm 1/2" Brass

378-3210 " " " St.St. J15-32 378-2320 0.500" / 0.625" 12.7 / 15.9mm 3/4" Brass

378-3320 " " " St.St. J15-42** 378-2420 0.625" / 0.750" 15.9 / 19.0mm 3/4" Brass

378-3420 " " " St.St. J15-52 378-2520 0.750" / 0.875" 19.0 / 22.23mm 1" Brass

378-3520 " " " St.St. J15-62 378-2620 0.875" / 0.995" 22.23 / 25.3mm 1 1/2" Brass

378-3620 " " " St.St. J15-64 378-2640 1.000" / 1.187" 25.4 / 30.0mm 1 1/2" Brass

378-3640 " " " St.St. J15-72 378-2720 1.125" / 1.375" 28.6 / 35.0mm 2" Brass

378-3720 " " " St.St.Exact Cable Outside Diameter must be stated when ordering J15 Cordseals. * = Normally for 3 x 2.5mm H0R7N-F cable ** = Normally for PEM E500A-LV with 10/3 cable.

PEM J Series Cordseals are made of brass or 304 Stainless Steel and fitted with Neoprene glands.All Cordseals can be supplied at extra cost in 316 Stainless Steel for use in seawater / saltwater.Stainless Steel Cordseals are mandatory for USA. Be aware of grounding regulations for Wet Niches in USA.

Conduit Cordseal for 10mm Cable

Conduit Cordseal for 17mm Cable

In Brass #378-0170, J13-7-0In 304 Stainless Steel #378-0171, J13-7-1

1"NPTOutside

3/4"NPTInside

Combination Seal for sealing of brass or copperconduit entries carrying niche cable into junctionor deck boxes with internal (in box) compressionseal. Available in 3/4" female or 1" male NPTthreads on both sides.Tappings into junction box are 1". For 1" unsealedplastic conduit use brass coupling to connectremoved cordseal parts (E500-LV / UL and CSA-12V max. 300W).Assembly includes PEM J15-42 Cordseal.

Combination Seal for sealing of brass or copper conduit entriescarrying 16/3, 12/2 or 3 x 1.5mm size niche cable into junction ordeck boxes with an internal (in box) compression seal. Availablein 1/2" female or 3/4" male NPT threads on both sides. Will fit 3/4"NPT tappings of junction box or niche.For 3/4" unsealed plastic conduit use brass coupling to connect butremove cordseal parts to permit passage of ground wire.For 3/4" sealed plastic conduit see PEM 13-8.

PEM J14 Cordseals are used to connect most PEM submersible lightfixtures with 16/3, 12/2 and 3 x 1.5mm cable to junction boxes or cable lead-outs.

PEM # Cable O.D.in. Cable O.D.mm NPT J14 378-1100 0.350" / 0.435" 9 to 11mm 1/2"

In Brass #378-1100In 304 Stainless Steel #378-1101

Conduit Cordseal for 10mm Cable with additional #8 AWG insulated or bare ground wire.

Combination Seal for the sealing with an internal(in box) compression seal of 3/4" plastic con-duits into junction or deck boxes carrying 16/3AWG cable to niches with required additional #8AWG size solid bare or insulated ground wire.Conduit Cordseal has 9/8"-18TPI connection.Used in boxes A480 / max. 4 x A482 / max.1 xJ34 / max. 8 x and J35 / max. 8x.Also used in all corresponding niches to sealconduit / cable entries.

In Brass #378-2000 SeriesIn 304 Stainless Steel #378-3000 Series

J13-5

An epoxy type, non releasing thread sealant isrecommended for all cordseal NPT threads.

352

SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRICAL CORDSEALS

1/2"NPT Inside

3/4"NPTOutside

PEME

lectrical cable must be lubricated for slipping through cordseal gland.

J15-32

In Brass #378-0210In 304 Stainless Steel #378-0211

Illumination 2005-2

NPT

NPT

In Brass #378-0150, J13-5-0In 304 Stainless Steel #378-0151, J13-5-1

J13-7

J13-8

UL & CSA listed Cordseal for 10mm CableJ14

Cordseals for various Cable SizesJ15

For custom made CORD SEAL sizes or configurations not shown, please enquire with specifications.

Page 102: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM SIZE OF PUDDLE MEMBRANE UNDERCATALOG # CONDUIT O.D. FLANGE CLAMP DECK

CLAMPJ60/-1 381-1010 1/2" 102mm / 4.00" XJ60/-1/-3 381-1020 1/2" 102mm / 4.00" X XJ60/-1/-2 381-1030 1/2" 102mm / 4.00" XJ60/-1/-2/-3 381-1040 1/2" 102mm / 4.00" X XJ61/-1 381-1110 3/4" 102mm / 4.00" XJ61/-1/-3 381-1120 3/4" 102mm / 4.00" X XJ61/-1/-2 381-1130 3/4" 102mm / 4.00" XJ61/1/-2/-3 381-1140 3/4" 102mm / 4.00" X XJ62/-1 381-1210 1" 134mm / 5.25" XJ62/-1/-3 381-1220 1" 134mm / 5.25" X XJ62/-1/-2 381-1230 1" 134mm / 5.25" XJ62/-1/-2/-3 381-1240 1" 134mm / 5.25" X XJ63/-1 381-1310 1 1/4" 134mm / 5.25" XJ63/-1/-3 381-1320 1 1/4" 134mm / 5.25" X XJ63/-1/-2 381-1330 1 1/4" 134mm / 5.25" XJ63/-1/-2/-3 381-1340 1 1/4" 134mm / 5.25" X XJ64/-1 381-1410 1 1/2" 152mm / 6.00" XJ64/-1/-3 381-1420 1 1/2" 152mm / 6.00" X XJ64/-1/-2 381-1430 1 1/2" 152mm / 6.00" XJ64/-1/-2/-3 381-1440 1 1/2" 152mm / 6.00" X XJ65/-1 381-1510 2" 152mm / 6.00"J65/-1/-3 381-1520 2" 152mm / 6.00" X XJ65/-1/-2 381-1530 2" 152mm / 6.00" XJ65/-1/-2/-3 381-1540 2" 152mm / 6.00" X X

PEM J60RED BRASS CONDUIT STUB UPS FOR SUBMERSIBLE JUNCTION BOXES

MembraneClamp

STUB UP WITH PUDDLE FLANGE ( /-1 )

PEM J60 Series Stub Ups are madefrom red brass, schedule 40 pipe, a castbronze base brazed to a conduit, castbronze, brass and stainless steel fittedground connection. Membrane Clampbase has blind threaded openings forclamp bolts.

For waterproofing membrane puddleflanges and flanges with clamps but with-out brass pipe see PEM 6380 SeriesFittings

For copper tube waterproofing fittingssee PEM 6390 Series Fittings.

For custom made stub ups specify alldimensions applicable .

Also available - Custom made with dou-ble membrane clamp.

Obtain quotation for custom made stubups before placing an order.

DIMENSIONS mm inches

A1 /-1 Overall Height 304 12.000" A1 /-2 Overall Height 304 12.000" A2 /-3 Overall Height 356 14.000" B Top to Flange 102 4.000" C /-1 NPT Stub Down 38 1.500" D NPT Stub Up 51 2.000" E /-3 Thread - NPS 102 4.000" F /-3 NPS Stub Down 51 2.000" X Concrete Slab 203 8.000"

/-1PuddleFlange

/-2Membrane

Clamp

Red Brass PipeJ60/-1

J60/-1/-2/-3

J60/-1/-2

/-3Underdeck

Clamp

PuddleFlange

353Illumination 2005-1

STUB UP WITHMEMBRANE CLAMP

& UNDERDECK CLAMP ( /-1/-2/-3 )

UnderdeckClamp

D

C

A1

B

X

A2

DB

FE

In North America INCH Sizes are normally TRADE SIZES

Page 103: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM

FI

XTU

RES

C13

1-1

C13

1-3

D14

5E4

0E4

0E4

0E1

00E1

50E2

00E2

00E3

00E5

00E5

00E6

00E6

00E7

00E7

00E8

00 E

910

E950

E11

00

E11

00

C13

3-1

C13

3-3

E41

E41

E41

E300

E30

0 -3

6E9

50

-

7

Type

of F

ixtu

reLV

LVLV

JCJC

LVLV

LVJC

JC L

V

Type

of

Lam

pAR

111

MR1

6PA

R38*

MC

LM

R16

Bi-P

inA2

1*PA

R38

MC

LB

i-Pin

AR11

1PA

R56

PAR5

6PA

R56

PAR5

6M

CL

Bi-P

inM

CL

A21

* M

CL

P

AR

64

MR

16

Lam

p C

onne

ctio

n3

x 5.

3E2

6/27

E11

G5.

3B

i-Pin

E26/

27E2

6/27

E11

G6.

35Sc

rew

sG

X16d

Scre

ws

GX1

6DSc

rew

sE1

1G

6.35

E11

E26/

27 E

11

GX1

6d

G5.

3 -

Scre

ws

240V

, max

. Wat

ts-

- 1

5025

0-

-10

015

050

0-

-50

0-

500

-25

0-

500

116

250

100

0 -

120V

, m

ax. W

atts

- -

250

250

--

116

250

500

--

500

-50

0-

250

-50

0 1

0025

0 1

000

-

24V,

max

. Wat

ts-

- 1

20 -

-15

010

015

0-

150

--

250

250

-15

0-

100

- -

-

12V,

max

. Wat

ts10

0 3

x 6

5 1

00 -

100

100

60

100

-10

0 1

00-

240

-24

0-

100

- 1

00-

- 7

x 6

5

FIX

TUR

E R

OC

KG

UA

RD

SR

ockg

uard

#10

-2/-6

/-7

X

X -

--

--

X

X

X

X

--

--

-

X

X -

-

- -

Roc

kgua

rd #

10-3

/-8/-9

-

- -

--

--

--

--

X

X

X

X

- -

-

X

-

X

X

Roc

kgua

rd #

10-4

-

- -

-

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

-

X -

-

FIX

TUR

E PA

RTS

Face

ring

Bol

ts (

Set)

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

-11

Lam

p C

onne

ctor

(s)

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

-12

Lens

Gas

ket

-13

-13

--1

3-1

2-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3-1

3 -

13-1

3 -1

3 -

13

Cle

ar C

onve

x L

ens

-14

-14

--1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4-1

4 -

14-1

4 -1

4 -

14

Col

or L

ens

(Col

or ?

)-1

5-1

5-

-15

-15

-15

-15

--1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

5 -

15-1

5 -1

5 -

15

Cor

dsea

l G

land

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

-17

Cor

dsea

l W

ashe

r-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8 -

18-1

8 -1

8 -

18

Cor

dsea

l Pl

ug-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9-1

9 -

19-1

9 -1

8 -

19

Bod

y 'O

' Rin

g Se

al-

--3

1-

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

- -

Bas

e 'O

' Rin

g Se

al-

--

-32

-32

-32

--

--

--

--3

2-3

2-3

2-

- -

- -

-

Face

ring

'O' R

ing

--

-33

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

- -

- -

-Se

al

St. S

t. R

efle

ctor

--

--

--

--

--3

7-3

7-

--

--

--3

7-3

7 -

- -

-

Lam

phol

der

-

38C

L38

PL-

-38

LV-3

8JC

--

--3

8JC

38C

L-

--3

8-3

8JC

--3

8 -

38-

- -

38M

ount

/ C

lam

p

St.

St.

Wiri

ng C

over

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

-39

-39

--

- -

* =

V

erify

la

mp

size

(M

.O.L

.) to

fit

light

fixtu

re

ILLUMINATION PARTS & LAMP SPECIFICATIONSPEM

354

JUN

CTI

ON

, DEC

K B

OXE

S , M

ULT

IPLE

CA

BLE

EN

TRIE

S &

CO

RD

SEA

LSC

over

Gas

ket o

r 'O

' Rin

g S

eal

= S

tate

Cat

alog

Num

ber

+ -2

1B

ase

Pla

te 'O

' Rin

g se

al fo

r J36

= J

36-2

2 /

Val

ve 'O

' Rin

g S

eal f

or J

36 =

J36

-23

Set

of C

over

Bol

ts =

Sta

te C

atal

og N

umbe

r + -2

5 /

Gro

und

(Ear

th)

Scr

ew A

ssem

bly

(1 o

nly)

= S

tate

Cat

alog

Num

ber +

-28

CO

RD

SEA

LS &

SIN

GLE

CA

BLE

EN

TRIE

SG

land

= S

tate

Cat

alog

Num

ber +

- 03

Com

pres

sion

Was

her

= S

tate

Cat

alog

Num

ber

+ -0

4 /

Com

pres

sion

N

ut =

Sta

te C

atal

og N

umbe

r +

-05

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

PA

RTS

& L

AM

P SP

ECIF

ICA

TIO

NS

Illumination 2005-1

Page 104: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM L 101POND WATER LEVEL CONTROLS

CONTROL PANELS, LEVEL SENSORS,

SOLENOID VALVES, FILL SPOUTS & PARTS

PEM L101 - 1 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX

# PEM DESCRIPTION SECTION

INDEX L101-1

441-1100 L101-51 120V., 60C., Single Level Control Panel L101-2

441-1200 L101-51 240V., 50Hz., Single Level Control Panel L101-2

443-3100 L101-71, 120V., 60C., Dual Level Control Panel L101-2

443-3200 L101-71, 240V.,50Hz., Dual Level Control Panel L101-2

444-1010 L101-01 Single Sensor,Conduit Mounted L101-3

444-2010 L101-05 Adj.Single Sensor,Conduit Mounted L101-3

444-3010 L101-12 Single Sensor in Wall Mounted L101-3

444-4010 L101-16 Single Sensor, Free Standing L101-4

444-5020 L101-29 Dual Sensor in Wall Top Mount L101-4

444-6020 L101-32 Dual Sensor in Wall Side Mounted L101-4

462-0100 EV -Valves 24VAC., 6050 Hz. Solenoid Fill Valves L101-5

466 000 R1240/60 Free Standing Fill Spouts L101-6

466 000 R1240/60 Free Standing Fill Spouts (Liner Ponds) L101-6

480-700 R1340 Free Standing Goose Neck Fill Spouts L101-6

Parts for above L101-7

Page 105: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

WATER MAKE UP AND/OR LOW LEVEL SAFETYSHUT OFF CONTROLS FOR FOUNTAIN PONDSPEM L101-51

PEM L 101 - 71 CONTROL PANEL , when connected to a suitablePEM L 101 Series Dual Sensor will provide a dual stage waterlevelcontrol system. This control panel will operate an automatic watermake up solenoid fill valve to maintain a constant operationalwaterlevel within a 6mm - 0.250" differential in a fountain pond andin addition it has a low level safety shut off switch for the electricalequipment in a fountain pond, should the waterlevel drop below safeoperating level. Sensor float switches (2) operate with 12 VAC. A24V-50VA safety power supply is included for the direct operationof a 24 V solenoid fill valve in the water make up circuit. The wallmounted control panel is within a NEMA Type 4 Corrosion resistantpolycarbonate enclosure. Wiring to sensor requires 3 unshieldedconductors.

1 Lower Sensor IN, 12 VAC(Low Level Safety Shut Off Sensor)

2 Sensors Common, 12 VAC(Also common for 24 VAC

Valve circuit)3 Upper Sensor IN, 12 VAC

(Water Make up Sensor}4 Common for Water Make Up circuit, IN

Switch Rating: (Dry switch)Max.240 V - 3 A. , non inductive(For 24 V, 40VA Valve circuit -connect conductor 4A to Terminal 4)

5 N.O. Water Make Up Circuit OUTConnect 24 VAC fill valve to

terminals 2 & 56 N.C. Water Make Up Circuit OUT7 IN, Common for Low Level Safety Shut Off

Switch Rating: (Dry switch)Max. 240 V - 3 A., non inductive

8 N.O. Safety Shut Off Circuit OUT9 N.C. Safety Shut Off Circuit OUT10 & 11 Power Supply

PEM # 443-3100 = 120 V, 60 Hz, 3A.PEM # 443-3200 = 240 V, 50 Hz, 2A.

1 Sensor IN , 12 VAC2 Sensor , OUT , 12 VAC

(Also common for 24VAC Valve circuit)4 Common for controlled circuit.

Switch Rating :Max.240 V. - 3 A. non inductive(For 24 V,40VA Valve circuit -connect conductor 4A to Terminal 4) .

5 N.O. controlled circuit OUT6 N.C. controlled circuit OUT7,8 Power Supply

PEM # 441-1100 = 120V.,60Hz,3A.PEM # 441-1200 = 240V.,50Hz,2A.

PEM L 101 - 51 CONTROL PANEL , when connected to a suitablePEM L 101 Series Single Sensor will provide a single stage waterlevelcontrol system. This control panel will operate an automatic watermake up solenoid fill valve to maintain a constant operational waterlevelwithin a 6.35mm - 0.250" differential in a fountain pond or could be usedas a low level safety shut off switch for the electrical equipment ina fountain pond, should the waterlevel drop below safe operating level.Sensor float switch operates with 12 VAC. A 24 VAC - 50 VA safetypower supply is included for the direct operation of a 24 V solenoidfill valve in the water make up circuit. The wall mounted control panelis within a NEMA Type 4 Corrosion resistant polycarbonate enclosure.Wiring to sensor requires 2 unshielded conductors.

TERMINALS & FUNCTIONS

PEM L101 WATERLEVEL CONTROL PANELS

#441-1100 ( 120V - 60 C.) #441-1200 ( 240V - 50 Hz.)

#443-3100 (120V - 60 C.)#443-3200 (240V - 50Hz.)

PEM L101- 71DUAL LEVELCONTROL PANEL

SINGLE LEVELCONTROL PANEL

L 101 - 71Low Water Safety ShutOff with Time Delay Relayfor larger size PumpStarters

L101 - 71Low Water SafetyShut Off for IlluminationContactor & small sizePump Motor Starter

L101 - 71Low Water Safety ShutOff for IlluminationContactor or PumpStarter

L 101 -51 & 71, IndirectMotorized ValveConnection for WaterMake Up

L 101 - 51 & 71,Direct connection for 24 VSolenoid Fill Valve,jumping4A to 4 (24 Vac - 40VA.)

L 101 - 51 & 71, IndirectSolenoid Valve Connectionfor Water Make Up

250mm9.840"

150mm5.910"

175mm6.890"

150mm5.910"

250mm9.840"

175mm6.890"

PEM L101 - 2 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 106: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

CONDUIT MOUNT ADJUSTABLE SINGLE SENSOR

A 270mm - 10.630"B 214mm - 8.430"C 70mm - 2.750"C1 * 25mm - 1.000"C2 * 25mm - 1.000"

PEM L101-12 single float switch sensor (used by itself), operateson a 6mm/0.25" waterlevel differential. This sensor when connectedto a PEM L101 - 51 control panel will operate a solenoid fill valvefor water make up or when installed at a lower level can be usedas safety shut off for electrical equipment in a fountain pond. Whentwo sensors are used, they are connected to a PEM L101-71 ControlPanel, allowing for unlimited water make up or water make up & safetyshut off.The sensor assembly is cast into a concrete wall or placed anywherenear the pool at the proper elevation (into a flowerbed), connected tothe pool by a fill tube. Incorporated into the assembly housing is a ventto prevent air lock. The sensor float switch is suspended by a brasstube, allowing an adjustment of appr. 38mm - 1.5", however the brasstube can be shortened or replaced by a longer one to achieve thedesired waterlevel elevation. PEM L101-12 is made of cast bronze,brass and copper, stainless steel fitted. PEM L101-12 Sensorassembly is extremely vandal resistant. For waterproofing the fill tubeuse PEM 6390 surface flange or membrane clamp.

DESCRIPTION: PEM L101 - 01 singlefloat switch sensor operates on a6mm/0.250" waterlevel differential.This sensor when connected to a PEML 101 - 51 control panel will operate asolenoid fill-valve for water make up orwhen installed at a lower level can beused as safety shut off for electricalequipment in a fountain pond.When two sensors are used, they areconnected to a PEM L101-71 ControlPanel, allowing for unlimited watermake up or water make up and safetyshut off.As the sensor is not height adjustable,great care must be taken to install it tothe final waterlevel elevation.For U.L. listed controls,see PEM L 104.

DESCRIPTION: PEM L101 - 05 single floatswitch sensor operates on a 6.35mm / 0.250"waterlevel differential. This sensor when con-nected to a PEM L101- 51 control panel willoperate a solenoid fill valve for water make upor when installed at a lower level can be usedas safety shut off for electrical equipment in afountain pond.When two sensors are used, they are con-nected to a PEM L101- 71 Control Panel, allow-ing for unlimited water make up or adjustablewater make up & safety shut-off. The sensoris height adjustable by a total of 51mm - 2.0".Height adjustment, after pool is filled, byremoval of sensor cover and sliding floatswitch mounted on brass stem up or down tosuit. A locking collar preserves the adjustment.For U.L. listed level controls, see PEM L 104

ELECTRICAL RATINGS :12 Vac., 20 VA Non InductiveFloat switch is either N.C. or N.O. byup-ending its float.

CONSTRUCTION:PEM L 101 - 05 is made of cast bronze, brassand copper and is stainless steel fitted.

CONSTRUCTION:PEM L 101 - 01 is made of cast bronze,brass and copper and is stainless steel fitted.

PEM L101 - 12

PEM L101 - 05

PEM L101 - 01

ELECTRICAL RATINGS:12 Vac., 20 VA Non InductiveFloat switch is either N.C. orN.O. by up-ending its float.

CONDUIT MOUNTED SINGLE SENSOR

DIMENSIONS :A 195mm - 7.680"B 140mm - 5.500"C 51mm - 2.000"D 54mm - 2.125"E 86mm - 3.375"F 83mm - 3.250"R 3/4" NPT -BSP

FOR INSTALLATION, THE VENT HOLES IN COVER MUST BE TAPED OVER !This sensor can also be supplied at no additional costs with a vent tube intofreeboard of pool to same length as 'C'. Specify : ..WITH VENT TUBE.ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 12 Vac., 20 VA, Non InductiveFloat switch is either N.C. or N.O. by up-ending its float.* Can be customized at extra costs to given dimension specifications.

D 51mm - 2.000"E 86mm - 3.375"F 83mm - 3.250"R 3/4" NPT - BSP* = Adjustment Range

For

U.L

. lis

ted

leve

l con

trol

s,se

e P

EM

L 1

04 S

erie

s.

#444-1010

#444-2010

#444-3010

D Standard * 230mm / 9.000"Minimum 140mm / 5.500"No Maximum, to fit into 'D' + 'E'

E Minimum 76mm / 3.000"R 1/2" NPT / BSP

DIMENSIONS :A Standard * 305mm /12.000"

Minimum 150mm / 6.000"Maximum None

B Square Top 156mm / 6.125"C Standard * 150mm / 6.000"

WALL MOUNTED SINGLE SENSOR, TOP ACCESS

PEM L101 - 3 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEM WATER LEVEL SENSORS FOR PEM L101 CONTROLS

Page 107: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM L101-16

PEM L101-29PEM L101-29 is made of cast bronze, brass and copperand is stainless steel fitted. PEM L101- 29 dual floatswitch sensor operates on a 6.35mm/0.250" waterleveldifferential for water make up and on a 38mm / 1.500"differential (or as adjusted) for the low level safety shutoff. This sensor when connected to a PEM L101 - 71control panel will operate a solenoid fill valve for watermake up and as safety shut off for electrical equipmentin a fountain pond. The safety shut off circuit can alsobe used for pump up / pump down control or for a greaterthan 6mm / 0.250" level differential. The sensor assemblyis cast into concrete or placed anywhere near the pool(into a flowerbed) with proper elevation, connected tothe pool by a fill tube. Incorporated into the assemblyhousing is a vent to prevent air lock in the sensorhousings. The sensor float switches are suspended bybrass tubes, allowing sensor adjustments of appr.38mm - 1.5", however the brass tubes can be shortenedor replaced by longer ones to achieve the desiredwaterlevel adjustment. PEM L101 - 29 Sensor assemblyis extremely vandal resistant. For fill tube waterproofinguse PEM 6390 flange or membrane clamp. For U.L. listedlevel controls, see PEM L104 Series.

PEM L101 - 32 is made of cast bronze, brass and copper,stainless steel fitted with a Kydex or ABS forming niche.PEM L101-32 dual float switch sensor operates on a 6mm/ 0.250" waterlevel differential for water make up and on a38mm/1.500" differential (or as adjusted) for the low levelsafety shut off. This sensor when connected to a PEM L101- 71 Control Panel will operate a solenoid fill valve for watermake up and as safety shut off for electrical equipment in afountain pond .The safety shut-off circuit can also be used forpump up / pump down control or for a greater than 6.35mm/ 0.250" level differential. The sensor assembly is cast into theface of concrete walls,showing only the face of the bronzeframe and the stainless steel cover plate. The sensor floatswitches are mounted upon brass tubes, allowing sensoradjustments of approx. 254mm - 1.000" after pool is filled.This sensor assembly is also available with a single floatswitch as PEM L101 - 31 (# 444-6010)

PEM L101-32

DIMENSIONS :A 305/406mm-12"/16" Height Adjustable StandB 250mm - 10.000"C 51mm - 2.000"D 45mm - 1.750"E Electrical Cable 16/3 STW or SOW

Standard Length: 2.7m/9ft.Other lengths optionaland extra

ELECTRICAL RATINGS:12 Vac., 20 VA ,Non Inductive Float switchis either N.C. or N.O. byup-ending its Switch floats.

ELECTRICAL RATINGS :12 Vac., 20 VA, Non Inductive Float switches are either N.C. or N.O. by up-ending the switch floats.

PEM L101-16 is made of cast bronze, brass and copper and isstainless steel fitted. PEM L101 - 16 single float switch sensor (whenused by itself), operates on a 6.35mm/ 0.250" waterlevel differential.This sensor, when connected to a PEM L101 - 51 control panel, willoperate a solenoid fill valve for water make up or when installed at alower level can be used as safety shut off for electrical equipment ina fountain pond When two sensors are used, they are connected toa PEM L101-71 Control Panel, allowing for unlimited water make up orwater make up & safety shut-off. Final waterlevel adjustment in a poolcan be achieved when pool is filled by extending or contracting thesensor stand. In North America, the sensor must be fed through aseparate conduit. Elsewhere, depending on codes, the sensor can beattached to a junction box, feeding underwater lights, or be suppliedwith long cable for outside of pool connection.For U.L. listed water level controls, see PEM L104 Series.For greater depths the sensor: PEM L101-17 (#444- 4110) is custommade to given specifications. This sensor has a heavy duty, 300mm/12.0" tripod stand.

ELECTRICAL RATINGS :12 Vac. ,20 VA , Non InductiveFloat switches are either N.C.or N.O. by up-ending the .35.35Switch Floats.For U.L. listed level controls see:PEM L104 Series.

FREE STANDING SINGLE SENSOR

FOR INSTALLATION, THEVENT HOLES IN COVERMUST BE TAPED OVER !This sensor can also be sup-plied at no additional costs witha vent tube into the free board ofpool to same length as 'C'.Specify: ..WITH VENT TUBE.

TOP ACCESS WALL MOUNTED DUAL SENSOR

DIMENSIONS :A Standard * 343mm/13.5"

Minimum 150mm/6.0"Maximum None

B Square Top 156mm/6.125"C Standard * 150mm/6.0"D1 Water Make Up

Level Differential 6.35mm/0.250"Standard * 230mm/9.0"Minimum 140mm/5.5"No Maximum, specify

* Can becustomized atextra costs togivendimensionspecifications.

D2 Safety Shut OffLevel Differential = 'D1'Standard * 264mm/10.5"Minimum 178mm/7.0"No Maximum , specify

E Minimum 77mm/3.0"R 1/2" NPT / BSP

#444-4010

#444-6020

FRONT ACCESS WALL MOUNTED DUAL SENSOR

D2 Safety Shut Off Differential to D1 Appr.(50-76mm/2.0"-3.0" Adjustment Range after installation)R 1" NPS / BSP

OPTIONAL & EXTRA : Tilemask Add /-58WATERPROOFING OPTIONSSurface Puddle Flange Add /-60Surface Waterproofing Membrane Clamp Add /-62

D1 Water Make Up 6.35mm/0.250" Differential Appr.(40-50mm/1.5"/2.0" Adjustment Range after installation)

#444-5020

DIMENSIONS :A 254mm / 10.000"B 162mm / 6.375"C 95.25mm / 3.75"

PEM WATER LEVEL SENSORS FOR PEM L101 CONTROLS

PEM L101 - 4 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 108: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Valves are designed for use with clean water. Operating voltage is 24VAC 50/60Hz,12W. Valves are

diaphragm type with solenoid operated pilot valve, stainless steel fitted. Solenoid coil is epoxy

encapsulated. Valves are equipped with slow closing orifice, manual by pass opening (with screw

driver), adjustable micrometric flow control to regulate flow through valve and threaded 1/2" NPS/BSP

electrical conduit connection. Pipe thread connections are either NPT or BSP as specified. Maximum

pressure rating of valves: 75 PSI - 55 bar. The suggested flow rate for these valves is between the

pressure loss of approximately (A) 2 PSI-0.15 bar and the suggested maximum pressure loss of (B)10

PSI - 0.7 bar. For best performances select valve for flow rate from values given below. For fountains,

the pool overflow shall always match in absorption rate the inflow rate of the water supply.

EV-100 SELECT BRONZE SOLENOID FILL VALVES

#462-0100

PEMPEM Select EV100 - Bronze Solenoid Valves are suggested for use with PEM L101 and L104 Waterlevel ControlSystems to serve as fill valves. PEM Select EV100 - Bronze Solenoid

H

W

L

EV-102

PEM L101 - 5 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

24 VAC SOLENOID FILL VALVES FOR PEM L101 CONTROLS

NOTE: TheseValves mightrequire suit-able BackflowPreventers.

# PEM PIPE Flow Range L L H H W Wselect size L/min GPM m m inch. m m inch. m m inch.

(A) (B) (A) (B)462-0120 EV102 3/4" 38 / 95 10 / 25 92.0 3.625" 113.6 4.470" 71.5 2.813"462-0130 EV103 1" 57 / 151 15 / 40 98.4 3.875" 115.1 4.531" 71.5 2.813"462-0140 EV104 1 1/4" 84 / 265 22 / 70 124.0 4.875" 139.7 5.500" 90.1 3.578"462-0150 EV105 1 1/2" 151 / 340 40 / 90 124.0 4.875" 143.7 5.656" 90.1 3.578"462-0160 EV106 2" 246 / 568 65/150 147.7 5.813" 149.2 5.875" 119.1 4.688"

Page 109: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM L101 - 6 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

FREE STANDING FILL SPOUTS FOR PEM L101 CONTROLS(FOR IN WALL MOUNTED FILL SPOUTS SEE PEM 6300 FITTINGS)

Fill Spouts for Concrete Pools

PEM R1340 Chromed Goose Neck Spouts# 480-7000

PEM R1340Gooseneck Fill Spouts are designed to comply withplumbing codes, that require the discharge of a watersupply into a pool to terminate at a specified distance abovethe highest possible waterlevel in a pool.PEM R1340 Fill Spouts are made of copper and are chromeplated.Where the above plumbing code requirement does notapply, the valve can discharge directly into the pool.

# PEM NPT/BSP

480-7030 R1343 3/4"480-7040 R1344 1"480-7050 R1345 1 1/4"480-7060 R1346 1 1/2"480-7070 R1347 2"

Overall height of each goose neck is : 457mm \ 18.00"

The Fill Spouts are designed to fill pools without undue splashing, noise or disturbance from well above highest possible water level.The Fill Spouts consist of 3 basic parts:1. Cast bronze PEM 6374 series No Leak Pipe Coupling with pipe threads Flange & Liner Clamp mounted to top of coupling to seal surface pool liner.2. Brass standpipe with pipe threads.3. Cast bronze deflector head, with 'O' ring seal and stainless steel lock screw to fasten to stand pipe. Threaded pipe connections must have the threads securely sealed with Teflon Tape or Thread Sealer.

R1240/60 Fill Spouts for Liner PoolsPEM

No LeakPipe

H2

H3D6

H4

H

H1

D1Deflector

Standpipe

D2D4

D5

D3

'T'

DIMENSIONS: T H H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 # PEM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm466-013 R1243 1" 500 48 200 100 6 76 33.4 134 76 40 100466-016 R1246 1" 1000 48 200 100 6 76 33.4 134 76 40 100466-023 R1263 1 1/2" 500 50 200 100 6 90 49.0 152 95 55 100466-026 R1266 1 1/2" 1000 50 200 100 6 90 49.0 152 95 55 100

DIMENSIONS: T H H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D5 D6 # PEM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm466-011 R1241 1" 500 48 200 100 76 33.4 40 100466-014 R1244 1" 1000 48 200 100 76 33.4 40 100466-021 R1261 1 1/2" 500 50 200 100 90 49.0 55 100466-024 R1264 1 1/2" 1000 50 200 100 90 49.0 55 100

The Fill Spouts are designed to fill pools without undue splashing,noise or disturbance from well above highest possible water level.

The Fill Spouts consist of 3 basic parts:1. Cast bronze PEM 6374 series No Leak Pipe Coupling with pipe threads. Flange & Liner Clamp mounted to top of coupling to seal surface pool liner.2. Brass standpipe with pipe threads.3. Cast bronze deflector head, with ‘O’ ring seal and stainless steel lock screw to fasten to stand pipe. Threaded pipe connections must have the threads securely sealed with Teflon Tape or Thread Sealer.

HStandpipe

D2

H3

D6

D5No LeakPipeCoupling 'T'

H2

D1Deflector Head

H1

R1240/60PEM # 466-000

# 466-000

Page 110: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PARTS FOR PEM L 101CONTROLS, SENSORS, VALVES & FILL SPOUTS

# PEM DESCRIPTION

491-0110 L101-51/-05 Transformer,120V

491-0120 L101-51/-06 Transformer, 240V

491-0130 L101-51/-08 Green Indicator Lamp,12V

491-0150 L101-51/-09 Relay, 12V

491-0160 L101-51/-10 Circuit Breaker,12V

491-0210 L101-71/-05 Transformer,120V

491-0202 L101-71/-06 Transformer, 240V

491-0230- L101-71/-07 Red Indicator Lamp,12V

491-0240 L101-71/-08 Green Indicator Lamp,12V

491-0250 L101-71/-09 Relay (2) ,12V

401-0260 L101-71/-10 Circuit Breaker,12V

401-0410 L101-20 Float Switch Assembly

401-0510 L101-28/-1 Set of Box Cover bolts, for L101-01,-05-,-16.-31 or -32

401-0520 L101-28/-2 Set of Cover Bolts for L101-12 or -29

401-0530 L101-28/-3 Set of Plate Bolts for L101-31 or -32

401-0610 L101-61 Brass hanger for -12, -29 Floatswitch, custom made to given specs.

462-0123 EV102-3 3/4" Valve Diaphragm

462-0133 EV103-3 1" Valve Diaphragm

462-0143 EV104-4 1 1/4" Valve Diaphragm

462-0153 EV105-5 1 1/2" Valve Diaphragm

462-0163 EV103-6 1" Valve Diaphragm

466-0002 R1240-1 1" Bronze Fill Spout Cover

466-0111 R1241&43 1" x 500mm Stand Pipe, Brass

466-0114 R1244&46 1" x 1000mm Stand Pipe, Brass

466-0211 R1260-1 1 1/2" Bronze Fill Spout Cover

466-0224 R1261&63 1 1/2" x 1000mm Stand Pipe, Brass

466-0224 R1264&66 1 1/2" x 1000mm Stand Pipe, Brass

PEM L101 - 7 of 7 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 111: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM L 104POND WATER LEVEL CONTROLS

CONTROLS, DUAL LEVEL - TRIPLE SENSORS,

SOLENOID VALVES, FILL SPOUTS & PARTS

PEM L104 - 1 of 9 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX # PEM DESCRIPTION SECTION

INDEX L104-1

461-0010 L104-1 Control Module L104-2

462-0010 L104-100 115V.,60C. UL Control Panel L104-2

462-0020 L104-100 240V.,50/60Hz Control Panel L104-2

463-0400 L104-42 Conduit Mounted Sensors L104-3

463-0520 L104-56 Free Standing Sensor, 305/406mm-12"-16" Water Depth L104-3

463-0600 L104-57 Free Standing Sensors, custom Water Depth L104-3

463-0700 L104-46 In Bronze Niche Sensors, Multiple Mounting Options L104-4

463-0800 L104-48 In Bronze Niche Sensors, 3"Overflow, Multiple Mounting Options L104-4

463-0820 L104-48-6 For Concrete Pond, In Plastic Niche Sensors, & 4"Overflow L104-5

463-0821 L104-48-7 For Concrete Pond, In St.St. Niche, Sensors & 4"Overflow L104-5

463-0824 L104-48-6-62 For Surface Liner Pond, In Plastic Niche, Sensors & 4"Overflow L104-5

463-0825 L104-48-7-62 For Surface Liner Pond, In St.St. Niche, Sensors & 4"Overflow L105-5

463-0900 L104-49 Top Access Remote Sensors L104-6

462-0100 EV -Valves 24VAC Solenoid Fill Valves L104-7

466 000 R1240/60 Free Standing Fill Spouts L104-8

466 000 R1240/60 Free Standing Fill Spouts (Liner Ponds) L104-8

480-700 R1340 Free Standing Goose Neck Fill Spouts L104-8

Parts for above L104-9

Page 112: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

TERMINALS & FUNCTIONS

PEM L104 - 100 CONTROL when connected to a suitable PEM L104 Series Sensor will provide a dual stage waterlevel controlsystem. This control will operate a solenoid fill valve to maintain a constant operational waterlevel in a fountain pond and inaddition it has a low level safety shut off for the electrical equipment in a fountain pond, should the waterlevel drop below normaloperating depth. PEM L104 - 100 has a 24V-50VA safety power supply included for the direct operation of a 24V solenoidfill valve in the water make up circuit. Indicating lights provide immediate status display. Green light is for Power 'ON', Yellow lightindicates water make up circuit is engaged. Red light indicates that the low level safety shut off circuit is engaged and will notdisengage until normal operating waterlevel is re-established. This control has a safety transformer for the sensor float switches,providing 12 VDC . Time delayed 'ON' action of the water make up as of the safety shut off prevents rapid cycling due to waveaction in a fountain pond. The wall mounted control panel is within a NEMA Type 4 corrosion resistant polycarbonate enclosure.Wiring to sensor assembly requires 4 unshielded #18 AWG size conductors. The installation must conform to all applicableelectrical codes.

1. Output, N.C. from Safety Shut Off Circuit2.3. Power Supply 4. Common for Float Switches Sensors, 12 VDC 6. Return from Lowest Float Switch Sensor 5. Return from Intermediate Float Switch Sensor 7. Return from Highest Float Switch Sensor 8. (-)24 VAC Output for Water Make Up Circuit 9. (+)24 VAC Output for Water Make UP Circuit10. Common for Safety Shut Off Circuit11. Output, N.O. from Safety Shut Off Circuit ELECTRICAL RATINGS:Power Supply:L104-100A, 115V - 60Hz, 3 Amp.L104-100B, 240V - 50Hz, 2 Amp.Output for Float Switch Sensors: 12 VDCSwitch Ratings for Safety Shut Off Circuit:240 VAC / 120 VAC / 24 VAC - 0.5A.Output for Solenoid Valve:24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1 Amp.

TERMINALS & FUNCTIONS

L104-100-115V.U.L. Listed :E 110256

PEM L 104 - 1 CONTROL MODULE is designed for inclusion into approved for the purpose control panels. Whenconnected to a suitable PEM L 104 Series Sensor Assembly, this dual stage water level control will operate a solenoidfill valve to maintain a constant operational waterlevel in a fountain pond and in addition has a low level safety shut offfor the electrical equipment in a fountain pond should the waterlevel drop below normal operating depth.PEM L 104 - 1 Control Module is within a corrosion resistant polypropylene housing and has an 11 pin plug and socket.Indicating lights provide immediate status display. Green light is for Power 'ON', Yellow light indicates water make upcircuit is engaged. Red light indicates that the low level safety shut off circuit is engaged and will not disengage untilnormal operating waterlevel is re-established. This control has a safety transformer for the sensor float switches,providing 12 VDC . Time delayed 'ON' action of the water make up as of the safety shut off prevents rapid cyclingdue to wave action in a fountain pond. Wiring to sensor assembly requires 4 unshielded # 18 AWG size conductors.

1. Output, N.C. from Safety Shut Off Circuit2.3. Power Supply 4 Common for Float Switch Sensors,12 VDC 6. Return from Lowest Float Switch 5. Return from Intermediate Float Switch 7. Return from Highest Float Switch 8. Common for Water Make Up Circuit 9. Output, N.O. from Water Make UP Circuit10. Common for Safety Shut Off Circuit11. Output, N.O. from Safety Shut Off CircuitELECTRICAL RATINGS:Power Supply: 250V/115V, 50/60Hz, 1AOutput for Float Switch Sensors: 12 VDCSwitch Ratings for controlled circuits:240 VAC / 120 VAC / 24 VAC - 0.5A.

CONTROL PANEL WITH TRANSFORMER

L104-1 ONLY, IndirectSolenoid Valve Connectionfor Water Make Up

L 104-1 ONLY, IndirectMotorized ValveConnection for Water

L104 - 1 & L 104 - 100,Low Water Safety Shut Offfor Illumination Contactoror Pump Starter

L 104 - 1 & L 104 - 100 ,Low Water Safety Shut Offfor IlluminationContactor & Small SizePump Motor Starter

L 104 - 1 & L 104 - 100Low Water Safety Shut Offwith Time Delay Relay forLarger Size Pump Starters

L104 - 100 ONLY, DirectSolenoid Valve Connectionfor 24 VAC Solenoid ValveWater Make Up

PEM L104 - 2 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEM L104 POND DUAL WATERLEVEL CONTROLs

58mm2.28"

120mm4.72"

90mm3.543"

L104-100A, 115V #462-0010L104-100B, 240V #462-0020

PEM L104-100

PEM L104-1# 461-0010

CONTROL MODULE U.L. Recognized Component - E 110256

250mm9.84"

175mm6.89"

150mm5.910"

Page 113: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM WATER LEVEL SENSORS FOR PEM L104 CONTROLS

PEM L104 - 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

NOTE: Installation must conform to all applicable electrical codes.

PEM L104-57

PEM L104-56

PEM L104-42

A X1

B

R

AdjustmentRange :

305- 406mm12" - 16"

Waterlevel

250mm - 10.0" PEM J613/4" Into PoolBrass Conduitwith no leakflange

PEM J1 /1SubmersibleJunction Boxwith 1 x J14Cordseal

Waterlevel

PEM J1 /1SubmersibleJunction Boxwith 1 x J 14Cordseal

305mm - 12.0"

AdjustmentRange :

406 - 559mm16" - 22"

ADJUSTMENT RANGES:X1 Top of enclosure to maximum waterlevel

38.1mm - 1.500"X2 Adjustment range for normal waterlevel

from top of enclosure:38.1mm - 1.500" to 65mm - 2.560"

X3 Adjustment range of low level shut offfrom top of enclosure:55mm 2.170" to 80mm - 3.150"

After removal of cover , each float switch isadjustable within the above range by unlocking thecollar by loosening the set screw and sliding theswitch stem up or down from base, then locking thecollar again.DIMENSIONS:A Height 220mm / 8.661"B Diameter 94mm / 3.700"R Conduit Size 3/4" NPT / BSPELECTRICAL RATING:12 Volts DC, 10 Volt Ampere (VA) Max.

Electrical Rating, Diameter of Sensor and Waterleveladjustment ranges of sensor float switches are same asPEM L104 - 42 in addition to height adjustment of stand.

X3

X2

Electrical Rating, Diameter of Sensor andWaterlevel adjustment ranges of sensorfloat switches are same as PEM L104 - 42in addition to height adjustment of stand.

2.7m - 9 feet,5 Conductor Cableto Junction BoxLonger cable availableat extra cost.

5 Conductor Cable2.7m - 9 feet,to Junction BoxLonger cableavailable at extra cost.

Bolt down holes in tripod legs are 7mm - 0.281"

Bolt down holes in tripod legs are 10.3mm - 0.406"

* For water depths other thanstandard, custom made sensorsare available at extra cost.Suggested maximum waterdepth is 2.43m - 8 feet.

Junction Box with cordseal and into-pool Conduit are not part of Sensor,They are optional and extra!

PEM J613/4" Into PoolBrass Conduitwith no leakflange

Connecting Junction Box with cord seal and into poolConduit are not part of Sensor, are optional and extra!

PEM L104 - 57 is made of bronze, brass andcopper, stainless steel fitted. Electrical cable is Type St 18/4 AWG.

PEM L104-56 is made of bronze, brass and copper,stainless steel fitted.Electrical cable is Type St 18/5 AWG.

For Waterdepth of 305 - 406mm / 12" - 16"

#463-0520

#463-0600

#463-0400

FREE STANDING SENSOR

STANDARD*Waterdepth:406 - 559mm / 16" - 22"

CONDUIT MOUNTED SENSOR

FREE STANDING SENSOR

PEM L104-42 is made of cast bronze, brass and copper and stainless steel fitted. Junction box has Neoprene 'O' ring seals. Bottomconduit connection for mounting upon 3/4" metallic, non corrodible metal. Float Switches are plastic and are reed switch activatedby perma-magnets embedded in the switch float.

Also available as PEM L104-56A (#463-0510) for 150-175mm/6"-7" Waterdepthmounted on 150mm/ 6" Diam-eter plate (stand not heightadjustable).Custom made at extra cost forany water depth between theabove and the PEM L104-56.

Page 114: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

L104-46The PEM L104-46 is made of cast bronze, brass with a stainless steel cover andfasteners. The Float Switches are plastic.PEM L 104 - 46 Multiple Float Switch Level Sensor is mounted flush into the frontof a wall, access is behind a solid stainless steel cover. The sensor monitors thenormal waterlevel, the water make up and the safety low level shut off whenconnected to PEM L 104 - 1 or L 104 - 100 Waterlevel Controls.

The PEM L104 - 48 is made of cast bronze, brass and copper. It is stainless steelfitted and with a Neoprene 'O' ring seal. The PEM L104 - 48 wall mountedMultiple Float Switch Level Sensor combines 4 separate control devicesin a compact unit with all components hidden from sight:1. Adjustable Overflow, height adjustable, with 220 mm/8.66" overflow lip.2. Automatic Water Make Up Float Switches, height adjustable 3.81mm/1.500"3. Low Water Level Safety Shut Off Float Switches, height adjustable38.1mm/1.500"4. 3/4" Inlet for solenoid controlled water supply (Max.15 PSI, 1 Kpa, 1 bar.)PEM L104- 48 Sensors are to be connected to PE L104-1 or L104 - 100Waterlevel Controls. Sensors operate with safe 12 volts, low voltage. PEM L104-48 Sensors are available with waterproofing Surface Flanges (601), or TileMask(-58) or Surface Membrane Clamp (60-2).PEM L 104 - 48 are supplied as standard in natural bronze, chrome plating of faceplate and Tile Mask is available at extra cost (Specify with order!).Installation must conform to all applicable electrical & plumbing codes.

ADJUSTMENT RANGES:X1 Top of enclosure to maximum waterlevel

38.1mm - 1.500"X2 Adjustment range for normal waterlevel

from top of enclosure:38.1mm - 1.500" to 65mm - 2.560"

X3 Adjustment range of low level shut offfrom top of enclosure:55mm 2.170" to 80mm - 3.150"

Each float switch is adjustable by unlockingcollar and sliding the switch stem up or downfrom base, then locking the collar again.DIMENSIONS :A Height 205mm 8.070"B Width 103mm 4.055"C Depth 112mm 4.400"D Conduit Socket 17mm 0.670"E Center of cond. to face 57mm 2.244"F Conduit Size 1/2" NPT / BSP

ELECTRICAL RATING: 12 Volts DC, 10 Volt Ampere (VA)

L104-48

DIMENSIONS : 1 Cover , width 270mm 10.630" 2 Cover , height 170mm 6.693" 3 Extension of cover 18mm 0.710" 4 Width of niche 265mm 10.433" 5 Height of niche 165mm 6.500" 6 Depth of niche 121mm 4.764" 7 3"pipe entry from top 180mm 7.087" 8 1/2"conduit entry from top 230mm 9.055" 9 Cntr of pipe & conduit from niche face 61mm 2.403"10 Cntr of 3" pipe from left side of niche 72mm 2.835"11 Cntr. of 1/2" cond. right side of niche 75mm 2.953"12 Cntr. of 3/4" pipe top of niche face 42mm 1.654"13 Cntr. of 3/4" pipe from back of niche 25mm 0.985"14 Cntr. of alternate 1/2" conduit from base entry 46mm 1.811"15 Cntr. of altern. cond.from niche face bottom 12mm 0.472"16 Opening between wall & face plate 10mm 0.394"17 Max.waterlevel from top of niche 24mm 0.945"18 Adjustment range of overflow 100mm 3.937"19 Max. Make Up level from top of niche 50mm 1.969"20 Adjustment range of make up sensor 35mm 1.378"21 Diameter of overflow 70.2mm 2.785"

Water Entry

Air Vent

Pool Level

C B

A

DE FF

X1X2

X3

SENSORIn Wall Mounted

Combination Overflow, Level Sensor & Fill Inlet

DESCRIPTION :A 3"NPS/BSP Overflow Pipe ConnectionB 1/2" NPT/BSP Conduit Connection for Waterlevel SensorsC 1/2" NPT/BSP Alternate Conduit Connection (Specify !)D 3/4" NPT/BSP Solenoid Valve controlled Fill Connection (Max.15 PSI/1KPA/1 Bar,use pressure reducer in supply!)Y Range of Water Make Up Sensor (Appr. 40mm-1.500")X Range of Low Level Shut Off Sensor (Appr. 40mm-1.500")

OPTIONAL & EXTRATilemask : Add/-58WATERPROOFING OPTIONSSurface Puddle FlangeAdd/-60Surface Membrane ClampAdd/-62

#463-0700

#463-0800

L104-48without cover

L104-48

PEM

PEMSENSOR

In Wall Mounted

OPTIONAL & EXTRATilemask: Add/-58WATERPROOFING OPTIONSSurface Puddle FlangeAdd/-60Surface Membrane ClampAdd/-62

PEM L104 - 4 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEM WATER LEVEL SENSORS FOR PEM L104 CONTROLS

Page 115: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

CONSTRUCTION:The assembly has Cast Bronze Frame, Grating, Internal Fittings & Surface Liner Clamp fitted with stainlesssteel overflow tube and fasteners. The concrete forming niche can be supplied in plastic or in stainless steelSee above specification.Either forming niche serves solely to form the concrete niche for the internal equipment and is watertight.The overflow tube has a 40mm vertical adjustment after installation.The dual waterlevel sensor permits adjustment of water make up levels also safety shut off in case of lowwaterlevel. For description of the dual waterlevel control & sensor see :PEM L104-100 and PEM L104 - 42 , catalog pages 405 & 406The overflow is suggested for a water surface of 25 m2 \ 270 Sqft.The Overflow Weir length is 0.32m \ 1.05 Ft.

PEM L104-48-6For: Concrete PondsWith Plastic Niche:# 463-0820 PEM L104-48-6With Stainless Steel Niche:# 463-0821 PEM L104-48-7

Wall Mounted Dual Waterlevel Sensor& 100mm/ 4” Overflow

For: Surface Liner PondsWith Plastic Niche:# 463-0824 PEM L104-48-6 +/-62With Stainless Steel Niche:# 463-0825 PEM L104-48-7 +/-62

Front View( Closed )

Front View( Open )

DIMENSIONS

B

178mm7.000”

200mm7.870”

337mm13.260”

A

200mm7.870”

A = +/- 35mm/1.370” B = +/- 75mm/2.950”

100mm / 4” Drain

1” Fill Pipe(Optional)

1/2” ElectricalConduit

278mm10.940”

254mm10.000”

275mm / 10.820”353mm / 13.890”

Side View

PEM L104 - 5 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEM WATER LEVEL SENSORS FOR PEM L104 CONTROLS

Page 116: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Normal

Water Entry

B

RD

C

X1

X2

X3

X4

E

A

G2

PARTS & DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD SENSOR:A Overall Height 305mm - 12.000"B Diameter of top with grout ring 170mm - 6.700"C Distance from top to max. normal waterlevel 152mm - 6.000"D Distance top to center of air vent tube 140mm - 5.500"E Distance top to center of water inlet 292mm - 11.500"F1 Tube size of air vent compression coupling ( O.D.) 16mm - 0.625"F2 Length of 16mm O.D. copper tube supplied with sensor 305mm - 12.000"G1 Tube size of water inlet, compression elbow (O.D) 16mm - 0.625"G2 Length of 16mm O.D, copper tube supplied with sensor 305mm - 12.000"R Conduit Size (Requires formed or long 90 degrees elbow) 1/2"NPT / BSPY Optional & Extra, PEM 6390 waterproofing membrane flanges and clamps, for sealing of surface or subsurface membrane penetrations, supplied for job site installation.

CONSTRUCTION:PEM L104-49 is made of cast bronze, brass and copper andstainless steel fitted. Junction box and float-switch tubes haveNeoprene 'O' ring seals. Float Switches are plastic with the reedswitch activated by perma magnets embedded in switch float. Floatswitches are encased in protective enclosure. Most Sensorsassemblies are custom made to given dimensional specifications.Also recommended for remote sensor installation with connectingtube into pool. Plaza overflow fountains can be controlled withremote sensor in planter box near fountain at same or higherelevation ( connecting tubing must not develop air locks).Custom made sensors with an additional 4th (X4) Floatswitch areavailable where an extra alarm circuit is required, either for very lowwater level or very high water level. All float switches are accessibleafter installation for adjustment.

Installation must conform to allapplicable electrical codes.

L104 - 49

#463-0900TOP ACCESS SENSORSPEM

L104-49Float

Switches

Waterlevel

Pool Wall

Air Vent

Water Entry

TYPICAL INSTALLATION

Y

Y

ElectricalConduitG2

F2

L104-49Sealed w/Cover

FOR CUSTOM MADE SENSORS SPECIFY:ADJUSTMENT RANGES -X1, X2, X3, (X4)DIMENSIONS: C, D, E, F2, G2,(Y, if required, placement at job site by soldering)(Note: 'X' Dimensions cannot be less than shown for 'D')

ELECTRICAL RATING:12 Volts DC , 10 Volt Ampere (VA) Max.

ADJUSTMENT RANGES OF STANDARD SENSORS:X1 Top of enclosure to maximum waterlevel

152mm - 6.000"X2 Adjustment range for normal waterlevel

from top of enclosure:152-178mm - 6.000"-7.000"

X3 Adjustment range of low level shut offfrom top of enclosure:190-216mm - 7.500"-8.500"

X4 Possible extra float switch above normal waterlevel for high waterlevel alarm.

(Optional and extra, requires additional 2 conductors and Waterlevelcontrol panel relay).After removal of cover, each floatswitch is adjustable within the aboverange by unlocking the collar by loosening the set screw and sliding theswitch stem up or down in base, then locking the collar again. If sensortubes become too high for enclosure, they can be removed from housing,the float switch assembly removed, cut the brass tube with a tube cutterand ream out. Care is to be taken, to use new thread sealant when re-installing the float switch assembly.

Water Level

Air Vent

Maximum

Water Level

PEM WATER LEVEL SENSORS FOR PEM L104 CONTROLS

PEM L104 - 6 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 117: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Valves are designed for use with clean water. Operating voltage is 24VAC 50/60Hz,12W. Valves are

diaphragm type with solenoid operated pilot valve, stainless steel fitted. Solenoid coil is epoxy

encapsulated. Valves are equipped with slow closing orifice, manual by pass opening (with screw

driver), adjustable micrometric flow control to regulate flow through valve and threaded 1/2" NPS/BSP

electrical conduit connection. Pipe thread connections are either NPT or BSP as specified. Maximum

pressure rating of valves: 75 PSI - 55 bar. The suggested flow rate for these valves is between the

pressure loss of approximately (A) 2 PSI-0.15 bar and the suggested maximum pressure loss of (B)10

PSI - 0.7 bar. For best performances select valve for flow rate from values given below. For fountains,

the pool overflow shall always match in absorption rate the inflow rate of the water supply.

EV-100 SELECT BRONZE SOLENOID FILL VALVES

#462-0100

PEMPEM Select EV100 - Bronze Solenoid Valves are suggested for use with PEM L101 and L104 Waterlevel ControlSystems to serve as fill valves. PEM Select EV100 - Bronze Solenoid

H

W

L

EV-102

PEM L104 - 7 of 9 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

24 VAC SOLENOID FILL VALVES FOR PEM L104 CONTROLS

NOTE: TheseValves mightrequire suit-able BackflowPreventers.

# PEM PIPE Flow Range L L H H W Wselect size L/min GPM m m inch. m m inch. m m inch.

(A) (B) (A) (B)462-0120 EV102 3/4" 38 / 95 10 / 25 92.0 3.625" 113.6 4.470" 71.5 2.813"462-0130 EV103 1" 57 / 151 15 / 40 98.4 3.875" 115.1 4.531" 71.5 2.813"462-0140 EV104 1 1/4" 84 / 265 22 / 70 124.0 4.875" 139.7 5.500" 90.1 3.578"462-0150 EV105 1 1/2" 151 / 340 40 / 90 124.0 4.875" 143.7 5.656" 90.1 3.578"462-0160 EV106 2" 246 / 568 65/150 147.7 5.813" 149.2 5.875" 119.1 4.688"

Page 118: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM L104 - 8 of 9 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

FREE STANDING FILL SPOUTS FOR PEM L104 CONTROLS(FOR IN WALL MOUNTED FILL SPOUTS SEE PEM 6300 FITTINGS)

Fill Spouts for Concrete Pools

PEM R1340 Chromed Goose Neck Spouts# 480-7000

PEM R1340Gooseneck Fill Spouts are designed to comply withplumbing codes, that require the discharge of a watersupply into a pool to terminate at a specified distance abovethe highest possible waterlevel in a pool.PEM R1340 Fill Spouts are made of copper and are chromeplated.Where the above plumbing code requirement does notapply, the valve can discharge directly into the pool.

# PEM NPT/BSP

480-7030 R1343 3/4"480-7040 R1344 1"480-7050 R1345 1 1/4"480-7060 R1346 1 1/2"480-7070 R1347 2"

Overall height of each goose neck is : 457mm \ 18.00"

The Fill Spouts are designed to fill pools without undue splashing, noise or disturbance from well above highest possible water level.The Fill Spouts consist of 3 basic parts:1. Cast bronze PEM 6374 series No Leak Pipe Coupling with pipe threads Flange & Liner Clamp mounted to top of coupling to seal surface pool liner.2. Brass standpipe with pipe threads.3. Cast bronze deflector head, with 'O' ring seal and stainless steel lock screw to fasten to stand pipe. Threaded pipe connections must have the threads securely sealed with Teflon Tape or Thread Sealer.

R1240/60 Fill Spouts for Liner PoolsPEM

No LeakPipe

H2

H3D6

H4

H

H1

D1Deflector

Standpipe

D2D4

D5

D3

'T'

DIMENSIONS: T H H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 # PEM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm466-013 R1243 1" 500 48 200 100 6 76 33.4 134 76 40 100466-016 R1246 1" 1000 48 200 100 6 76 33.4 134 76 40 100466-023 R1263 1 1/2" 500 50 200 100 6 90 49.0 152 95 55 100466-026 R1266 1 1/2" 1000 50 200 100 6 90 49.0 152 95 55 100

DIMENSIONS: T H H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D5 D6 # PEM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm466-011 R1241 1" 500 48 200 100 76 33.4 40 100466-014 R1244 1" 1000 48 200 100 76 33.4 40 100466-021 R1261 1 1/2" 500 50 200 100 90 49.0 55 100466-024 R1264 1 1/2" 1000 50 200 100 90 49.0 55 100

The Fill Spouts are designed to fill pools without undue splashing,noise or disturbance from well above highest possible water level.

The Fill Spouts consist of 3 basic parts:1. Cast bronze PEM 6374 series No Leak Pipe Coupling with pipe threads. Flange & Liner Clamp mounted to top of coupling to seal surface pool liner.2. Brass standpipe with pipe threads.3. Cast bronze deflector head, with ‘O’ ring seal and stainless steel lock screw to fasten to stand pipe. Threaded pipe connections must have the threads securely sealed with Teflon Tape or Thread Sealer.

HStandpipe

D2

H3

D6

D5No LeakPipeCoupling 'T'

H2

D1Deflector Head

H1

R1240/60PEM # 466-000

# 466-000

Page 119: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PARTS FOR PEM L 104CONTROLS, SENSORS, VALVES & FILL SPOUTS

# PEM DESCRIPTION

INDEX

402-0000 L104-1 Requires new Unit

402-0100 L104-100/-01 Replacement Plug In Processor

402-0110 L104-100/-05 Transformer,120V

402-0120 L104-100/-06 Transformer, 240V

402-0140 L104-100/-11 Fuse , 24V/2.5A.

402-0300 L104/-30 Single Float Switch Assembly *

402-0320 L104/-32* Safety Cut Off Brass Riser for Float Switch

402-0330 L104/-33* Water Make Up Brass Riser for Float Switch

402-0340 L104/-34* Operating Level Brass Riser for Float Switch

402-0360 L104/-36* Locking collar for Brass Riser for Float Switch

* Not for L104-49

402-0410 L104/-41 Complete cover for L104-42, -56 or -57

402-0510 L104-46/-1 Stainless Steel Cover with bolts

402-0520 L104-46/-2 Set of bolts for cover

402-0540 L104-48/-1 Cover with bolts

402-0546 L104-48/-6-1 Cover with bolts

402-0547 L104-48/-6-1-2 Set of bolts for cover

402-0548 L104-48/-1-5 Set of 3 Float switches

402-0549 L104-48/-6-5 Set of 3 Float switches

402-0550 L104-49/-2 Set of bolts for cover

462-0123 EV102-3 3/4" Valve Diaphragm

462-0133 EV103-3 1" Valve Diaphragm

462-0143 EV104-4 1 1/4" Valve Diaphragm

462-0153 EV105-5 1 1/2" Valve Diaphragm

462-0163 EV103-6 1" Valve Diaphragm

466-0002 R1240-1 1" Bronze Fill Spout Cover

466-0111 R1241&43 1" x 500mm Stand Pipe, Brass

466-0114 R1244&46 1" x 1000mm Stand Pipe, Brass

466-0211 R1260-1 1 1/2" Bronze Fill Spout Cover

466-0224 R1261&63 1 1/2" x 1000mm Stand Pipe, Brass

466-0224 R1264&66 1 1/2" x 1000mm Stand Pipe, Brass

PEM L104 - 9 of 9 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 120: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM R1290series

NON ELECTRIC, FLOAT VALVE POOL FILLERS

PEM R1290series - 1 of 5 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX

# PEM DESCRIPTION SECTION

INDEX R1290-1480-1110 R1291-1 In Composition Niche for Concrete Ponds,

1/2" R1290-2480-1120 R1291-2 In Composition Niche for Surface Liner Ponds,

1/2" R1290-2480-1150 R1292-1 In Composition Niche for Concrete Ponds,

1/2" with 1 1/2" Overflow R1290-2480-1160 R1292-2 In Composition Niche for Surface Liner Ponds,

1/2" with 1 1/2" Overflow R1290-2480-3030 R1293-1 In PVC Remote In Ground Pool Filler,

1/2" with 1 1/2" Overflow R1290-3480-4010 R1294 In Composition Niche,

1", with Options R1290-3480-4221 R1295-1 In Bronze Niche for Concrete Ponds,

1/2" with 3"NPS Overflow R1290-3480-4223 R1295-3 In Bronze Niche for Concrete Ponds,

1/2" with 75mm PVC Overflow R1290-3480-4222 R1295-2 In Bronze Niche for Surface Liner Ponds,

1/2" with 3"NPS Overflow R1290-3480-4024 R1295-4 In Bronze Niche for Surface Liner Ponds,

1/2" with 75mm PVC Overflow R1290-3480-331 R1296-1 In Composition Niche for Concrete Ponds,

1" with 4" NPS/BSP Overflow R1290-4480-332 R1296-2 In Stainless Steel Niche for Concrete Ponds,

1" with 4" NPS/BSP Overflow R1290-4480-333 R1296-3 In Composition Niche for Surface Liner Ponds,

1" with 4" NPS/BSP Overflow R1290-4480-334 R1296-4 In Stainless Steel Niche for Surface Liner Ponds,

1" with 4" NPS/BSP Overflow R1290-4

Parts for above R1290-5

Page 121: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

R1290series - 2 of 5 Controls 2006-10 replaces Controls 2005-1

PEM R1291 is made of a cast bronze frame with a stainless steelcover, Kydex niche, bronze, brass and stainless steel fitted. ThePEM R1291-2 , has Liner clamp of cast bronze, stainless steel fittedand Paste Gasket. The PEM R1291 Auto Pond Filler is for concretepools with up to 20 m2 pool surface area. Fill level is adjustablebetween 'L' & 'M' , not to exceed 'L'. PEM R1291 employs a sanitary 22 L/min float valve that can bedisconnected above waterlevel and permits waterlevel adjustmentafter installation. For servicing, the float valve can easily be removedfrom the housing. The float of the valve has been made surfacepollution resistant.

Pond Filler PEM R1291For : CONCRETE PONDS

# 480-111, PEM R1291 - 1For : LINER PONDS

# 480-112 PEM R1291 - 2

R1291 & R1292with Cover

T

A

M

L

B

F

C

D

T

E

T : 1/2" NPT/BSP

DIMENSIONS: R1291-1 A B C D E F L M

mm 264 164 115 54 126 40 100 170" * 10.4 6.5 4.5 2.1 5.0 1.6 4.0 6.7* - Rounded Up

DIMENSIONS: R1291-2 A B C D E F L M

mm 328 226 121 59 160 40 144 204" * 12.9 8.9 4.8 2.3 6.3 1.6 5.7 8.1* - Rounded Up

Auto Pond Filler with 65mm-2 1/2" Overflow PEM R1292

PEM R 1292 employs a sanitary 22 L/min float valve that can be disconnected above waterleveland permits waterlevel adjustment after installation. For servicing, the float valve can easily beremoved from the housing.The float of the valve has been made surface pollution resistant.For manual service pool filling use separate, larger size pipe with PEM R1240 / R1260 Fill Spouts.PEM 1292is made of cast bronze frame, stainless steel cover, Kydex niche, brass & stainless steel fittedPEM R1292-2, has Liner clamp of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted and Paste Gasket.

PEM R 1292 Auto Pond Filler and Overflow Combi for concrete ponds up to 20 m2surface.Overflow level is adjustable between : ' N ' & ' O ' but not to exceed ' N ' !Fill level is adjustable between : ' L' & 'M' , but not to exceed ' L'.

For : CONCRETE PONDS # 480-115, PEM R1292 - 1

For : LINER PONDS

# 480-116 PEM R1292 - 2

T : 1/2" NPT/BSP - Overflow: 1 1/2" N PT/BSP

DIMENSIONS: R1292 - 1 A B C D E F G H J K L M N O

mm 264 164 115 54 126 40 35 55 76 50 100 170 165 125" * 10.4 6.5 4.5 2.1 5.0 1.6 1.4 2.2 3.0 2.0 4.0 6.7 6.5 5.0* - Rounded UpDIMENSIONS: R1292 - 2

A B C D E F G H J K L M N Omm 328 226 121 59 160 40 35 89 80 50 144 204 197 157" * 12.9 8.9 4.8 2.3 6.3 1.8 1.4 3.5 3.2 2.0 5.7 8.1 7.8 6.2* - Rounded Up

Page 122: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

DIMENSIONS: R1295-1 & -3T1 T2 T3 A B C D E F G1 G2 H J K L M N O

PVC mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm1/2" 3" 75 164 267 117 54 119 38 28 37 73 61 65 100 125 70 46

DIMENSIONS: R1295 - 2 & 4T1 T2 T3 A B C D E F G1 G2 H J K L M N O

PVC mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm1/2" 3" 75 226 329 122 59 150 38 28 37 104 67 65 131 156 101 77

AUTO FILLER & OVERFLOW

For: Concrete Pools# 480-221, PEM R1295 - 1, 3" (T2)# 480-223, PEM R1295 - 3, 75mm PVC (T3)For: Liner Pools# 480-222, PEM R1295 - 2, 3" (T2)# 480-224, PEM R1295 - 4, 75mm PVC (T3)

PEM R1294 wall mounted enclosed automatic poolfilling device for medium to larger size fountain pools.Can be adjusted after installation to fill pool to desiredwater level from shown minimum to maximum level andautomatically maintains the same within a 10mm - 0.400"level differential. The device operates on an hydraulic/ float valve mechanism and provides a full flow of a1" valve. Maximum water pressure : 50 PSI /3 bar .This device must be protected from freezing whilesupply pipe is filled with water, install a drain valve.This unit is not suitable for installation into swimming orother pools in freezing climates that are subject toflooding of this water make up device. Cover isstainless steel in a bronze frame. Forming Niche ofKydex or ABS, with Brass, bronze valving, stainlesssteel and neoprene fitted.

ENCLOSED 1" AUTO POOL FILLER#480-4010

R1294

DIMENSIONS :A 254mm / 10.0"B 162mm / 6.375"C 143mm / 5.625"D1 Max. Adj. Water Level: 76mm - 3.0"D2 Min. Adj. Water Level: 150mm - 6.0"R 1" NPT - BSP,

RR R

OPTIONAL & EXTRA: Tilemask: Add /-58Surface Puddle Flange : Add /-60Surface Liner Clamp : Add /-62

PEM

PEM R1295#480-4020

M

T1

B

T1N

A

O T3T2

E

CD

F

J G2 G1

H

T2 T3

KL

All Systems on this page are for Separated Water Supplies only!

PEM R 1295 Auto Pool Filler and Overflow Combination for concrete pools up to 30 m2 surface area. Overflow levelis adjustable between 'N' & 'O', not to exceed 'N'. Fill level is adjustable between 'L' & 'M' , but not to exceed 'L'.PEM R 1295 Combinations are made with cast bronze niche, stainless steel cover, bronze, brass and stainless steelfitted.T3 : 75mm PVC Slip Fit for DIN 19 534 PVC Pipe. PEM R 1295-2 & -4 have liner clamp of cast bronze, stainless steelfitted with Paste Gasket. For manual service pool filling use separate, larger size pipe with PEM R1240 / R1260 Fill Spouts.

PEM R1290series - 3 of 5 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

The PEM R1293-1 Remote Pool Filler & Overflowis designed for small pools to maintain a desiredwaterlevel.The unit must be installed at the samelevel as the pool. The square cover fits into tiledpavement. The pool must have separate manualwater supply for service fill up. Max. suggestedpressure = 50 PSI, 344 KPA,115 Ft Head, 35.22mHead or 35 bar.PEM R1293-1 is made of fabricated PVC and castbronze, stainless steel fitted.

REMOTE POOL FILLER & OVERFLOW#480-3030

PEM R1293-1

DIMENSIONS :A 305mm to 356mm\12.0-14.0"B 254mm\10.0"C 152mm-200mm\6.0"-8.0"D 40mm / 1 1/2", 228mm\9.0"E Float valve with level adjustment. .F 1 1/4" NPT/BSP connection to pool.G 1 1/2" NPT/BSP pipe connection to pool drain.H 1/2" NPT/BSP pipe connection for Water SupplyJ PVC Enclosure to dimension 'B'K PVC Slip sleeve with stainless steel set boltsL PVC Enclosure extensionM Square Cast bronze access cover

1/2"

B

D

H

K

J

L

1 1/4"

G

FC

A

1 1/2"

E

M

173mm6.820"

173mm6.820"

169mm6.625"

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1/2"FH

G

Page 123: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Wall mounted 1” Auto Filler & 110mm / 4” NPS / BSP Overflow Combination

For: Concrete PoolsWith Plastic Forming Niche# 480-331 PEM R 1296 - 1

With Stainless Steel Forming Niche# 480-332 PEM R 1296- 2

Front View( Open)

CONSTRUCTION:The assembly has cast bronze Frame, Grating, Internal Fittings & Surface Liner Clamp fitted with stainless steel overflow tube,

piping & fasteners. The Auto Filler ( Float Valve) is made of ABS plastic with neoprene seal and is stainless steel fitted.The concrete forming niche can be supplied in plastic or in stainless steel, see above specification.

Either forming niche serves solely to form the concrete niche for the internal equipment and is watertight.The overflow tube and the Auto Filler (Float Valve) have a 40mm vertical adjustment after installation.

The 1” Auto Filler is for a suggested max flow of 57 L/min \ 15 USPGM X Max. 138 bar / 60 PSI water pressure, but also forminimum pressure of 1.2 bar \ 5 PSI with reduced flow as in separated water supplies.

The overflow is suggested for a water surface of 25 m2 \ 270 Sqft. The Overflow Weir length is 0.32m \ 1.05 Ft.

For: Surface Liner PoolsWith Plastic Forming Niche# 480-333 PEM R 1296 - 3

With Stainless Steel Forming Niche# 480-334 PEM R1296- 4

THIS DEVICE REQUIRES A SEPARATED WATER SUPPLY

Side ViewFront View( Closed)

B 278mm10.940”

178mm7.000”

A

200mm7.870”

100mm4”

1” Supply

337mm13.260”

200mm7.870

356mm10.000”

353mm13.890”

275mm10.820”

B = +/- 150/240mm - 5.900”/9.440”

DIMENSIONSA = +/- 133/168mm - 5.230/6.610”

Drain

PEM R1290series - 4 of 5 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEM R1296

Page 124: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PARTS FOR PEM R1290 seriesNON ELECTRIC, FLOAT VALVE POOL FILLERS

# PEM DESCRIPTION

404-0110 R1290/-03 Internal Valve Assembly

404-0210 R1291/92-03 Internal Valve Assembly

404-0250 R1291/92/-05 Stainless Steel Cover with bolts

404-0260 R1291/92/-06 Set of bolts for cover

404-0320 R1293/-03 Internal Valve Assembly

404-0350 R1293/-05 Cover with bolts

404-0360 R1293/-06 Set of bolts for cover

404-0520 R1294/-01 Floatvalve assembly

404-0530 R1294/-02 Float for floatvalve

404-0550 R1294/-04 Main Valve Cover (If frozen Up)

404-0560 R1294/-05 Main Valve Diapraghm

404-0580 R1294/-07 Cover with bolts

404-0590 R1294/-08 Set of bolts for cover

404-0620 R1296/-01 Floatvalve assembly

404-0680 R1296/-07 Cover with bolts

404-0690 R1296/-08 Set of bolts for cover

PEM R1290series - 5 of 5 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 125: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM R1300series

NON ELECTRIC, HYDRAULIC POOL FILLERS

PEM R1300series - 1 of 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX

# PEM DESCRIPTION SECTION

INDEX R1300-1

480-5510 R1311 Hydraulic Water Make Up Sensor R1300-2

480-6030 R1321 3/4" Hydraulic Fill Valve R1300-2

480-6040 R1322 1 " Hydraulic Fill Valve R1300-2

480-6050 R1323 1 1/4" Hydraulic Fill Valve R1300-2

480-6060 R1324 1 1/2" Hydraulic Fill Valve R1300-2

480-6070 R1325 2 " Hydraulic Fill Valve R1300-2

480-7030 R1343 3/4" Chromed Goose Neck Fill Spout R1300-2

480-7040 R1344 1" Chromed Goose Neck Fill Spout R1300-2

480-7050 R1345 1 1/4" Chromed Goose Neck Fill Spout R1300-2

480-7060 R1346 1 1/2" Chromed Goose Neck Fill Spout R1300-2

480-7070 R1347 2" Chromed Goose Neck Fill Spout R1300-2

Parts for above R1300-3

Page 126: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM R1320

HYDRAULIC WATER MAKE UP SENSORPEM R1311

HYDRAULIC FILL VALVES

#480-5510

# 480-6000

DIMENSIONS :OD1 165mm\6.50"OD2 114mm\4.50"OD3 300mm\12.0"OV* 396>470mm\15.6">18.5"UT* 356>430mm\14.0">17.0"

*Height adjustable tripod stand.

OV

OD3

UT

OD1 OD2

PEM Select R1320 Hydraulic FillValves are cast bronze, normally opendiaphragm valves activated by apressure differential in the upper chamberof the valve.Maximum water pressure is 50 PSI, 115ft. head, 3.5 bar or 35 meter head. Thevalves are supplied with 6.35mm\0.250"copper tube compression fitting.These valves might be noisy whenclosing.

PEM 1300 Hydraulic Water Make Up System consists of a PEM R1311Waterlevel Sensor to monitor a set waterlevel and should this drop belowthe adjusted height, the sensor which is connected with a hydraulic tube toa PEM Select R1320 series hydraulic fill valve in the water supply , will activatethis fill valve until the set waterlevel is restored. Water is discharged througha PEM R1340 Goose Neck Fill Spout This automated water make up isoperated by the pressure in the water supply and controlled to a set waterlevelby means of a float valve in the sensor, that is opened by the lowering of thewaterlevel and in turn releases the pressure in the upper diaphragm chamberof the hydraulic fill valve causing this to open. When the set waterlevel isrestored, the sensor float valve closes and in turn closes the hydraulic valve.The waterlevel differential maintained is appr. 19.1mm / 0.75".This hydraulic water make up system can be retro fitted to most water supplies,terminating into a pool, pond or lake.When used for multi level cascade systems, install the sensor into the lowest,the base pool and have the water supply discharge into the upper most pool,that assures, that all the upper pools of the cascade system are filled beforethe base pool is filled.

PEM 1311 is made of cast bronze, brass,copper and is stainless steel fitted. The PEM1311 Waterlevel Sensor will monitor awaterlevel with a small internal float valve, that controls a PEM 1320 Hydraulic Valveto maintain a set waterlevel in a pool or pond.The waterlevel will be maintained within a20mm/ 0.75" differential.

Maximum water pressure is 50 PSI , 115ft-head, 3.5 bar or 35m head.

The sensor is supplied with 1.5m \5 feet of6mm\0.250" copper tubing .

# PEM NPT Suggested max. Flow Overall LengthBSP L/min USGPM mm Inches

480-6030 R1321 3/4" 38 10 96mm 3.75"480-6040 R1322 1" 68 18 100mm 4.00"480-6050 R1323 1 1/4" 132 35 127mm 5.00"480-6060 R1324 1 1/2" 227 60 127mm 5.00"480-6070 R1325 2" 300 80 153mm 6.00"

Waterlevel

PEM R1340 CHROMED GOOSE NECK FILL SPOUTS# 480-7000 PEM R1340

Gooseneck Fill Spouts are designed to comply withplumbing codes, that require the discharge of a watersupply into a pool to terminate at a specified distance abovethe highest possible waterlevel in a pool.PEM R1340 Fill Spouts are made of copper and are chromeplated.Where the above plumbing code requirement does notapply, the valve can discharge directly into the pool.

# PEM NPT/BSP480-7030 R1343 3/4"480-7040 R1344 1"480-7050 R1345 1 1/4"480-7060 R1346 1 1/2"480-7070 R1347 2"

Overall height of each goose neck is : 457mm \ 18.00"

PEM R1300series - 2 of 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

PEMNON ELECTRIC POOL FILL SYSTEM

R1300 The systems on this page are for separated water supplies only

Page 127: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PARTS FOR PEM R1300 seriesNON ELECTRIC, HYDRAULIC POOL FILLERS

# PEM DESCRIPTION

404-0110 R1290/-03 Internal Valve Assembly

404-0710 R1311/-05 Internal Floatvalve assembly

404-0730 R1311/-07 Tubing to Fill Valve (1.5m\5 feet)

404-0740 R1321/-10 (R1251/R1252) Fill Valve Diaphragm

404-0750 R1323/-10 (R1253) Fill Valve Diaphragm

404-0760 R1324/-10 (R1254) Fill Valve Diaphragm

404-0770 R1325/-10 (R1255) Fill Valve Diaphragm

404-0790 R1211/-07 Repair kit for R1211 Sensor Valve

(1200 Series = Previous Series)

PEM R1300series - 3 of 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 128: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM Q 119DUAL STAGE WIND CONTROL

PEM Q 119 - 1 of 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

INDEX

# PEM DESCRIPTION SECTION

INDEX Q 119-1

477-0351 Q 119-1 Dual Stage Wind Control Q 119-2

477-0352 Q 119-2 Additional Sensor Q 119-2

Parts for above and previous Controls Q 119-3

Page 129: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Q119 PEM Q119 WIND CONTROL is an electronic device to monitor wind velocities.At 2 selected wind velocities the control can be set independently to activate separate control circuitson rise of wind velocity above the set point and automatically de-activate upon lowering of the windvelocity to below the set point . The control can use up to 3 anemometers to provide multiple zonesensing and increased reliability. The highest wind speed detected from up to three anemometersis displayed in a digital LED display and used for control purposes.Built in adjustable time delay function prevents the fast cycling of controlled circuits due to gusty winds.The basic wind control consists of 2 parts: Control panel and Anemometer(s) interconnect with lowvoltage, shielded 3 conductor cable. The anemometer(s) normally installed up wind from the objectto be protected in relationship to same and beyond the reach of vandals. The anemometer(s) is/areof the optical interruptor type, with a 3 cup impeller spinning on ball bearings. The anemometer andcups are made of aluminum.The anemometer is mounted offset on an aluminum junction box with 3/4" conduit connection (NPT/BSP).The mounting configuration permits the installation of the anemometer close to solid objects.The control panel is enclosed in a NEMA/CEMA type 12 (4), moisture and dust proof polycarbonateenclosure with clear cover.Wiring between anemometer and control panel to be with 3 shielded conductors for eachanemometer. Recommended wire sizes: Up to 150m,500 feet = # 18 AWG,1.6mm2 shielded (1.5mm3)

SINGLE or DUAL STAGEWIND CONTROL

#477-0351PEM

Q119-2 # 477-0352, 5 VDCEXTRA ANEMOMETER

Q119-1 # 477-0351,CONTROL PANEL120/240VAC , 50/60 Hz. , 1 A.

FUNCTIONS :

* The shield of the sensor cable must be groundedat control panel only, insulated at anemometer.

A. Individual stage set pointsB. Auto - Off - Manual SwitchesC. Indicator lights for activated stage(s)D. Swing out cover to access terminalsE. Adjustable Time delay for each stageF. LED read outs of actual wind velocities

TERMINALS : 1 (+) Power Supply, 120V/240Vac-50/60Hz 2 (-) Power Supply, 120V/240Vac-50/60Hz 3 Earth / Ground 4 1. Stage Normally Closed Contact, OUT 5 1. Stage Common,Max.240V.,10 Amp., IN 6 1. Stage Normally Open Contact, OUT 7 2. Stage Normally Closed Contact, OUT 8 2. Stage Common,Max.240V.,10 Amp., IN 9 2. Stage Normally Open Contact, OUT10 Anemometer Power, 5 VDC (-) (OUT)11 Anemometer Power, 5 VDC (+) (OUT)12 Anemometer # 1 Signal (IN)13 Anemometer # 2 Signal (IN)14 Anemometer # 3 Signal (IN)

TERMINALS :

1 o 2 o 3 o 4 o 5 o 6 o 7 o 8 o 9 o10 o (-)DC11 o (+)DC12 o DC13 o DC14 o DC

Basic ControlAssembly

PEM Q 119# 477-0350consists of:1 x Q119-11 x Q119-2

30m/100' cableAdditional

AnemometersQ119-2 & cable

extra & additional

U.L. Listedc.U.L. Listed

DIMENSIONS:Control Panel Enclosure,185mm / 7.280" - Width, 175mm / 6.89"- Height, 100mm /3.930"- Depth. (Conduit openings to suit by installer.)Sensor:220mm / 8.660"-Height, 150mm / 5.900" - Width, 170mm /6.690" - DepthCable supplied with control :30m / 100 feet of 18/3 AWG, 1.6mm2, shielded 3 wire cable

APPLICATIONS:Normal application of PEM Q119 Wind Control for fountainsis in the control of spray effects, that the same will not be carriedout of the fountain pool by winds causing distress and hazardsto passers-by.Used as a 1 Stage ControlNormally used to shut off the fountain pump(s).Used as 2 Stage ControlStage 1 of the wind control is used to lower the spray effectsto suitable heights during periods of light winds by means ofelectrical controlled by-pass valves or shutting off parts of amultiple pumping system. Stage 2 of the wind control is usedto shut off the spray effects completely during periods of highwinds.Once the winds subside, the wind control automatically returnsthe spray effects to normal operation.This system shall not be used in fountains where people mightwalk across covered (dry surface) fountains during periods ofhigh winds when the control shuts down the sprays.Other applications are to monitor the wind velocities andengage alarms or other protective devices at 2 separate, adjust-able, wind velocities. Other applications can be found atmarinas, high bridges, greenhouses and inflatable coversover pools and tennis courts among many.

ELECTRICAL RATINGS:Q119-1 # 477-0351 = 120/240VAC , 50/60 Hz. , 1.0Amp.Q119-2, # 477-0352 = 5 VDCSwitch Ratings = Max. 240V, 10 A. - 120V, 10A. Non Inductive(Dry switch circuits , common(s) must be supplied)

MONITORED WIND VELOCITY RANGE FOR BOTH STAGES:2.0 - 62 mp/h - 3.2 to 100 km/h - 1.7 to 54 Nautical mp/h

PEM Q 119 - 2 of 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 130: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PARTS FOR PEM Q 119WIND CONTROL

# PEM DESCRIPTION

403-0100 Q117 Panel Replace with new Q119 panel & sensor

403-0510 Q118 Panel Replace with new Q119 panel & sensor

403-0610 Q118/-07 Anemometer Assembly

with brass base, less junction box

403-0620 Q118/07A Anemometer Assembly

without brass base (broken off Cup(s) )

403-0710 Q119/07 Anemometer Assembly

with brass base, less junction box

477-0352 Q119-2 Anemometer Assembly

with brass base & with junction box

477-0381 Q119-02 Clear Plastic Cover of Control Panel

477-0396 Q119-2 Sensor Junction Box Cover with Bolts(4)

PEM Q119 - 3 of 3 Controls 2006-10 replacing 2005-2

Page 131: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

# PEM Page

Index 500ACatalog Codes 500BDesign Data 501503-9020 0114 502504-1100 02-1 502504-1200 02-2 502504-1610 02-6-1 502504-1620 02-6-2 502504-2300 03-4 503504-3100 07-1 503504-3200 07-3 503504-4000 08... 504504-4200 09... 504504-5000 14... 504504-5200 14-10... 505504-6000 15... 505504-7000 16... 505504-8100 18-1... 506504-8200 18-3... 506504-9100 20... 506505-0100 29 506505-1000 31... 507505-2100 32... 507505-2200 32-H 507505-3010 33 508505-3020 34 508505-4000 40 508505-5000 50... 509505-6000 60... 510505-7000 80... 511505-8000 90... 511505-9100 107A 512505-9210 107B 512506-2100 108-210 513506-3750 108-375 513506-3760 108-376 513506-5300 250... 514506-5400 260... 514506-5500 270... 514506-5600 280... 514506-6200 290 515

PEM FOUNTAIN SPRAYS

INDEX 2005-1 500 SECTION SUPERSEDES 2003-1

SPRAYS 2005-1 500A

# PEM Page

506-6300 292 515506-6400 294 515506-6500 295 515506-9000 320... 516507-0000 360... 516507-1000 370... 517507-2000 500... 517507-3000 626 517507-4000 740... 518507-6000 740-400.. 519507-7100 750... 520507-7400 760... 520507-7510 776 521507-7710 796 521507-7800 800/810 522507-8000 820... 522507-9000 840... 522508-0000 850... 522800 Performances 523508-1000 870.. 523508-3000 950... 524509-0100 1000... 525509-1000 1100... 526509-2000 1200... 527509-3200 1420... 528509-3600 1460... 528509-5110 1484 529509-5210 1491 529509-6110 1510 530509-6130 1520 530509-6150 1530 530509-6170 1540 530509-6190 1550 530509-6200 1560 531509-6300 1570 532509-6600 1610 533509-7000 1640 534509-8000 1700 535510-0072 1721 536510-1100 1854/08 537Spray Design

Calculations 538

Supersedes all previous editions & specifications.

Page 132: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

500B SPRAYS 2005-1

Page 133: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

1. QUICK PIPE SIZING GUIDE for pressure flows with appr. 3.0m/0.3bar/10'/3.34kpa pressure drop per 30m / 100 feet of pipe.PIPE SIZE: 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12"FLOW\USGPM: 9 19 28 52 200 380 880 1600 2400 3500FLOW\L/min: 34 72 106 197 757 1438 3330 6056 9084 13247DO NOT USE PRESSURE FLOW TABLES FOR GRAVITY FLOWS , use Manning sewer flow tables!

2. QUICK SIZING GUIDE FOR PERFORATED SUCTION STRAINERS WITH 40 % + OPEN AREASOpening size to be appr. 50% of nozzle orifices.SCREEN OPENINGS: 1mm 1.5mm 2mm 3mm 4mm 6mm 10mmFLOW \ L/min per m2 : 220 380 530 740 950 1200 3000SCREEN OPENINGS: 0.063" 0.125" 0.250" 0.375" 0.500" 0.750"FLOW \ USGPM per square foot: 12 17 25 50 100 270

3. ANTI VORTEX COVERS OVER PUMP SUCTION FITTINGSRequired in most installations to prevent entry of air into system by vortexing. Size depends on water depth and flow.

4. NPSHA : (NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAD AVAILABLE) :Term describing the depth of water over the pump suction required to permit pump to perform as advertised , thepump supplier usually furnishes this information, which is essential during design/engineering of a pump system.

5. SURGE/SPLASH COLLAR: Structural part of a pool or device that encloses the falling water of a spray effect toprevent content of pool to surge and cause spray effect to jump especially in circular or square pool.

6. BALANCED OVERFLOW: An overflow that is sized to remove the greatest possible inflow into a pool before the pool overflows,usually sizing is done to draw off the full flow of a water supply into a pool (2 x #1 on this page). Sizing of overflow is done byestablishing linear weir length of overflow device (multiply pipe diameter x 3.14) and possible head of water before pool overflowcan occur, then check waterfall data below for flow rates. For very large pool and / or inflows consider an appropriate length overflowweir in front of a suitable size drain in the pool floor. In multi level pools or cascades the overflow to be sized for the entire watersurface area and set above non operating water level into base pool.

7. TO ESTIMATE APPR. 60 Hz PUMP HP / KW FOR A KNOWN PERFORMANCE: (Flow in USGPM X MC (total, in feet head)) DIVIDE BY: 2970 or (3960 X 75% of known Efficiency) : KW x 1.34 : HPTO ESTIMATE APPR. 50 Hz PUMP HP / KW FOR A KNOWN PERFORMANCE: (Flow in L/min X MC (total , in meter head) DIVIDE BY: 2970 or (3960 X 75% of known Efficiency): KW x 1.34 : HP (Final engineering calculations might differ from above, as other factors and/or variations are to be considered.)

8. APPROXIMATE COSTS OF OPERATING A PUMP: Based upon the hourly operating costs of an electrical motor:MULTIPLY : KNOWN KWH COSTS X FACTORS SHOWN :1 PHASE HP : 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 2 3 5KW : 1.34 2.68 4.02 6.70FACTOR : .408 .535 .760 1.0 2.0 2.95 4.653 PHASE HP : 1 3 5 10 20 30 50 100KW : 1.34 4.02 6.7 13.4 26.8 40.2 67.5 135FACTOR : .96 2.7 4.5 9.0 16.9 25.0 41.3 81.5

9. PERFORMANCE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN 50 Hertz & 60 Hertz (Cycles) ELECTRICAL MOTORS:Pumps with 50 Hz motors have an appr. 19% lower performance than with 60 Hz motors.Pumps with 60 Hz motors have an appr. 16% higher performance than with 50 Hz motors.

10. CONVERSION DATA:FLOW:

1 L/min(LPM) : .264 USGPM \ .220 IGPM1 USGPM (G) : 3.785 L/min \ 0.833 IGPM1 IGPM : 4.546 L/min \ 1.2 USGPM1 L/sec. : 15.85 USGPM \ 13.2 IGPM1m3/min : 264.2 USGPM \ 220.08 IGPM

PRESSURE :1m/head (MC) : 0.1 bar / 9.82kpa / 3.28'head / 1.422PSI1'/head (FT) : 0.305m / 2.99kpa / 0.0305bar / 0.433PSI

DISTANCE / HEIGHT / DEPTH :1 Meter : 39.37 Inches(") / 3.28083 Feet(')1 Inch(") : 25.4mm1 Foot(') : 30.4801cm

AREA :1 m2 : 10.76 Square Feet (Sqft)1 Sqft : 0.0929 m2

WEIGHTS OF WATER:1Kg or 1 Liter : 2.207 Lbs1m3 : 1000 kg / 2203 Lbs1 cbft : 62.4 2Lbs / 28.28 Kg1 US Gallon : 3.785 Kg / 8.36Lbs

VOLUMES OF WATER: M3 : : Cubic meter1M3 : 1000 Liter / 35.31 cbft1 cubic foot : 28.316 Liter / 7.4805 US Gallons1 Liter : 0.001 M3 / 0.353 cbft

TORQUE : (Tightening of facering bolts of lightfixtures)1 (Newton Meter) NM : 8.85 Inch Lbs1 (Inch Pound)"lbs : 0.12 NM

LUMINANCE OF ILLUMINATION:1 CP,Candle Power per square foot : 10.764 CP/m21 CP,Candle Power per square inch : 1550.0 CP/m21 LM,Lumen per square foot : 10.763 LM/m2

11. WATERFALLS ('A' : Height of water overflowing over weir)Suggested flow volumes per linear meter of waterfall or overflow.'A' L/min Suggested maximum free fall height.3.5mm 66 0.5m The longer the overflow weir , the greater 'A' shall be 7mm 150 1.0m to overcome minute elevation differences in the weir.10mm 250 1.2m For noise and splash reduction of waterfalls15mm 380 1.5m have water fall into center of a foam bed generated by20mm 510 1.8m a movable double row of PEM 64 Foam Jets.30mm 690 2.4m For multi level pools , storage cubic area must be provided into the base pool40mm 1100 3.0m to store all of the run off of the upper level pools before it overflows.50mm 1500 3.5m Run off happens when the circulating pump is shut off !

SPRAYS 2005-1 501

DESIGN DATA

Page 134: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

#504-1100, PEM 02-1, T = 3/4"#504-1200, PEM 02-2, T = 1"

Performances at 450

H1 H2 V FL M C m m m L m0.5 0.23 0.10 95 0.41.0 0.48 0.30 126 0.72.0 0.95 0.60 260 1.13.0 1.45 1.00 281 1.74.0 2.00 1.50 350 2.3 Ft Ft Ft G Ft 2 0.92 0.70 26.7 1.5 4 1.81 1.35 38.6 2.5 5 2.37 1.80 46.0 3.010 4.74 3.30 76.1 5.812 5.68 4.80 87.2 6.9

PEM 02 Series Fan Jets are made of cast bronze. Best solid sheet performances are at lowerperformances shown. Water supply to jet must be undisturbed, non turbulent. For directional adjustmentuse PEM 500 series Swivel Union. Use PEM 02-1, 3/4" for lowest performances only.X = 4mm x 76mm/0.156" x 3.0" SS = 3mm/0.125"

PEM 02-1 & 02-2

PEM 0114

450

Vertical

The discharge manifold must have provisions for adjustment to a perfecthorizontal balance throughout the full length of the pipe as the nozzlesact as overflows within the discharge pipe. Supply pressure must bevalve regulated. On regular intervals the discharge pipe also to have airvents on the top, automatic for pressure filled discharge pipe or just openvents for non pressure filled pipe (water does not rise to top of dischargepipe). The water effect discharged is a ragged, broken stream of dropletsdepending in size on the head of water overflowing into the nozzle. Theless head the finer and further apart the droplets. At full pressure aragged stream of water is ejected.Closest spacing of nozzles: 25 mm \ 1.0" center to center.Flow requirements range from 1 Liter /Quart per minute for 10 nozzles toapp. 25 L/min \ 6.6 USGPM per nozzle.Basic Rule : The less water, the better the equal horizontal alignment of allnozzle intakes must be. SS = 3mm\0.125"

RAIN CURTAINNOZZLE#503-9020

FAN JETS

84mm3.31"

15mm0.59"

108mm4.25" Vertical Performances

V H2 FL MC m m L m0.5 2.0 35 1.101.0 5.0 62 1.601.5 8.0 84 2.70 Ft Ft G Ft2.0 9.2 11.9 4.03.0 14.8 15.6 5.34.0 21.0 19.1 6.35.0 26.2 22.2 8.9

4"Brass Pipe

2" Supply

3/8"NPT /BSP

126mm4.960"

10mm.394"

12mm.472"

105mm4.134"

Automatic Vent(Air relief)

20mm/787"

PEM 0114 Nozzle is designed for medium size free falling rain curtain effects to provide an even outflowof all nozzles over the length of a rain curtain effect. PEM 0114 is made of brass and has 3/8" NPT male pipethread.The discharge manifold to be 4" pipe size. The 0114 nozzles are threaded into the bottom of the dischargemanifold pipe, care is to be taken, that all nozzles are inserted to the same depth.

Vertical Performances V H3 H2 FL MC m m m L m 0.5 0.40 0.50 180 0.7 1.0 0.64 1.00 252 1.2 2.0 1.42 2.30 420 2.2 3.0 2.65 4.20 570 3.2 Ft Ft Ft G Ft 2 1.48 2.00 54 3.0 4 3.00 4.00 78 6.0 5 4.00 5.70 92 7.0 10 8.70 13.80 154 12.0

502 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 02-6 NARROW FAN JET#504-1610, PEM 02-6-1, T= 1 1/2"#504-1620, PEM 02-6-2, T= 2" (Male)

Sprayhead Vertical

PEM 02-6 Fan Jets are made of cast bronze.Best solid sheet performances are at lowerperformances shown. Water supply to jet to beundisturbed, non turbulent.

130mm5.12"

X

180mm7.09"

120mm4.72"

For directional adjustment use PEM 500 series Swivel Union. X: 5mm\0.2" X 120mm\4.72", SS:3.0mm/0.125"

Sprayheadat 450

Performances at 450

H1 H2 V FL MC m m m L m0.50 1.20 0.25 13 2.201.00 2.80 0.60 39 2.701.50 4.40 0.95 56 3.602.00 6.00 1.30 71 7.00Ft Ft Ft G Ft2.0 4.9 1.1 4.8 6.93.0 8.2 1.2 8.8 8.14.0 11.2 2.5 11.9 10.05.0 14.4 3.2 14.8 14.26.0 17.8 3.9 17.2 16.97.0 21.0 4.5 19.6 17.4

Page 135: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

m m L m0.25 0.70 120 0.700.50 1.20 230 1.500.75 1.70 318 2.301.00 2.20 382 3.051.50 3.20 516 4.702.00 4.20 660 7.30Inches Inches G Ft12" 35" 37 2.524" 55" 66 5.736" 79" 98 9.048" 99" 117 12.360" 120" 138 15.472" 150" 159 18.8

PEM 07-1 is made of cast bronze and stainless steelfitted. For vertical performances convert H1 to V andreduce 50% approximately and increase H2 to 200%approximately.Water supply to jet must be non turbulentfor solid sheet of water effect with straight inflow pipelength of 10 x pipe size. Best solid sheet performancesare up to-H1 = 0.75 m \ 2.5 Ft.

m m L m0.25 0.45 57 0.700.50 0.80 110 1.500.75 1.10 152 2.301.00 1.30 185 3.051.50 1.80 246 4.702.00 2.40 314 7.30Inches Inches G Ft12" 21" 19 2.524" 27" 33 5.736" 49" 45 9.048" 59" 55 12.360" 70" 65 15.472" 82" 75 18.8

V Fl MC m L m1.00 14.0 4.91.50 17.0 6.92.00 19.0 8.53.00 23.0 11.74.00 26.0 13.85.00 29.0 15.66.00 31.0 18.3 Ft G Ft 5.0 4.2 2310.0 6.3 3915.0 7.3 4820.0 8.2 60

PEM 07-3

H1 H2 Fl MC

H1 H2 Fl MC

PEM 03-4

H2

PERFORMANCES :

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL H1

V

H2 H2

170o

90o

90o Sheet of Water Jet

PEM 03-4 Swivel mounted Clearstream Jets are for the creationof exceptional clear stream performance spray rings or otherspray manifolds that require all equally even unbroken streamsof water. The built in pressure reduction in each jet equalizesthe output of a number of jets on a common spray manifold.

Minimum pipe size for equalizing spray manifold = 3" - 76mm.For strainer size check technical information in back of catalog.Pipe Connection is 1/2" Male NPT. Included angle of directionaladjustment of jet = 30o

Due to its construction this jet is to be used solely in vandalfree locations.

PEM 03-4 is made of brass, chrome plating available at extracost.

HORIZONTAL

VERTICAL

H1

H2

PEM 07-3 is made of cast bronze and is stainless steelfitted.For vertical performances convert H1 to V and reduce50% approx. and increase H2 to 160% approx. Best solidsheet performances are up to H1 = 0.75 m \ 2.5 Ft.Water supply to jet must be non turbulent for solid sheet ofwater effect with straight inflow pipe length of 10 x pipe size.For vertical, high, spray effects on vertical riser pipe, use a90 degree street elbow to mount jet.

15o 15o

V

DIMENSIONS :OV 94mm\3.710"OD1 210mm\8.270"OD2 117mm\4.610"SS 3mm\0.125"T 2"

170o Sheet of Water Jet#504-3200

#504-3100 PEM 07-1

Clear Stream Jet with Pressure Equalizer

OD1

OD2

OV

SPRAYS 2005-1 503

DIMENSIONS :OV 153mm\6.000"SS 3mm\0.125"T 1/2" NPT (male)

DIMENSIONS :OV 93mm\3.670"OD1 191mm\7.520"OD2 124mm\4.890"SS 3mm\0.125"T # 504-3110 / 07-1-1:1 1/2"T # 504-3120 / 07-1-2:2"

OV

OD1 OD2

07-3Side view and Top View

153mm 6.000"

#504-2300

PERFORMANCES IN WALL MOUNTED,HORIZONTAL OUTPUT POSITION0.5 M \ 20" ABOVE WATERLEVEL.

For vertical, high, spray effect on verticalriser pipe, use a 90 degree street elbowto mount jet.

PERFORMANCES IN WALL MOUNTED, HORIZONTALOUTPUT POSITION 0.5 M \ 20" ABOVE WATERLEVEL.

Page 136: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

T O V OD Addition * # PEM " mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches

504- 4010 08-1 1/2" 57 2.244" 84 3.310" 38 .50"504- 4020 08-2 3/4" 57 2.244" 84 3.310" 38 1.50"504- 4030 08-3 1" 62 2.450" 84 3.310" 40 1.57"504- 4040 08-4 1 1/4" 65 2.560" 110 4.330" 45 1.77"504- 4050 08-5 1 1/2" 70 2.760" 110 4.330" 48 1.90"504- 4060 08-6 2" 80 3.150" 118 4.645" 48 1.90"504- 4070 08-7 2 1/2" 80 3.150" 130 5.120" 48 1.90"504- 4080 08-8 3" 90 3.544" 162 6.375" 51 2.01"504- 4090 08-9 4" 96 3.780" 170 6.688" 45 1.77"504- 4100 08-10 6" 104 4.090" 308 12.130" 38 1.50"

V FL MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m0.50 76 2.5 87 2.751.00 91 4.3 106 4.581.50 106 5.9 129 6.10 269 3.42.00 118 7.1 144 7.62 311 4.02.50 163 8.1 163 9.15 347 5.13.00 182 10.70 383 6.14.00 238 13.70 440 7.75.00 485 9.86.00 526 12.2 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 2 22 10 24 10 3 24 13 27 13 4 26 17 31 17 5 28 20 33 20 71 11 6 30 23 37 23 79 13 8 34 29 42 29 90 15 10 43 48 48 35 101 20 12 56 42 111 23 15 73 53 123 31

20 139 41

PEM 09 Series Elevation Adjustments are made of bronze, brass and copper,stainless steel fitted. PEM 09 Series Jet & Nozzle Adjustments are designedprimarily for use with waterlevel dependent cascade, geyser or foam jets tochange or alter nozzle immersion AFTER INSTALLATION. By decreasing thenozzle immersion, the sprayheight increases and the spray effect getslighter, by increasing the nozzle immersion the sprayheight decreases andthe spray effects gets heavier. The use of this adjustment permits a bettermatching of the jet to available pump performances. Sprayheights of water-level dependent spray effects can be increased without changing the pumpmanifolding. The adjustment range is appr. 50 mm/2.000", sufficient for mostapplications that might arise. The elevation adjustments are for use belowwaterlevel only.

A locking device assures permanence of adjustment. For ease of installation,the device must be in locked position prior to mounting of jet.

DIRECTIONALADJUSTMENT FLANGES

PUMP

WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENTAERATING JETS

PEM 09

#504-4200

#504-4000

To adjust: Loosen bolts on opposite side to intended direction of adjustment and tighten boltin line of intended adjustment,then lock all bolts.The adjustment flanges are for submersedinstallation for above water adjustment use PEM 500 series Ball Swivel Unions.

14-6

PEM 53

PEM 08-5

PEM 09-5

By-passValve

PEM 14

14-7

#504-5000

14-3

* - 'X ' Output is adjustable after installation . Performances shown are with shown 'X' opening.

X (+/-)* 2mm \ 0.08" 3mm \ 0.12" 4mm \ 0.16" SS 1.7mm \ 0.065" 2mm \ 0.08" 3mm \ 0.125"

Max. AdjustmentOff Centerline: 5o

PEM 14-3 14-6 14-7 # 504-5010 504-5030 504-5050

T 1" 1 1/2" 2" OX 51mm \ 2.0" 51mm \ 2.0" 76mm \ 3.0" OV 166mm \ 6.5" 170mm \ 6.7" 248mm \ 9.8" OD 73mm \ 2.9" 73mm \ 2.9" 110mm \ 4.3"

PEM 08

PEM 14 Series Jets are made of cast bronze and brass, stainless steel fitted. PEM14 Series Waterlevel Independent and Flow Adjustable Aerating Jets arefor installation above water level.The complete jet has to be above waterlevel. Forinstallations into fountain pools use PEM 14-10 Series immersible jets, butwaterlevel independent aerating jets and have an adjustable after installation flowcontrol. 14-6X are special adapted standard Jets for PEM M907 application.

504 SPRAYS 2005-1

Maximum extension over 'OV' = 50mm/2.0",

Extension riser nipple has screw adjustmentwith positive lock.

Pipe connections, NPT or BSP, must bespecified.

* = Approximate addition to height of riser pipe for the insertion of the adjustment flange. Dimensionsshown replace catalog dimensions where applicable. 'Addition' dimensions are average, might varydepending on pipe threads.

08-2

09-4

EXAMPLE--

PEM 08 Series Adjustment Flanges are made of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted. PEM 08 Series AdjustmentFlanges are designed to permit limited directional adjustment of spray jets or nozzles that do not have swivelbases. Maximum 5o of adjustment from center line is possible

ELEVATI0NADJUSTMENTS

# PEM T" mm OV Inches504- 421 09-1 1/2" 130 5.120"504- 422 09-2 3/4" 130 5.120"504- 4230 09-3 1" 130 5.120"504- 4240 09-4 1 1/4" 150 5.910"504- 4250 09-5 1 1/2" 150 5.910"504- 4260 09-6 2" 200 7.870"504- 4280 09-8 3" 200 7.870"

Page 137: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

V FL MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m0.50 76 2.5 87 2.751.00 91 4.3 106 4.581.50 106 5.9 129 6.10 269 3.42.00 118 7.1 144 7.62 311 4.02.50 163 8.1 163 9.15 347 5.13.00 182 10.70 383 6.14.00 238 13.70 440 7.75.00 485 9.86.00 526 12.2 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 2 22 10 24 10 3 24 13 27 13 4 26 17 31 17 5 28 20 33 20 71 11 6 30 23 37 23 79 13 8 34 29 42 29 90 1510 43 48 48 35 101 2012 56 42 111 2315 73 53 123 31

20 139 41

PEM 14-12 14-14 14-16 # 504-5220 504-5240 504-5260

PEM 15-3 15-6 # 504-6010 504-6020

V FL MC FL MC m L m L m 0.25 48 2.1 0.50 68 3.21.00 87 4.9 198 1.481.50 103 6.4 223 2.742.00 116 7.7 260 3.442.50 128 8.4 295 4.153.00 139 9.9 335 4.994.00 151 11.8 452 6.90

Ft G Ft G Ft 1 15.1 7.5 2 18.3 11.2 3 22.5 15.4 50.5 6.5 4 24.9 18.0 56.1 7.4 5 27.0 21.0 59.0 9.0

6 29.6 23.9 65.0 10.9 8 33.6 28.5 76.9 13.210 37.0 32.5 88.6 16.412 40.5 36.7 105.7 19.7

T 1" Male 3" Female OX 51mm/2.000" 76mm/3.000" OV 133mm/5.236" 381mm/15.000" OD 87mm/3.430" 114mm/4.490" X 4mm/0.160" 8mm/0.320"

UT 93mm/3.670" 331mm/ 13.040" V FL MC FL MC FL MC

'A' 'A' 'B' 'B' m L m L m L m

0.25 68 3.3 0.50 88 4.7 1.00 124 7.0 1.50 155 9.0 410 3.30 2.00 182 10.7 450 4.90 490 5.8 2.50 207 12.3 505 5.30 570 7.0 3.00 226 13.7 560 8.10 655 8.1 4.00 256 16.3 660 10.20 755 10.2

5.00 745 12.60 848 12.6 6.00 810 14.40 920 14.4 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 1 19.3 11.2 2 24.9 15.7 3 32.8 22.0 4 36.2 25.3 5 41.1 29.5 108 12

6 45.9 33.9 125 15 148 19 8 54.7 39.4 135 19 162 2110 59.7 44.9 148 24 173 2712 64.8 50.2 164 29 190 31

15 185 34 211 34 20 214 40 243 47

WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENTPARTIAL IMMERSIBLE

CASCADE JETS

PEM 16-7 is supplied with internaladjustment to provide either effect'A', a slender aerated cascade spray,using less water & pressure or type'B', a heavy very impressive cascadespray using more water & pressure.Low to intermediate spray heights aremost recommended.

14-16 14-14 14-12

15-6

PEM 16 Series Jets are made of castbronze, brass and copper.

PEM 16 Series jets require suctionstraining as indicated. The air intake hasto be well above waterlevel if the jetsare immersed into a pool to avoid surgeoscillation.

PEM 15 Series Jets are made of castbronze, brass and copper. PEM 15 SeriesWaterlevel Independent Cascade Jetsare designed for use with 'dirty' water asthey can digest solids to the orifice sizeshown. These jets have the best foaming/ white water spray effect in the lowersprayheights.The air intake has to be well abovewaterlevel if the jets are immersed into apool to avoid surge oscillating.

PEM 14-10 Series Jets are made of cast bronze, brass and copper, stainless steelfitted and have an adjustable after installation flow control. PEM 14-10 SeriesWaterlevel Independent, Immersible and Flow Adjustable Aerating Jets are forinstallation into the water of a pool with only the top of the jet protruding above thewater. For installations out of the water use PEM 14 Series jets. Dimension 'UT' ismaximum immersion of jet.

PEM 15-0

PEM 16-0

T 1" 1 1/2" 2" O X 51mm\2.0" 51mm\2.0" 76mm\3.0"

OV 166mm\6.5" 170mm\6.7" 248mm\9.77" OD 76mm\3.0" 76mm\3.0" 130mm\5.1"

UT 126mm\5.0" 132mm\5.2" 152mm\6.0"X (+/-)* 2mm\0.08" 3mm\0.12" 4mm\0.16" SS 1.7mm\0.065" 2mm\0.08" 3.18mm\0.125"

WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENTPARTIAL IMMERSIBLE

AERATING JETS

#504-5200

#504-6000

#504-7000

PEM 14-10

16-3

SPRAYS 2005-1 505

* - 'X ' Output is adjustable afterinstallation . Performances shownare with shown 'X' opening.

PEM 16-3 16-7 # 504-7010 504-7030

16-7

WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENTPARTIAL IMMERSIBLE

CASCADE JETS

15-3

PEM 15-3 15-6 # 504-6010 504-6020 T 1" 1 1/2"

OX 35mm / 1.378" 50mm / 2.00" OV 92mm / 3.622" 149mm / 5.87" OD 42mm / 1.660" 60mm / 2.37" SS 8mm / 0.325" 18mm / 0.71"

UT 67mm / 2.640" 129mm / 5.08"

Page 138: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PERFORMANCES: CONFIGURATION (Other configurations custom made) 'A' 'B' 'C' 50 80 100

V FL FL FL MC 'H' 'H' 'H' m L L L m m m m 1.5 168 200 101 2.1 0.9 1.6 2.3 2.0 192 226 130 2.8 1.2 2.0 2.8 3.0 225 264 183 4.2 1.6 2.6 3.7 4.0 256 298 221 5.6 2.1 3.6 4.8 Ft G G G Ft Ft Ft Ft 5 45 53 27 9.0 3 5 8 8 52 62 39 12.0 5 7 10 10 60 70 49 14.0 6 9 12 15 70 83 63 21.0 10 14 18

Performance Range for all 18-1, variable due to adjustmentH: 0.2-0.8m \ 8.0"-30"FL: 6-30 L \ 1.6-8.0 GMC: 0.8-1.2m \ 2.5-4.0 Ft + elevation above waterlevelX: (Average) 3mm \ 0.125" could be smaller or larger.SS: 1.5mm\0.065"Deflector plate is adjustable for diameter of bell.Chrome plated finish is standard.Also available:504-8190 Series, 18-1X, custom made height & pipe connection

Jetmounts directly

uponstand

PEM 18-1STripod Stand w/ 1/2" T

29-5505-0250

2 PRONG WRENCH

SPRAY APRONSPRAYHEAD

18-3STripod Stand with 3/4" T

Y

OV2OV1

OD

PEM 29

#505-0100

PEM 18-1BELL JETS#504-8100

Deflector plate is adjustable for diameter of bell.Performance Range for all 18-3 , variable due toadjustmentH = 0.6-1.2m \ 2..0'-4.0'FL = 10-50 L \ 2.5-14 GMC = 0.8-1.2m \ 2.5-4.0 Ft + Elevation above waterlevelX = (Average) 3mm \ 0.125" could be smaller or larger.SS = 1.7mm\0.065"Chrome plated finish is standard.Also available:504-8290 Series 18-3X,custom made height and pipe connection

#504-8200

PEM 18-3BELL JETS

18-1A 18-1C 18-1B

Jet mountsdirectly upon stand

CONFIGURATION 'A'

29-4505-0240

SOLID WINTER COVER

Deflector plate is reversible for mushroom type spray or bell spray,Deflector plate is adjustable (lockable) for diameter of spray.(Suction strainer is required, see inside back cover of catalog.)

22 24

#504-9100

PEM 20MINI BELLJETS

PEM 08-6,(Additional)

506 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 18-1Awith PEM 18-1S

18-3Cwith 18-3S

CONFIGURATION 'A' # 505-0110Y 12 x 6.35mm\0.250"Diam. of Y 76.2mm\3.000"Angle of Y 5 Degrees off vertical center lineCONFIGURATION 'B' # 505-0120Y 24 x 4.8mm\0.187"Diam. of Y (2x12) 76.2mm\3.000"Angle of Y 5 & 8 degrees off vertical center lineCONFIGURATION 'C' # 505-0130Y 48 x 3.18mm\0.125"Diam. of Y (2 x 24) 76.2mm\3.000"Angle of Y 5 & 10 degrees of vertical center line

PEM 29

PEM 29 spray apron sprayheadis made of cast bronze with 'O'ring seal.

PEM 20 Series are made ofbrass and bronze, stainlesssteel fitted, finish is machinedbronze.

PEM 18-3 are made of copper, brass and bronze, stainless steel fitted.

18-3A 18-3B 18-3C

# PEM T OV OD504-8110 18-1A 1/2" 152mm\6.00" 60mm\2.370"504-8120 18-1B 1/2" 229mm\9.00" 60mm\2.370"504-8130 18-1C 1/2" 305mm\12.00" 60mm\2.370"504-8140 18-1S 1/2" 89mm\3.500" 254mm\10.0"

PEM 18-1 are madeof copper, brass andbronze, stainlesssteel fitted.

# PEM T OV OD504-8210 18-3A 1" 305mm\12.00" 84mm\3.310"504-8220 18-3B 1" 457mm\18.00" 84mm\3.310"504-8230 18-3C 1" 610mm\24.00" 60mm\3.310"504-8240 18-3S 1" 51mm\2.00" 305mm\12.0"

DIMENSIONS:T 2"OV 1 92mm\3.630"OV 2 150mm\5.910"OD 152mm\5.990"

PEM 22 24# 504-9110 504-9120T 3/4" 1"OV 115mm\4.530" 144mm\5.670"OD 51mm\2.000" 61mm\2.410"PERFORMANCE RANGES:H 20-50cm\8"-20" 30-80cm\12"-30"FL 5-20L\1.4-5.3G 6-40L\1.6-10MC 10-60cm\1-3Ft 10-60cm\1-3FtX 3mm\0.125" +/- 3mm\0.125" +/-SS 1.7mm\0.065" 1.7mm\0.065"

PEM 22

Page 139: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

V= Vertical H2 FL MC m m L m 0.5 1.6 28 1.5 1.0 2.4 44 2.4 1.5 3.8 59 3.4 2.0 5.4 73 5.0 Ft Inches G Ft 2 47" 8.2 5.4 3 91" 10.6 7.4 4 122" 13.3 9.4 5 154" 15.6 11.5 6 189" 17.7 14.7

PEM 32 32+538# 505-2110 505-2120T 3/4" 3/4"OV 51mm \ 2.00" 108mm \ 4.25"OD 64mm \ 2.50" 64mm \ 2.50"Y 12X 2.4mm\0.094"

H1 H2 V H4 FL MC m m m m L m1.0 0.70 0.26 0.70 33 1.71.5 1.00 0.33 0.75 39 2.42.0 1.30 0.39 1.04 47 3.13.0 1.90 0.46 1.50 61 4.74.0 2.50 0.67 1.96 76 6.45.0 3.20 1.06 2.60 93 8.16.0 3.80 1.15 3.10 108 9.4Ft Ft Ft Ft G Ft

5 3.0 0.9 2.3 7.5 710 5.8 1.4 4.8 11.5 1215 8.4 2.8 7.2 16.0 1820 11.6 3.5 9.6 21.0 24

V = 45o H1 H2 FL MC m m m L m 0.4 1.0 1.5 27 1.0 0.6 1.5 2.5 35 1.7 0.7 2.0 3.5 44 2.2 0.9 3.0 4.5 66 3.7 Ft Inches Inches G Ft 1 31" 43" 6.4 2.9 2 63" 102" 9.6 5.7 3 122" 181" 17.5 12.4 4 205" 291" 25.2 22.7

T 3/4"NPT/BSPOV 51mm \ 2.00"OD 64mm \ 2.50"Y 13X 2.4mm \ 0.094"

PEM 32 H Angular Fan Spray Head is designed for flush installation into the free board of swimming poolsin warm climates to spray low over the pool and cool the pool water by evaporation. The spray normallyis operated by the filter return. This sprayhead can also be used for decorative purposes by casting it intowalls. The face of the spray head is smooth, the face plate is equipped with a set screw to permit alignmentof spray.The face plate can only be removed with PEM 32-1, 2 Prong Wrench.The spray head is made of bronze and brass, with stainless steelset screws and a natural machined finish.Chrome plating is extra.

30o IncludedAngle

15o

AboveHorizontal

15o

AboveHorizontal

V H FL MC m m L m1.0 0.7 35 1.61.5 0.9 46 2.22.0 1.2 57 2.83.0 1.6 86 4.9Ft Ft G Ft 4 2 10.0 6.0 5 3 12.0 7.0 6 4 14.0 8.0 8 5 18.0 11.010 6 22.0 16.0

PEM 32With Swivel Union

PEM 538

OD

Angular FanSpray Head

T

PEM 32 Spray Apron Spray Heads are designed to be cast into concrete, flush with surface installation in unsupervisedpublic playgrounds. The spray head is vandal resistant, requires a special wrench to remove nozzle plate from thebody. For ease of installation, the spray heads are to be mounted upon PEM 538, 3/4" swivel unions. Before pouringthe concrete, the spray heads are to be set to proper level, then enclosed with a 203mm / 8.0" form. After concreteis cured, remove forms, turn on water and adjust spray heads to suit, then grout in spray heads so that they are appr.1.5mm \ 0.065" above concrete surface. Spray Aprons are usually supplied with city water going to waste ( PEM 6094/6212, 4" Drain in center of apron). PEM 32 Spray Heads are made of Brass and Bronze. Standard Spray Configuration:12 x 2.4mm\0.094" orifices in a circle of 35mm\1.375" bored with an outside angle of 5 degrees off vertical. (Otherconfigurations within the flow capability can be custom made).

The PEM 31 Finger Jets have a large clean out accesscover. PEM 31 are made of cast bronze and brass,stainless steel fitted. Performances with 13 Jets areappr. 50% of: H, H2 & FL, 100% of other dimensions.Finger Jets require perfect suction straining, SS: 2.4mm\0.125"

PEM 32

PEM 32

DIMENSIONS :

Spray Apron Spray Head

DIMENSIONS :

Nozzlesin single row

31-13B/ 541

Nozzles indouble row

31-13A

31-25/ 541 Nozzles in double row

#505-2100

#505-2200

Nozzles in double row

31- 25

#505-1000

PEM 32-H

OV

SPRAYS 2005-1 507

PEM 31

Performancewith 25Jets

PERFORMANCES

32-H

31-13A 31-13B 31- 25

DIMENSIONS : # PEM T Y OV OD (All)505-1010 31-13A 1" 13 157mm\6.180" 152mm\6.000"505-0120 31-13A+541 1" 13 210mm\8.250" x505-1030 31-13B 1" 13 157mm\6.180" 29mm\ 1.140"505-1040 31-13B+541 1" 13 210mm\8.250"505-1110 31-25 1" 25 157mm\6.180"505-1120 31-25+541 1" 25 210mm\8.250"

PERFORMANCES

FINGER JETS

PEM 32-2505-2140

Solid Winter Cover

Page 140: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 40

'A'

1.PEM 42CurtainNozzle

4.NozzleTrough

2.PEM 45Curtain Lace

6.Anti Splash Tube

5.Spacerbar

508 SPRAYS 2005-1

Ring Cluster Sprayhead

PEM 33 is made of cast bronze, machined finish. The Ring Clustersprayhead provides a ring of jets spraying up and slightly out. Thespray effect is that of fine and lacy jets of water creating anoutside dropping ring of sprays.

PEM 34 PEM 34 is made of cast bronze and brass, machined finish. PEM34 Columnar Cluster Jet is designed for the creation of a lowpressure but highly visible column of spray. This spray effectusually accompanies spray rings or other multiple jet manifoldsas the pressure and flow requirements are similar.

DIMENSIONS : T 1 1/4" OV 90mm\3.540" O 111mm\4.370" Y 24 (70mm\2.76" Diam.) X 4.8mm/0.187" SS 2mm \ 0.080"

V H FL MCm m L m1.0 0.7 35 1.61.5 0.9 46 2.22.0 1.2 57 2.83.0 1.6 86 4.9Ft Ft G Ft 4 2 10.0 6.0 5 3 12.0 7.0 6 4 14.0 8.0 8 5 18.0 11.010 6 22.0 16.0

Columnar ClusterSprayhead

#505-3020

PEM 42 Series Curtain Fountain Equipment consists of the following parts:1. PEM 42 #505-4020Curtain nozzle and lace holder, consisting of nozzle body, lower body washer and upperslip on lock ring, all made of brass. The nozzle body has a UNF 0.375" x 24 TPI thread (ifnecessary a tap drill and tap can be provided at cost). The nozzle body is normally threadedfrom the top into a stainless steel trough (#4) (by others). The curtain lace is fed throughthe nozzle from the bottom up into and through the slot in the top of the nozzle and loopedover to one side.Then the lock ring is slipped over the lace and top of the nozzle, lockingthe lace. The slot in the top of the nozzle to align with the row of nozzles. The bottom ofthe nozzle must protrude beneath the pan by a minimum of 3mm\0.125" to prevent thewater from spreading out horizontally causing overspray and splash. Normal spacingbetween nozzles is appr. 38mm \1.5" between centers. For double rows (with apparent20mm/0.75"side view spacing) the nozzle spacing is 20mm \ 0.750" between rows, but offset. SS = 1mm / 0.040" Nozzle Flows: 'A' : 13mm / 0.5" = 0.25 L/min\ 4 GPH, 'A' : 20mm/ 0.75" = 0.40 Lmin\6GPH2. PEM 45 #505-4050Curtain Lace is made of stretch resistant, near unbreakable, clear mylar plastic of0.26mm\0.010" thickness and 4mm\ 0.156" width. Lace is supplied in bulk length , rangingfrom 60m\200' to 150m\500' as available. Add 10% to length of lace for ends. As allimpurities in the water , mineral or otherwise will cling to the lace and discolor it.CurtainFountains should be operated with filtered mineral free water if they are to retain their beautyfor any length of time.3. PEM 46 #505-4060Lace Weight, Cast Bronze Weight for each lace of app. 0.580 kg\1.160 lbs. This weight isnormally sufficient for heights up to 10m\33 feet, therefore when hung in angles, increasethe weights until the lace is as taut as a violin string . Normally , similar weights are obtainedlocally from fishermen or others.4. Trough for curtain nozzle, by others:Commonly made of stainless steel at least 3mm - 0.125" thickness ,100mm \ 4" width & height,material must permit nozzle to protrude at least 3mm\0.125" beneath the trough . With screwtype turnbuckle suspension to permit horizontal adjustment of entire trough. The trough tohave access from above for installation and must have on opposite sides overflow tubes(12mm\0.50"). The water depth usually is 20-25mm \ 0.750 - 1.000") over bottom of sideopening in nozzles . Water supply into trough must be even and is best through a plasticpipe laid over nozzles with 3mm-0.125" holes on 40mm \ 1.500" centers at the 1700hr and1900 hr position in the pipe. Water flowing over or through the nozzles will disrupt nozzledischarge and must be avoided.5. Spacerbar in base pool, by others:Usually made of clear acrylic plastic (Plexiglass) app. 20mm\0.75" thick x 50-100mm\2-4"width, the spacer bar rests on the lace weights. Holes for laces(6mm\0.250") to passthrough, must be drilled together with those in trough, then saw - slip-ins at 90 degrees anglefrom the side. Normally the curtain weights are tied to lace first then the lace is slipped throughthe slip in into its hole in the spacerbar. As nozzle slots in trough are parallel to row of laces,the slip ins are at 90 degrees to same, the lace normally is locked into its hole in thespacerbar.6. Anti Splash Tubes, by others:These are cut from 0.26mm\0.010" clear or black electrical tubing , 10mm \ 0.375" insidediameter cut to length to rest on spacer bar and extend appr. 13mm \ 0.500" abovewaterlevel. 2 x V shape angle to be cut into lower end of tubing to permit larger outflowthan inflow. The anti splash tubes are used for water curtains in very narrow base poolsto avoid splash.

CurtainFountainComponents#505-4000

Waterlevelin pool

Waterlevelin trough

PEM 33

3.Pem 46Lace Weight

PEM 46Lace Weight

PEM 42Curtain Nozzle

PEM 45CurtainLace

#505-3010

Standard sprayangle is 5 degreeoff verticalcenter line,outside drop.

PERFORMANCES

T 3/4"OV 60mm \ 2.360"OD 70mm \ 2.760"Y 12X 2.4mm\0.094SS 1mm\0.040"

PERFORMANCES: V FL MCm L m1.0 100 1.51.5 120 1.92.0 152 2.52.5 173 3.73.0 190 3.94.0 231 5.6 Ft G Ft 3 25.9 3.8 4 31.2 5.3 5 35.7 6.3 6 38.4 7.9 8 44.2 10.210 50.2 12.812 56.3 16.115 66.6 21.0

Page 141: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 51 52 52A 53 53A 54 54A 55 # 505-5110 505-5120 505-5130 505-5140 505-5150 505-5170 505-5180 505-5190PEM 51/08 52/08 52A/08 53/08 53A/08 54/08 54A/08 55/08 # 505-5210 505-5220 505-5230 505-5240 505-5250 505-5270 505-5280 505-5290 T 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"OD/Jet 50.8mm 66.7mm 105mm 120.6mm 120.6mm 140mm 165mm 195mm

2" 2.625" 4.125" 4.75" 4.75" 5.5" 6.5" 7.68"OX/Jet 38mm 51mm 70mm 76mm 76mm 102mm 120mm 152mm

1.500" 2.000" 2.755 3.000" 3.00" 4.00" 4.724" 6.00"SS 6.3mm 8mm 8mm 10mm 10mm 16mm 18mm 22mm

0.250" 0.32" 0.320" 0.400" 0.400" 0.625" 0.700" 0.875"OV 95mm 140mm 191mm 229mm 229mm 280mm 300mm 356mm

3.750" 5.50" 7.519" 9.000" 9.000" 11.00" 11.811" 14.00"OV+08 141mm 190mm 236mm 280mm 280mm 341mm 348mm 425mm

5.560" 7.49" 9.291" 11.03" 11.03" 13.420" 13.700" 16.74"UT 90mm 134mm 185mm 216mm 216mm 267mm 286mm 343mm

3.500" 5.25" 7.280" 8.50" 8.50" 10.50" 11.27" 13.50"UT 135mm 184mm 230mm 272mm 272mm 330mm 336mm 409mm+/08 5.320" 7.25" 9.05" 10.700" 10.700" 10.99" 13.22" 16.11"PERFORMANCES: V F L MC FL MC FL MC F L MC F L MC F L MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m 0.5 34 10.5 59 7.1 85 6.4 99 2.9 93 2.2 1.0 46 16.8 76 11.1 100 7.9 122 6.6 114 3.1 1.5 57 21.6 88 15.2 117 9.5 135 9.9 137 4.3 292 7.6 396 7.0 500 6.1 2.0 66 27.4 103 19.5 131 14.0 160 12.6 156 6.5 320 9.3 425 9.5 560 8.1 2.5 114 23.4 142 17.1 174 15.2 182 7.7 354 11.1 490 13.0 609 9.3 3.0 125 27.2 153 19.8 190 16.1 209 9.2 380 13.4 530 16.0 645 10.7 4.0 174 24.0 224 23.4 239 12.0 420 19.1 590 22.0 743 14.6 5.0 269 15.0 467 23.5 640 27.0 844 17.4 6.0 292 18.0 489 26.9 700 32.0 930 19.9 8.0 570 33.0 850 41.0 1132 34.610.0 720 39.0 1050 55.0 1390 46.912.0 1190 64.0 1552 57.015.0 1980 75.0 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 2 10.1 42 17.5 30 23.0 22 27.8 15 26.7 8 3 11.7 52 19.3 34 26.0 25 29.4 20 31.4 11 4 13.5 62 21.1 43 29.0 28 32.3 27 34.9 13 71.4 21 96 19 5 15.7 72 23.3 51 30.9 31 35.7 33 37.8 17 77.2 25 105 22 133 20 6 25.7 61 32.5 40 39.9 37 42.7 20 85.9 30 114 25 143 26 8 29.6 77 36.5 54 46.5 50 46.6 25 93.6 36 127 37 157 3210 33.1 83 40.4 65 50.2 60 54.8 30 100.4 45 141 48 171 3615 67.4 83 67.7 44 107.0 57 163 77 211 5620 77.0 57 129.2 90 185 98 246 6630 164.0 110 245 135 330 13440 315 168 410 17450 524 229

For PEM 1610Series PinnacleCascade Jetssee page 541of this catalog.

#505-5000 PEM 50 SERIES

CAST BRONZE CASCADE JETS

50/08Series

50Series

PERFORMANCES are based on 'UT' and 'UT / 08' dimensions,showing immersion of the jets. The effect diameter at base isapproximately 30% - 35% of spray height.

To change appearance of spray effects, change 'UT' or 'UT 08',decrease = lighter, increase = heavier,(proportional) 'FL' and 'MC' values below.

51 5252 535252A 53A 54 54A 55

SPRAYS 2005-1 509

PEM51

PEM52

PEM52A

PEM53

PEM53A

PEM54

PEM54A

PEM55

PEM 50 Series Cascade Jets will provide highly visiblefrothing and foaming 'White Water' spray effects. PEM 50Series Jets are one piece bronze castings. PEM 08Adjustment Flanges are of cast bronze and are stainlesssteel fitted. PEM Series Cascade Jets require a linearinflow, a constant waterlevel and might be subject to poolsurging.

PEM 54 and 53 Fountain Spray

Page 142: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

T 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 3" 3" 3" OX 12mm 19mm 25mm 32mm 38mm 51mm 76mm 76/88mm 76/88mm

0.50" 0.75" 1.0" 1.25" 1.5" 2.0" 3.0" 3.0/3.5" 3.0/3.5" SS 3.2mm 4.8mm 6.4mm 8.3mm 9.6mm 12.7mm 19mm 19mm 38mm

0.125" 0.187" 0.25" 0.325" 0.375" 0.50" 0.75" 0.75" 1.5" OV 177mm 241mm 286mm 355mm 407mm 457mm 533mm 533mm 533mm

7.00" 9.50" 11.26" 14.0" 16.0" 18.0" 21.0" 21.0" 21.0" OV1 83mm 89mm 108mm 121mm 134mm 178mm 254mm 254mm(-adj.) 318mm(+adj.)

3.25" 3.50" 4.25" 4.75" 5.25" 7.0" 10.0" 10.0" 12.5" UT 134mm 152mm 184mm 222mm 260mm 254mm 330mm 330/406mm 330/406mm

5.25" 6.0" 7.25" 8.75" 10.25" 10.0" 13.0" 13/16.0" 13/16.0" UT1 51mm 64mm 76mm 101mm 127mm 76mm 76mm 89mm 152mm

2.00" 2.50" 3.0" 4.0" 5.0" 3.0" 3.0" 3.5" 6.0"

PERFORMANCES : V FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m 0.5 27 3.4 48 3.1 72 2.6 99 2.5 133 2.5 216 2.2 1.0 36 5.8 61 4.8 88 4.6 125 4.5 171 4.9 262 3.9 360 3.1 405 4.0 455 5.2 1.5 46 8.0 72 5.9 99 5.8 148 6.7 205 6.9 303 5.2 424 4.3 462 5.5 530 7.3 2.0 84 8.3 114 7.0 171 8.0 231 8.4 337 6.3 470 5.5 504 7.7 621 10.4 2.5 99 9.6 125 8.6 186 8.9 258 11.6 364 7.4 508 7.1 553 9.5 769 12.9 3.0 133 11.0 194 10.7 281 17.1 383 8.2 534 8.3 644 11.0 837 15.0 4.0 224 14.7 337 21.1 432 9.9 648 9.8 746 13.5 932 18.0 5.0 379 23.5 473 11.6 769 11.9 844 16.5 981 21.1 6.0 515 13.2 852 15.6 928 19.6 1068 26.6 8.0 1091 24.7 996 22.6 1170 30.8 10.0 1150 28.5 1280 32.0 1470 44.2 12.0 1300 30.0 1500 35.0 1720 52.0 15.0 2250 44.0 2140 60.0 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 1 6 7 11 7 17 7 23 8 32 8 51 5 67 5 80 7 88 8 2 8 14 14 13 20 12 28 13 38 13 60 9 80 7 92 10 105 12 3 9 19 16 15 22 15 32 16 44 16 67 12 91 9 104 13 117 17 4 11 23 17 19 24 17 36 19 49 20 73 15 102 12 114 17 128 20 5 12 26 19 23 26 19 39 22 54 23 80 17 112 14 122 19 140 24 6 21 26 29 22 42 24 58 27 85 19 121 17 132 24 155 29 8 25 30 32 26 48 29 66 37 93 23 132 21 149 28 195 40 10 35 36 51 35 74 56 101 26 141 26 170 36 221 50 15 62 56 95 73 120 35 198 35 210 49 249 63 20 121 86 136 43 225 55 245 65 282 86 30 163 61 290 74 306 88 359 129 40 344 95 397 113 455 170 50 595 144 566 197

PEM 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 66A* 66A** # 505-6110 505-6120 505-6130 505-6140 505-6150 505-6160 505-6210 505-0620 505-6220

PEM 60 SERIES

Spray diameter ( H ) -Appr. 50% of Sprayheight

**Sleeve down*Sleeve up

510 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 60 Series Jets are designed to provide in their lowest sprayheights white mounds of water, while at greatersprayheights to provide highly visible fluffy white spray effects. PEM 60 Series Jets are made of cast bronze with hardcopper air snorkels. The dimensions 'UT' have to be maintained to repeat the performances set out below. By reducing thedimension 'UT1' the spray effect will be higher and thinner. By increasing 'UT1', the spray effect will be lower and heavier.PEM 09 Series Vertical Adjustments may be used to control the spray effects of all jets but 66A, which has a built in 'UT1'adjustment. PEM 08 Series vertical adjustment flanges are a must to provide perfect vertical alignment of single or multipleapplications. The air intake snorkel has to protrude out of the water at all times, where this is not possible, the jets can besupplied custom made, with side outlet(s) for the breather pipe(s) or tube(s) which must slope up slightly and have no airtraps. Suggested remote air intake fitting on the inside freeboard of a pool is PEM 6315A. For multiple installations a combinedbreather manifold of suitable size can be used.The use of PEM Water Make Up Controls is suggested to maintain the requiredconstant waterlevel. These jets must be protected from pool surging where they might oscillate (jump).In circular pools,asurge wall terminating just below waterlevel must enclose the falling spray. To animate a number of 60 jets in a pool, thesame can be designed to introduce rythmic oscillation (Example: 4m\13' square pool x 1m\3' depth with 5 x 63 jets,one incenter, the other 4 equidistant from center to corners. After the fountain operates for a few minutes, peripheral jet # 1 willjump, then # 3 then # 4 then #2 etc, while the center jet, that creates the surging oscillates the least. In circular pool the sprayof a ring of 60 jets can be be induced to oscillate in a continuous clockwise wave motion.

60 61 62 63 64 65 66 66A

#505-6000

FOAM GEYSER JETS

DIMENSIONS :

Page 143: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 81 82 83 H1 H2 H1A V FL MC H2 H1A V FL MC H2 H1A V FL MC (A)(Old Style) (B) (C) (D) (B) (C) (D) (B) (C) (D) m m m m L m m m m L m m m m L m 0.60 0.60 0.36 0.18 10 1.2 1.53 0.46 0.18 19 1.2 2.15 0.46 0.18 38 1.2 1.20 1.53 0.51 0.28 14 1.9 2.15 0.54 0.28 35 1.9 2.44 0.51 0.26 65 1.6 1.80 2.40 0.69 0.51 17 2.5 2.75 0.64 0.46 38 2.5 3.05 0.66 0.41 88 2.2 2.40 3.30 0.87 0.66 20 3.1 3.35 0.77 0.61 46 2.8 3.66 0.77 0.56 103 2.8 3.00 4.60 1.10 0.77 21 3.7 4.27 0.94 0.74 53 3.4 4.30 0.95 0.66 114 3.4 Ft Ft Inch. Inch. G Ft Ft Inch. Inch. G Ft Ft Inch. Inch. G Ft 2 2 14" 7" 2.6 4.0 5 18" 7" 5.0 4.0 7 18" 7" 10 4.0 4 5 20" 11" 3.5 6.0 7 21" 11" 9.0 6.0 8 20" 10" 17 5.0 6 8 27" 20" 4.4 8.0 9 25" 18" 10.0 8.0 10 26" 16" 23 7.0 8 10 34" 26" 5.1 10.0 11 30" 24" 12.0 9.0 12 30" 22" 27 9.0 10 15 43" 30" 5.5 12.0 14 37" 29" 14.0 11.0 14 37" 26" 30 11.0

PEM 91 92 93 94 95 96 # 505-8110 505-8120 505-8130 505-8140 505-8150 505-8160T 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 3"OV 90mm\3.500" 100mm\3.950" 135mm\5.300" 140mm\5.500" 210mm\8.300" 250mm\9.800"SS 2.0mm\0.079" 3.2mm\0.125" 4.7mm\0.187" 6.0mm\0.250" 8.3mm\0.325" 9.6mm\0.375"

PERFORMANCES with Vertical Flat Orifice ('A'): PEM 91 92 93 94 95 96 V H1 H2 F L MC H1 H2 F L MC H1 H2 F L MC H1 H2 F L MC H1 H2 F L MC H1 H2 F L MC m m m L m m m L m m m L m m m L m m m L m m m L m 0.50 0.20 0.40 7 0.80 0.30 0.50 12 0.70 0.4 0.60 15 0.70 0.30 0.50 26 0.70 0.50 0.80 40 0.70 0.60 1.20 106 0.70 1.00 0.80 1.20 9 1.50 0.80 1.50 17 1.40 0.8 1.50 19 1.40 1.20 1.60 38 1.30 1.00 2.00 63 1.30 1.50 2.40 152 1.30 1.50 1.80 3.20 13 3.00 2.00 3.50 34 2.50 1.5 2.50 34 2.50 1.60 2.40 52 2.30 1.60 2.60 74 2.20 2.00 3.60 231 2.20 2.00 2.0 3.00 45 3.20 2.00 3.80 69 3.10 3.00 4.20 87 3.00 3.20 5.00 300 3.10 3.00 3.5 5.00 75 4.30 4.00 6.00 98 4.20 4.00 6.00 114 4.20 4.00 6.50 448 4.10Inches Inch. Inch. G Ft Inch. Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft 20" 8" 16" 1.9 2.7 10" 20" 3.2 2.3 16" 24" 4.0 2.3 12" 20" 7 2.3 20" 31" 11 2.3 24" 47" 28 2.3 40" 31" 47" 2.4 5.0 31" 59" 4.5 4.7 31" 59" 5.1 4.5 47" 63" 10 4.3 39" 79" 17 4.3 59" 94" 41 4.3 60" 71" 126" 3.5 10 79" 138" 6.9 8.7 59" 98" 9.0 8.3 63" 94" 14 7.7 63" 102" 20 7.3 79" 142" 61 7.3 80" 79" 118" 12 11 79" 150" 19 11 118" 165" 23 11 126" 197" 80 11 120" 138" 197" 20 15 157" 236" 31 14 157" 236" 26 15 157" 256" 119 14

H1 V H2 F L MC V H2 F L MC V H2 F L MC V H2 F L MC V H2 F L MC V H2 F L MC m m m L m m m L m m m L m m m L m m m L m m m L m 0.50 0.05 0.08 5 0.60 0.10 0.10 8 0.60 0.15 0.30 16 0.60 0.10 0.15 20 0.50 0.15 0.30 29 0.5 0.12 0.50 80 0.50 1.00 0.15 0.20 7 1.00 0.15 0.20 11 1.00 0.25 0.80 24 0.90 0.25 0.60 24 0.90 0.30 0.60 46 0.9 0.20 0.80 102 0.90 1.50 0.25 0.50 8 1.30 0.30 0.40 13 1.30 0.50 1.20 28 1.30 0.30 0.90 30 1.30 0.50 1.30 60 1.2 0.40 2.10 136 1.20 2.00 0.60 1.20 12 2.40 0.60 1.00 27 2.30 0.90 2.50 30 2.10 0.60 2.00 44 2.10 0.90 3.20 87 2.0 1.20 3.80 178 2.00 3.00 1.20 3.60 43 3.10 1.20 3.60 60 3.00 1.50 4.40 110 3.0 1.50 5.60 260 3.00Inches Inch. Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft Inch.Inch. G Ft Inch. Inch. G Ft Inch. Inch. G Ft 20" 2" 3" 1.3 2 4" 4" 2.2 2 6" 6" 4.3 2 4" 6" 6 2 6" 12" 8 2 5" 20" 22 2 40" 6" 8" 1.9 4 6" 8" 3.0 4 10" 31" 6.4 3 10" 24" 7 3 12" 24" 13 3 8" 31" 27 3 60" 10" 20" 2.2 5 12" 16" 3.5 5 18" 47" 7.4 5 12" 35" 8 5 18" 51" 16 4 16" 83" 36 4 80" 24" 47" 3.2 8 24" 39" 7.2 8 35" 98" 8.0 7 24" 79" 12 7 35" 126" 23 7 47" 150" 48 7 120" 47" 142" 12 11 47" 142" 16 10 59" 173" 30 10 59" 220" 69 11

PEM 80 Series Fan Jets have built in ball joints that permit directional adjustment to 15o off center line. For wall mountedgargoyle fountains, the jets are installed horizontal, with mouth of jet pointing up, the movable part of the jet depressed5o downward, directing the outflowing water up and forward over the tip of the jet, hiding the same. Only lowestperformances are used for these small but enchanting solid sheet of water spray effects.

PERFORMANCES :

DIMENSIONS :

Performances beyond the given values are normally not considered to be decorative fountain spray effects.

PERFORMANCES with Flat Jet Orifice at Waterlevel and at 45o ('B')

PEM 90 Series Fan Jets are made of cast bronze and brass, stainless steel fitted. PEM90 Series Fan Jets have a built in ball joint, permitting directional adjustment to 15O

off center line, also full rotational adjustment of nozzle.

82 83

'A'Vertical Flat Jet Orifice

The use of flow straighteners is recom-mended. For solid sheet of water effectssee the lowest performances.

For best performances the jets must beoperated with undisturbed & linear flowingwater supply.

PEM 90 500 Fan JetsCO

DES

> P

AG

E 50

0-B

SPRAYS 2005-1 511

PEM 80

PEM 83 Fountain Spray

95 94 93 91 96 92

1600 Fan Jets

#505-7000

#505-8000

(With Jet inVerticalPositionand orifice200mm\7.88"abovewaterlevel):

81

PEM 81 82 83 # 505-7110 505-7120 505-7130 T 1/2"(male) 3/4"(female) 1"(female) OV 76mm\3.0" 96mm\3.75" 114mm\4.49" OD* 22mm\0.87" 37mm\1.46" 46mm\1.81" SS 3.2mm\0.125" 4.8mm\0.187" 6mm\0.25"

DIMENSIONS :

* = Top of Nozzle only

PEM 81, 82 and 83 are made of bronze and brass and are stainless steel fitted.

'B' Flat Jet Orifice at 45o

SERIES

SERIES

Page 144: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

m L m 2.0 1340 11.0 3.0 1500 21.0 4.0 1670 28.0 5.0 1820 34.0 6.0 1990 38.0 8.0 2190 46.010.0 2410 52.012.0 2580 58.015.0 3100 66.0Ft G Ft 8 375 5010 397 6912 426 8915 468 10220 526 12530 600 16140 682 19450 793 217

V FL MC m L m 2.0 850 11 3.0 1000 21 4.0 1440 29 5.0 1650 34 6.0 1800 38 Ft G Ft 8 230 50 10 265 69 12 349 86 15 410 102 20 476 125

PEM 107B Foam Pinnacle Sprayhead was designed to createan impressive,white water sculpture effect for confined areas witha minimum of noise and splash. The spray effect consists of 30aerating jets arranged in a three tier spray effect with the centertier of 4 jets,an intermediate ring of 10 jets and an outer ring of16 jets. The center tier drops into the intermediate tier which inturn drops into the bottom tier,reducing the actual fall height ofthe spray to 1/3 or less of its overall height with consequentreduction of splash and noise.The sprayhead is shipped without tiers adjusted , which must bedone after installation to suit requirements.The intermediateand peripheral rings of jets are height adjustable after installa-tion ( B ) & ( C ), the center effect is supply controlled. In additionto the flow adjustments of the rings,the air/water ratio of the foamgenerated by the sprayhead can be altered by raising or loweringof the air chamber ( A ).

OV590mm23.25

(variable)

111mm4.375"

PEM 107BFOAM PINNACLESPRAYHEAD

UT432mm 17.0"

OD381mm15.0"

T

OX330mm13.00"

T

381mm15.000"

UT432mm17.000"

UT2

UT2

111mm4.375"

#505-9210

PERFORMANCES: V FL MC

PEM 107A Foam Column Sprayhead produces a massive 'WhiteWater' column with a 'Mushroom Top'. This foam column iswaterlevel dependent and must only be installed into pools, that arespecially designed and built to prevent surge action of the water inthe pool.A surge wall with an approximate inside diameter of 75% of the sprayheight of the jet, terminating approximately 12mm/0.50" belowwaterlevel, must surround the perimeter of the falling spray to preventit from oscillating due to surging. The surge wall must have smallopenings at the base to permit the balancing of waterlevels.Thedepth of the pool outside of the surge wall does not influence thesprayhead.Installation depth of pool for this sprayhead must be not less thanappr. 1.0m or 3 feet.The sprayhead must be securely mounted upona metal pipe, the weight of the sprayhead is app. 100 kg\220lbs towhich must be added the back thrust of the jets. The suction intakeof the pump operating the sprayhead must be protected from fallingspray introducing air into the suction flow (Use greatest possiblewaterdepth plus anti vortex cover over suction intake!).

PEM107A505-9110 / 107A-1: 4" NPS/BSP505-9120 / 107A-2: 4" ASA/BSP Flange505-9130 / 107A-3: 6" ASA/BSP FlangeSuggested feed pipe sizefor sprayheights:Below 4.5m/15Ft: 4"Above 4.5m/15Ft: 6"

See page 501of catalog for strainersizing. This fountain head mustonly be operated with proper suctionstraining ( SS ).

#505-9100

FOAM COLUMNSPRAYHEAD

512 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 107A

See page 501 of catalog for strainer sizing. Thisfountain head must only be operated with propersuction straining (SS).

The use of a PEM 08 SeriesAdjustment Flange 4" or 6"in riser pipe is recommendedfor perfect vertical alignmentof sprayhead.

A built in, after installation,adjustment (A) permits theadjustment of dimensionUT2 that controls the water toair ratio of the foam pro-duced.The spray effect can be ad-justed to an app. 50% higherby increasing UT2 andlighter spray effect or to a50% heavier and lower sprayeffect by decreasing UT2.

Performances can be highlyvariable due to air/water ra-tio adjustment

OX 330mm\13.000"OV 590mm\23.250(Variable)OD 381mm\15.000"UT 432mm\17.000"UT2 111mm\4.375"SS 8mm\0.325"T 4" or 6" (see below)

DIMENSIONS:

OX 330mm\13.000"OV 590mm\23.250(Variable)OD 381mm\15.000"UT 432mm\17.000"UT2 111mm\4.375"SS 8mm\0.325"T 4" BSP\NPS

DIMENSIONS:

PERFORMANCES: Performances (1991) are for theshown UT2 airbox immersion andhighly variable due to height as wellas air/water ratio adjustments.Adjustment (A) varies dimensionUT2,by increasing it , the sprayeffect will be lighter and higher,bydecreasing it , the spray effect will beheavier and lower.Adjustment (B) varies thesprayheight of the middle and pe-ripheral tiers.Adjustment (C) varies thesprayheight of the peripheral tier.

Suggested minimum water depth for installation = 0.8m/ 31 inches, the sprayhead weighs appr. 100 kg \ 220 lbs,it has to be securely mounted on metal pipe. For perfectvertical alignment use PEM 08-9, 4" ADJUSTMENTFLANGE in the pipe under the jet.The pool into which the PEM 107B is to be installed musthave a constant waterlevel,fluctuating not more than12mm / 0.5 inch. Use PEM water make up controls tomaintain a constant waterlevel.

OX330mm13.000"

OV590mm23.250

(variable)

C

B

B

C

A

A

OD

Page 145: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 108-210 is made of castbronze and brass and is stainlesssteel fitted.PEM 108 - 210 Columnar SprayEffect Assembly is designed toprovide a near solid 250mm\10.0"diam.columnar spray effect madeup of many clear streams of wa-ter for various sprayheights. Inthe upper range of the suggestedspray performances the streamstend to break up giving the sprayeffect a feathered column likeappearance.

.

PERFORMANCES V FL MC m L m 4.0 1268 6.4 5 .0 1450 7.9 6 .0 1590 8.9 7 .0 1790 10.6 8 .0 1884 11.9 9 .0 2006 13.210.0 2130 14.412.0 2385 17.115.0 2673 21.018.0 2970 26.0Ft G Ft15 360 2420 420 2925 480 3930 530 4335 580 4940 630 5650 707 6860 785 85

PERFORMANCES V FL MC m L m 1.0 568 1.6 2.0 739 3.1 3.0 943 4.3 4.0 1098 5.5 5.0 1306 7.1 6.0 1424 8.3 Ft G Ft 8 225 12 10 249 14 15 317 20 20 376 27

PEM 108-210

PEM 108 - 376 is made of castbronze and brass and is stain-less steel fitted.PEM 108 - 376 ColumnarSpray Effect Assembly is de-signed to provide a narrowcolumnar, hollow, spray ef-fect made up of many clearstreams of water for interme-diate to greater sprayheights.In the upper range of the sug-gested spray performancesthe streams tend to break upgiving the spray effect a can-dle like appearance.Due to the break up of thespray at greater sprayheights,the use of a PEM Wind Controlis advisable.For lower sprayheights , theslightly smaller PEM 108-375could be suggested.Pressurerequirements are slightly higherthan for this assembly due tothe smaller size pipe connec-tion.The pressure ratings (MC)given are pressures at thespray nozzles.

PEM 108 - 375 is made of castbronze brass and is stainless steelfitted.PEM 108 - 375 Columnar SprayEffect Assembly is designed toprovide a narrow, hollow, columnarspray effect made up of many clearstreams of water for low to interme-diate sprayheights.In the upper range of the suggestedspray performances the streamstend to break up giving the sprayeffect a candle like appearance.Due to the break up of the spray atgreater sprayheights, the use of aPEM Wind Control is advisable.For greater sprayheights , theslightly larger PEM 108-376 could besuggested. Pressure requirementsare slightly lower than for this assem-bly due to the larger size pipe con-nection.The pressure ratings (MC) given arepressures at the spray nozzles.

DIMENSIONS :OX 235mm \9.25"OV 223mm \8.78"OD 293mm \11.53"T 4"Y 36SS 4.5mm \0.187"

PERFORMANCES : V FL MC m L m 2 .0 881 4.0 3 .0 1100 5.4 4 .0 1268 6.8 Ft G Ft 5 190 11 10 290 17 15 360 27

DIMENSIONS :OX 300mm \ 11.8"OV 280mm \ 11.0"OD 388mm \ 15.25"T 6.0"Y 36SS 4.5mm \ 0.187"

DIMENSIONS :OX 229mm \9.0"OV 133mm \5.24"OD 258mm \10.125"T 4.0"Y 57SS 3mm \0.125"

PEM 108-376

235mm9.25"

293mm11.53"

102mm4.0"

223mm8.78"

108-375 Columnar Fountain Sprays

For Performances below 4.0m \ 13.12Ft.Suggest use of PEM 108-375 with 4" pipe connection.

258mm10.125"

229mm9.0"

133mm5.24"

PEM 108-210 Top ViewPEM 108-210 Side View

SPRAYS 2005-1 513

For Performancebeyond theabove, seePEM 108-376.

388mm15.250"300mm11.800"

102mm4.000"

280mm11.000"

6"NPT / BSP

COLUMNAR SPRAYHEAD#506-2100

COLUMNAR SPRAYHEAD

#506-3750

COLUMNAR SPRAYHEAD

#506-3760

PEM 108-375

Page 146: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

T 1/2" 1/2"OV 63mm\2.500" 63mm\2.500"OD 63mm\2.500" 63mm\2.500"Y 19 37SS 1.5mm\0.065" 1mm\0.032"

PERFORMANCES:V H FL MC H FL MCm m L m m L m1.0 0.8 17 2.3 0.6 18 2.41.5 1.2 25 3.2 0.8 24 3.32.0 1.5 35 4.4 1.1 33 4.5 Ft Ft G Ft Ft G Ft3.0 2.4 4.5 7.0 2.0 4.3 85.0 3.9 6.7 11 2.7 6.4 126.0 4.7 8.5 13 3.3 7.7 17

DIMENSIONS:PEM 272 274# 506-5510 506-5520T 3/4" 3/4"OV 94mm\3.700" 94mm\3.700"OD 86mm\3.385" 86mm\3.385"Y 19 37SS 2.4mm\0.094" 1.7mm\0.065"

PERFORMANCES:V H FL MC H FL MCm m L m m L m1.5 1.9 62 2.5 1.7 65 2.92.0 2.7 82 2.9 2.5 84 3.52.5 3.2 95 3.3 3.1 96 4.13.0 3.8 104 3.8 3.6 106 4.3 Ft Ft G Ft Ft G Ft 5 6.6 16.4 8 5.9 17.2 9 6 8.1 19.6 9 7.6 20.1 10 8 10.8 24.3 11 10.0 24.8 1210 12.8 27.5 13 12.0 28.1 14

PEM 252 254# 506-5310 506-5320T 1/4" 1/4"OV 51mm\2.000" 51mm\2.000"OD 51mm\2.000" 51mm\2.000"Y 19 37SS 1mm\0.032" 1mm\0.032"PERFORMANCES:V H FL MC H FL MCm m L m m L m0.6 0.4 6 1.5 0.3 10 1.71.0 0.6 8 2.3 0.5 13 2.31.5 0.8 10 3.3 0.7 17 3.6 Ft Ft G FT Ft G Ft2.0 1.4 1.6 5 1.2 2.7 63.0 2.0 2.2 7 1.8 3.5 85.0 2.7 2.7 11 2.4 4.5 12

DIMENSIONS:PEM 282 284# 506-5610 506-5620T 1 1/4" 1 1/4"OV 66mm\2.600" 66mm\2.600"OD 108mm\4.250" 108mm\4.250"Y 19 37SS 2.4mm\0.094" 1.7mm\0.065"

PERFORMANCES:V H FL MC H FL MCm m L m m L m1.5 1.5 80 2.6 1.1 120 3.52.0 2.0 92 3.5 1.5 135 4.03.0 4.4 115 6.5 3.0 165 9.04.0 5.5 141 9.0 4.5 190 11.55.0 7.0 176 12.6 6.0 230 15.06.0 8.8 220 15.8 7.4 280 19.58.0 12.0 350 24.0 10.5 445 31.0Ft Ft G Ft Ft G Ft 5 5.1 22 9 3.6 33 12 8 9.2 27 15 6.3 39 2410 14.5 31 22 9.9 44 3012 16.4 35 27 13.2 48 3515 20.4 42 35 17.4 56 4620 28.9 59 52 24.3 74 6425 35.5 82 73 29.6 105 91

PEM 260 Dimension 'H'is diameter offalling spray.

For sizing ofsmall poolsuse thisformula:2 x Sprayheightequalsminimumdiameter ofpool.

Proper suctionstraining (SS)must be used.

H

PEM 250, 3 Tier, Watercastle or Fleur de Lis Fountainheadsare made of cast bronze with copper flow diverters.

Dimension 'H' isdiameter offalling spray .

For sizing ofsmall poolsuse thisformula :2 xSprayheightequalsminimumdiameter ofpool.

Proper suctionstraining (SS)must be used.

#506-5320/PEM 254

DIMENSIONS:PEM 262 264# 506-5410 506-5420

V

PEM 280

PEM 270

#506-5520/PEM 274

#506-5420/PEM 264

#506-5410/PEM 262

1 1/4"- 3 TIERFOUNTAINHEADS

DIMENSIONS:

TypicalSprayeffectforPEM250,260,270& 280

514 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 250

PEM 262Fountain Spray

PEM 272Fountain Spray

PEM 280, 3 Tier, Watercastle or Fleur de LisFountainheads are made of cast bronze.

These fountainheads have nointernal flowdiverters.

PEM 270, 3 Tier, Watercastle or Fleur de LisFountainheads are made of cast bronze withcopper flow diverters.

PEM 260, 3 Tier, Watercastle or Fleur de Lis Fountainheadsare made of cast bronze with copper flow diverters.

PEM 252

PEM 254

#506-5310/PEM 252

1/4"- 3 TIERFOUNTAINHEADS

1/2"- 3 TIERFOUNTAINHEADS

PEM 262

PEM 264

3/4"- 3 TIERFOUNTAINHEADS

#506-5510/PEM 272 PEM 272

PEM 274

#506-5610/PEM 282

#506-5620/PEM 284

PEM 282

PEM 284

For sizing of small pools use this formula :2 x Sprayheight equals minimum diameter of pool.

Dimension 'H' isdiameter offalling spray.

Proper suctionstraining(SS) must be used.

Proper suctionstraining(SS) must be used.

Proper suctionstraining(SS) must be used.

Proper suctionstraining(SS) must be used.

Page 147: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 295A# 506-6520T 4"OV 280mm\11.000"OD 388mm\15.280"SS 8mm\0.325"Y 1x22.3mm-18x12.7mm

1x0.875"-18x0.500"

PEM 292

PEM 294

PEM 295

Description: PEM 292, 294 & 295 SprayheadsSpray diameter (H) is fully adjustable from 10% to over 100% ofsprayheight (V). All jets are directional adjustable to affect spraydiameter. The center jet is supply flow controlled. The intermediatering of jets and the outer ring of jets are individually adjustable withflow controls located in the top of the sprayhead. The Sprayheadsare made of brass and bronze, stainless steel fitted with Neopreneand EDM seals.

#506-6200

3 TIER - 4" & 6" FOUNTAIN

HEADS

#506-6440/PEM 294B

#506-6450/PEM 294C

SPRAYS 2005-1 515

PEM 290

PEM 295B# 506-6550T 6"OV 280mm\11.000"OD 388mm\15.280"SS 8mm\0.325"Y 1x22.3mm-36x12.7mm

1x0.875"-36x0.500"

#506-6520/PEM 295A

#506-6550/PEM 295B

PERFORMANCES :V FL MCm L m2.0 160 3.43.0 200 5.14.0 240 6.95.0 270 8.46.0 310 10.08.0 370 13.2Ft G Ft 8 48 1410 53 1715 69 2620 82 3225 95 41 Typical Spray Effect

with Flow & DirectionalJet Adjustments

DIMENSIONS:PEM 292# 506-6300T 2"OV 180mm\7.10"OD 180mm\7.10"SS 3mm\0.125"Y 1x12.7mm-18x6mm 1x 0.5"-18 x 0.25"

V

' V ' SprayheightCenter Jet is 100%,Median Jets are 75%Outer Jets are 50%

PERFORMANCES :

PEM 292 Fountain Spray

Typical Spray Effectswith Directional Jet

Adjustments

PERFORMANCES:V FL MCm L m2.0 77 3.03.0 95 4.24.0 115 5.35.0 140 6.96.0 170 9.5Ft G Ft 8 22 1210 26 1412 28 1715 34 2120 45 32

DIMENSIONS:PEM 290# 506-6200T 1 1/4"OV 123mm\4.850"OD 110mm\4.340"SS 3.0mm\0.125"Y 19x4.8mm 19x0.187"

V

H = Spray Diameter is variable due to adjust-ments from 10% to 100% of 'V' Spray Height.All jets are directional adjustable .

PEM 294A 294B 294C# 506-6430 506-6440 506-6450V FL MC FL MC FL MCm L m L m L m 2.0 300 3.0 330 2.4 3.0 360 3.0 392 4.0 4.0 420 6.5 560 6.0 438 4.8 5.0 480 7.5 740 7.5 482 6.0 6.0 530 10.0 900 8.2 521 7.2 8.0 640 13.5 1160 11.8 604 9.610.0 730 18.5 1400 14.7 690 12.012.0 830 20.0 1600 17.5 770 14.415.0 1890 21.5FT G Ft G Ft G Ft 6 76 11 101 1010 96 17 107 1215 119 25 172 20 130 1820 140 33 196 26 162 2430 183 49 341 43 204 3640 220 63 423 58 271 4850 499 70

' V ' SprayheightCenter Jet is 100%,Median Jets are 75%Outer Jets are 50%

PEM 294C# 506-6450T 3"OV 185mm\7.30"OD 260mm\10.24"SS 3mm\0.125"Y 1x12.7mm-36x6.0mm 1x0.500-36 x 0.25"

PEM 294B# 506-6440T 3"OV 185mm\7.30"OD 260mm\10.24SS 6mm\0.25"Y 1x12.7mm-18x9.6mm 1x0.500"-18x0.375"

DIMENSIONS:

PEM 294A# 506-6430T 2 1/2"OV 185mm\7.30"OD 260mm\10.24"SS 6mm\0.25"Y 1x12mm-18x8mm 1x0.480"-18x0.32"

PEM 295A 295B# 506-6520 506-6550V FL MC FL MCm L m L m 3 1062 3.9 1944 3.9 4 1278 5.2 2316 5.2 5 1476 6.5 2682 6.5 6 1618 7.8 2926 7.8 8 1914 10.4 3460 10.410 1716 13.0 3952 13.015 2268 19.5 4618 19.520 3120 26.0 5128 26.030 3251 39.0 5590 39.0Ft G Ft G Ft10 281 13 514 1315 387 20 661 2020 428 26 773 2630 496 39 992 3950 599 65 1220 6560 712 78 1320 7880 817 104 1395 104100 859 130 1477 130

PERFORMANCES :

' V ' SprayheightCenter Jet is 100%,Median Jets are 75%Outer Jets are 50%

DIMENSIONS:

DIAMETER & HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE

#506-6430/PEM 294A

DIAMETER & HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE3 TIER - 2 1/2" & 3"

FOUNTAIN HEADS

DIAMETER & HEIGHTADJUSTABLE

3 TIER - 2"FOUNTAIN

HEAD

PEM 291 Sprayheads are made of brass and bronze.

3 TIER - 1 1/4"FOUNTAIN

HEAD

DIAMETER ADJUSTABLE

#506-6300

Page 148: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 366 367 368# 507-0020 507-0030 507-0040T1 2" 3" 4"T2 1/2" 1" 1 1/2"OV 280mm/11.0" 350mm/13.78" 460mm/18.11"X Calyx 11.5mm/0.45" 12.7mm/0.5" 19.05mm/0.75"X Jet 9.53mm/0.375" 12.7mm/0.5" 19.05mm/0.75"V1 FL MC FL MC FL MCm L m L m L m1.5 35 2.8 50 2.5 80 2.52.0 40 3.3 55 3.2 100 3.12.5 44 3.9 61 3.9 115 3.73.5 49 5.2 72 5.1 151 5.14.5 55 6.5 83 6.4 193 6.4Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 5 9 10 13 9 21 9 8 11 13 14 13 29 1210 12 14 18 14 35 1412 13 18 20 17 42 1715 15 22 22 21 51 21V2 F H FL MC H FL MC H FL MCm m L m m L m m L m0.50 1-2 1.17 178 0.58 1.65 455 0.81 2.14 947 0.610.75 2-3 1.48 231 0.83 2.44 606 1.04 3.30 1117 0.921.00 2-3 2.16 291 1.07 3.48 795 1.31 4.58 1400 1.681.50 4-5 3.69 443 1.71 5.72 1250 1.89 8.23 1969 2.44Ft Ft G Ft Ft G Ft Ft G Ft2 1-2 5 51 2.2 8 114 2.8 9 260 2.33 2-3 8 73 3.5 13 119 4.0 15 370 3.54 3-4 12 95 4.5 18 126 5.1 25 670 5.05 4-5 15 117 5.6 22 133 6.2 27 800 6.5

PEM 325 326 327 328 329# 506-9100 506-9200 506-9300 506-9400 506-9600DIMENSIONS :T 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" 6"OV 203mm 230mm 305mm 356mm 406mm

8.000" 9.000" 12.000" 14.000" 16.000"SPRAY PERFORMANCESANGLE At F1-F2 Break Up Point of solid water skin:

H 0.36m 14" 0.46m 18" 0.92m 36" 1.53m 60" 1.83m 72"V 0.41m 16" 0.46m 18" 0.61m 24 0.77m 30" 0.92m 36"

200 X 7.7mm 0.3" 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5" 12.7mm 0.5" 12.7mm 0.5"F L 76-L 20-G 156-L 41-G 493-L 130-G 757-L 200-G 1370-L 360-GMC 0.92m 36" 1.22m 48" 1.53m 60" 1.83m 72" 2.14" 84"

H 0.41m 16" 0.61m 24" 1.53m 60" 2.14m 84" 2.44m 96"V 0.36m 14" 0.41m 16" 0.51m 20" 0.72m 28" 0.82m 32"

250 X 7.7mm 0.3" 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5" 10.2mm 0.4" 10.2mm 0.4'F L 76-L 20-G 133-L 35-G 379-L 100-G 644-L 170-G 832-L 220-GMC 0.61m 24" 0.92m 36" 1.22m 48" 1.53m 60" 1.83m 72"

H 0.46m 18" 0.77m 30" 1.68m 77" 2.29m 90" 2.54m 100"V 0.34m 13" 0.36m 14" 0.46m 18" 0.61m 24" 0.77m 30"

300 X 7.7mm 0.3" 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5" 10.2mm 0.4" 10.2mm 0.4"F L 84-L 22-G 152-L 40-G 455-L 120-G 682-L 180-G 871-L 239-GMC 0.61m 24" 0.92m 36" 1.22m 48" 1.53m 60" 1.83m 72"

H 0.61m 24" 0.92m 36" 1.83m 72" 2.44m 96" 2.75m 108"V 0.31m 12" 0.31m 12" 0.41m 16" 0.51m 20" 0.67m 26"

350 X 7.7mm 0.3" 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5" 10.2mm 0.4" 10.2mm 0.4"F L 95-L 25-G 152-L 40-G 493-L 130-G 720-L 190-G 947-L 250-GMC 0.61m 24" 0.61m 24" 1.22m 48" 1.22m 48" 1.53m 60"

H 0.69m 27" 1.07m 42" 1.98m 78" 2.75m 108" 3.05m 120"V 0.26m 10" 0.26m 10" 0.36m 14" 0.41m 16" 0.51m 20"

400 X 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5" 12.7mm 0.5" 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5"F L 106-L 28-G 190-L 50-G 568-L 150-G 871-L 230-G 1250-L 330-GMC 0.61m 24" 0.61m 24" 0.92m 36" 1.22m 48" 1.53m 60"

H 0.77m 30" 1.22m 48" 2.44m 96" 3.05m 120" 3.36m 132"V 0.18m 7" 0.21m 8" 0.31m 12" 0.36m 14" 0.41m 16"

450 X 10.2mm 0.4" 12.7mm 0.5" 12.7mm 0.5" 12.7mm 0.5" 12.7mm 0.5"F L 137-L 36-G 228-L 60-G 720-L 190-G 1290-L 340-G 1590-L 420-GMC 0.61m 24" 0.61m 24" 0.92m 36" 1.22m 48" 1.53m 60"

PEM 360 SERIES

AVAILABLE OUTPUT PLUGS FOR ALL SIZES:Degrees: 200 250 300 350 400 450

Add to # : 2 3 4 5 6 7

PEM Calyx jets are made of cast bronze, brassand stainless steel fitted, the plugs have threadprotection and vandal resistant lock bolts.The construction of the jets with cast in centerrod holder and female pipe connection per-mits direct mounting to all types of threadedpipe.For best performances use undisturbed watersupply,always mount jets on pipe risers ofminimum length of 5 x nominal pipe size .Dimension 'A' indicates the most commoninstallation height, however this dimensioncan vary.The larger jets with widest plugs are ideal forabove waterlevel supplies for multilevel cas-cade pools, as they will prevent backflowwithout check valves, while at the same timeenhance the overall appearance of the waterfeature, the flow can be increased by openingof 'X'. Suction Strainer 'SS' to have openingsmaximum 50% of 'X'. Different spray perform-ances & appearances are achieved by alteringthe break up point ' F '. Flow and Performancecan be varied by the opening/closing of ori-fice. PEM 320 Series Calyx Jets produce calyxor mushroom style spray effects created by thedeflecting of a flow of water at various anglesfrom a circular orifice.

P e r f o r m a n c e sshown are only tobe indicative ofsuggested sprayeffects

PICALY JETS

A

PEM 329 Fountain Spray

516 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 360 Picaly Jets are a combination ofa calyx and a directional adjustable clearstream jet, both effects requiring differentwater supplies.

#507-0000

PEM 360 Series Picaly Jets are made of brass and bronze, stainless steel fitted.

PEM 366

325-25 326-45 327-25 328-25 329-25

A Height of orifice above waterlevel: 300mm\12.0"H Diameter of spray at orifice levelV Height of spray above orificeX Opening of orifice ring

PERFORMANCE CODES IDENTIFICATIONS

F Break up point of solid sheet of water

m MeterL Liter" InchesG US GallonFt Feet Head

MC Manometric Head Pressure at orifice ring

The spray angle must be specified,otherwise 250 will be supplied.

It must be noted, that with a solid calyx effect,the falling spray of a vertical clearstream willdisrupt the calyx effect. The calyx effect willremain perfect with the center jet falling outsideof the calyx.

'F' Break up point of solidCalyx effect is as shownat 320 Series. SuctionStrainer (SS) openingssize are 50% of 'X'

CALYX JETSPEM 320 SERIES

#506-9000

T2 367

T1T2 T2T1T1

368 366

H

V2

V1

Page 149: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 372 373 374 376# 507-1110 507-1120 507-1130 507-1180T 2" 3" 4" 6"OV 260mm 330mm 380mm 470mm

10.240" 12.990" 14.960" 18.510"OD 72mm 115mm 146mm 220mm

2.840" 4.530" 5.750" 8.660"PERFORMANCES :V F FL H F FL H F FL H F FL H MCm * L m * L m * L m * L m m0.5 2 87 1.2 2 186 1.5 1 436 2.1 1 833 2.4 1.11.0 3 118 2.0 3 247 2.4 3 493 3.5 2 985 4.0 2.31.5 4 152 3.0 4 334 3.2 4 757 4.2 3 1514 4.8 3.43.0 0 264 0 588 0 1325 0 2650 6.54.0 0 342 0 682 0 1552 0 3180 8.65.0 0 436 0 871 0 2006 0 3975 11.06.0 0 511 0 985 0 2461 0 4921 13.0Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft FT 2 2 25 4 2 53 6 1 120 7 1 250 8 6 3 3 30 6 3 60 8 3 175 11 2 350 13 8 5 4 48 10 4 88 11 4 200 13 3 400 16 1210 0 70 0 155 0 350 0 700 2015 0 105 0 220 0 500 0 1000 3020 0 135 0 260 0 650 0 1300 40

VERTICAL PERFORMANCESV FL MCm L m1 77 1.21.5 98 1.82 112 2.43 131 3.64 150 4.85 163 6.06 175 7.2Ft G Ft 3 19 4 5 26 6 8 31 1010 35 1215 41 1820 47 24

T 1 1/2"OV 206mm\8.10"OD1 136mm\5.35"OD2 16mm\ 0.63"Y 7 x 6.35mm\0.25"SS 4.8mm\0.187"

# PEM Male x Female OV Appr. added height to riser

507-2160 536 1/2" x 1/2" 68mm\2.7" 42mm\1.66"507-2170 537 1/2" x 3/4" 70mm\2.8" 43mm\1.70"507-2180 538 3/4" x 3/4" 76mm\3.0" 48mm\1.89"507-2190 539 1/2" x 1" 76mm\3.0" 45mm\1.78"507-2200 540(550) 3/4" x 1" 80mm\3.2" 48mm\1.89"507-2210 541 1" x 1" 86mm\3.4" 49mm\1.92"507-2220 551 1" x 1 1/4" 96mm\3.8" 60mm\2.37"507-2230 552 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" 107mm\4.2" 69mm\2.72"507-2240 553 1 1/4" x 1 1/2" 115mm\4.6" 79mm\3.12"507-2250 554 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" 120mm\4.8" 84mm\3.31"507-2260 555 1 1/2" x 2" 135mm\5.4" 98mm\3.86"507-2270 556 2" x 2" 145mm\5.7" 107mm\4.22"507-2280 557 2 1/2" x 3" 179mm\7.1" 129mm\5.08"507-2290 558 3" x 3" 185mm\7.3" 133mm\5.42"507-2300 559 4" x 4" 220mm\8.7" 162mm\6.38"

PEM 531 - 535 are made of brass, PEM 536 - 541 are made of brassand bronze, while all larger ones are made of cast bronze. Allbolts are of stainless steel.

PEM 626

PEM 500 SERIES

DIMENSIONS: PEM 626 Filigran Jet is designed to provide a multi stream spray of app 130mm\5.0" width, that in its lowerspray heights gives a filigran type effect, especially within an angle pattern, where the spray 'folds' overitself, actually crossing the streams. In the greater spray heights this jet in its greater width can give fromone side the appearance of a large, full stream jet whilst only using a fraction of the flow. PEM 626 is madeof cast bronze with brass nozzles. This jet can be adapted for salt water use.

376 374 372

PEM 370 Series

Progressive SprayEffects

#507-2000DIRECTIONAL SWIVEL UNIONS

PEM 370 SERIESVERTI-CALYX JETS

#507-1000

PEM Verti Calyx Jets are flow and angle adjustable from a 350 Calyx or Mushroom toa vertical stream / ring nozzle type spray effect with all intermediate spray pictures.Micro meter adjustments are lockable.This type of jet is the only one, that offers such wide range of spray effects that canbe altered at any time after installation. The jets are made of cast bronze, brass andstainless steel fitted.

PEM 373

558 556 540 538

373

For directional adjustmentuse PEM 08-5 AdjustmentFlange or 554 DirectionalSwivel Union. OV

Vertical

At an angle

OD2

OD1

SPRAYS 2005-1 517

PEM 500 Series Directional Swivel Unions are used to align those jets and nozzles,that do not have a swivel base incorporated and require directional adjustmentbeyond 5o to maximum 15o off center line. For lesser directional adjustment use PEM08 Series Adjustment Flanges.

FILIGRAN SPRAY JET#507-3000

* = Break Up Point of spray as per PEM 320 Series

Page 150: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

DIMENSIONS :T 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"OX 19mm 25mm 32mm 39mm 52mm 65mm 76mm 90mm(Stream O.D.) 0.750" 1.000" 1.250" 1.500" 2.000" 2.500" 3.000" 3.500"X 16mm 19mm 25mm 32mm 39mm 52mm 63mm 76mm(Output Tube I.D.) 0.625" 0.750" 1.000" 1.250" 1.500" 2.000" 2.500" 3.000"SS 3mm 4.75mm 5mm 6mm 8mm 12mm 12mm 16mm

0.125" 0.187" 0.200" 0.250" 0.325" 0.500" 0.500 0.625"OV1 191mm 197mm 242mm 267mm 343mm 394mm 455mm 547mm

7.500" 7.750" 9.500" 10.500" 13.500" 15.500" 17.920 21.500"UT 160mm 162mm 200mm 227mm 292mm 343mm 355mm 487mm

6.300" 6.400" 7.875" 8.900" 11.500" 13.500" 13.980" 19.185"OV2 (Strainer) 127mm 146mm 165mm 203mm 222mm 267mm 267mm 330mm

5.000" 5.750" 6.500" 8.000" 8.750" 10.500" 10.500" 13.000"OD (Strainer) 89mm 89mm 89mm 114mm 140mm 191mm 191mm 229mm

3.500" 3.500" 3.500" 4.500" 5.500" 7.500" 7.500" 9.000"PERFORMANCES : ( Most impressive , minimum break up of spray effect performances are within the lower 1/3 to 1/2 of sprayheight ) V FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m 1.0 10 7.4 17 5.7 25 3.9 34 3.4 38 3.2 1.5 14 10.4 21 7.9 29 6.1 41 4.7 44 4.5 90 3.0 2.0 16 13.7 25 10.2 34 7.8 46 5.9 55 5.2 118 3.8 200 8.5 320 7.7 3.0 21 20.5 31 14.3 41 11.0 55 8.2 72 7.2 141 5.5 260 10.0 380 8.5 4.0 36 17.0 46 14.4 61 10.5 86 8.7 165 7.0 310 11.5 415 10.5 5.0 52 17.8 67 12.9 97 10.4 180 8.3 340 13.0 470 12.9 6.0 72 17.8 107 12.2 210 9.8 380 14.5 500 14.5 8.0 121 15.6 230 12.5 440 17.0 570 18.010.0 130 19.2 250 15.6 510 20.0 620 22.012.0 137 22.5 270 18.0 560 23.0 670 26.015.0 290 21.5 630 28.0 750 32.020.0 720 36.0 850 41.030.0 1030 59.3 Feet G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 3 2.2 21 4.0 16 6.1 13 8.5 12 10.3 11 5 3.4 35 5.6 10 7.7 20 10.9 16 12.5 15 26 10 8 4.5 53 7.2 30 9.8 30 13.3 22 16.4 20 36 16 63 30 90 27 10 5.6 66 8.2 36 10.9 36 14.6 27 19.1 23 40 18 69 33 98 30 15 10.1 54 13.0 54 17.2 39 24.1 32 46 26 88 40 119 39 20 14.6 70 19.6 50 28.3 40 53 33 101 48 135 48 25 22.2 61 31.0 49 59 40 117 55 146 57 30 24.4 73 33.3 61 65 46 127 63 156 66 40 36.2 74 72 59 148 76 177 82 50 77 71 166 92 199 102 60 183 109 217 120 80 246 157100 275 195

749A748B747A746B745A744A743A742A

PEM (No Strainer) 742A 743A 744A 745A 746A 747A 748A 749A # 507- 4010 507- 4020 507- 4030 507- 4040 507- 4050 507- 4060 507- 4070 507- 4080PEM (With Strainer) 742B 743B 744B 745B 746B 747B 748B 749B # 507- 4110 507- 4120 507- 4130 507- 4140 507- 4150 507- 4160 507- 4170 507- 4180

PEM 740 Series Aerating Jets are extremely economical to use as they provide with a least possible flow of water, the maximum in visibility of sprayeffects. They are the "White Water' Jets .The jets are submerged to their ' UT ' immersion. Built in swivel bases permit directional adjustment to appr. 150

off center line. Micrometric adjustment of the air intake sleeve permits changing the ratio of water drawn from the pool and air , thereby changing theappearance of the spray and its height. Adjustment rules : 1. Air Intake Sleeve UP ,spray heavier and lower . 2. Air Intake Sleeve DOWN , spray lighterand higher.PEM 740B Series Aerating Jets are offered with suction strainer around the intake ports of the jet,to prevent leaves or debris from plugging up theseports,causing the jet orifice to spray unimpeded to the height of the operating head pressure. PEM 740-A Series Jets are offered without the suctionstrainers for locations where they are not required or desired. These aerating jets require a constant water level with a differential not exceeding20mm\0.750" plus or minus. 'UT' = From pipe connection up. 'SS' designates suggested orifice sizes for pump suction strainers.

PEM 740 Series Aerating Jets represent one of the most widely used spray effects inthe world. This type of jet evolved over a period of time as to be one of the mosteffective and flexible, yet least flow demanding"White Water" spray effect jet.

PEM 740 SERIES

#507- 4000

518 SPRAYS 2005-1

For fresh water use: PEM 740 Series Aerating Jets are madeof cast bronze, brass and copper, stainless steel fittedFor saltwater use: PEM 740 Aerating Jets are available in the"A' version only (without suction strainers), made out ofseawater bronze and stainless steel tubing - at extra cost.

OV1

UT

OV2

Stainless Steel

Chrome Plated

AERATING JETS"WHITE WATER"JETS

Page 151: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 740-401 740-402 740-403 740-404 740-405 740-406 740-407 740-408 740-409 740-416Old Cat.# 108-1 108-2 108-3 108-4 108-5 108-6 108-7 108-8 108-9 108-16# 507- 6210 507- 6220 507- 6230 507- 6240 507- 6250 507- 6260 507- 6270 507- 6280 507- 6290 507- 6310Center 1x744A 1X745A 1X746A 3X746A 1X747A 3X747A 1X749A 1X749A 1X749A 1X749ARing1 8x743A 6x744A 5x745A 8x745A 6x746A 8X746A 4X747A 8X747A 6X749A 8X747ARing 2 8x746ABase 1008 1010 1010 1013 1013 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018T 3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 6"Fl. 6"Fl. 6"Fl. 6"Fl. 6"Fl.OV 356mm 438mm 514mm 571mm 622mm 652mm 805mm 805mm 805mm 650mm

14.000" 17.250" 20.240" 22.490" 24.490" 25.670" 31.700" 31.700" 31.700" 25.600"OD 257mm 293mm 293mm 389mm 389mm 534mm 534mm 534mm 534mm 534mm

10.125" 11.500" 11.500" 15.300" 15.300" 21.000" 21.000" 21.000" 21.000" 21.000"UT 336mm 408mm 474mm 531mm 582mm 612mm 755mm 755mm 755mm 600mm

13.230" 16.070" 18.660" 20.910" 22.920" 24.100" 29.730" 29.730" 29.730" 23.630"X 6.35mm 8.26mm 9.53mm 9.53mm 12.7mm 12.7mm 19.05mm 19.05mm 25.40mm 12.7mm

0.250" 0.325" 0.375" 0.375" 0.500" 0.500" 0.750" 0.750" 1.000" 0.500"

V FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m L m

2m 170 8 196 6 3m 209 11 229 9 277 8 656 8 405 6 775 6 740 9 1100 9 1880 9 1676 9 4m 246 15 229 11 316 9 754 9 495 8 935 8 887 11 1359 11 2335 11 1983 11 5m 313 13 372 11 827 11 560 9 1052 9 990 13 1510 13 2630 13 2298 13 6m 417 13 897 13 642 10 1206 10 1064 15 1628 15 2780 15 2476 15 8m 746 13 1378 14 1230 18 1890 18 3060 18 2938 1810m 832 16 1526 16 1340 22 2060 22 3440 22 3156 2215m 1630 32 2510 32 4050 32 3695 3220m 1850 41 2850 41 4570 41 4190 4130m 2190 60 3350 60 5530 60 4766 60

G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 8Ft 49 30 61 22 65 20 125 20 103 16 10Ft 56 36 68 27 75 23 146 23 115 18 220 18 202 30 306 30 512 30 486 30 15Ft 61 54 79 39 86 32 180 32 139 26 262 26 255 39 391 39 611 39 587 39 20Ft 104 40 202 40 168 33 312 33 295 48 455 48 723 48 656 48 30Ft 210 46 388 46 340 66 524 66 870 66 773 66 40Ft 443 59 389 82 601 82 987 82 924 82 50Ft 435 102 671 102 1075 102 1023 102 60Ft 477 120 791 120 1153 120 1100 120 80Ft 534 157 822 157 1338 157 1192 157100Ft 583 195 891 195 1469 195 1323 195

PEM 740-407

PEM 740-406

PEM 740-402

PEM 740-416

PEM 740-409

PEM 740-408

PEM 740-403

SPRAYS 2005-1 519

.All assemblies require constant water level, use PEM Waterlevel Controls also PEM WindControl for sprays in confined areas. Other assemblies are custom made to givenspecifications.Center Jets are not valved, all other jets are mounted on valving, lockablerisers.Spray effect adjustments: See PEM 740 Series Aerating Jets, in addition each peripheral jetis individually flow adjustable.Performances below are for center jet = 100%, Ring 1 =70%, Ring 2 = 50% of givensprayheights.

PEM 740-400 SERIES

PEM 740-401

PEM 740-400 Series Aerating Jet assemblies are designed as center effects insubstantial water displays, such as floating fountains in lakes or ponds. The sprayeffects are fully directional and height adjustable.The spray can be adjusted from avertical column to a Fleur de Lis (Watercastle) pattern with a splash diameter equal tosprayheight.PEM 740-400 Series Aerating Jet Assemblies are made of bronze,red brass, brass and copper and are stainless steel fitted.

PEM 740-401 PEM 740-405 PEM 740-416

ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION & DIMENSION :

PERFORMANCES :

PEM 740-405 PEM 740-404

AERATING JET ASSEMBLIES#507- 6000

Page 152: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 750-1AT 750-1T 750-1AF 750-1F 750-2T 750-2F # 507-7110 507-7120 507-7130 507-7140 507-7160 507-6170 T 4" 4" 4"Flange 4"Flange 4" 4"Flange OX 95mm 95mm 95mm 95mm 102mm 102mm

3.750" 3.750" 3.750" 3.750" 4.000" 4.000" OV 635mm 635mm 635mm 635mm 690mm 690mm

25.0" 25.0" 25.0" 25.0" 27.170" 27.170" OD 210mm 210mm 229mm 229mm 210mm 229mm

8.270" 8.270" 9.000" 9.000" 8.270" 9.000" UT 553mm 553mm 553mm 553mm 566mm 566mm

21.750" 21.750" 21.750" 21.750" 22.280" 22.280" OD - 229mm - 229mm - - (Strainer) - 9.000" - 9.000" - - SS 19mm 19mm 19mm 19mm 25mm 25mm

0.750" 0.750" 0.750" 0.750" 1.000" 1.000"

PERFORMANCES : 750-1 750-2

V FL MC FL MC m L m L m 2 360 5.9 550 4.8 3 470 7.2 650 5.5 5 640 10.5 870 10.0 10 900 19.1 1160 15.5 15 1100 26.2 1430 22.0 20 1250 36.5 1700 31.0 25 1410 46.5 1920 42.0 30 1560 56.5 2150 51.5 40 1880 73.8 2630 76.0 50 3100 99.0 Ft G Ft G Ft 8 106 21 154 17 10 130 24 172 19 15 162 30 207 25 20 188 41 232 33 30 230 58 288 47 40 262 74 333 60 50 288 87 378 73 80 365 146 495 130 100 413 186 586 169 150 542 306 700 288

6" & 8"AERATING JETS

PEM 760PEM 760 Aerating Jets are waterlevel dependent and produce a narrow , solid , columnar 'White Water' sprayeffect.The spray effect is adjustable as to appearance (density) and height by a proportioning of the pond water toair ratio drawn in by the jet . The adjustment does not affect the 'UT' as in most smaller aerating jets . The ratio adjustmentcan be affected from above waterlevel by turning the lift bolts (4) with a wrench clockwise (1/2 turn each,one afterthe other) to lower the spray,counter clockwise to raise the spray. These jets must be protected from pool surging.Best ,solid , spray effects are within the lower 2/3 of the shown sprayheights . PEM 760 Aerating Jets are made ofbrass and bronze,stainless steel fitted.

NOTE:Pressures greaterthan shown mightdamage jets.

PEM 750-1 Series Aerating Jets are made of brass, bronze and copper, stainless steel fitted. PEM 750Aerating Jets are waterlevel dependent. The narrow columnar 'White Water' spray effect is adjustable asto appearance and spray height by altering the water to air ratio with the lowering or raising of the lower partof the air intake sleeve. Best, solid 'White Water' spray effects are within the lower 2/3 range of 'V". The UTimmersion of PEM 750-1 is affected by the air sleeve adjustment. The UT immersion of PEM 750-2 will notbe affected by the new for 1992 water to air ratio adjustment. These jets have to be protected from pool surging.Debris strainers for 750-1 are made of bronze and brass, are required where floating debris is encountered.(Not available as standard for PEM 750-2 but can be custom made, please enquire). Ball swivel mounting permitsdirectional adjustment (up to 17 degrees off centerline).

The performances shown arefor undisturbed, linear inflowinto jet at given 'UT' immersionand shown sleeve adjustmentposition . Performances are ex-tremely variable due to differ-ent 'UT' immersions and air towater ratio adjustment. Maxi-mum height with exclusion ofpond water can reach up toappr. within 20% of nozzlepressure . Minimum height withentry ports fully open can beappr. less than 50% of shownvalues. For directional adjust-ment combine Jet with 08-10Adjustment Flange. Riser pipefor PEM 768 must be flow sizedwith reduction at jet.

520 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 766

PEM 750-1

DIMENSIONS :PEM 766 768# 507-7440 507-7460T 6" 8"OX 152mm\6.000" 200mm\8.000"SS 32mm\1.250" 45mm\1.750"OV 813mm\32.000" 914mm\36.000"OD 350mm\13.780" 400mm\15.750"UT 660mm\26.000" 760mm\30.000"PERFORMANCES :V FL MC FL MCm L m L m 3 1404 6 2200 6 6 2000 11 3000 1210 2500 18 3900 2015 3000 27 4900 3020 3500 36 5700 4030 4200 54 7000 6050 5100 90 8300 100

Ft G Ft G Ft 10 350 18 600 20 20 530 36 900 40 50 760 90 1300 100 80 990 144 1600 160100 1200 180 1900 200150 1360 270 2150 300

OV

UT

OD

OX

PEM 750 SERIES

PEM 750-2T

PEM 750-1T750-1F

507-7140

UT

OV

OVUT

750-1T507-7120

750-2F507-7170

750-2T507-7160

Sleeve UP-Spray down & heavier.Sleeve DOWN -Spray up & lighter.

Micrometric airsleeveadjustment permits finecontrol of spray effectappearance as well asof sprayheight.

4" AERATING JETS

#507-7100

#507-7400

Page 153: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 776 Lake Cascade Jet is waterlevel dependent and produces an intermediate diameter , 'White Water'spray effect that is highly visible for long distances. Normal application is in floating lake fountains and lakeaerators that require a highly visible spray effect with an approximate spray width at its base of up to 1/3 ofsprayheight.The spray effect is adjustable as to appearance (density) and height by a proportioning of the pond waterdrawn in by the jet . The air intake is fixed . The adjustment does not affect the 'UT' . The water intake portsadjustment can be affected from above waterlevel by turning the lift bolts (4) with a wrench clockwise (1/2 turn each,one after the other) to raise the spray,counter clockwise to lower the spray. PEM 776 LakeCascade Jets are made of brass and bronze, stainless steel fitted.

DIMENSIONS :T : 6"OX :153mm\6.0"OV :575mm\22.64"OD :330mm\13.00"UT 500mm\20.0"

PEM 796 Lake Geyser Jets are made of brass and bronze, stainless steel fitted. PEM 796 Lake Geyser Jet iswaterlevel dependent and produces a wide, fluffy 'White Water Geyser ' spray effect that is highly visible forlong distances. Normal application is in floating lake fountains and lake aerators that require a highly visible sprayeffect with an approximate spray diameter at its base of more than 50% of sprayheight . This jet can produceabout the greatest spray filled volume of air of any single spray jet.The spray effect is adjustable as to appearance (density) and height by adjusting the immersion of the jet discharge.The air intake snorkels (4) are fixed . The immersion ('UT2') adjustment of the discharge can be affected fromabove waterlevel by turning the lift bolts (4) with a wrench clockwise (1/2 turn each, one after the other) to raisethe spray, counter clockwise to lower the spray.

The performances shown are for undisturbed, linear inflow into jet at given 'UT2' immersion.Performances are extremely variable due to different 'UT2' dimensions and sleeve adjustments. Sogreater the 'UT2' dimension, so heavier and wider the spray, but also so greater the intake pressure andflow requirements. If at an installation,the jet operates too high and thin, then lower the whole jet andextend the air snorkel tubes (3/4" American size copper tube) until the desired effect has been achieved.For directional adjustment, mount Jet onto 08-10, 6" Adjustment Flange. Supply pipe must be flow sized.

UT OV

OXOD

PERFORMANCES :PortsOpen : 32mm\1.250" 51mm\2.0"V FL MC FL MCm L m L m 3 155 7 1900 9 6 2230 15 2600 1810 2850 25 3200 3015 3500 38 4100 4520 4200 50 4600 6030 4900 75 5200 90Ft G Ft G Ft 10 410 25 500 30 20 590 50 600 60 50 925 125 1100 150 80 120 200 1300 240100 130 250 1400 300

The performances shown are for undisturbed, linear inflow into jet at given 'UT' immersion and shown port openings. Performances are extremelyvariable due to different 'UT' immersions and water intake adjustment. Maximum height with exclusion of pond water can reach up to appr. within20% of nozzle pressure . Minimum height with entry ports fully open can be appr. less than 50% of shown values. For directional adjustment mountJet on to 08-10 Adjustment Flange. Supply pipe must be flow sized .

NOTE:As this type of spray effectis usually operated withouta control valve to limit theflow/pump output, it is rec-ommended that the electri-cal motor starter for thepump be sized for the fullflow amperage of the pumpto avoid overloading andcontact burn out.

Pressures greater thanshown might damage jets.

Ports

SPRAYS 2005-1 521

PEM 7766" LAKE CASCADE JET

#507-7510

PEM 776

NOTE:As this type of spray effect is usually operatedwithout a control valve to limit the flow/pumpoutput, it is recommended that the electrical motorstarter for the pump be sized for the full flowamperage of the pump to avoid overloading andcontact burn out. Pressures greater than shownmight damage jets.

PEM 796

PEM 7966" LAKE GEYSER JET

ODOX

UT1

OV2

OV1

PERFORMANCES :UT2 51mm\2.000" 100mm\4.0"V FL MC FL MCm L m L m3 1400 6 2300 156 2100 12 3200 3010 2600 20 4200 5015 3200 30 4900 7520 3700 40 5400 10030 4600 60 5900 150Ft G Ft G Ft10 370 20 590 5020 540 40 840 10050 800 100 1300 25080 1100 160 1400 400100 1200 200 1650 500

DIMENSIONS

T : 6"OX : 153mm\6.000"OV1 : 560mm\22.050"OV2 : 100mm\3.940"OD : 540mm\21.260"UT1 : 440mm\17.330"UT2 : Variable,see belowSS : 38.1mm\1.500"

These jets must be protected from pool surging when used in smallerpools or ponds. Best, solid, spray effects are within the lower 2/3 ofthe shown sprayheights .

For vertical alignment the use of PEM 08-10, 6"Adjustment Flange is recommended.

#507-7710

For vertical alignment the use ofPEM 08-10. Adjustment Flange isrecommended.

These jets must be protected from pool surging when used in smaller pools or ponds.

Page 154: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

INTERMEDIATEDIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLECLEAR STREAM JETS

METRIC ORIFICEDIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLECLEAR STREAM JETS#507-7800

803804

808810

812

SMALL DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLECLEAR STREAM JETS

PEM 840 SERIES

LARGE DIRECTIONALADJUSTABLECLEAR STREAMJETS

PEM 850 SERIES

PEM 826PEM 825PEM 824PEM 823PEM 822

PEM 820 SERIES

PEM 800/810 Series METRIC DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE CLEARSTREAM JETSare made of brass.MC* = Nozzle Pressure rounded up to next full decimal point.

PEM 840 Series DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE CLEARSTREAM JETS are made of bronze,stainless steel fitted. Custom bored orifices to full millimeter or other size within the rangeof the jet barrel are available custom made at no extra costs.

PEM 820 Series DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE CLEARSTREAM JETSare made of brass.

846C845B

PEM 800/810 SERIES

850T 850F522 SPRAYS 2005-1

DIMENSIONS, for performances see next page

PEM # T(NPT) X OV OD

822 507-8110 1/8" 3.18mm\0.125" 48mm\1.890" 13mm\0.500"

823 507-8120 1/4" 4.75mm\0.187" 57mm\2.240" 19mm\0.750"

824 507-8130 3/8" 6.35mm\0.250" 70mm\2.760" 23mm\0.910"

825 507-8140 1/2" 9.52mm\0.375" 83mm\3.270" 27mm\1.060"

826 507-8150 3/4" 12.7mm\0.500" 102mm\4.020" 36mm\1.420"

Suction Strainer 'SS' to have openings not larger than 50% of 'X' .

DIMENSIONS, for performances see next page

DIMENSIONS, for performances see next page

847B844B

PEM 850 Series DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE CLEARSTREAM JETS are madeof bronze and are stainless steel fitted. Custom bored orifices to full millimeter orother size within the range of the jet barrel are available, custom made at no extracosts.

843C 849B

PEM # T X OV OD843B 507-9110 3/4" 6.35mm\0.250" 98mm\3.86" 67mm\2.64"843C 507-9210 3/4" 9.52mm\0.375" 98mm\3.86" 67mm\264"844B 507-9120 1" 9.52mm\0.375" 105mm\4.13" 67mm\2.64"844C 507-9220 1" 12.7mm\0.500" 105mm\4.13" 67mm\264"845B 507-9130 1 1/4" 12.7mm\0.500" 143mm\5.63" 85mm\3.35"845C 507-9230 1 1/4" 15.9mm\0.625" 143mm\5.63" 85mm\3.35"846B 507-9140 1 1/2" 15.9mm\0.625" 151mm\5.94" 93mm\3.66"846C 507-9240 1 1/2" 19.1mm\0.750" 151mm\5.94" 93mm\3.66"847B 507-9150 2" 22.3mm\0.875" 190mm\7.48" 115mm\4.53"847C 507-9250 2" 25.4mm\1.000" 190mm\7.48" 115mm\4.53"849B 507-9170 3" 28.6mm\1.125" 305mm\12.00" 176mm\6.93"849C 507-9270 3" 31.8mm\1.250" 305mm\12.00" 176mm\6.93"

Suction Strainer 'SS' to have openings not larger than 50% of 'X'.

PEM # T X OV OD850AT 508-0110 4" 38.1mm\1.500" 410mm\16.140" 210mm\8.270"850AF 508-0210 4"Fl. 38.1mm\1.500" 410mm\16.140" 229mm\9.000"850BT 508-0120 4" 44.5mm\1.750" 410mm\16.140" 210mm\8.270"850BF 508-0220 4"Fl. 44.5mm\1.750" 410mm\16.140" 229mm\9.000"850CT 508-0130 4" 51mm\2.000" 410mm\16.140" 210mm\8.270"850CF 508-0230 4"Fl. 51mm\2.000" 410mm\16.140" 229mm\9.000"

Suction Strainer 'SS' to have openings not larger than 50% of 'X' .

PEM 803 804 805 806 808 810 812 # 507-7800 507-7810 507-7820 507-7830 507-7850 507-7870 507-7890 T (BSP) 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" X,mm 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 OV,mm 57 57 70 70 83 83 102 OD,mm 19 19 23 23 27 27 36 SS,mm 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 V FL FL FL FL FL FL FL MC m L/min L/min L/min L/min L/min L/min L/min m* 0.5 1.4 2.2 3.5 5.6 9.0 14.0 23.5 0.7 1.0 2.0 3.4 5.5 8.0 14.0 21.5 31.5 1.3 1.5 2.5 4.4 6.8 10.0 18.0 26.5 38.0 1.9 2.0 2.9 5.3 8.0 12.0 20.8 31.0 44.5 2.5 2.5 3.3 6.1 9.0 13.5 23.5 35.0 50.0 3.1 3.0 6.9 9.9 14.8 25.9 39.5 56.3 3.7 4.0 8.2 12.7 17.0 30.0 46.5 66.0 4.9 5.0 33.5 53.5 75.0 6.1 6.0 59.1 83.5 7.4 8.0 97.0 9.8

#507- 8000

#508- 0000

#507- 9000

Page 155: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

All flow values are net values without safety addition (10%) for non disturbed, non twisting, linear inflow into jet

PEM 800 SERIES

PEM 870SPRAY JETS

PEM FLOW STRAIGHTENERS ARE RECOMMENDED.

SPRAYS 2006-1 replaces 2005-1 523

Nozzle pressure:Pitot Tube measuredwithin upper 20mm ofnozzle orifice. It isessential that allcalculation for sprayheights include asafety factor of at least10% to allow for un-foreseen conditions.Nozzle pressure of22% over spray heightdoes not include pipefriction pressurelosses. Pump pressuremust be calculatedseparately.

FOR PEM 800 - 400 MULTIPLE JET ASSEMBLIES PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY

SPRAY JET REQUIREMENTS

X,mm 3.2 4.8 6.4 9.6 12.7 15.9 19.1 22.3 25.4 28.6 31.8 38.1 44.5 50.8 63.5 76.2V,m L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 1 1.3 6.9 11 13 34 40 1.5 2.1 8.3 14 18 44 50 2 2.7 9.4 16 24 53 70 95 119 145 181 270 397 504 576 1007 1475 3 3.8 11.0 19 33 66 90 116 149 191 252 324 504 612 756 1259 1907 4 4.6 12.4 22 42 77 110 137 190 231 310 397 576 792 936 1547 2266 5 24 50 88 140 163 203 275 361 486 666 900 1080 1799 2518 6 59 97 160 195 256 346 433 540 792 1116 1404 2230 3129 8 231 306 418 540 684 1007 1349 1691 2661 3813 10 252 346 469 576 792 1080 1511 1907 2985 4244 15 292 403 544 720 900 1295 1763 2230 3489 4927 20 339 454 611 792 1007 1440 1978 2518 3956 5610 30 494 749 971 1223 1763 2410 3165 4855 6941 40 856 1352 1404 2051 2770 3668 5646 8451 50 971 1330 1619 2302 2939 4136 6402 9206 60 1026 1798 1799 2590 3489 4567 7049 10250 80 2878 3884 5035 8089 11220 100 3164 4137 5395 8271 11950 120 5755 9170 12770

FLOWS IN LITERS PER MINUTE ,FOR NOZZLE PRESSURE ADD 22% TO 'V' ( V x 1.22 )X = NOZZLE ORICE SIZE V = SPRAYHEIGHT L : LPM - L/min

FLOWS IN USGPM. U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE - FOR NOZZLE PRESSURE ADD 22% TO 'V' (V x 1.22)X = Nozzle Orifice Size V = Sprayheight G = USGPM

X " 0.125 0.187 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.125 1.250 1.500 1.750 2.000 2.500 3.000V,Ft G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 3 0.32 1.72 2.65 3.18 7.93 8,99 5 0.56 2.20 3.70 4.76 11.63 13.22 8 0.80 2.57 4.36 6.87 14.80 18.50 28 35 47 57 72 114 152 171 304 447 10 1.01 2.91 4.95 8.72 17.44 23.78 31 39 51 67 86 133 162 200 333 504 15 1.30 3.44 5.82 11.89 21.67 31.71 40 52 64 86 114 163 219 260 447 637 20 25.63 42.28 52 68 84 114 143 209 292 371 589 827 30 65 90 109 152 190 276 380 485 760 1083 40 72 99 121 171 219 314 428 542 840 1207 50 77 107 131 190 238 333 466 589 922 1302 80 95 129 159 228 285 418 551 713 950 1577100 110 148 184 257 323 466 637 836 1283 1834150 228 323 399 570 779 1026 1587 2288200 371 475 466 684 922 1207 1862 2708250 741 998 1302 1995 2898300 850 1120 1387 2128 3154400 1520 2423 3373

#508-11/1200

For Spray Effects above 60 Meters consult Factory

For Spray Effects above 200 Feet consult Factory

For L

ETTE

R C

OD

E ex

plan

atio

n se

e pa

ge :

500

BP

rinte

d in

Can

ada,

Cop

yrig

ht

C.

200

6, P

EM

Fou

ntai

n C

o. C

anad

a

PEM 876 C/S294 Feet

89.6m

FLOW PERFORMANCEFORMULA FOR OTHERSPRAY JET ORIFICESTHAN SHOWN :( V x 1.22) x 0.95 TNDTND = TheoreticalNozzle\Discharge (Data)

PEM # T X OV OD 870B 508-1100 1" 12.7mm\0.500" 102mm\4.0" 45mm\1.77" 871B 508-1110 1 1/2" 15.9mm\0.625" 127mm\5.0" 60mm\2.36" 871C 508-1210 1 1/2" 19.1mm\0.750" 127mm\5.0" 60mm\2.36" 872B 508-1120 2" 22.3mm\0.875" 153mm\6.0" 83mm\3.27" 872C 508-1220 2" 25.4mm\1.000" 153mm\6.0" 83mm\3.27" 873B 508-1130 3" 28.6mm\1.125" 242mm\9.5" 108mm\4.25" 873C 508-1230 3" 31.8mm\1.250" 242mm\9.5" 108mm\4.25" 874B 508-1140 4" 38.1mm\1.500" 280mm\11.0" 135mm\5.32" 874C 508-1240 4" 44.5mm\1.750" 280mm\11.0" 135mm\5.32" 875B 508-1150 5" 50.8mm\2.000" 330mm\13.0" 165mm\6.50" 875C 508-1250 5" 63.5mm\2.500" 330mm\13.0" 165mm\6.50" 876B 508-1160 6" 63.5mm\2.500" 390mm\15.4" 190mm\7.48" 876C 508-1260 6" 76.2mm\3.000" 390mm\15.4" 190mm\7.48"

DIMENSIONS

PEM 870 SPRAY JETS are made of cast bronze. Bored orifices to full millimeter or other size within the range of the jet barrel are availablecustom made at no extra costs. Use PEM 08 adjustment flanges for minimal directional adjustment. Stainless steel nozzle barrelinserts are available at extra & additional cost, please enquire, stating cat.# and desired orifice size. Inserts are recommended forall 870 jets for sprayheights above 60m/200 feet, or for use with silted water The nozzle inserts are screwed into the jet body and lockedinto position. Wherever stainless nozzle inserts are requested, an extra replacement insert must be ordered.870 Series jets can be supplied custom made at extra cost with full size flanged pipe connection for best perfomances.

874 873 872 871 870875876

SERIES

Page 156: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 951 952 953 954 954A 955# 508-3020 508-3030 508-3040 508-3050 508-3051 508-3060PEM 951/08 952/08 953/08 954/08 954A/08 955/08# 508-3120 508-3130 508-3140 508-3150 508-3151 508-3160DIMENSIONST 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"OX 25mm 32mm 38mm 51mm 65mm 76mm

1.000" 1.250" 1.500" 2.000" 2.500" 3.000"SS 1.5mm 2.5mm 3mm 4mm 4mm 5mm

0.063" 0.100" 0.120" 0.160" 0.160" 0.200"OV 153mm 165mm 210mm 229mm 267mm 292mm

6.030" 6.500" 8.300" 9.020" 10.500" 11.500"OV 204mm 210mm 261mm 290mm 317mm 343mm+/08 8.040" 8.270" 10.250" 11.400" 12.500" 13.500"

PERFORMANCES V FL FL FL FL FL FL MC m L L L L L L m 1.0 40 59 88 106 144 243 4.4 1.5 48 69 99 129 182 273 5.8 2.0 53 76 110 152 216 303 7.4 3.0 65 88 129 194 281 379 10.7 4.0 99 144 235 326 436 13.2 5.0 163 269 371 477 15.9 6.0 303 417 530 18.3 8.0 364 492 621 22.0 10.0 424 561 720 26.3 12.0 494 617 910 29.9 Ft G G G G G G FT 3 10 15 23 31 36 58 15 5 13 18 26 34 48 72 19 10 17 23 34 51 74 100 35 15 43 66 92 120 48 20 80 110 140 60 30 104 139 180 80 40 163 240 98

#508-3000

951 952 953 954 954A 955

The PEM 950 Series Jets have theadvantage of not requiring linear/laminar inflow into the jets.The 950 jets at low height and in avertical position might be oscillatingdue to spray falling back into the airintakes, a very minute incline off ver-tical will overcome this. If requiredthese jets can be custom made at extracost with an air intake shield, howeversuch disc type shields will be visible.

When selecting the PEM 950Series Jets, care must begiven to the special suctionstrainer requirements whichare absolutely essential for thesuccessful operation.

For custom made PEM 956 - 4" , 957 - 6" and 958 - 8". Please enquire.

Spray performances are best in the lower 2/3 of sprayheight.

PEM 951 PEM 953 PEM 955

524 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 955-08

PEM 950 Series Aerated Jets are made of brass and bronze and they have nointernal adjustments. PEM 950 Series Aerated Jets, are water level independ-ent. These jets are designed for multiple spray jet effects similar to the water leveldependent PEM 740 Series Aerating Jets.

PEM 900 Series Jets

951/08 952/08 953/08 954/08 955/08954A/08

PEM 950 SERIESAERATED JETS

Page 157: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

CAST BRONZEDISTRIBUTION

CHAMBERS

ID*

ID*

1008-11008-21009-1

1015-2 1015-1 1013-1 1010-1

1020-2 1012-1

ID* ID*

1010-2

ID*

ID*

ID* ID*

ID*

1006-1

ID*ID*

1018-1

ID*

PEM 1000

525 SPRAYS 2005-1

* : Usable I.D. on Cover Plate for mounting of jets.

** : This distributor not suitable for peripheral jets of 1 1/2" pipe size and larger.

S. : Submersible duty only

D. : Above water or submersible duty, with 'O' ring seal

PEM # T FL ID* OD OV Max.SideOutlets S. or D.1006-1 509 - 0110 2" 150mm\5.91" 180mm\7.09" 80mm\3.15" 8x3/4" S. & D.1008-1 509 - 0210 3" 229mm\9.02" 258mm\10.16" 82mm\3.23" 8x1" S. & D.1008-2 509 - 0220 4" 229mm\9.02" 258mm\10.16" 82mm\3.23" 8x1" S.& D.1009-1 509 - 0310 2.5" 212mm\8.35" 232mm\9.14" 110mm\4.34" 8x3/4" S. & D.1010-1 509 - 0420 4" 241mm\9.49" 293mm\11.54" 121mm\4.77" S. & D.1010-2 509 - 0430 4" 241mm\9.49" 293mm\11.54" 121mm\4.77" 3x1 1/2" S. & D.1012-1 ** 509 - 0520 4" 300mm\11.82" 375mm\14.77" 70mm\2.76" 16x3/4" S.1012-2 ** 509 - 0530 6" 300mm\11.82" 375mm\14.77" 70mm\2.76" 16x3/4" S.1012-3 ** 509 - 0540 8" 300mm\11.82" 375mm\14.77" 70mm\2.76" 16x3/4" S.1013-1 509 - 0610 4" 342mm\13.47" 388mm\15.28" 177mm\6.97" S.1015-1 509 - 0640 6" 342mm\13.47" 388mm\15.28" 164mm\6.46" S.1015-2 509 - 0650 6" 342mm\13.47" 388mm\15.28" 164mm\6.46" 4x2" S.1018-1 509 - 0710 6" 450mm\17.72" 515mm\20.28" 185mm\7.29" 16x1" S.1018-2 509 - 0730 6" 450mm\17.72" 515mm\20.28" 185mm\7.29" 8x1 1/2" S.1020-1 509 - 0760 8" 450mm\17.72" 515mm\20.28" 185mm\7.29" 12x1 1/2" S.1020-2 509 - 0770 8" 450mm\17.72" 515mm\20.28" 185mm\7.29" 8x2" S.

All PEM Water Distribution Chambers (Distributors) can be customfinished with outlets to suit (within possibilities). Flanged pipeconnections are supplied with prescribed clearance holes onprescribed diameters. Custom made, tapped flange holes withsuitable length stainless steel bolts are available at extra cost,obtain quotation.

PEM 1000 Series Water Distribution Chambers aremade of cast bronze, brass and or stainless steel fitted.Standard maximum operating pressure is 30m/3 bar/100 feet head, if units are to be operated at greaterpressures, the expected operating pressure must bespecified, so that special re-enforcements can be in-cluded in the construction. (at extra cost-enquire).

#509-0100

SERIES

Page 158: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

FULL SPHERES Sphere O.D. Sphere OV # of Type Hub Diam. T FL FL MC FL MC SS*PEM # m Ft m Ft Arms Arm m m Inch L m G Ft m2 Sqft1123 509-1230 1.00 3.3 0.61 2.0 29 A 204 8" 2" - 290 1.5 77 5 1.4 151124 509-1240 1.00 3.3 0.61 2.0 37 A 204 8" 2" - 370 1.5 9 5 1.7 181125 509-1250 1.00 3.3 0.63 2.1 61 A 254 10" 2.5" - 610 1.8 162 6 2.8 301126 509-1260 1.20 4.0 0.70 2.3 29 A 204 8" 2" - 290 1.8 77 6 1.4 151127 509-1270 1.20 4.0 0.73 2.4 61 A 254 10" 2.5" - 610 2.1 162 7 1.7 181128 509-1280 1.20 4.0 0.73 2.4 79 A 254 10" 2.5" - 790 2.1 209 7 3.6 391129 509-1290 1.50 5.0 0.88 2.9 61 A 254 10" 2.5" - 610 2.4 162 8 1.7 181130 509-1300 1.50 5.0 0.90 3.0 127 A 305 12" 4" - 1270 2.7 336 9 5.8 621134 509-1340 2.00 6.6 1.13 3.7 61 A 254 10" 2.5" - 610 3.0 162 10 1.7 181135 509-1350 2.00 6.6 1.15 3.8 125 A 305 12" 4" - 1250 3.0 331 10 5.7 611136 509-1360 2.50 8.4 1.40 4.6 127 A 305 12" 4" - 1270 3.6 336 12 5.8 621137 509-1370 2.50 8.4 1.40 4.6 141 A 305 12" 4" - 1410 3.6 373 12 6.5 701138 509-1380 2.50 8.4 1.40 4.6 173 A 305 12" 4" - 1730 3.9 458 13 7.9 851139 509-1390 3.00 10.0 1.65 5.4 173 A 305 12" 4" - 1730 4.2 458 14 7.9 851140 509-1400 3.00 10.0 1.65 5.4 253 A 305 12" 4" - 2530 4.2 669 14 11.5 1231141 509-1410 3.00 10.0 1.75 5.8 385 A 508 20" - 6" 3850 4.4 1018 15 17.5 1881142 509-1420 3.50 11.6 2.00 6.6 385 A 508 20" - 6" 3850 5.0 1018 17 17.5 1881143 509-1430 4.00 13.3 2.25 7.4 385 A 508 20" - 6" 3850 5.7 1018 19 17.5 1881144 509-1440 4.50 15.0 2.50 8.3 385 B 508 20" - 6" 7700 6.3 2035 21 20.3 2181145 509-1450 5.00 16.6 2.75 9.1 417 B 508 20" - 6" 8340 6.9 2204 23 22.0 2361146 509-1460 6.00 20.0 3.25 10.7 455 B 508 20" - 6" 9100 8.2 2405 27 24.0 301

All draw

ings made to scale w

ith man at 1.8m

\ 6Feet

APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS :Failure to comply with required minimum suction straining will cause failure of spray effect. In-line strainers areusually useless due to insufficient strainer area. Due to the type of spray effect , the minimum distance fromthe most horizontal deflector plate to inside edge of pool shall equal its distance to the waterlevel but multiplied by2. Due to the fine spray dispersion, the spray effects are extremely sensitive to air movements. So less armscreate a spherical effect, so greater the pressure as each individual spray effect reaches its maximum spraydiameter and consequently become more sensitive to air movement. So more arms create the same size sphericaleffect, so less pressure they require to fill it, and consequently are less sensitive to air movement.

526 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 1100 & 1200 Sprayheads are centerfed multiple solid water disc type spray effects , sphericalarranged with small nozzle orifices requiring clean water to operate. The fine spray dispersion cancreate an enormous evaporative cooling effect with its fine spray filled airspace, the sprayheadscan be used as attractive heat dispersion sprays in air cooling or swimming pool water coolingsystems.

Square areas shown are minimum open areas of absolute tight fitting suction strainers required to operatesprayheads. In Line Strainers are not useable due to insufficient straining area.

PEM 1100 Dandelion / Sphere

1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139

1140 1141 1142 1143

1144 1145 1146

SPHERES DE FLEURS"DANDELION SPHERES"

PEM 1123

PEM 1100 SERIESThese sprayheads must NEVER be operated without proper size suction straining!

#509-1000

SS * = Suction Strainer openings fortype 'A' Arms = 1.5mm \ 0.063".Suction strainer for type 'B' Arms =3mm\0.125" in minimum square areasas listed.

OV = Overall Height from pipeconnection to highest nozzle.

MC = Pressure in Hub, add elevationand friction loss for stand pipe.

1123 1130112911281127112611251124

Page 159: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

SPRAYS 2005-1 527

For design considerations: Spacing of nozzles within the size of sphere, final number must be divisible by4, plus 1 for top center. For hub size establish flow and use nearest flow sized pipe size connection. Flowrequirements : Type 'A' = 9.52 L/min \ 2.52 USGPM , Type 'B' = 15.35 L/min \ 4.06 USGPM at pressures of2.5 x 'OV'. As pressures within sprayheads can differ greatly between nozzles on top and bottom ( Example:A 3m\10Ft Sphere has 2.7m\9Ft more pressure in its bottom nozzle than its top nozzle!), each arm is equippedwith a valve, accessible by unlocking the deflector plate and turning the valve bolt. By removing the bolt anddeflector plate , the valve can be washed out. The deflector plates on these PEM Sprayheads do not "squeezeout" the water,but rather guide it with an airspace between the water clinging to the underside of the concavemachined deflector plate and the end of the arm tube.

#509-2000

PEM 1200 SERIESHEMISPHERES DE FLEURS

"DANDELION HEMISPHERES"

These sprayheads must NEVER be operated without proper size suction straining.A

ll dr

awin

gs m

ade

to s

cale

with

man

at 1

.8m

\ 6F

eet

PEM 1200 Dandelion"Hemi-Sphere"

HEMI SPHERES Sphere OD Sphere OV # of Type Hub Diam. T T FL MC FL MC SS*PEM # m Ft m Ft Arms Arm mm Inch FL L m G Ft m2 Sqft1223 509-2230 1.00 3.3 0.61 2.0 21 A 204 8" 2" - 210 1.5 56 5 1.0 101224 509-2240 1.00 3.3 0.61 2.0 25 A 204 8" 2" - 220 1.5 59 5 1.0 101225 509-2250 1.00 3.3 0.61 2.0 33 A 204 8" 2" - 330 1.5 88 5 1.5 161226 509-2260 1.20 4.0 0.70 2.3 21 A 204 8" 2" - 210 1.8 56 6 1.0 101227 509-2270 1.20 4.0 0.70 2.3 25 A 204 8" 2" - 220 1.9 59 7 1.0 101228 509-2280 1.20 4.0 0.70 2.3 33 A 204 8" 2" - 330 1.9 88 7 1.5 161229 509-2290 1.20 4.0 0.73 2.5 49 A 254 10" 2.5" - 490 1.9 130 7 2.3 251230 509-2300 1.50 5.0 0.85 2.9 33 A 204 8" 2" - 330 2.2 88 8 1.5 161231 509-2310 1.50 5.0 0.88 3.0 61 A 254 10" 2.5" - 610 2.3 162 8 2.8 301232 509-2320 1.50 5.0 0.88 3.0 73 A 254 10" 2.5" - 730 2.3 193 8 3.3 361233 509-2330 2.00 6.6 1.10 3.6 33 A 204 8" 2" - 330 2.8 88 10 1.5 161234 509-2340 2.00 6.6 1.13 3.7 61 A 254 10" 2.5" - 610 2.9 162 11 2.8 301235 509-2350 2.50 8.4 1.38 3.7 73 A 254 10" 2.5" - 730 3.5 193 12 3.3 361236 509-2360 2.50 8.4 1.38 4.5 85 A 254 10" 2.5" - 810 3.5 214 12 3.7 401237 509-2370 2.50 8.4 1.40 4.6 129 A 305 12" 4" - 1290 3.6 341 12 5.9 641238 509-2380 2.50 8.4 1.40 4.6 145 A 305 12" 4" - 1450 3.6 384 12 6.6 711239 509-2390 3.00 10.0 1.65 5.4 125 A 305 12" 4" - 1250 4.2 331 14 5.9 641240 509-2400 3.00 10.0 1.65 5.4 141 A 305 12" 4" - 1410 4.2 373 14 6.4 691241 509-2410 3.00 10.0 1.65 5.4 193 A 305 12" 4" - 1930 4.2 510 14 8.8 951242 509-2420 3.50 11.6 1.90 6.3 193 A 305 12" 4" - 1930 4.8 510 16 8.8 951243 509-2430 4.00 13.3 2.15 7.1 193 A 305 12" 4" - 1930 5.4 510 18 8.8 951244 509-2440 4.50 15.0 2.50 8.3 201 B 508 20" - 6" 4020 6.3 1063 21 11.0 118

Square areas shown are minimum open areas of absolute tight fitting suction strainers required to operate spayheads .In Line Strainers are not useable due to insufficient straining area.

DESCRIPTION OF 1100 & 1200 SPRAYHEADS :Dimensions of Arms Type 'A'=Diameter of Arms is 15.9mm\0.625" with 38mm\1.50" diameter brass deflector plates.Dimensions of Arms Type 'B '=Diameter of Arms is 28.6mm\1.125" with 51mm\2.0" diameter bronze deflector plates.Custom sized sprayheads are available.

PEM 1100 & 1200Sprayheads are madeas following:Hubs = Cast bronze,Arms = Hard Copper(99.9% pure), screwedinto hubs.

Type 'A' arms havebrass nozzles &deflector plates withstainless steel valvebolts.

Type 'B' arms havebronze nozzles anddeflector plates andstainless steel valvebolts.

SS * = Suction Strainer openings for type:

'A' Arms = 1.5mm \ 0.063",

'B' Arms = 3mm \ 0.125" in minimum square areas as listed.

OV = Overall Height from pipe connection to highest nozzle.MC = Pressure in Hub, add elevation & friction loss for standpipe.

Page 160: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PERFORMANCES - All jets at full height of 'V':V 1.5m 2.0m 3.0m 4m 5Ft 8Ft 10Ft 15FtMC 2.0m 2.5m 3.9m 5.2m 8Ft 11Ft 14Ft 19FtFL L L L L G G G G

# PEM Jets509-3410 1441* 1 59 62 79 95 15.6 17.2 21.0 25.9509-3420 1442 2 62 71 83 94 16.4 19.2 22.0 25.7509-3430 1443 2+1 76 86 113 137 20.1 27.0 29.9 38.0509-3440 1444 4 93 106 124 141 24.6 28.8 32.8 38.5509-3450 1445 4+ 1 121 157 162 189 32.0 36.4 43.0 51.6509-3460 1446 6 124 142 166 188 32.8 38.4 47.0 54.4509-3470 1447 6+1 135 168 203 236 35.6 48.0 54.0 64.2509-3480 1448 8 155 177 207 235 41.0 49.0 55.0 65.4509-3490 1449 8+1 183 219 245 283 48.4 55.6 65.0 77.3

PERFORMANCES - All jets at full height of 'V': V 1.0m 1.5m 2.0m 3.0m 3Ft 5Ft 8Ft 10FtMC 1.3 m 2.0m 2.5m 3.9m 4Ft 8Ft 11Ft 14FtFL L L L L G G G G

# PEM Jets509- 3210 1421* 1 11 14 17 20 2.6 3.7 4.6 5.3509- 3220 1422 2 6 10 12 17 1.5 2.7 3.6 4.5509- 3230 1423 2+1 14 20 23 28 3.4 5.3 6.9 7.4509- 3240 1424 4 9 14 18 25 2.1 3.7 5.3 6.6509- 3250 1425 4+1 17 24 29 37 4.1 6.4 8.2 9.8509- 3260 1426 6 12 20 24 34 3.0 5.4 7.2 9.0509- 3270 1427 6+1 20 28 35 45 4.7 7.4 9.9 11.9509- 3280 1428 8 15 24 30 42 3.6 6.4 8.9 11.1509- 3290 1429 8+1 33 38 41 54 5.6 9.1 11.8 14.3

PEM 1440 Series Rotators are designed for use in medium size professional built water displays , where continuousrotation of the sprayhead is expected and propulsion is not by spray jets. The sprayheads are mounted on PEM allstainless steel , self cleaning bearings as well as 08-5 adjustment flanges. The spray assemblies must be installedperfectly vertical, showing only the top parts of the spray jets above waterlevel. The sprayheads are custom madeof brass,bronze and copper. There are 2 drive jets,that can be adjusted to control the speed of rotation. Center jetis swivel mounted , peripheral jets can be flow and directional adjusted to suit. All single and center jets require nontwisting water supply.

PEM 1440

PEM 1460 Series Rotators are designed for use in larger size professional built water displays, wherecontinuous rotation of the sprayhead is expected and propulsion is not by spray jets. The sprayheads aremounted on PEM all stainless steel, self cleaning bearings as well as 08-8 adjustment flanges. The sprayassemblies must be installed perfectly vertical, showing only the top parts of the spray jets above waterlevel.The sprayheads are custom made of brass, bronze and copper. There are 3 drive jets, that can be adjustedto control the speed of rotation. Center jet is swivel mounted, peripheral jets can be flow and directional adjustedto suit. All single & center jets require non twisting water supply. Standard diameter is 460mm \18.0", otherdiameters at extra cost.

Standard diameter is 300mm \12.000" ,other diameters at extra cost.Pipe connection ' T ' : 1 1/2" .Suction straining (SS) has to be 3mm \ 0.125".'X' : Center Jet = 9.53mm\0.375" , Peripheral & Drive Jets = 6mm\0.250"*: Single Jet is off center 'Lariat' or 'Spiral' type spray effect.'OV' :270mm\10.630" -variable due to adjustments. 'UT' : 220mm\8.670"

3/4" ROTATORS

3" ROTATORS

1 1/2" ROTAT0RS

PEM 1420 Series Rotators are designed for professional built water displays , where continuous rotation of thesprayhead is expected and propulsion is not by spray jets. The sprayheads are mounted on PEM all stainless steel,self cleaning bearings as well as 08-2 adjustment flanges. The spray assemblies to be installed perfectly vertical,showing only the top parts of the spray jets above waterlevel. The sprayheads are custom made of brass, bronzeand copper. There are 2 drive jets, that can be adjusted to control the speed of rotation. Center jet is swivel mounted,peripheral jets can be flow and directional adjusted to suit. All single & center jets require non twisting water supply!

Standard diameter is 254mm \10.0", other diameters at extra cost. Pipe connection ' T ': 3/4". Suction straining (SS) to be 1.5mm \ 0.065".'X' : Center Jet = 4.75mm\0.187", Peripheral & Drive Jets = 3.18mm\0.125". *: Single Jet is off center 'Lariat' or 'Spiral' type spray effect.'OV': 240mm\9.450" -variable due to adjustments. 'UT': 200mm\7.880"

1426

PEM 1460/70

14471446

NO

ZZLE PRESSU

RE M

UST N

OT EXC

EED 5.2M

/19 FEETN

OZZLE PR

ESSUR

E MU

ST NO

T EXCEED

7.9M/28 FEET

Rotators are designed to work inperfect vertical alignment withingiven 'MC' pressure ratings.

PEM 1420

528 SPRAYS 2005-1

1427

PEM 1421

NO

ZZLE PRESSU

RE M

UST N

OT EXC

EED 3.9M

/14 FEET

PEM 1441Special(Vandal resistant)

Rotators aredesigned to work inperfectly verticalalignment withingiven 'MC' pressureratings.

1461

1473

PEM 1473Special

(with 14-6)

PERFORMANCES - All jets at full height of 'V' :V 2.0m 3.0m 4m 6m 8Ft 10Ft 15Ft 20FtMC 2.5m 3.9m 5.2m 7.9m 11Ft 14Ft 19Ft 28FtFL L L L L G G G G

# PEM Jets509-3610 1461* 1 157 208 260 371 44 55 75 99509-3630 1463 3 159 218 278 390 46 58 79 104509-3640 1464 3+1 236 317 399 566 67 84 115 150509-3660 1466 6 238 327 416 585 69 87 118 155509-3670 1467 6+1 316 426 537 761 90 113 154 172509-3690 1469 9 291 400 509 714 84 106 144 189509-3710 1471 9+1 368 499 630 890 105 132 169 236509-3720 1472 12 397 545 694 975 113 144 197 258509-3730 1473 12+1 474 644 815 1151 134 171 233 395

#509-3600 - #509-3700

#509-3200

#509-3400

Rotators are designed to work in perfectvertical alignment within given, 'MC' pressure ratings.

Pipe connection ' T ' : 3".Suction straining (SS) has to be5mm \ 0.187".'X':Center Jet=15.88mm\0.625",Peripheral & Drive Jets = 9.53mm\0.375"'OV' : 370mm\14.570" variable due toadjustments.'UT' : 300mm\11.820"

*:Single Jet is offcenter

'Lariat 'or ' Spiral'type spray effect.

Page 161: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 1491 Rotating Base is water driven. The rotator has 4" flange pipe (ASA or BSP) connectionon top and bottom, with a full 76mm\3.0" through bore. The upper part with the drive arms rotateson the base on 2 sets of water lubricated stainless steel ball bearings. One set of bearings carriesthe load while the second set are guiding thrust bearings. The rotators can carry a suggestedmaximum balanced weight of app. 1000 kg (unbalanced load should not exceed 400kg), thenumber of drive arms and drive circle diameter depends on load carried.

SPRAYS 2005-1 529

4" ROTATING LARIAT JET

PEM 14914" ROTATING BASE

PEM 1484 Lariat Jet is designed to create a spiraling ( Cork Screw ) spray effect with itsoffset from center line nozzle.The spiral width and rotation of the spray effect is fullyadjustable after installation. This jet requires an absolute linear/laminar or straight inflowingand undisturbed water supply. Flow straightening vanes of app. 1m\3feet length must beused in the riser pipe of minimum 1.5m\5 feet straight length under the jet. This jet will notperform when fed with disturbed water or when direct mounted upon a pipe elbow, otherpipe fitting or pump. The ball mounted jet is directional adjustable to 12 degrees off centerline.PEM 1484 Lariat Jet is made of cast bronze, brass and copper and is stainless steel fitted.

226mm11.250"

224mm8.820"

64mm2.5"

242mm9.500"

?

?

SUGGESTED DRIVE REQUIREMENTS:

Balanced Drive Drive FL MC* FL MC*Weight arms Circle Dia. L/min m GPM Ft 100kg 4 1.2m/4Ft 230 4.2 60 14 300kg 4 1.5m/5Ft 300 6.0 80 20 500kg 6 1.8m/6Ft 600 8.4 160 281000kg 8 3.0m/10Ft 950 12.0 250 40

* : Nozzle Pressure

PEM 1491 Bases are custom made to given performance specificationsfor installation into pools.The rotator body must be installed perfectly vertical using a center point(bulls eye) liquid level , place it on top center and rotate. If base / riser pipeare not perfectly vertical, use PEM 08-9 with a threaded companion flangeunder the rotator. Due to the splash of the wash through of the drive bearingsin the base and the appearance of the drive jets , it is best that only the partabove the drive arms of the rotator protrudes above waterlevel. Drive jetsare protected by a built in strainer.For creating rotating spray effects use PEM 1000 Series DistributionChambers with 4" pipe flanges and bolt to rotator (Allow for pressure lossin 76mm\3.0" flow through in base . For rotating sculptures, it must bemounted on a flat bottom base, that can be bolted to top flange with awaterproof gasket.PEM 1491 Rotating Base is custom made to given specifications of castbronze, brass & copper, stainless steel fitted.

PEM 1484

#509-5110

Due to its rotation and balanced/unbalanced weight , the riser pipeupon which the jet is mounted must be well anchored.

Due to its off balance nozzle rotation and weight, the riser pipe uponwhich the jet is mounted must be well anchored.

#509-5210

OV

PEM : 1484 (217-50)# : 509-5110T : 4"Fl.X : 38.1mm\1.5"Drive arms: 4Circle of rotation: 1.2m\4.0FtOV : 597mm\23.5"UT : 445mm\17.5"PERFORMANCES:V FL MC*m L m 3 760 4.1 4 864 5.4 5 999 6.810 1620 14.015 1943 21.020 2160 27.030 2645 41.0Ft G Ft 10 200 14 15 245 21 20 314 27 30 414 41 50 500 68 80 627 108100 699 135

The jet body must be installedperfectly vertical using acenter point (bulls eye) liquidlevel . (Remove jet from base,place a clean plate upon base,center level on base and ro-tate. If base / riser pipe are notperfectly vertical, use PEM08-9 with a threaded com-panion flange under the jetbase. Due to the splash of thewash through of the drivebearings in the base and theappearance of the drive jets,it is best that only the Jet itselfprotrudes above waterlevel(UT). Drive jets are protectedby a built in strainer.

224mm8.820"

UT

Page 162: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

V H FL H FL H FL H FL H FL MC m m L m L m L m L m L m

1 1.5 116 1.6 249 1.7 332 1.8 468 1.9 624 1.3 2 2.9 226 3.0 339 3.1 452 3.2 864 3.3 1152 2.6 3 - - 4.4 396 4.5 528 4.6 1188 4.7 1584 3.9 4 - - 5.8 461 6.1 615 6.2 1512 6.3 2016 5.2 5 - - - - - - 7.4 1800 7.5 2400 6.5

Ft Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft

3 4.6 42 4.8 62 5.1 83 5.2 115 5.5 153 4 5 7.4 53 7.6 80 7.9 106 8.0 172 8.3 229 7 8 11.6 62 11.6 93 12.1 124 12.2 248 12.5 330 11 10 - - 14.6 105 14.9 140 15.0 314 15.3 419 13 15 - - - - - - 22.0 429 22.3 570 20

PEM 1500 SERIES

1540 1550

PEM 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 # 509-6110 509-6130 509-6150 509-6170 509-6190

ARCHING CROWNSPRAYHEADS#509-6000

1510PEM 1500 sprayheads require an absolutely non-turbulent inflow into the distribution chamber, flowstraightening devices in the riser pipe to the sprayhead are a must. The control valve must be kept as faraway as possible, if this is not possible, it should be a pipe size bypass valve to bleed pressure and turbulenceoff the supply pipe.These sprayheads are available custom made with a different nozzle discharge angle ( Max. 78 degreesoff horizontal) to create spray effects to suit, or lesser number of jets. Narrow angle arching crownsprayeffects (87 degrees off horizontal) are very effective and different. For carousel type effects, thePEM 1530 or 1540 can be custom mounted on same pipe size PEM 1400 Rotators, please enquire. Theconstruction of these sprayheads permits removal of the nozzle plate with nozzles for ease of cleaning.

1520 1530

530 SPRAYS 2005-1

PEM 1500 Arching Crown Sprayheads are designed to create spray effects resembling thatof an arching crown or reverse spray ring. The best performances are within the lower half of theshown sprayheights when the streams are crystal clear and show little break up. The spray effectscan be operated much higher and wider, but without the ornamental value. PEM 1500 Sprayheadsare made of cast bronze with brass jet, stainless steel fasteners and EDM elastomer seals.

For new installation, it isrecommended, to removethe nozzle plates prior totesting the fountain and runthe pump(s) for at least onehour to wash out all insystem debris and only thenmount the nozzle plates. Thesuction straining require-ments as set out below areessential to operate thespray heads for a prolongedperiod of time without plug-ging up. Consult the technicalsection of the catalog for thesizing of the suction strainer.In line strainers are usuallyuseless as they have insuf-ficient screen area.

PEM 1540

PEM 1520

PEM 1520

PEM 1510

MC - Water Pressure indistribution chamber.

* - Discharge angle is offhorizontal.

T 1 1/4" 2" 3" 4" 6" Y 24 36 48 36 48Spray Angle* 80.5o 80.5o 80.5o 80.5o 80.5o

X 4.75mm 4.75mm 4.75mm 9.52mm 9.53mm0.187" 0.187" 0.187" 0.375" 0.375"

OV 87mm 130mm 132mm 196mm 277mm3.430" 5.119" 5.197" 7.717" 9.449"

OD 111mm 180mm 258mm 293mm 388mm4.370" 7.090" 10.160" 11.54" 15.280"

SS 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 4.75 mm 4.75 mm0.125" 0.125" 0.125" 0.187" 0.187"

Page 163: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 1560 SERIESPEM 1560 Series Water Stars are designed to provide economicallyoperated, yet substantial water spray effects. Each star jet is directionaladjusted to achieve overall spray patterns as: Inside Drop, Outside Drop,Straight Up - forming a cylinder of spray, Hourglass or Cross Hatch. With theaddition of the center jet a complete two tier, fully adjustable fountain sprayeffect is created.

PEM Water Stars are made of cast bronze, brass and copper, stainless steelfitted.

PEM 1561,1563 & 1565 create a spray ring with directional adjustable jetsand are spray height adjusted with a valve in the supply pipe (by others).

PEM 1562, 1564 & 1566 have a center jet and valving added for the sprayarms to achieve different spray heights for the two spray effects. The sprayheight of the center jet is controlled by a valve in the supply pipe (by others).

PEM Water Stars are supplied in parts, ready for assembly, with assemblyand adjustment tools included. Proper, flow sized suction straining for thepump is an absolute must.Strainers that enclose a pump are preferrable.

SPRAYS 2005-1 531

PEM "Water Stars" are available in 2 versions, Fixed or Rotating.

For rotating PEM Water Stars:See PEM 1570 Series ( Page 540 )

1561 & 1562

1563 & 1564

1565 & 1566

'T'

'OD'

'OV''UT'

PEM 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566# 509-6210 509-6220 509-6230 509-6240 509-6250 509-6260

T 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 12"Star JetsOD 800mm 800mm 800mm 800mm 800mm 800mm

32.0" 32.0" 32.0" 32.0" 32.0" 32.0"# Jets 12 13 18 19 24 25X 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm

0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157"Center JetX - 6mm - 8mm - 10mm

- 0.236 - 0.314" - 0.393"OV 200mm 200mm 200mm 200mm 200mm 200mm

7.874" 7.874" 7.874" 7.874" 7.874" 7.874"UT 130mm 130mm 130mm 130mm 130mm 130mm

5.118" 5.118" 5.118" 5.118" 5.118" 5.118"SS 2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm

0.078" 0.078" 0.078" 0.078" 0.078" 0.078"

V FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m L m L m L m 0.5 27 0.7 33 0.8 40 0.8 49 0.9 54 0.9 68 1.0 1.0 41 1.4 49 1.6 62 1.6 76 1.8 82 1.8 104 2.0 1.5 53 2.1 63 2.4 80 2.4 98 2.7 106 2.7 133 3.0 2.0 64 2.8 76 3.1 96 3.2 117 3.6 128 3.6 159 4.0 2.5 74 3.5 88 3.9 110 4.0 134 4.4 148 4.5 183 5.0 3.0 83 4.2 98 4.7 125 4.8 151 5.3 166 5.4 206 6.0 4.0 148 6.4 198 7.2 178 7.1 198 7.2 245 8.0 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 2 8.3 2.8 9.9 3.1 12.4 3.2 15.1 3.6 16.6 3.6 20.7 4.0 3 10.2 4.2 12.2 4.7 15.3 5.2 18.8 5.8 20.4 5.4 25.7 6.0 4 11.8 5.6 14.1 6.2 17.6 6.4 21.6 7.1 23.6 7.2 29.7 8.0 5 14.0 7.0 16.7 7.7 21.0 8.0 26.8 8.8 28.0 9.0 35.1 10.0 8 18.8 11.2 22.4 12.4 28.1 12.8 34.2 14.1 37.8 14.4 47.0 15.910 21.9 14.0 25.8 15.4 32.9 16.0 39.8 17.6 43.8 18.0 54.3 19.912 24.5 16.8 28.9 18.5 36.7 19.2 44.4 21.2 49.0 21.6 62.3 23.8

PERFORMANCES:

DIMENSIONS:

#509-6200

WATER STARS

Page 164: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576# 509-6310 509-6320 509-6330 509-6340 509-6350 509-6360

T 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2"Ring JetsOD 800mm 800mm 800mm 800mm 800mm 800mm

32.0" 32.0" 32.0" 32.0" 32.0" 32.0"# Jets 12 13 18 19 24 25X 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm

0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157"Center JetX - 6mm - 8mm - 10mm

- 0.236 - 0.314" - 0.393"Drive Jets

2 2 3 3 4 4X 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm

0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157" 0.157"OV 370mm 370mm 370mm 370mm 370mm 370mm

14.566" 14.566" 14.566" 14.566" 14.566" 14.566"UT 300mm 300mm 300mm 300mm 300mm 300mm

12.000" 12.000" 12.000" 12.000" 12.000" 12.000"SS 2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm 2mm

0.078" 0.078" 0.078" 0.078" 0.078" 0.078"

V FL FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC m L m L m L m L m L m L m 0.5 31 0.9 39 1.2 47 1.0 61 1.2 62 1.2 87 1.4 1.0 48 1.7 60 2.2 72 1.9 94 2.3 96. 2.1 135 2.6 1.5 62 2.6 78 3.3 93 2.9 121 3.4 124 3.2 174 3.8 2.0 75 3.4 94 4.3 112 3.8 146 4.5 148 4.2 208 5.0 2.5 86 4.2 108 5.3 129 4.6 168 5.6 171 5.1 240 6.2 3.0 97 5.1 122 6.4 145 5.7 189 6.8 194 6.3 272 7.5 4.0 115 6.8 144 8.5 173 7.3 225 9.0 230 8.3 323 10.0 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 2 9.7 3.4 12.2 4.3 14.5 3.8 18.9 4.8 19.3 4.6 27.1 5.8 3 11.9 5.1 14.9 6.4 17.8 5.7 23.2 7.2 23.7 6.9 33.2 8.7 4 13.7 6.8 17.2 8.5 20.6 7.5 26.8 9.4 27.4 9.0 38.4 11.3 5 16.3 8.4 20.4 10.5 24.5 9.3 31.9 11.7 32.6 11.2 45.7 14.0 8 21.9 13.5 27.4 16.9 32.8 14.9 42.7 18.7 43.7 17.9 62.2 22.410 25.6 16.8 32.0 21.0 38.3 18.5 49.8 23.2 51.1 22.2 71.6 27.812 28.5 20.2 35.7 25.3 42.8 22.3 55.7 27.9 57.0 26.8 79.8 33.5

ROTATINGWATER STARS#509-6300

PEM 1570 Series Rotating Water Stars are designed to add movement to the alreadyspectacular PEM 1560 Water Stars spray effects. The entire fountain head is rotated by drive jetsinstalled submersed below the spray jets . The pressure to the drive jets normally equals thatof the center jet and is controlled by a valve in the supply pipe ( by others ). The speed of rotationcan be controlled by the angular positioning of the drive jets also by the pressure in the supply.Each star jet is directional adjusted to achieve overall spray patterns such as:

PEM 1570 SERIES

1573 & 1574

1575 & 1576

1571 & 1572

532 SPRAYS 2005-1

PERFORMANCES:

DIMENSIONS:

PEM 1571, 1573 & 1575 create a spray ring with directional adjustable jets and arespray height adjustable with built in valving .PEM 1572,1574 & 1576 have a center jet added to the star jets to achieve differentspray heights for the two spray effects.PEM Water Stars are made of cast bronze, brass and copper, stainless steel fitted,mounted on a stainless steel rotation assembly and vertical adjustment byPEM 08 flange. The spray height of the center jet is controlled by a valve in the supplypipe (by others).PEM Water Rotating Stars are supplied in parts, ready for assembly, with assemblyand adjustment tools included.Proper, flow sized suction straining for the pump isan absolute must, strainers that completely enclose a pump are preferable.

Pressures shown on table below must not be exceeded.For Stationary (not rotating) PEM Water Stars: See PEM 1560 Series

'UT'

'OD'

'OV'

'T'

PEM 1574 onRotating Head

Inside Drop, Outside Drop, Straight- Up - forming a cylinder of spray,Hourglass or Cross Hatch with the addition of the center jet a complete two tier, fully adjustable fountain spray effect is created.

Page 165: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 1610 Series Pinnacle Cascade Jets will provide highly visible frothing and foaming 'WhiteWater'. Pinnacles, cascading upon themselves. The spray effect diameter at base is approximately20% - 25% of spray height. PEM 1610 Series Jets are one piece bronze castings. PEM 08 AdjustmentFlanges are of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted.PEM 09 Series -Vertical Adjusters are used to alter spray effect appearances, tobe heavier, lower & wider or lighter, higher & narrower.

1610 Series

OV+08

OVFor heavier, more rounded spray effects see: PEM 50 Series Cascade Jetssee page 509 of this catalog.

< V

ertic

al h

eigh

t adj

ustm

ent

>

1615/08with 09 Series

Vertical Adjuster

UT+08

ODOX

UT

OX

OD

SPRAYS 2005-1 533

PINNACLE CASCADECAST BRONZE JETS

PEM 1610

#509-6600#509-6700

PPEM 1617/08

m L/min m L/min m L/min m L/min m L/min m L/min m L/min m 0.5 25 3.4 35 3.2 52 6.0 60 1.6 1.0 40 4.1 46 4.0 72 8.0 88 3.0 155 3.0 239 2.9 342 3.2 1.5 60 6.1 56 6.1 88 10.0 109 4.5 185 4.3 280 4.5 400 4.2 2.0 90 9.1 65 8.2 103 12.0 124 6.2 212 5.7 335 6.0 475 5.6 2.5 72 10.3 114 14.0 139 7.5 235 7.0 370 7.2 520 7.2 3.0 79 12.4 125 16.0 152 9.2 259 8.5 400 8.5 570 8.2 4.0 92 16.7 188 20.0 176 12.3 296 11.3 455 11.5 665 10.5 5.0 197 15.1 331 14.0 507 14.2 750 13.0 6.0 216 18.2 362 16.7 555 17.0 810 15.5 8.0 416 22.0 642 22.5 940 20.5 10.0 473 27.5 722 28.0 1040 25.5 12.0 520 33.2 795 33.5 1150 31.0 15.0 1280 39.0 20.0 1450 52.0 Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft G Ft 2 6.1 12 9.5 7 14.5 21 17.7 6 31.7 6.6 3 8.2 16 11.9 12 18.0 25 22.0 9 35.7 8.2 58 10 86 10 4 9.6 22 13.5 16 21.5 30 25.6 12 43.6 11.5 67 12 109 12 5 10.4 25 14.8 20 23.5 34 28.8 15 48.9 14.0 74 15 125 13 6 12.0 29 16.1 24 25.5 36 31.2 18 52.8 17.2 83 18 111 15 8 18.5 32 29.5 44 35.8 24 60.8 23.0 95 23 139 22 10 20.9 41 33.0 52 39.9 31 67.9 27.9 106 28 151 28 15 41.0 73 48.9 46 83.2 41.7 127 43 185 40 20 56.6 61 95.6 54.8 147 56 214 51 30 117.6 83.6 180 84 264 76 40 210 103 301 102 50 373 127 70 390 178

PEM 1611 1612 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 # 509-6610 509-6620 509-6640 509-6650 509-6660 509-6670 509-6680 PEM 1611/08 1612/08 1614/08 1615/08 1616/08 1617/08 1618/08 # 509-6710 509-6720 509-6740 509-6750 509-6760 509-6770 509-6780 T 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/4 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" OD/Jet 47mm 64mm 89mm 96mm 120mm 140mm 165mm

1.850" 2.519" 3.503" 3.779" 4.724" 5.511" 7.165" OX/Jet 38mm 51mm 70mm 76mm 102mm 120mm 152mm

1.500" 2.000" 2.755 3.000" 4.000" 4.724" 6.000" SS 6 mm 8 mm 8 mm 10mm 16mm 18mm 22mm

0.250" 0.320" 0.320" 0.400" 0.625" 0.700" 0.875" OV 96mm 140mm 191mm 229mm 280mm 300mm 356mm

3.750" 5.500" 7.519" 9.000" 11.000" 11.811" 14.000" OV+08 141mm 190mm 236mm 280mm 342mm 348mm 425mm

5.560" 7.490" 9.291" 11.030" 13.420" 13.700" 16.740" UT 81mm 120mm 171mm 204mm 250mm 270mm 316mm

3.190" 4.720" 6.730" 8.030" 10.240" 10.630" 12.440" UT+08 126mm 170mm 216mm 255mm 310mm 318mm 405mm

4.960" 6.690" 8.500" 10.040 " 12.200" 12.500" 15.950"PERFORMANCES

V FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC FL MC

1610/08Series

PEM 1610 Series Pinnacle Cascade Jets require a linear inflow, constant waterlevel and might be subject to pool surging.

1611 1612 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618

PERFORMANCESare based on 'UT'and 'UT/08' dimen-sions showing im-mersion of jets.To change appear-ance of spray ef-fects, change 'UT' or'UT/08' :Decrease = lighter.Increase= heavierand (proportional)'FL' & ' MC' valuesbelow.'UT' & 'UT/08'Dimensions givenare critical for per-formances shown.

SERIES

Page 166: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

534 SPRAYS 2005-1

SHORT WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENT AERATED JETSFOR LOW SPRAYHEIGHTS IN VERY SHALLOW POOLS

1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649

PEM 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 # 509-7140 509-7150 509-7160 509-7170 509-7180 509-7190

T 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"OX 25mm 32mm 38mm 51mm 64mm 76mm

1.000" 1.25" 1.50" 2.0" 2.50" 3.0"OV 90mm 95mm 100mm 121mm 165mm 216mm

3.540" 3.75" 4.00" 4.750" 6.50" 8.500""SS 1.5mm 2.5mm 3mm 4.1mm 4.1mm 5.1mm

0.063" 0.10" 0.12" 0.160" 0.160" 0.20"

V FL FL FL FL FL FL MC m L L L L L L m 1.0 40 59 88 106 144 243 4.4 1.5 48 69 99 129 182 273 5.8 2.0 76 110 152 216 303 7.4 3.0 129 194 281 379 10.7

F t G G G G G G FT 3 10 15 23 31 36 58 15 5 13 18 26 34 48 72 1910 34 51 74 100 35

'OX'

PEM 1640 Series Waterlevel IndependentAerated Jets are made of brass, bronze andcopper.For greater spray heights use PEM 950 SeriesAerated Jets.

'OV'

* Suction Strainer Orifice is recommended size with strainer surface area to suit flow.

PEM 1649

The use of PEM 08 Series Adjustment Flanges or500 Series Swivel Joints is recommended fordirectional adjustment after installation.

PEM 1640 SERIES

#509-7000

DIMENSIONS

PERFORMANCES

Page 167: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENTMAJOR AERATED JETS

WITH DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE BASE

PEM 1700

.PEM 1700 Aerated Jets are made of Cast Bronze, Brass and RedBrass and are stainless steel fitted. The jets have integral 5o

Adjustment Bases for directional fine adjustment

PEM 1700 Aerated Jets are for use in lake fountains. Perform-ances are attained by the air suction cavitation of the jet at theintermediate and higher sprayheights.

PEM 1702A PEM 1702 PEM 1703 PEM 1704 PEM 1706

OX

OV

SPRAYS 2005-1 535

PEM 1702 & 1702A 1703 1704 1706 # 509-8010/509-8020 509-8030 509-8040 509-8060T, Pipe Thread 2" 3" 4" 6"OX 51mm\ 2" 76mm\ 3" 95mm\ 4" 130mm\ 5"OV 460mm\18" 510mm\ 20" 560mm\ 22" 610mm\ 24"Suction Strainer Size 6mm\ 0.250" 8mm\0.325" 10mm\0.375" 12mm\0.500"

PERFORMANCES:V FLow MC FLow MC FLow MC FLow MCm L/min m L/min m L/min m L/min m10.0 530 13.0 760 23 910 18 1900 15.015.0 947 23.0 1290 34 1500 26 2300 25.020.0 1325 29.0 1550 38 1700 31 2800 30.030.0 1670 42.0 2050 61 2240 55 3900 61.040.0 - - - - 3700 101 5300 98.0Ft GPM Ft GPM Ft GPM Ft GPM Ft 30 130 39 195 65 245 49 490 45 40 195 49 260 98 343 66 560 59 50 255 64 340 106 395 88 610 77 60 325 88 390 115 427 101 690 91 80 395 112 450 149 480 122 900 149100 445 129 520 186 590 180 1090 198120 - - 670 380 940 330 1290 320

DIMENSIONS:

PEM 1706

# 509-8000

These jetsmay generatesome noiseand are notrecommendedfor closequarters.

PEM 1700 Series Waterlevel Independent Aerated Jetsare designed to provide a filled out, more reflective singlestream spray effect at greater heights, these jets will notoperate effectively below the shown sprayheights, as acertain flow velocity through the jets is required to aeratethe stream

SERIES

Page 168: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

WATERLEVEL INDEPENDENTMAJOR AERATED JETS

WITH DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTABLE BASE

PEM 1700

.PEM 1700 Aerated Jets are made of Cast Bronze, Brass and RedBrass and are stainless steel fitted. The jets have integral 5o

Adjustment Bases for directional fine adjustment

PEM 1700 Aerated Jets are for use in lake fountains. Perform-ances are attained by the air suction cavitation of the jet at theintermediate and higher sprayheights.

PEM 1702A PEM 1702 PEM 1703 PEM 1704 PEM 1706

OX

OV

SPRAYS 2005-1 535

PEM 1702 & 1702A 1703 1704 1706 # 509-8010/509-8020 509-8030 509-8040 509-8060T, Pipe Thread 2" 3" 4" 6"OX 51mm\ 2" 76mm\ 3" 95mm\ 4" 130mm\ 5"OV 460mm\18" 510mm\ 20" 560mm\ 22" 610mm\ 24"Suction Strainer Size 6mm\ 0.250" 8mm\0.325" 10mm\0.375" 12mm\0.500"

PERFORMANCES:V FLow MC FLow MC FLow MC FLow MCm L/min m L/min m L/min m L/min m10.0 530 13.0 760 23 910 18 1900 15.015.0 947 23.0 1290 34 1500 26 2300 25.020.0 1325 29.0 1550 38 1700 31 2800 30.030.0 1670 42.0 2050 61 2240 55 3900 61.040.0 - - - - 3700 101 5300 98.0Ft GPM Ft GPM Ft GPM Ft GPM Ft 30 130 39 195 65 245 49 490 45 40 195 49 260 98 343 66 560 59 50 255 64 340 106 395 88 610 77 60 325 88 390 115 427 101 690 91 80 395 112 450 149 480 122 900 149100 445 129 520 186 590 180 1090 198120 - - 670 380 940 330 1290 320

DIMENSIONS:

PEM 1706

# 509-8000

These jetsmay generatesome noiseand are notrecommendedfor closequarters.

PEM 1700 Series Waterlevel Independent Aerated Jetsare designed to provide a filled out, more reflective singlestream spray effect at greater heights, these jets will notoperate effectively below the shown sprayheights, as acertain flow velocity through the jets is required to aeratethe stream

SERIES

Page 169: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 1721

Distribution Chamber

Cover Plate

PEM E40LV, 12V., 75W.(Or as specified) - See E40 Lightfixtures

230mm9.000"

Spray Orifice : 50mmSolid Winter Cover

'O' Ring Seal

RemovableMounting Plate

2"BSP / NPT

J13-5 Cord Seal3/4" BSP/NPT

Electrical Conduitconnection

290mm11.420"

SPRAYS 2005-1

1721-7 (#510-3478)

Height adjustable nozzle

In cold climates the unit must bedrained and sealed with wintercover.

Lock ring

45mm1.770"

PEM 1721 is made of cast bronze and brass, stainless steel fitted. Forincluded light fixture see PEM E40. This light emitting spray effect is designedfor insertion into extreme shallow or dry bed pavements over reservoir waterfeatures. At night each effect can illuminate up to 4m radius.Large orifices keep from plugging up.

LIGHT EMITTINGBUBBLE SPRAYEFFECT#510-0072

PERFORMANCES:Spray height : 0.2m 0.3m 0.5m 8" 12" 18"L/min 80 120 240MC/m 0.5 0.7 0.9GPM 21 32 63Inches Head 19" 27" 35"

536

Electrical Cable, 12VStandard (5m x 2 x 2.5mm2), or as specified.

Page 170: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

537

PEM 08-10

584mm23.000"

419mm16.500"

303mm12.0"

PEM 1854

SPRAYS 2005-1

200mm7.8"

Sprayheight (Radius) Flow Nozzle Pressure*Meter Feet L/min GPM bar PSI 6m 20' 1700 450 5.0 70 9m 30' 2350 620 8.1 11512m 40' 2750 727 11.0 15018m 60' 3050 806 12.4 17524m 80' 3300 872 14.8 21030m 100' 3500 925 16.2 230

PVC INSTALLATION SUGGESTION

PEM 1854/08

PEM1854-08

PERFORMANCES

PEM 1854/08, 6" Water Screen Jet is designed to create a screen surface for the rearor front projection of images by 35mm or larger film, diapositive (slide), template and/orlaser projector(s). PEM 1854 is made of 316 stainless steel & stainless steel fitted, canbe supplied in 6" BSP or NPS, male (outside) pipe thread. For extreme operatingpressures, the jet is supplied with an internal pressure brace, which can beremoved for operating with lower pressures.

Projected image onto PEM Waterscreen

3o3o

Dichro Color Illuminated PEM Waterscreen

WATER SCREEN JET

The jet is employing laminar adhesion distribution of the ejected spray in an arc of 175o - 182o

depending on nozzle pressure. PEM 1854/08 includes a PEM 08-10, 6" Directional AdjustmentFlange that permits appr. 1.5o - 2o of vertical angular adjustment of the screen, pointing away fromthe projector and thereby creating a smooth, non pulsing surface. The jet with directional adjustmentflange is designed for mounting into a 90o threaded pipe elbow, set upon a vertical riser pipeequipped with the required flow straightener vanes.Pipe from pump(s) to be flow sized, to be reduced only at jet to 6".

.PEM 1854-08 is made of 316stainless steel and is stainlesssteel fitted. It can be supplied in 6"BSP or NPS, male (outside) pipethread.

Horizontal spray width design consideration = 3 x Sprayheight.

Installation height of jet at above waterlevel or otherwise can be posi-tioned as required to suit the projection equipment.

Place design consideration for wind drifting at moderate wind velocity:

Minimum distance of jet from edge of pool (down wind from main winddirection) = 3 x Sprayheight

# 510-1110

PEM 1854 Water Screen Jetmounted on 6" PVC pipewith an elbow fitting be-tween Adjustment Flangeand Jet.

* Nozzle Pressure is measured within the orifice slot with a Bent Pitot Tube equipped Pressure Gauge. DO NOT USE PUMP PRESSURE FOR PERFORMANCES !

Page 171: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

'A' Angle of nozzle elevation

'B' Horizontal distance of throwfrom nozzle.

'C' Height of trajectory inpercentage of ' B '.

'D' Highest point of trajectoryin horizontal distance from nozzle,measured in percentage of ' B '

'E' Multiplying or dividing factor forspray design calculations

'V' Vertical sprayheight (1967-'X')

DESIGN FACTORS

'A' 'E' 'C' 'D'

5o 0.90 6% 36%15o 1.33 11% 46%25o 1.83 17% 49%35o 1.94 22% 51%45o 2.10 27% 52%55o 1.80 36% 53%65o 1.50 50% 56%75o 0.90 99% 59%85o 0.40 245% 64%

0o

ANGULAR SPRAY DESIGN SUGGESTIONS

538 SPRAYS 2006-1 replaces 2005-1

PEM

1.

2.

4.

TO FIND:

Horizontal distance of throw for a desired angle ofspray, when only the vertical sprayheight isknown.

Performance requirement of a spray pattern withknown angle of nozzle discharge or the equivalentvertical sprayheight performance requirements

Trajectory of a spray of water

The jet elevation angle (factor 'A')for the specification of particular trajectories or spray effects.

The manometric nozzle pressure for a sprayheight

HOW:

Establish vertical sprayheight (factor 'V') and multiply the same by factor'E' to achieve horizontal spray distance.('X') x ('E') : Horizontal Distance

Establish horizontal distance of throw from nozzle and divide by factor'E' on same line as shown discharge angle of nozzle . This will give verticalsprayheight which is then used to find performance requirements. (A) - ('B') : ('E') : Vertical Sprayheight

Establish horizontal distance of throw (factor 'B') then calculate factors'D' and 'C' thereof and combine the results with 'B' to lay out the trajectory.

Establish horizontal distance of throw (factor 'B'),calculate highest pointof trajectory (factor 'C') thereof and read on the factors table the angleof elevation (factor'A') on the same line as the result of the calculated heightof trajectory (factor 'C')

Multiply vertical sprayheight (factor 'V') x 1.22 + 10% .

3.

5.

In General:

Multiplication Factorsare used to findangular sprayperformances whensprayheight isknown.

Dividing Factors areused to find thesprayheight whenangularpeformances areknown

Printed in C

anada, Copyright C

. 2006, PE

M Fountain C

o. Canada

Data given on this page are stricly infomative only, to be used in the layout of normal size water displays, for specialapplications provide full scale prototype testing as to be installed before providing artistic impressions of the project.

All spray design calculations are based upon linear, non -turbulent and/or non twisting inflow of water into the spray jet havingminimum directional adjustment. Where turbulence and/or twisting flow is present and better performance is desired,the use of flow straightening devices in the pipe riser to the jet can show dramatic sprayheight (distance) improvements.Upto 2" pipe size, plastic flow straighteners, PEM 01050 Series, are installed into the base of a jet or in the riser pipe to the jet.Pipe sizes 2 1/2" and larger require PEM flow straightening devices, such as PEM 21000 Series dual action flow straightenersfor critical major spray effects or PEM 23000 Series flow straightening flanges for regular spray effects with a lesser inflowturbulence. Follow the installation suggestions of the PEM flow straightening devices. If not certain about a particular designrequest assistance from factory

90o

45o

'B'

'A'

'D'

'C'

Page 172: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEMPOOL FITTINGS

621

INDEX 2005-1

# PEM PAGE643-0370 64037 640644-0000 6440 640-4 -4 640-6 -6 640-05 -05 641-0031 -31 641-0032 -32 641-0033 -33 641-0034 -34 641-0036 -36 641-0037 -37 642-0039 -39 642-0041 -41 642-0042 -42 642-0044 -44 643-0048 -48 643-0055 -55 643-0068 -68 644-0071 -71 644-0072 -72 644-0074 -74 645-0075 -75 645-00841 -841 645-00842 -842 645-00843 -843 645-00881 -881 646-00882 -882 646-00883 -883 646-0092 -92 646650-0000 6501 647650-0500 6510 647650-1000 6515 647620-2210 6521 647650-2230 6523 647650-2300 6530 648650-3400 6540 648650-3500 6550 648Conversion Data 648650-4000 6580 649660-0860 6686 649670-0000 71330 650670-1000 7160 650670-1010 7160-1 650670-2000 7180 651670-3100 7210 651670-3300 7230 651670-3500 7230V 651670-3600 7230A 652670-4400 7240 652670-5500 7250 652670-820 7280 653670-830 7290 653

# PEM PAGEIndex

602-5000 6015's 622602-6000 6016's 622602-2000 6092's 623602-3000 6093's 623692-4000 6094's 623603-2000 6102's 624603-3000 6103's 624603-4000 6104's 624606-2000 6112's 625606-3000 6113's 625606-4000 6114's 625607-1000 6201's 626610-3300 6212 627610-3400 6214 627610-3410 6214A 627610-3500 6215 628610-3510 6215V 628610-3600 6216 628610-3610 6216A 629610-3630 6216V 629610-3650 6216VS 629610-3700 6217 630610-3710 6217V 630610-3800 6218 630610-4100 622201's 631610-4200 622202's 631610-4300 622203's 631610-4400 622204's 631610-5020 6222 632610-5050 6222-05 632610-6100 6224's 632610-6300 6225's 632610-7010 6284 633610-7020 6284AV 633610-7800 6290's 633611-0200 6315's 634611-0400 6316's 634611-0600 6317's 634611-0800 6318's 635611-0900 6319's 635611-0830 6320's 636611-1180 6321's 636611-2100 6338's 636611-2200 6345's 637611-1280 6350-Jet's 637611-1301 6370's 639611-1330 63730 639611-1340 63740 639611-1400 6380's 638

600 SECTION

SUPERSEDES2003-1

Fittings 2005-1

TECHNICAL SUGGESTION & CROSS REFERENCES PEM PAGE900-0406 654900-0407A 655900-0408 656Oase & Defo X PEM 657Defo x PEM 658Fountain People X PEM 659Hydrel X PEM 660

Supersedes all previous editions & specifications.

Page 173: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM # DESCRIPTION6015 602-5000 Fixture Base for 2" BSP

& Fixture Base for 75mm DIN PVC Pipe*

6015-1 602-5010 Liner Clamp & Gasket6015-3 602-5030 Cast Bronze Debris Grating6015-4 602-5050 1.0m high x 50mm Overflow Standpipe6015-6 602-5060 Bronze Drain Plug for 50 / 75mm Base

6016 602-6000 Fixture Base for 100mm DIN PVC Pipe*

6016-1 602-6010 Liner Clamp & Gasket6016-3 602-6030 Cast Bronze Debris Grating6016-4 602-6040 0.5m high x 76mm Overflow Standpipe6016-5 602-6050 1.0m high x 76mm Overflow Standpipe6016-6 602-6060 Cast Bronze Drain Plug for 100 mm Base

Fixture Base and Fittings must be orderedtogether and are accounted for separately.

Locking Screw

D5

METRIC POOL DRAINS & OVERFLOWS FOR DIN SIZE PVC PIPE

H8

'LR'LockingRod(Optional)

H7

D4

BASE WITH DEBRIS GRATE

BASE WITH LINEr CLAMP

PEM 6015 and 6016 Bases are designed for direct fit into type DIN 19 534 PVC Pipe with DIN 4060Lip Seals. Fittings of same size are interchangeable on same size base, the liner clamp can be addedwhere required. The Bases, Clamps, Gratings, Overflow Crown and Plugs are made of cast bronze,85/5/5/5 copper alloy, the stand pipe and all fasteners are made of stainless steel, Flange Gasket isof Neoprene and DIN ISO 36 'O' ring seals are made of Buna-N.

Base

D1

T

H4

H3

D2D3

H2H1

Base with Drain Plug

622 Fittings 2005-1

H5

H6

D2

D2

LINER CLAMP & GASKETfor PEM Bases

# 602 - 5000# 602 - 6000

PEM 6015 6016 60154 60155 60164 60165T (BSP) 2" - - - - - mm mm mm mm mm mm H1 108 136 H2 64 67 H3 44 69 H4 11 15 H5 7 9 H6 24 32 H7 - - 500 100 500 1000 H8 - - 10-20 10-20 10-25 10-25 D1 75 10 D2 152 200 D3 89 127 D4 - - 115 115 160 160 D5 - - 52 52 76 76

PEM

Overflow Standpipes can be made VANDAL RESISTANT with locking rod(Optional & Extra) bolted to base, that requires the loosening of thelockscrew in the crown fitting, unscrewing of the same before the standpipe can be removed from base. To order add ' LR ' to catalog # ofOverflow Stand Pipe also specify exact depth of water !

Standpipes are equipped with double 'O' ring seal base. To adjust standpipeto a lower level, saw pipe off, bevel and smooth saw cut with file and reinstall.The drain bases can accommodate PEM 6200 Series Fittings with center boltmounting such as PEM 6214/16. Most Fittings (Other than Liner Clamps) areinterchangeable for replacement of similar ones of other make.

Drain Plug DIMENSIONS

6015 / 6016 Series

Base with ' LR' Overflow Standpipe

* To insert into Pipe

Page 174: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6090 Series, all cast bronze bases are designed for the mountingof PEM 6200 Series pool, drain and suction fittings. The bases are madeof 85/5/5/5 cast bronze (B - Metal). The durability of this bronze is wellknown.All pipes connecting into these bases to be of non corrodible material orplastic. As cement bonds well to clean natural cast bronze surfaces of thebases, normally no other no leak devices are required on the pipesconnecting into these bases.

-05 OPTIONTHREADED TOP

(Add:/-05 TO # OF BASE)

PEM 6090ONE PIECE CAST BRONZE BASES

& BASE OPTIONS

STANDARD BASE ( SLIP IN TOP )

Fittings 2005-1 623

-03 OPTIONSURFACE LINER

CLAMP W. GASKETAdd: /-03 TO # OF BASE)

-02 OPTIONSURFACE

MEMBRANE CLAMP

(Add: /-02 TO # OF BASE)

-04 OPTIONPUDDLE FLANGE

FOR LIQUID MEMBRANES

(Add:/ -04 TO # OF BASE)

-008 OPTIONUNDERDECK CLAMP

(Add: -08 TO # OF BASE

-007 OPTION4" BSP/NPS ADAPTER FOR PEM 6094 BASE

FOR DIN 19534 PVCPIPE WITH DIN 4060

LIP SEALS(DN :100mm)

(Add: /-07 TO # OF BASE)

PEM 6092 #602-2000

PEM 6093#602-3000

PEM 6094 #602-4000

Pictures show Base with Liner Clamp

FOR 6200 SERIES FITTINGS

FOR STANDARD SLABTHICKNESS OF:150mm\6" to 200mm\8"Custom madefor other slab thickness.

O.D. of Base & Clamp:190mm\7.5"I.D. of Opening inconcrete: 150mm\6"

To specify & order a complete fixture: Base + Option + Fitting

Example:To order PEM 6093, with 02 membrane clamp and 6212 Fitting:

Specify : 6093/-02/-6212

Page 175: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

- 04 OPTION- PUDDLE FLANGE - For liquid membranes

- 05 OPTION (Add: /-05 TO # OF BASE)-THREADED TOP

(Add: /-04 TO # OF BASE)

Top

Top

Base

Locking Collar

LockingCollar

Base

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLECAST BRONZEBASES & BASE OPTIONS

- 03 OPTION- SURFACE LINER CLAMP w. GASKET

- 02 OPTION- SURFACE MEMBRANE CLAMP

PEM 6100

(Add: /-02 TO # OF BASE)

(Add: /-03 TO # OF BASE)

- 08 OPTION(Add: /-08 TO # OF BASE)UNDERDECK CLAMP

ADJUSTABLE EXTENSIONADDITIONAL TO NORMALHEIGHT ADJUSTMENT :45 to 80 mm \ 1.750" to 3.140"

- 09 OPTION -(Add: /-09 TO # OF BASE)ELEVATION EXTENSION

624 Fittings 2005-1

- 07 OPTION(Add: /-07 TO # OF BASE)

4" BSP/NPS ADAPTER FORPEM 6104 BASEFOR DIN 19534 PVC PIPEWITH DIN 4060 LIP SEALS(DN :100mm )

The PEM 6100 Series aredesigned for the mounting ofPEM 6200 Series pool, drainand suction fittings and are allcast bronze adjustable bases.Levelling height adjustmentpermits ease of installation tofinal floor grade. All pipesconnecting into these basesshould be non corrodible. Ascement bonds well to cleannatural cast bronze surfaces,normally no other no leakdevices are required onconnecting pipes. Threadedjoints must have suitablethread sealant on threads.

PEM 6104 / #603-4000

PEM 6102 / #603-2000

PEM 6103 / #603-3000

PEM 6103

BASES FOR 6200 SERIES FITTINGS

Base

TopLocking Collar

To specify & order a complete fixture:Base + Options + FittingExample: To order PEM 6103, with 05threaded top, 08 Under Deck Clamp,09 Elevation Extension & 6222-5 Fitting:Specify: 6103/-05/-08/-09/-6222-5

A =Levelling heightadjustment range:32mm to 50mm /1.25" to 2.0"

STANDARD BASES (SLIP IN TOP)

FOR STANDARD SLABTHICKNESS OF :150mm\6" to 200mm\8"Custom made for other slab thickness.O.D. of Base & Clamp:190mm \ 7.5"I.D. of Opening in concrete:150mm \ 6"

Page 176: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

-05 OPTION-(Add: /-05 TO # OF BASE)

THREADED TOP

Add : /-04 TO # OF BASE- 04 OPTION-- PUDDLE FLANGE For liquid membranes

(Add: /-03 TO # OF BASE) -03 OPTION-SURFACE LINER CLAMP w. GASKET

(Add: /-02 TO # OF BASE) -02 OPTION- SURFACE MEMBRANE CLAMP

PEM 6110

-09 OPTION-(Add: /-09 TO # OF BASE)

ELEVATION EXTENSIONADJUSTABLE EXTENSIONADDITIONAL TO NORMAL

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT :45 to 80 mm\1.750" to 3.140"

-08 OPTION-(Add: /-08 TO # OF BASE)

UNDERDECK CLAMPFOR STANDARD SLAB THICKNESS

OF :150mm\6" to 200mm\8"Custom made for other slab thickness

O.D. of Base & Clamp: 190mm\7.5"I.D. of Opening in concrete: 150mm\6"

Fittings 2005-1 625

-07 OPTION(Add: /-07 TO # OF BASE)

4" BSP/NPS ADAPTER FORPEM 6114 BASE

FOR DIN 19534 PVC PIPEWITH DIN 4060 LIP SEALS

(DN :100mm )

PEM 6100 Series, all cast bronze adjustable bases are designed for themounting of PEM 6200 Series pool, drain and suction fittings.

Levelling height adjustment permits ease of installation to final floorgrade. All pipes connecting into these bases should be non corrodible. Ascement bonds well to clean natural cast bronze surfaces, normally noother no leak devices are required on connecting pipes. Threaded jointmust have suitable thread sealant on threads.

A = Levelling height adjustment range:32mm to 50mm \ 1.250" to 2.0"

STANDARD BASE ( SLIP IN TOP )

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE CAST BRONZE BASES WITH SUBSURFACE MEMBRANE CLAMP & BASE OPTIONS

FOR 6200 SERIES FITTINGS

To specify & order a complete fixture:Base + Options + FittingExample: To order PEM 6114, with 05threaded top, 08 Under Deck Clamp,09 Elevation Extension & 6222-5 Fitting:Specify: 6114/-05/-08/-09/-6222-5

PEM 6113#606-3000

PEM 6112 #606-2000

PEM 6114#606-4000

Page 177: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

-02 OPTION , (Add: /-02 TO # OF BASE)SURFACE MEMBRANE CLAMP

STANDARD BASE ( SLIP IN TOP )

PEM 6201

-05 OPTION (Add: /-05 TO # OF BASE) THREADED TOP

626 Fittings 2005-1

CAST BRONZE BASES TO CONNECT DIRECTLYINTO FEMALE PIPE FITTINGSPEM 6201 cast bronze base is designed for the mounting of PEM 6200 Series pool, drain or pumpsuction fixtures. The bases have outside (male) 4" NPS or BSP pipe thread for mounting intosuitable pipe fitting. When used with a 4", 90 degrees pipe elbow, the lead out pipe can beinstalled into or just below the pool floor concrete. The pipe thread must be well sealed withsuitable pipe thread sealant.

To specify & order a complete fixture:Base + Options + FittingExample:To order PEM 6201, with threaded top,Surface Liner Clamp and 6216 Fitting:Specify: 6201/-3/-6216

-03 OPTION , (Add: /-03 TO # OF BASE)SURFACE LINER CLAMP

--04 OPTION, (Add: /-04 TO # OF BASE)PUDDLE FLANGE

PEM 6201

Side View

Top View

#607-1000

Page 178: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

TO SPECIFY & ORDER : Base + Base Option +Fitting

PEM 6212

Effective Open Area:41.4 cm2 \ 6.2 sq. inches

Suggested maximum flow:With 500mm\20" water over fitting= 150 l/min \ 40 GPM

When used as suction fitting,vortexing is normal.

SURFACE DRAIN

PEM 6214

Effective Open Area:155 cm2 \ 24 sq. inches

Suggested maximum flow:With 610mm\24" of water over fitting= 950 l/min \ 250 GPM

Slot width : 9.53mm \ 0.375"

Effective Open Area :145 cm2 \ 22.5 sq. inches

Suggested maximum flow :With 500mm \ 20" water over fitting= 470 l/min \ 120 GPM

Width of slots : 9 mm \ 0.354"

BALANCING PIPE INTAKELEAF, PLANTER OR UNDERDRAIN

PEM 6214A

Fittings 2005-1 627

The

draw

ings

on

thi

s pa

ge

show

a b

ase

, w

hich

is n

ot in

clud

ed in

fitt

ing

opt

ion.

BA

SE, B

ASE

-OPT

ION

& F

ITTI

NG

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY. PEM 6214 Fitting is made of cast bronze, brass

center rod and stainless steel fitted.

TO SPECIFY & ORDER : Base + Base Option + Fitting

Fitting isfactoryfitted.

Suggested use is for balancing pipe intake, hiddendrain or leaf drain. With additional screening and gravelcover it is an ideal planter drain or under drain. Whenused as suction fittings, vortexing is normal.

PEM 6212 Drain Fitting is made of cast bronze withbrass center rod and stainless steel set screw.

PEM 6214A Drain Fitting is made of cast bronze andcopper with brass center rod and stainless steel setscrew.

TO SPECIFY & ORDER : Base + Base Option + Fitting

Suggested use is for balancing pipe intake, hiddendrain or leaf drain. When used as suction fittings,vortexing is normal.

PEM 6212

PEM 6214

PEM 6214A

#610-3300

Due to its center support, the drain grate hasincreased load bearing capacity. The grate is vandal resistant, as it

is screwed into position andlocked with set screw.

#610-3400

#610-3410

LARGE CAPACITY BALANCING PIPE INTAKE ALSOLEAF, PLANTER OR UNDER DRAIN

Page 179: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTING FORVERY SHALLOW POOLS.

VALVED ANTI VORTEX SUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTINGFOR VERY SHALLOW POOLS

PEM 6215 Fitting is made of cast bronze with brasscenter rod and stainless steel fastener. Suggested useis for shallow pools as suction or discharge fitting.

PEM 6215

PEM 6215V

PEM 6216

Effective Open Area : 145 cm2 \ 22.5 sq. inchesSuggested maximum flow :With: 100mm \ 4" water over fitting = 189 l/min \ 50 GPMWith 150mm \ 6" water over fitting = 227 l/min \ 60 GPMWith 300mm \ 12" water over fitting = 302 l/min \ 80 GPMWith 400mm \ 16" water over fitting = 454 l/min \ 120 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting = 567 l/min \ 150 GPMWidth of slots 9 mm \ 0.354"

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option +Fitting

Effective Open Area : 76 cm2\11.9 sq. inchesSuggested maximum flow:With: 100mm \ 4" water over fitting = 76 l/min \ 20 GPMWith 150mm \ 6" water over fitting = 113 l/min \ 30 GPMWith 200mm \ 8" water over fitting = 151 l/min \ 40 GPMWidth of opening : 14mm \ 0.56"

Fittings 2005-1628

The drawings on this page show

a base , which is not included in fitting option.

Effective Open Area: 76 cm2 \ 11.9 sq. inchesSuggested maximum flow:With: 100mm\4" water over fitting = 76 l/min \ 20 GPMWith 150mm\6" water over fitting = 113 l/min \ 30 GPMWith 200mm\8" water over fitting = 151 l/min \ 40 GPMWidth of opening: 14mm \ 0.56"TO SPECIFY & ORDER :

Base + Base Option + /-6215

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Fitting

PEM 6215V Fitting is made of cast bronze, brass and stainless steelfasteners - factory fitted to choice of base. Suggested use is for shallowpools as suction or discharge fitting

PEM 6216-1 Fitting is made of cast bronze,brass center rod and stainless steel fitted. Sug-gested use is for shallow pools as suction ordischarge fitting.PEM 6216-2 Fitting as above but with formedplastic cover

Fitting is factory fitted.

Flow regulating valve has non-rising stem andis used to balance flow if several fittings areused on a non balanced flow manifold.

PEM 6215V Fitting is factory fitted.

PEM 6216-1

PEM 6215

# 610-3500

# 610-3510203mm8.000"

20mm 14mm

PEM 6216-1 # 610-3600PEM 6216-2 # 610-3601

BA

SE, BA

SE-OPTIO

N &

FITTING

TO B

E OR

DER

ED TO

GETH

ER A

S REQ

UIR

ED B

UT A

CC

OU

NTED

FOR

SEPAR

ATELY.

Page 180: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6216VS-05VALVED ANTI VORTEX FITTINGWITH EXTRA STRAINER

Fittings 2005-1 629

VALVED ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING PEM 6216V-05

PEM 6216AANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING

The

draw

ings

on

this

pag

e s

how

a b

ase

, whi

ch is

not

incl

uded

in fi

tting

op

tion.

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Fitting

Valve has a lockable rising stem. As thefitting screws into the base, the same musthave the -05 'Threaded Top' option.

Effective Open Area: 60 cm2 \ 9.3 sq. inchesSuggested maximum flow :With 100mm \ 4" water over fitting = 189 l/min \ 50 GPMWith 150mm \ 6" water over fitting = 227 l/min \ 60 GPMWith 300mm \ 12" water over fitting = 302 l/min \ 80 GPMWith 400mm \ 16" water over fitting = 454 l/min \ 120 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting = 567 l/min \ 150 GPMWidth of slots : 9.53mm \ 0.375"

PEM 6216-1V-05 Fitting is made ofcast bronze and copper, brass andstainless steel fitted.PEM 6216-2V-05 Fitting as above butwith formed plastic cover

Valve has a lockable rising stem. As thefitting screws into the base, the same musthave the -05 'Threaded Top' option.

PEM6216-1V-05

PEM 6216-1VS-05

PEM 6216-1A

Suggested use is as flow adjustable suction fitting innon-balanced flow manifold to equalize suction.

PEM 6216-1-05 V #610-3630PEM 6216-2-05 V #610-3631

Suggested use is as flow adjustable suction fitting innon balanced flow manifold to equalize suction inpools filled with stones and/or aquatic life.

BA

SE, B

ASE

-OPT

ION

& F

ITTI

NG

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY.

Effective Open Area:100 cm2 \ 15.5 sq. inchesSuggested maximum flow :With 100mm \ 4" water over fitting = 95 l/min \ 25 GPMWith 150mm \ 6" water over fitting = 189 l/min \ 50 GPMWith 300mm \ 12" water over fitting = 227 l/min \ 60 GPMWith 400mm \ 16" water over fitting = 302 l/min \ 80 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting = 454 l/min \ 120 GPMStrainer openings are 4.5mm \ 0.187"

PEM 6216-1VS-05 Fitting is made ofcast bronze and copper with perforatedstainless steel strainer, brass andstainless steel fitted.PEM 6216-2VS-05 Fitting as above butwith formed plastic cover

TO SPECIFY & ORDER : Base + Base Option + Fitting

PEM 6216-1-05 V #610-3650PEM 6216-2-05 V #610-3651

TO SPECIFY & ORDER : Base + Base Option + Fitting

PEM 6216-1A Fitting is made of castbronze and copper, brass andstainless steel fitted.PEM 6216-2A Fitting as above but withformed plastic coverSuggested use is as suction fittingin deep pools.

Effective Open Area:120 cm2 \ 18.6 sq. inchesSuggested maximum flow :With 400mm \ 16" water over fitting = 454 l/min \ 120 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting = 567 l/min \ 150 GPMWith 800mm \ 32" water over fitting = 1135 L/min \ 300 GPMWidth of slots : 9.53mm \ 0.375"

PEM 6216-1A #610-3610PEM 6216-2A #610-3611

Page 181: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING FOR SHALLOW POOLSPEM 6217

PEM 6218 Fitting is made of cast bronze and copper withbrass center rod and stainless steel fastener. Suggesteduse is to seal PEM Bases in colder climates to prevent entryof water that could cause freeze damage.

VALVED ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING

WINTER COVER FOR FITTING

Effective Open Area: 265 cm2 \ 41.1 sq. inches.

Suggested maximum suction flow :With 150mm \ 6" water over fitting = 450 l/min \ 120 GPMWith 300mm \ 12" water over fitting = 950 l/min \ 250 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting = 1700 l/min \ 450GPMWidth of opening slots: 9.53mm \ 0.375"

630 Fittings 2005-1

PEM 6217V

The drawings on this page show

a base , which is not included in fitting option.

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Fitting

PEM 6217-1 V Fitting is made of cast bronze, brass and stainless steelfasteners - factory fitted to choice of base. Suggested use is as pumpsuction and discharge fitting.PEM 62217-2 V Fitting is as above, but with formed plastic cover.

PEM 6217V Fitting is factory fitted to base.TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + /-6217V

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Fitting

This cover is not recom-mended for use as drain plug.

The flow regulating valve has a lockable rising stem and is used to balance flow if severalfittings are used on a non balanced flow manifold.

PEM 6218

PEM 6217(with 6103 Base)

PEM 6217V(with 6201 Base)

PEM 6217-1 # 610-3700PEM 6217-2 # 610-3701

PEM 6218#610-3800

PEM 6217 Fitting isfactory fitted to base:

BA

SE, BA

SE-OPTIO

N &

FITTING

TO B

E OR

DER

ED TO

GETH

ER A

S REQ

UIR

ED B

UT A

CC

OU

NTED

FOR

SEPAR

ATELY.

Effective Open Area: 265 cm2 \ 41.1 sq. inches.

Suggested maximum suction flow :With 150mm \ 6" water over fitting = 450 l/min \ 120 GPMWith 300mm \ 12" water over fitting = 950 l/min \ 250 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting = 1700 l/min \ 450GPMWidth of opening slots: 9.53mm \ 0.375"

PEM 6217-1 Fitting is made of cast bronze, brass and stainless steelfasteners - factory fitted to choice of base. Suggested use is as pumpsuction and discharge fitting.PEM 62217-2 Fitting is as above, but with formed plastic cover.

PEM 6217-1V # 610-3710PEM 6217-2V # 610-3711

Page 182: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

62201-05#610- 4110

62201#610- 4100

62201-05-X#610- 4130

62201-X#610- 4120

62202-05#610- 4210

62202#610- 4200

62202-05-X#610- 4230

62202-X#610- 4220

PEM 62204105mm / 4.125" O. D. OVERFLOW STANDPIPE

For suggested water surface of 25 m2 \ 270 sq ft.Overflow weir length = 0.32m \ 1.05 Ft

62203-05#610- 4310

62203-05-X#610- 4330

62203-X#610- 4320

62203#610- 4300

62204 X#610- 4420

62204-05-X#610- 4430

62204#610- 4400

62204-05#610- 4410

PEM 6220254mm / 2.125" O.D. OVERFLOW STANDPIPE

For suggested water surface of 10 m2 / 105 sq ft.Overflow weir length = 0.16m \ 0.53 Ft

OVERFLOW STAND PIPES & DRAINS

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Choice of Stand Pipe(A threaded stand pipe requires a threaded Base (/-05)

PEM 6220 Series Overflow Stand Pipes & Drains are made of bronze, brass and/or copper and are stainless steel fitted.The domes are natural bronze, chrome plating of dome and/or stand pipe at extra cost.For metric stainless steel stand pipes see page 621

Stand pipes 62201 & -05, 62202 & -05, 62203 & -05 also 62204 & -05 are supplied as standard for 400mm \ 16" water depthand with debris screen to fit into base. This is to keep bottom debris out of drain, when the stand pipe is lifted. For other waterdepths, the stand pipes can be custom made to suit at extra cost. X-type stand pipes and drains consist of base adapter withsolder fit for copper tube plus the dome or cover. The copper tube and assembly is by supplier or contractor to suit.For water depth's greater than 0.6m \ 2 Feet, the 05 threaded option is required to be able to remove the stand pipe. Standardstand pipes & drains have slip in joints with 'O' ring seals. Stand pipes & drains with 05 Options have threaded connectionswith O ring seal.For absorption capacity use waterfall data x overflow weir length (as shown for each size) x maximum freeboard beforeoverflowing. Where required use multiple overflows. The general purpose of the overflow stand pipe is to prevent the overflow-ing of the pool and when lifted to drain a pool. Base, pipe connection size can be tabulated from overflow rate x head pressureof water depth of pool. The absorption rates shown are average and might vary due to climatic conditions at the site. Theoverflow must be large enough to drain off the water in an emergency, should the make up water supply fail to close.

All stand pipes but the 'X' type, are made vandal resistant by bolting down the domes with center rods to the base. In additionthe domes are secured with anti-theft lockscrews to prevent the unscrewing of the domes or covers.

Fittings 2005-1 631

The

draw

ings

on

this

pag

e s

how

a b

ase,

whi

ch is

not

incl

uded

in fi

tting

op

tion.

PEM 62201

PEM 6220141mm / 1.625" O. D. OVERFLOW STANDPIPE

For suggested water surface of 5 m2 \ 50 sq ft.Overflow weir length = 0.10m \ 0.40 Ft

PEM 6220379mm / 3.125" O.D. OVERFLOW STANDPIPE

For suggested water surface of 15 m2 \ 160 sq.ftOverflow weir length = 0.24m \ 0.79 Ft

BA

SE, B

ASE

-OPT

ION

& F

ITTI

NG

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY.

Page 183: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

#610-6100 FOR SLIP IN BASE#610-6150 FOR -05 SCREW IN BASE

PEM 6224ACOARSE SUCTION STRAINER

# 610-5020

SLIP FIT DRAIN PLUG

PEM 6222-05 & -051THREADED DRAIN PLUG & Wrench

# 610-5050

FORKWRENCH6222-051

#610-5060

PEM 6222 - 05, Threaded Drain Plug and choice of -05 type base are set flushinto the pool floor. This threaded drain plug is a requirement for water depthsgreater than 400mm \ 16.000" at which slip in drain plugs become difficult toremove due to the water pressure. PEM 6222 - 05 threaded drainplug is madeof brass and bronze with neoprene 'O' ring compression seal.

PEM 6222-051, Tee Handle Fork Wrench for PEM 6222-05The optional, made of brass, fork wrench with T handle ( PEM 6222 - 051) issupplied as standard with an overall height of 300mm \ 12.0", custom madehandle lengths are available. (Some (curb stop valve) fork handles are alsouseable.

PEM 6222 , Slip Fit Drain Plug and choice of base are set flush intothe pool floor. This drain plug is recommended for water depths ofless than 400mm \ 16.000" at which slip in drain plugs becomedifficult to remove due to the water pressure.PEM 6222 Slip Fit Drain Plug is made of brass and bronze withneoprene 'O' ring slip seal.

The drawings on this page show

a base , which is not included in fitting option.

Fittings 2005-1

PEM 6225ACOARSESUCTION STRAINER#610-6300 FOR SLIP IN BASE#610-6350 FOR -05 SCREW IN BASE

PEM 6225BFINE SUCTIONSTRAINER#610-6400 FOR SLIP IN BASE#610-6450 FOR -05 SCREW IN BASE

This fine Suction Strainer is made of41% open perforated stainless steelwith cast bronze base and cover, brassand stainless steel fitted.

Suction area :2560 cm2 \ 397 square inchesOrifice size :1.5mm \ appro.. 0.0625"Suggest maximum flow :190 L/min \ 50 USGPMwith 500mm \ 20" of water over fitting.

632

TO SPECIFY & ORDER:Base + Base Option + Fitting

PEM 6222

PEM 6222-05

PEM 6224ACoarse Suction Strainer

TO SPECIFY & ORDER: Base + Base Option + Fitting

TO SPECIFY & ORDER: Base + Base Option + Fitting

279mm11.000"

318mm12.500"

FINE SUCTION STRAINER#610-6200 FOR SLIP IN BASE#610-6250 FOR -05 SCREW IN BASE

PEM 6224B

This fine Suction Strainer is made of41% open perforated stainless steelwith cast bronze base and cover,brass and stainless steel fitted.Suction area: 1335 cm2 \ 207 square inchesOrifice size: 1.5mm \ appro.. 0.0625"Suggest maximum flow :95 L/min \ 25 USGPMwith 500mm \ 20" of water over fitting.

PEM 6225Dimensions

This coarse Suction Strainer is made of perforated stainless steel, cast bronze base and cover, brass and stainlesssteel fittedSuction area: 1335 cm2 \ 207 square inchesOrifice size: 4.5mm \ 0.187"Suggest maximum flow:300 L/min \ 80 USGPMwith 500mm \ 20" of water over fitting.

This coarse Suction Strainer is madeof perforated stainless steel,cast bronze base and cover,brass and stainless steel fittedSuction area:2560 cm2 \ 397 square inchesOrifice size: 4.5mm \ 0.187"Suggest maximum flow:530 L/min \ 140 USGPMwith 500mm \ 20" of water over fitting.

203mm8.000"

279mm11.000"

PEM 6224Dimensions

TO SPECIFY & ORDER:Base + Base Option + Fitting

TO SPECIFY & ORDER:Base + Base Option + Fitting

TO SPECIFY & ORDER:Base + Base Option + Fitting

BA

SE, BA

SE-OPTIO

N &

FITTING

TO B

E OR

DER

ED TO

GETH

ER A

S REQ

UIR

ED B

UT A

CC

OU

NTED

FOR

SEPAR

ATELY.

PEM 6222

Page 184: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM # A B Max.FLOW6291 610-7810 203mm\8.0" 64mm\2.5" 380L/min\100GPM6291V 610-78206293 610-7840 330mm\13.0" 89mm\3.5" 950L/min\250GPM6293V 610-78506296 610-7870 375mm\14.75" 89mm\3.5" 1700L/min\475GPM6296V 610-7880

CAST BRONZE ANTI-VORTEX SUCTION STRAINER PEM 6284 AV

PEM 6284CAST BRONZE SUCTION STRAINER

Effective Open Area : 275 cm2 \ 42 sq. inchesSuggested maximum suction / discharge flow :With 150mm \ 6" water over fitting : 450 l/min \ 120 GPMWith 300mm \ 12" water over fitting : 950 l/min \ 250 GPMWith 500mm \ 20" water over fitting : 1700 l/min \ 450GPM

Suggested use is as pump suc-tion strainer or equalizing pipefitting.This suction fitting is subject tovortexing when used as pumpsuction strainer. Factory fitted to choice of base.

PEM 6284-1 # 610-7020PEM 6284-2 # 610-7021

#610-7010

PEM 6290CAST BRONZE DISCHARGE / INLET FITTINGSPEM 6290-1 # 610-7800PEM 6290-2 # 610-7801A

B

633Fittings 2005-1

TYPE 6290 'V' ( WITH FLOW

ADJUSTMENT )

The

draw

ings

on

this

pag

e s

how

a b

ase,

whi

ch is

not

incl

uded

in fi

tting

op

tion.

PEM 6284 Suction Straineris made of cast bronze,

PEM 6284-1 AV Suction Strainer is made of cast bronze, brass and stainless steelfitted Factory fitted to choice of base. Suggested use also as discharge fitting.PEM 6284-2 AV as above but with Formed Plastic AV Cover

PEM 6290 Discharge or Inlet Fittings withdiffusing covers are designed for use asbottom water inlet without causing unduesurface turbulence. For multiple installa-tion these fittings can be supplied withflow regulators with non rising valvingstems (V).

PEM 6290-1 Fittings are made of castbronze, brass and stainless steelfasteners - factory fitted to choice of base.PEM 6290-2 Fittings are as above but withformed plastic cover.

PEM6293-1V

with6093 Base

w. valveopen

PEM6293-1V

with 6093 Base

w. valveclosed.

PEM6284-1AV

withBase 6114

PEM 6284with Base 6114

PEM 6284 is factory fitted tobase :

PEM 6284 AV is factory fitted tobase:

BA

SE, B

ASE

-OPT

ION

& F

ITTI

NG

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY.

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Fitting

TO SPECIFY & ORDER :Base + Base Option + Fitting

Effective Open Area: 275 cm2 \ 42 sq. inchesSuggested maximum suction flow :With 500mm \ 20" water over fitting =190 L/min \ 50 GPMWith 1000mm \ 39" water over fitting = 380 L/min \ 100 GPM

TO SPECIFY & ORDER : Base + Base Option + Fitting

TYPE 6290

Page 185: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6317TILE MASK

6316 TM

ADJUSTABLE WALL OVERFLOW

PEM 6316

6316 WC

ADJUSTABLE WALL OVERFLOW FORSURFACE WATER PROOFING

#611-0410 6316, 1 1/2" BSP/NPT#611-0430 6316A, 1 1/2" BSP/NPT#611-0440 6316A, 2" Copper#611-0480 6316TM, Tile Mask

PEM 6315 ADJUSTABLE WALL OVERFLOW

#611-0610 6317, 2" BSP/NP#611-0620 6317, 3" BSP/NPT#611-0630 6317, 4" BSP/NPT(Male)#611-0680 6317-TM, Tile Mask#611-0690 6317-WC, Winter Cover

PEM 6317 Overflow is for flush installation into walls of pools. Overflow weir within fitting isadjustable with trimming of weir plate by 50mm\2.00". Appr. absorption capacity: 0.1m\0.33 Ftlinear overflow weir length. For flow rate see waterfall data. PEM 6317 is made of cast bronze,brass, stainless steel weir plate and/or stainless steel fitted.

PEM 6317-60

PEM 6317-65 for Sub-surface water proofing

#611-0710 6317-60-1 w. Surface Flange#611-0730 6317-60-2 w. Surface Membrane Clamp

634 Fittings 2005-1

6317-W

WINTER COVER

TILE MASK6315 TM 6315A WINTER COVER

6315W

PEM 6315 Overflow is for installation into walls of pools. Overflow tube within fittingis height adjustable by 50mm\2.0". Overflow weir length is 100mm\3.94". Appr.absorption capacity:0.1m\0.33 Ft linear overflow weir, for flow see waterfall data.

#611-0210 6315, 1 1/2" BSP/NPT#611-0230 6315A, 1 1/2" BSP/NPT#611-0240 6315A, 2" Copper

PEM 6315

#611-0490 6316WC, Winter Cover#611-0510 6316-112, 1 1/2" BSP/NPT#611-0520 6316-112, 2" Copper

132mm/5.20"

128mm/5.04"

155mm/6.12"

81mm/3.19"

6316-112

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION or DEFLECTOR DISCHARGE

FITTING

PEM 6316 Overflow is for installation into walls of pools with surface waterproofing. Overflow tube within fitting is height adjustable by 50mm\2.0". Overflowweir length is 100mm/3.94". Approximate absorption capacity: 0.1m\ 0.33 Ft linearoverflow weir, for flow see waterfall data. Suggested Suction flow: 40 L/min \ 10GPM. Discharge flow: 80 L/min \ 20 GPM. PEM 6316 is made of cast bronze,stainless steel and brass fitted. PEM 6316-112 anti vortex suction or dischargefitting is intended for use in small pools or troughs, where the supply must behorizontal within the concrete floor.

50mm/1.97"

143mm/5.63"

143mm/5.63"

PEM 6316Front and Side View

PEM 6317

PEM 6317-60-2

#611-0790 6317-65-2w/Subsurface MembraneClamp#611-0770 6317-65-1w/Subsurface Flange

FOR SURFACE WATER PROOFING

#611-0280 6315-TM Tile Mask#611-0290 6315-WC Winter Cover

WINTER COVER

#611-0750 6317-60-3 w. Surface gasketed Liner Clamp54mm2.13"

95.25mm3.75"

22228.6mm 9.00"

g

3.2"tg

3.2"

Page 186: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6318AADJUSTABLE WALL OVERFLOW 3"

3" NPT/BSP

207mm/8.15"112mm/4.41"

144mm5.67"

102mm4.02"

PEM 6318A-60

PEM 6319VALVED WALL SUCTION / DISCHARGE, 3"

3" NPT/BSP

PEM 6319 is made of cast bronze, brass and copper,stainless steel fitted. The slotted suction tube with 8 xopenings of 9.5mm\0.375" x max.60mm\2.37" can bescrewed up or down, adjusting the flow. The solid covernormally offset by 7mm\0.280" from the fixture face, has builtin adjustment for tilting to increase the bottom offset to max.25mm, permitting a greater flow through bottom and sidesof cover.Straight cover for flows up to 200L/min\52GPM with200mm\8.0" waterdepth over top of cover. With a 14mm/0.572" opening at bottom flows up to: 400 L/min\ 105 GPMwith 380mm\15" water depth over top of cover. With a 25mm/1.0" opening at bottom flows up to: 600 L/min\158 GPM500mm\20" water depth over top of cover. Friction loss withfully raised adjustment of tube is app. that of 2.4m\8feet of3" pipe. Uncontrolled flow through the 63.5mm\2.5" I.D. flowtube can be achieved by removal of cover

#611-0910, PEM 6319 - 65, with Surface Flange#611-0920, PEM 6319 - 66, with Surface Membrane Clamp PEM 6319-60

102mm4.02"

250mm/9.84"

140mm5.51"

144mm5.67"

125mm/4.92"

207mm/8.15"112mm/4.41"

#611-0900

#611-0801PEM 6318A Adjustable after installation overflow has a linear weir length of 202mm \ 7.97". For actualoverflow capacity see Waterfall Flow Data. Total height adjustment is 7 0mm/2.76". The overflow is madeof cast bronze, brass and copper, stainless steel fitted. A cast bronze grate protects the overflow tube.

#611-081, PEM 6318A -61, with Surface Flange#611-082, PEM 6318A -62, with Surface Membrane Clamp

254mm10.0"

129mm5.08"

118mm/4.65"

67mm/2.64"

Min.

70mm2.75"

Max.

PEM 6318A Bottom View PEM 6318A Side and Front View

Max.

67mm/2.64"

Min.

70mm2.75"

118mm/4.65"

PEM 6318A

137mm5.39"

146mm5.75"

254mm/10.00"

635Fittings 2005-1

Page 187: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Fittings 2005-1636

PEM 6338 VACUUM FITTING1 1/2" X 1 1/2" NPT/BSP

PEM 6338 aremade of castbronze & brass,stainless steelfitted.

For Sub SurfaceLiner Flange, Clamp& Tile Mask: SeePEM 6345

PEM 6338-62 with Plug

OVERFLOW STANDPIPE GRATE 3", 4" & 6"PVC 75mm, 110mm & 160mm

PEM 6323-2

PEM 6326-2

PEM 6320

ALL CAST BRONZE GUTTER DRAINWITH GROUT FRAME, 1 1/2" NPT/ SPPEM 6321

PEM 6321-60

4.7mm1.85" Open grating area:

40.3 cm2-6.25 Sq. In.

Suggest Max.Flow Rate:45 L/min-12 USGPMwith 300mm/12"head

PEM 6321- 61,#611-1181, with Surface FlangePEM 6321- 62, #611-1182, with Surface Membrane Clamp

TPVC

OV

OD

PEM 6321 is made ofcast bronze, stainlesssteel fitted.

70mm2.76"

270mm -10.65"

PEM 6320 Series Overflow Grates are designed for projects that incorporate a remoteReservoir Tank, to keep the waterdepth in the accessible pool to a minimum, the extrasurface area permits largest possible water absorption, while not protruding abovewaterlevel. Vandal resistance is built into these grates. PEM 6320 Series Overflow Gratesare made of cast bronze, brass and stainless steel fitted, with 'O'ring seal.

The total pipe manifolding to the Reservoir Tank must be sized in accordance with zero gravitypressure. The suggested flow rates are for 10mm overflow height over lip of grate. The ReservoirTank used for storing the circulating water must be equipped with an automatic water make updevice & overflow,. The pump discharge must include a flow switch to shut off the pump in case ofno-flow. This is extremely important as public water displays may be subject to foam attacks byjuveniles.

# PEM T PVC OD OV Flow* Flow* mm mm mm L/min. m3/hr.

611-0831 6323-1 3" 220 64 172 10.3611-0832 6323-2 - 75 220 64 172 10.3611-0833 6324-1 4" 240 64 187 11.1611-0834 6324-2 - 110 240 64 187 11.1611-0835 6326-1 6" 290 89 227 13.6611-0836 6326-2 - 160 290 95 227 13.6* : 10mm Overflow height over lip of grate.

# PEM DESCRIPTION611-2100 6338 Standard Fitting611-2110 6338-61 w. Surface Flange611-2120 6338-62 w. Surface Liner Clamp611-2150 6338-65 w. Subsurface Flange611-2160 6338-66 w. Subsurface Liner Clamp611-2103 6338-TM Tile Mask

PEM 6338 & Plug

#611-1180The '-1' Grate is screwed on to brass or stainless steel pipe, this method is preferredin public locations with heavy pedestrian access especially in the winter when exposedplastic pipe gets brittle. The '-2 ' Grate is installed onto DIN 19 534 PVC pipe, with aninternal 'O' ring sealing the connection, set screws secure the grate.

Page 188: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

# PEM DESCRIPTION611-2200 6345 Standard Fitting611-2210 6345-61 w. Surface Flange611-2220 6345-62 w. Surface Clamp611-2240 6345-65 w. Subsurface Flange611-2250 6345-66 w. Subsurface Clamp611-2203 6345-TM Tile Mask611-2300 6345A Standard Fitting611-2310 6345A-61 w. Surface Flange611-2320 6345A-62 w. Surface Clamp611-2340 6345A-65 w. Subsurface Flange611-2350 6345A-66 w. Subsurface Clamp611-2303 6345A-TM Tile Mask

PEM 6345

PEM 6345 - 62

WITH BRONZESURFACE

MEMBRANECLAMP

PEM 6345 - 66

WITH BRONZESUBSURFACE

MEMBRANECLAMP

637Fittings 2006-1

155mm6.10"

203mm8.00"

PEM 6345 is made of cast bronze,brass and stainless steel fitted.Custom bored orifice to maxi-mum orifice size: 25mm\1.0"

PEM 6345

PEM 6345 - TMTILE MASK

To be Epoxy fittedPEM 6345

PEM 6345AVALVED EYE BALLRETURN FITTING

Custom bored orifice to max.orifice size : 16mm-0.625"

PEM 6350-02-2

611-1287Clear Stream

Spigot

PEM 6350-31-25611-1281

Finger Jet fan sprayBest at 45o diagonal tilt

to max. 1.5m\5'

PEM 6350-847B

PEM 6350-14-3611-1283

Wall mounted50mm\2" white water jets

max. 5m\17'

PEM 6350-83611-1282

Fall over forward solid widefan 30-50cm\12-20"

( GARGOYLE SPRAY )

611-1286Solid fan spray to

max. 30-50cm\12-20"

PEM 6350-94611-1284

Narrow Fan 50cm\20"(GARGOYLE) SPRAY

PEM 6350-18-3A

PEM 6350WALL MOUNTED

JETS & NOZZLES

PEM 6350-02-2Front and SideView

PEM 6350-31-25Front and SideView

SWIVEL BASEAS SHOWN

ABOVE

For flow rates consult PEM 800series clearstream jets.

Output angle is adjustable to40o included angle.

611-1288Umbrella type solid spray to

60cm\24" diam.

Best in 5o

upposition

Best in 5o

downposition

ALL CAST BRONZE1 1/2" NPT / BSP

Valve is accessible foradjustment through orifice.

EYE - BALL RETURNFITTING

Page 189: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6380

/-2MEMBRANECLAMP(Solid or Split)

/-1NO LEAKFLANGE

/-3UNDERDECKCLAMP

WATERPROOFINGPENETRATION FITTINGSfor BRASS PIPE3/4" TO 4"

.Also available custom made as 6390-A Series, STUB UPS with355mm\14" length of copper tube 'L', with specified fitting or combinationthereof or custom made as specified. Normally used to extend plastic pipethrough concrete and into pool. Available copper tube sizes up to 4.125"

638 Fittings 2005-1

6380A/-1NO LEAK FLANGE

Braze fit.

6380A/-1/-2FLANGE w. MEMBRANE

CLAMP

6380A/-1/-2/-3FLANGE w. MEMBRANE CLAMP

& UNDERDECK CLAMP

PEM 6387A-1-2with custom length pipe

PEM 6384A-1

NOTE: Braze on brass pipe size fittings are used to provide watertightpenetration of waterproofing membranes without joints within concrete. Fittingsare made of cast bronze , stainless steel and brass fitted. Flanges are normallybraze fit , flanges are also useable for braze on to stainless steel piping (specifyexact O.D. of pipe).

6380-A Series, STUB UPS include 355mm \ 14" length of pipe with specified fitting or combinationthereof or custom made length as specified. Normally used to extend plastic pipe throughconcrete and into pool

/-3 UNDER DECKCLAMP isstandard formax. 200mm\8"deck, custommade for otherdimensions.)

NO LEAK FLANGES (BRAZE ON)Pipe O.D. of Thickness

# PEM Size Flange of Flange611-1401 6381/-1 3/4" 102mm\4.00" 6mm\0.25"611-1402 6382/-1 1" 134mm\5.25" 6mm\0.25"611-1403 6383/-1 1 1/4" 134mm\5.25" 6mm\0.25"611-1404 6384/-1 1 1/2" 152mm\6.00" 7mm\0.28"611-1405 6385/-1 2" 152mm\6.00" 7mm\0.28"611-1406 6386/-1 3" 203mm\8.00" 8mm\0.32"611-1407 6387/-1 4" 203mm\8.00" 8mm\0.32"

FLANGES w. MEMBRANE CLAMPPipe Type

# PEM Size of clamp611-1421 6381/-1/-2 3/4" Solid611-1422 6382/-1/-2 1" Solid611-1423 6383/-1/-2 1 1/4" Solid611-1424 6384/-1/-2 1 1/2" Split611-1425 6385/-1/-2 2" Split611-1426 6386/-1/-2 3" Split611-1427 6387/-1/-2 4" Split

FLANGES w. UNDERDECK CLAMP Pipe Hole

# PEM Size Size611-1441 6381/-1/-3 3/4" 65mm\2.5"611-1442 6382/-1/-3 1" 102mm\4.0"611-1443 6383/-1/-3 1 1/4" 102mm\4.0"611-1444 6384/-1/-3 1 1/2" 114mm\4.5"611-1445 6385/-1/-3 2" 114mm\4.5"611-1446 6386/-1/-3 3" 165mm\6.5"611-1447 6387/-1/-3 4" 165mm\6.5"

FLANGES w. MEMBRANE CLAMP& UNDERDECK CLAMP Pipe Hole # PEM Size Size611-1461 6381/-1/-2/-3 3/4" 65mm\2.5"611-1462 6382/-1/-2/-3 1" 102mm\4.0"611-1463 6383/-1/-2/-3 1 1/4" 102mm\4.0"611-1464 6384/-1/-2/-3 1 1/2" 114mm\4.5"611-1465 6385/-1/-2/-3 2" 114mm\4.5"611-1466 6386/-1/-2/-3 3" 165mm\6.5"611-1467 6387/-1/-2/-3 4" 165mm\6.5"

Page 190: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

639Fittings 2005-1

Overall Lengths other than shown above can be custom made to givenspecification. Overall outside diameter of fittings: 102mm \ 4.0".

Fittings are NPS/BSP threaded. Connections are NPT/BSP.

RETROFIT PIPE PENETRATIONS, 3/4" & 1" NPT/BSPRED BRASS PIPE.

BRONZE FITTINGS with red brass pipe, for core drilledholes in existing concrete slabs.

3/4" & 1" RETROFIT

PEM 6370

PEM 63730

T

T

D1

H1

# PEM T H1 D1m m m m

611-1331 637311 1" 200 100611-1332 637312 1 1/2" 200 100611-1333 637313 2" 200 150611-1334 637314 2 1/2" 200 150611-1335 637315 3" 200 200611-1336 637316 4" 200 200

H1

H2D2

D1

T

T

# PEM T H1 H2 D1 D2m m m m m m m m

611-1341 637421 1" 200 6 100 134611-1342 637422 1 1/2" 200 10 100 152611-1343 637423 2" 200 10 150 152611-1344 637424 2 1/2" 200 10 150 203611-1345 637425 3" 200 10 200 203611-1346 637426 4" 200 10 200 203

PEM 63740

Pipe Hole Overall # PEM Size Size Length611-1301 6371 3/4" 32mm\1.25" Fittings only611-1303 6371A 3/4" 32mm\1.25" 355mm\14"611-1306 6371B 3/4" 32mm\1.25" 457mm\18"611-1322 6372 1" 38mm\1.50" Fittings only611-1324 6372A 1" 38mm\1.50" 355mm\14"611-1326 6372B 1" 38mm\1.50" 457mm\18"

ALL CAST BRONZE NO LEAK PIPE COUPLINGS FORCONCRETE POOLS

ALL CAST BRONZE NO LEAK PIPE COUPLINGS FOR LINERPOOLS

PEM 6372A

Top View

PEM 6373 Series No Leak Pipe Couplings aremade of pressure tested cast bronze.

PEM 6374 series No Leak Pipe Couplings with linerclamp are made of pressure tested cast bronze, stain-less steel fitted, with Neoprene Gasket

PEM 6370A & B can be used as electrical conduit or water pipepenetration through water proofing membranes. Care is to be takento use a suitable pipe thread sealant on the submerged liner side.

WATERPROOFINGPIPE PENETRATIONS

Page 191: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6441 6442 6443 6444 6446 6448PIPE SIZE 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8"STANDARD TYPE (Schedule pipe) 64410 64420 64430 64440 64460 64480TYPE 'A-1' (Schedule pipe) 64411 64421 64431 64441 64461 64481TYPE 'A-2' (Copper tube) 64412 64422 64432 64442 64462 64482TYPE 'A-3' (Copper tube) 64413 64423 64433 64443 64463 64483OVERALL HEIGHT (OV) 64mm 64mm 64mm 64mm 89mm 95mm

2.52" 2.52" 2.52" 2.52" 3.50" 3.740"OVERALL DIAMETER (OD) 216mm 216mm 267mm 267mm 318mm 380mm

8.50" 8.50" 10.51" 10.51" 12.52" 14.960

PEM 6440

640 Fittings 2005-1

PEM 6440- 4

PEM 6440-06 LINER CLAMP addition to 6440 SeriesBase is designed to use with rigid fibreglass or metalpools or tank floors. It is also suitable for flexible water-proofing membranes. PEM 6440-06 Liner Clamps aremade of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted with neoprenegasket. (To specify & order: Base +/- 6)

PEM 6440- 6PEM 6440- 4 PUDDLE FLANGE,addition to 6440 Series Bases isdesigned for liquid or masticwaterproofing to adhere to.

* Always specify exact outside diameter of clean, smooth pipe / tube for which the above bases are required. All sizes must be within thenormal size range of above pipe / tube sizes. Also specify if 'A2 ' & ' A3 ' bases are to be brazed, soldered or silver soldered. This assuresthe proper clearances and acceptance chamfers. NOTE: All fixture bases require straight pipe alignment at 90o right angle (to face of fitting) through the fitting base to permit it to seal. Thepipe /tube must be centered throughout the full length of the clearance bore of the fitting base. Pipe or tube not at an 90o right angle passingthrough or into the fixture base are difficult to seal. For rigid plastic pipe or tube use type 6440, Standard bases, specify the exact outsidediameter with order. Usually rigid plastic pipe does not remain round in storage and great care is to be taken to pass the pipe through the fittingbase and not to use surface damaged pipe or tubes.

PEM 6400 BASES are made of cast bronze and stainless steel fitted. 'O' ring seals are of Neoprene, as standard. If Ozone waterpurification is contemplated, please specify so and Viton, ozone resistant seals will be supplied at slight additional cost. Fornonsealing applications, PEM 6400 A-1 Bases are ideal for mounting of major suction or discharge fittings in concrete pools,or concrete bases in lakes or ponds, as the pipe with connected fitting base terminates within the concrete protecting the pipeand is bolted to the base without interfering with the piping. This mounting also permits removal of fitting for servicing. Thisconnection also provides an acceptable mounting as for example for a large size bronze suction strainer mounted with an 90o

elbow upon a flexible plastic pipe.

'A-2'SOLDER

TERMINAL

'A-1'THREADED

NPS/BSP

'A-3'SOLDERTHROUGH

(STANDARD)COMPRESSION'O' RING SEAL

OV

OV

OD

PUDDLE FLANGEAll Sizes

LINER CLAMPAll Sizes

BASES CAST BRONZE WATER PROOFING MEMBRANEPIPE PENETRATION BASES, 1 1/2" TO 8"

FOR USE INCONCRETE ORCORED HOLEAPPLICATIONS

PEM 6440 / A-1

PEM 64037

DIMENSIONS :PEM 6441 6442 6443 6444 6446 6448O.D. 416mm 416mm 441mm 467mm 518mm 580mm 16.375" 16.375" 17.360" 18.390" 20.390" 22.83"To specify & order: Base +/- 4

# PEM PIPE PVC643-0371 641371 1 1/2" 38mm643-0372 641372 2" 51mm643-0373 641373 3" 76mm643-0374 641374 4" 102mm643-0376 641376 6" 152mm

CAST BRONZE ADAPTERSBSP / NPT PIPE <> PVC SLIP JOINT(DIN 19 534 PVC PIPE WITH DIN 4060 LIP SEALS)

BA

SE, BA

SE-OPTIO

N &

FITTING

TO B

E OR

DER

ED TO

GETH

ER A

S REQ

UIR

ED B

UT A

CC

OU

NTED

FOR

SEPAR

ATELY.

The drawings on this page show

a base , which is not included in fitting option.

Page 192: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

88mm/3.50"

51mm/2.0

PEM 6440- 05

PEM 6443- 33

PEM 6440- 32

PEM 6440- 36

PEM 6443-33 AREA DRAIN WITH DOME is designed for inaccessible areas above a waterproofingmembrane that could require a quick drainoff of a large volume of water such as in service areasadjacent to ice rinks or in mechanical troughs etc. PEM 6440- 33 is specially suited as pump suctionstrainer in liner pools or tanks, where all non- corrosive construction (brass, bronze and stainless steel)assures long service life.

PEM 6440-33 also finds application as roof drain in areas with high air pollution that would not permitthe use of aluminium or cast iron fittings. The use of base addition -02 or -06 and the direct connectionto plastic pipe, is recommended.

PEM 6440 - 05 Membrane Clamp is designed to seal pipe penetrations unobstructed tothe surface of the waterproofing membrane. PEM 6440 - 05 is made of cast bronze andis stainless steel fitted. The membrane clamp fits into the fitting base. When used withoutadditional fittings as in subsurface membrane sealing, the surface depression aroundthe pipe is normally filled with suitable caulking.

PEM 6440- 31

PEM 6440-32 Membrane Clamp with inspection cover is designed for visual control ofmembrane lined insulation as found under ice rinks etc. and must be installed accessiblefor inspection. Normally installed into service areas adjacent to ice rink concrete slabs,concrete roofs or decks. PEM 6440-36 Double Waterproofing Assembly is designed tocollect and drain seepage from either the insulated layer under a concrete slab only or fromboth membrane surfaces by using PEM 6440-31 Membrane Drain.

PEM-6443-34 PLANTER DRAIN is designed for use in membrane lined planters. Theplanter drain is constructed of bronze, brass and stainless steel with a fine meshpolyplastic double layer screen. A layer of suitable clean gravel, broken pottery and/or glassfibre cloth over the drain will aid in the collection and draining off of any excess groundmoisture. For planters and plain gravel beds without waterproofing membranes theplanter drain will provide a service life in excess of the life expectancy of the structure ifproperly installed.

PEM 6440-31 MEMBRANE DRAIN is designed to collect and drain safely any seepageaccumulated on the upper surface of a waterproofing membrane under a concrete slab,pavement and planter areas where a hydrostatic buildup must be avoided. The triplescreening (2 x bronze screen and 1 x brass screen) plus all noncorrosive construction ofcast bronze with stainless steel fasteners ensures safe installation and long service life.The drain fitting to be enclosed and covered with a layer of clean, round stones, drypackedno-fines concrete and or glass insulation.

The

draw

ings

on

this

pag

e s

how

a b

ase

, whi

ch is

not

incl

uded

in fi

tting

op

tion.

PEM 6443- 34

641Fittings 2005-1

INSPECTION COVER

DOUBLE MEMBRANE DRAIN ASSEMBLY

AREA DRAIN WITH DOME

PEM 6440-36 DOUBLE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE ASSEMBLY w/

PEM 6440- 32* MEMBRANE CLAMP & INSPECTION PLUG.

Base 6443

"A"

158mm/6.25"

Base 6441, 6442

MEMBRANE CLAMP

All Bases

Base 644,16442, 6443

Base 6443

88mm3.50"

51mm2.0"

To specify & order = Base + 05

To specify & order = Base + 0031

To specify & order = Fitting Base +Clamp +0034Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp (-05)

PLANTER DRAIN

To specify & order = Fitting Base +Clamp + -33Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp(-05)

To specify & order = Base +Clamp + -36 Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp(s) (-05)

PEM 6440-36 Drain Assembly is made of cast bronze, copper tube with 1/8"- 3mm weep-holes, (Minimum height between membranes: 2 1/2 "-64mm) stainless steel fastenersand brass bolts. Standard unit include height between membranes up to 4" -100mm. Foradditional height add to price; 10% per each additional 1"-25mm.

"A"=This distance must be specified, otherwise the unit will be shipped for 4"-100mmheight between membranes.* 6440-32 is also separately available.

MEMBRANE DRAIN

BA

SE, B

ASE

-OPT

ION

& F

ITTI

NG

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY.

Page 193: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Base 64430, 64440

PEM 6440-37 Waterproofing Liner Clamp with Drain Cover is for insulated concrete,subject to temperature extremes not transmitted to other parts of the structure such asice rink surfaces etc. The drain cover is designed to shear off the holding bolt and movewith possible lateral movement of the concrete slab without causing strain to pipe orfitting. The drain cover to be overlaid with glass fibre cloth and clean aggregate to collectand drain off any seepage that could cause hydrostatic buildup under or within theconcrete slab.

PEM 6440-41

OD

PEM 6440-39 fixture adapter to serve as drain and slip fit base for PEM 6220 or 6221 OverflowStandpipes in liner pools or tanks. The liner clamp is part of the base fixture. This base fixture cannotbe supplied with compression fit connection. Only pipe thread or copper tube solder fits areavailable. The fixture is made of cast bronze with neoprene 'O' ring and stainless steel fastener andis for use with fixture base PEM 64440(A-1). It is recommended to install this type of pool fittingwithin reach from outside of the water to prevent damage to the liner..

PEM 6440-41 Waterproofing Liner Surface Drain is suitable for bases PEM 64430 andPEM 64440. This drain clamp is designed for use in pools with liners or open to atmospherewaterproofing as found on roofs, in tanks etc. When overlaid with glass fibre cloth or matting,this drain clamp can be used under stone and gravel layers to carry off seepage in plantingareas, under asphalt pavement, dry laid stone pavements on sand bed and many otherapplications. Outside dimensions are those of base fixtures.

OV

PEM 6446-42

To specify & order = Base 64430 or 64440 + 05 + 0037Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp (-05)

PEM 6446-42 HEAVY DUTY DISCHARGE FITTING is designed for larger volumeflows with minimum friction loss and flow interference. The optional built in valvecan be adjusted from above the fitting to suit flow requirements and/or to balancemultiple fittings installation. The openings are so arranged as to be able to castthe fitting into the finishing concrete above a waterproofing membrane, sealing thesame. The fitting is made of heavy cast bronze and is stainless steel fitted.PEM 6446 - 42 is for fixture base PEM 64460, 6" size.

The drawings on this page show

a base , which is not included in fitting option.

642 Fittings-2005-1

DIFFUSED DISCHARGE FORSURFACE LINER POOLS

SURFACE LINER DRAINS.

Base 64430, 64440

Base, 64440

PEM 6440-37 SURFACE & SUBSURFACE DOUBLE LINER DRAIN

PEM 6444-39 OVERFLOW STAND PIPE & DRAINFOR SURFACE LINER POOLS.

152mm6.000"

Fitting with Valve is shown

280mm11.000"

121mm4.760"

Valve 'V'

PEM Discharge Fittings 6446-42V with valve is optional and extra.

MAXIMUM SUGGESTED FLOW THROUGH FIXTURE =Appr. 2300 LPM-600 USGPMTo specify & order =Fitting - Base 64460 + 0042Fitting with Valve - Base 64460 + 0042V

To specify & order: Base 64430 or 64440 + 0041

To specify & order = (Fitting with Overflow stand pipe, for water depth needed, stated in feet or mm.) Base 64440 + 05 + 0039 + 6221, 4"(or 62203,3" or 62202,2" or 62201, 1 1/2" Standpipe)Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp (-05)

Base 64460

PEM Fitting Dia. Free Area64430-41 178mm / 7.0" 46cm2 / 7 Sq."64440-41 216mm / 8.50" 76cm2 / 12 Sq."

The illustration shows a typical double membrane installation as found under ice rinks. Thepipe or tube is passed through the lower PEM base fixture 64430 or 64440 with 05 membraneclamp. Weepholes (1/4"-6mm) are drilled into the tube within the confinement of themembrane clamp at an angle of app. 45 degrees to collect and drain off any seepage betweenthe membranes.

PEM OD OV64430-0037 267mm / 10.500 13mm / 0.5"64440-0037 267mm / 10.500 13mm / 0.5"

BA

SE, BA

SE-OPTIO

N &

FITTING

TO B

E OR

DER

ED TO

GETH

ER A

S REQ

UIR

ED B

UT A

CC

OU

NTED

FOR

SEPAR

ATELY.

Page 194: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 6440-44 FLOOR DRAIN is designed for installation into concrete to serve ascollector and drainoff for large size pools, travelled on areas and other applications.For example ornamental surface areas that require a nonstaining metal fitting. Forareas with high heavy vehicular traffic the fitting can be supplied cast in nickel bronzeor aluminium bronze at extra cost. The standard fitting is made of cast bronze 85/5/5/5 with stainless steel fastener. The fitting is not supplied for membraneclamping purposes and is most suitable for direct to threaded plastic pipeconnection.

PEM 6440- 44Base 6443, 6444, 6446

PEM 6440- 48

PEM T A B C D W Free Area Suggest/Flow6442 2" 203mm 95mm 51mm 146mm 356mm 186cm2 310 l/m

8.000" 3.750" 2.000" 5.750" 14.000" 30 sq." 80 GPM6443 3" 356mm 127mm 54mm 181mm 406mm 426cm2 570 l/m

14.000" 5.000" 2.125" 7.125" 16.000" 68 sq." 150 GPM6444 4" 356mm 184mm 57mm 241mm 610mm 656cm2 950 l/m

14.000" 7.250" 2.250" 9.500" 24.000" 105 sq." 250 GPM6446 6" 451mm 292mm 60mm 352mm 762mm 1452cm2 1700 l/m

17.750" 11.500" 2.375" 13.875" 30.000" 229 sq." 450 GPM6448 8" 451mm 470mm 64mm 534mm 915mm 2500cm2 5000 l/m

17.750" 18.500" 2.500" 21.o23" 36.000" 393 sq." 1300 GPM

PEM 6440-55 series UNDERFLOOR CLAMPS for PEM 6440 series FIXTURE BASES arefor effectively sealed penetrations through existing concrete slabs provided with bored, coredor cast in openings to given specification. PEM 6440-55 series UNDERFLOOR CLAMPS aresupplied as standard for concrete slab thickness up to 200mm-8" and at slight extra costfor heavier concrete slabs to given specification .

PEM 6440- 48 series SUCTION STRAINERS are designed for liner pools or pools lined with waterproofing membrane to serveas dry pump suction terminal fitting. In order to reduce flow velocity through the suction screen, the suction screen areas arebetween 7 and 9 times greater than the pipe size areas of the pipes they connect to. The reduced flow velocity will greatly reduceplugging up of screen and provide better service life. PEM 6440-48 series Suction Strainer Fittings are made entirely of cast bronzewith brass and stainless steel fasteners.

The

draw

ings

on

this

pag

e s

how

a b

ase

, whi

ch is

not

incl

uded

in fi

tting

op

tion.

Fittings-2005-1 643

PEM 6440- 55

DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCES

UNDERFLOOR CLAMPS

PEM 6443-44

To specify & order: Fitting Base + - 44

PUMP SUCTION STRAINERS FORSURFACE & SUBSURFACE LINERS

The use of PEM 6440- 48 SUCTION STRAINERS eliminate the need for costly inline strainers.In selecting a suction strainer, select it for the flow required, never-ever by the pipe connectionof the pump. If one strainer is insufficient, use more than one.

HEAVY DUTY FLOOR DRAIN

PEM 6440- 48 SUCTION STRAINERS are ideal for suction pads in lakes and ponds, having thebase inserted into the concrete and the strainers bolted to it later. For very shallow waterapplication see other PEM suction fittings such as PEM 6217.To specify & order: Base + - 48

Base 6441, 6442, 6443, 6444, 6446, 6448

PEM 6440-55 series UNDERFLOOR CLAMPS consist of heavy cast bronze anchorplates machined to close pipe or tube opening tolerance, threaded brass bolts,stainless steel nuts and washers. The threaded clamping bolts insert into blindthreaded opening in the bottom of the fixture base and extend through the anchor plateto draw both together, clamping the fixture securely to the concrete. The anchor plateis equipped with a 1/4" NPT access (plugged) opening to pump caulking or grout intothe cavity around the pipe or tube within the concrete slab, filling it completely.

To specify & order:Fitting with Under floor Clamp: Base +05 + -55 + Thickness of concrete slabWithout waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp(-05).

T =Pipe SizeA = Outside square dimension.B = Height of screen & cover.C = Floor finish above subsurface linerD = B & C combined.W = Minimum water over cover.

Base, 6442, 6443,6444, 6446, 6448

For applications requiring direct threaded pipeconnections see PEM 7160 series SUCTION STRAINERS.

PEM Fitting Dia. Free Area6443-44 195mm / 7.680" 65cm2 / 10 Sq."6444-44 222mm / 8.750" 84cm2 / 13 Sq."6446-44 275mm / 10.826" 167cm2 / 26 Sq."

Size of screen opening : 8mm x 18mm (0.3" x.75") max.

BA

SE, B

ASE

-OPT

ION

& F

ITTI

NG

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY.

A

D

C

B

T

Page 195: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM T OD B* FL**6442-72 2" 203mm/ 8.00" 50mm/1.97" 310 L/min 80 GPM6443-72 3" 356mm/14.00" 50mm/1.97" 680 L/min 180 GPM6444-72 4" 356mm/14.00" 75mm/2.96" 950 L/min 250 GPM6446-72 6" 451mm/17.75" 100mm/3.94" 1290 L/min 340 GPM6448-72 8" 451mm/17.75" 100mm/3.94" 2650 L/min 700 GPM

OD

OV

PEM 6446(A-1) - 68 SPRAY & DRAIN COMBINATION is designed as a heavy duty, vandalresistant spray and drain unit for flush installation into concave spray aprons in publicareas such as school yards etc. The sprays are usually manual operated with city watergoing to waste, or if need be with a recirculation pump system, underground tank withpublic swimming pool filtration & sanitation. Spray aprons edging must be abovesurrounding ground level to prevent surface washings.

PEM 6440-71, LIGHT DUTY SUCTION or DISCHARGE FITTING is made of cast bronze, brass andstainless fitted. Composition of fitting illustrated: PEM 6440 (Standard compression type base) with6440-05 membrane clamp and 6440-71 cover assembly. Threaded or soldered connection of basealso suitable, but not height adjustable.

LIGHT DUTY SUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTING

SPRAY & DRAIN COMBINATION

PEM 6440-72, SUCTION or DISCHARGE FITTING is made of cast bronze, brass, stainless fitted.The standard compression type base permits installation on all standard O.D. schedule sizepipes and permits limited vertical height adjustment to match the pool floor elevation.

Fittings 2005-1644

HEAVY DUTY ANTI - VORTEXSUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTING

PEM 6440- 71

To specify & order: Base + 05 + 0071Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp (-05)

PEM 6446- 68

PEM 6446-68A with 6446 Base

PEM 6440- 72

PEM 6448-72With 6448 Base

To specify & order:Base 6446 (A-1) - 68 + A , B or C

PEM T OD OV* FL**6442-71 2" 216mm / 8.500" 50mm / 1.970" 155 L/min 40 GPM6443-71 3" 267mm / 10.500 50mm / 1.970" 340 L/min 90 GPM6444-71 4" 267mm / 10.500" 50mm / 1.970" 490 L/min 130 GPM* : Standard Dimensions, other dimensions as specified.**: Suggested max. flow

PERFORMANCES : FL FL FLSpray Spray Nozzle Orifices Orifices OrificesHeight Diam. Press. A : 12 x B : 24 x C : 48 x

6.0mm 4.8mm 48x3.2mm V H MC (0.250" (0.187" (0.125")2.0m 2.6m 2.4m 192 L/min 228 L/min 154 L/min3.0m 3.5m 3.5m 228 L/min 262 L/min 192 L/min4.0m 4.5m 4.6m 264 L/min 292 L/min ----------- 5Ft 7Ft 10Ft 43.2 GPM 52.8 GPM 33.6 GPM10Ft 13Ft 20Ft 60.0 GPM 69.6 GPM 52.8 GPM15Ft 19Ft 30Ft 72.0 GPM 79.2 GPM -----------

The spray & drain combination is installed into the center of a spray apron.The riserpipe under the fixture is 6", terminating below frost level into a tee fitting , with a 3" or 4"drain connection into the side outlet of the 6" tee and a 2" through pipe connectioncoming up through the bottom of the tee. Connections are made with reducer bushings.For the 2" pipe, use 2" copper tube, ream out the stop within the 2" male pipe x copperadapter to permit the tube to pass through, then solder the joint. The internal heightadjustment of the sprayhead permits tight fit into the fitting grate. It is advisable topre-assemble the complete pipe & fixture combination prior to installation andconnection to services. Nozzle orifices are as standard bored with the following outsidedrop pattern : 'A' Single nozzle ring (12) is at 6o off center. 'B' dual nozzle rings (24)are at 6o & 4o off center. 'C' triple nozzle rings (48) at 6o, 4o & 2o off center line. Otherspray angles are custom made to order, maximum spray angle is 10o off center line.Standard orifices are 24 x 4.8mm/0.187", other orifices as listed below or as per PEM800 Series orifice performances.

Base 6446

318mm/12.52"270mm/10.63"102mm/4.0"

6" NPS/BSP

2" NPT/BSP

BA

SE, CLA

MP &

OPTIO

N TO

BE O

RD

ERED

TOG

ETHER

AS R

EQU

IRED

BU

T AC

CO

UN

TED FO

R SEPA

RA

TELY.

T

OD

B

When using PVC pipe, the pipe riser is tobe anchored to the concrete slab (by paint-ing the pipe with PVC cement and spread-ing dry sand upon it) to prevent slipping outof the fitting when pressurized.)* Standard Dimensions, other dimensions as specified.Add appr. 25mm/1.0" for overall height (OV)**Suggested maximum flow.

To specify & order:Fitting with Cover = Base + 05 + -72Fitting with Cover & Valve = Base + 05 + -721Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp (-05)

4" Drain

6"Controlledwatersupply

2"

SUGGESTED INSTALLATION

Base 6442, 6443, 6444, 6446, 6448

The drawings on this page show

a base , which is not included in fitting option.

Base 6442, 6443, 6444

Page 196: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION-DISCHARGE FITTING

PEM 6440-75 HEAVY DUTY ANTI VORTEX SUCTION or DISCHARGE FITTING is designedfor larger volume flows with minimum friction loss and flow interference. The optionalbuilt in valve can be adjusted from above the fitting to suit flow requirements and/or tobalance multiple fitting installation. The fitting has cast bronze base withAnti Vortex Covers in cast Bronze - 1 , in formed plastic -2PEM 6444-751 ( with valve ) is available, optional and extra with -1 cover only!

PEM T OD OV FL**6444-74 4" 267mm / 10.500" 19mm / 0.750" 235 L/min 60 GPM

PEM 6440-84 HEAVY DUTY BASKET DRAIN AND ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTINGSWITH CAST BRONZE STRAINER BASKET are designed for larger volume flows withminimum friction loss and flow interference. The fittings without Anti Vortex Cover are foruse as strained drains especially useful in terminating balancing pipe systems.

To specify & order:Fitting: Base + -74With tile pan: Base + - 741

The

draw

ings

on

this

pag

e s

how

a b

ase

, whi

ch is

not

incl

uded

in fi

tting

op

tion.

645Fittings 2005-1

PEM 6444-74 SUCTION or DISCHARGE FITTING is designed for mosaic tiled shallow poolsthat have a subsurface membrane waterproofing protection. Also to move a maximum flowof water at minimum of turbulence through a floor hugging fitting. The mortar and tile settingheight may vary between 20mm/0.75" & 50mm/2.0" should be specified as the hold downrod of the cover is for the given maximum height. This fitting can also be supplied with anadditional mosaic tile pan of 300 x 300x10mm (12" x 12" x 0.375") square dimensions. Thisto hide the fitting completely. Specify 6444-741 Dimension 'OV' increases to 30mm(1.190") Chrome plating of the visible parts is suggested at slight extra cost if light coloredtiling is used in the pool, for dark tiles do not chrome plate.

Fitting withValve isshown

*Standard Dimensions. Add appr. 25mm/1.0" for overall height (OV) for Valve**Suggested maximum discharge flow at appr. 300mm/12.0" water over fitting. For SuctionFlow rate 10% for every 150mm/6.0" under 1000mm/39.4" waterdepth over fitting.

To specify & order:Fitting Base + 05 + -75 -1 or -2Fitting with Valve Base + 05 + -751 - 1 onlyWithout waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp(-05)

VALVED ANTI-VORTEXSUCTION STRAINER

PEM 6443-842

Base6444

PEM T OD OV* FL**6442-75 2" 203mm / 8.0" 50mm / 1.97" 300 L/min 80 GPM6443-75 3" 330mm / 13.0" 64mm / 2.50" 700 L/min 180 GPM6444-75 4" 330mm / 13.0" 75mm / 2.96" 1000 L/min 250 GPM6446-75 6" 406mm / 16.0" 100mm / 3.94" 1900 L/min 500 GPM6448-75 8" 610mm / 24.0" 100mm / 3.94" 2700 L/min 700 GPM

PEM 6440- 842

305mm Sq 12" OV

PEM 6440- 75

PEM 6446-843

PEM 6443-841

Anti Vortex Covers in cast Bronze - 1 , in formed plastic -2With Anti Vortex Cover the suction fittings become efficient for shallow pools. Withoptional built in valve the flow can be adjusted from above the fitting to suit requirementsand/or to balance a multiple suction fitting installation such as in narrow and long pools.The fitting is made of heavy cast bronze, brass and stainless steel fitted.

Max. Flow (2) = DrainFitting without Anti-VortexCover. Maximum suggestedabsorption flow rate withminimum water depth(W) over strainer basket.

CUSTOM MADE SQUARE TILE PAN COVER for mosaic tiled pools. Please enquire, stating requiredframe size and depth to suit tiles. Not available in formed plastic.

**: Suggested maximum suction flow with 150mm/6.000" water depth over fitting

PEM 6440- 74

PEM 6440- 841

T

A

OVH

OD

PEM 6440-841-1PEM 6440-842-1, BronzePEM 6440-842-2, Plastic

PEM 6440-843-1, BronzePEM 6440-843-2, Plastic

T T

ANTI VORTEXSUCTION STRAINER

DRAIN FITTING

PEM 6440- 843

FLOOR SUCTION or DISCHARGE FITTING

T

OD

OV

T = Pipe SizeA = Diameter of fitting.OD = Diameter of coverOV = Height of fitting.H = Height of fitting w. coverW = Minimum water over fitting, cover or basket

Max Flow (1) = SuctionFitting with Anti-VortexCover. Maximum SuctionFlow with minimum waterdepth (W) over cover.

To specify & order:A. Fitting w/ Strainer: Base + 05 + - 841B. Fitting w/ Strainer & Anti Vortex Cover: Base + 05 + - 842 - 1 or - 2C. Fitting w/ Strainer, Anti Vortex Cover & Valve: Base + 05 + - 843 - 1 or - 2For application without water proofing membrane, leave out the Clamp(-05)

Base, 6442,6443, 6444,6446, 6448

Base, 6442, 64436444, 6446, 6448

PEM Free Max. Max.Base T A OD OV H W Area Flow (1) Flow (2)6442 2" 216mm 203mm 88mm 92mm 102mm 145cm2 310 L/min 95 L/min

8.50" 8.0" 3.47" 3.75" 4.0" 23 sq." 80 GPM 25 GPM6443 3" 267mm 330mm 92mm 98mm 102mm 275cm2 680 L/min 227 L/min

10.51" 13.0" 3.625" 3.86" 4.0" 42 sq." 180 GPM 60 GPM6444 4" 267mm 330mm 92mm 98mm 102mm 275cm2 680 L/min 227 L/min

10.51" 13.0" 3.625" 3.860" 4.0" 42 sq" 180 GPM 60 GPM6446 6" 318mm 406mm 117mm 123mm 254mm 600cm2 1290 L/min 380 L/min

12.52" 16.00" 4.61" 4.840" 10.0" 92 sq" 340 GPM 100 GPM6448 8" 318mm 610mm 117mm 123mm 254mm 600cm2 2650 L/min 380 L/min

12.52" 24.0" 4.61" 4.84" 10.0" 92 sq" 700 GPM 100 GPM

BA

SE, C

LAM

P &

OPT

ION

TO

BE

OR

DER

ED T

OG

ETH

ER A

S R

EQU

IRED

BU

T A

CC

OU

NTE

D F

OR

SEP

AR

ATE

LY.

5mm6444-741 SHOWN

Page 197: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING WITH DUAL LINERCLAMPS & EXTENSION SLEEVE

VALVED ANTI VORTEX SUCTION FITTING WITHDUAL LINER CLAMPS & EXTENSION SLEEVE

T = Selected Pipe Size ConnectionA = Diameter of fitting.OD = Diameter of cover.OV = Height of fitting.D = Minimum height between subsurface andsurface. The extension sleeve usually iscustom made in height to given specificationsH = Height of fitting with cover.

PEM 6440- 88 HEAVY DUTY BASKET DRAIN & ANTI- VORTEX SUCTION FITTINGS WITHCAST BRONZE STRAINER BASKET are designed for dual waterproofing liner pools orreservoirs to provide a liquid tight passage/penetration through the construction strata betweena surface and subsurface waterproofed surface. Normally the subsurface membrane isinstalled on the structural concrete slab,while the surface membrane is used inside the poolor reservoir. The fitting is made of heavy cast bronze and and brass, stainless steel fitted.The fitting interconnection (Dimension 'D') is always custom made to order but in observationof the minimum height requirement. Multiple stacking beyond 2 waterproofed surfaces ispossible. The fittings without Anti Vortex Cover are for use as strained drains especially usefulin terminating balancing pipe systems. With Anti Vortex Cover the fitting become efficient suctionfittings for shallow pools. With optional built in valve the flow can be adjusted from above thefitting to suit requirements and/or to balance a multiple suction fitting installation such as innarrow and long pools.

PEM 6440-92 Geyser Discharge is designed to provide an aerated geyser like displayfor large volumes of water as used in cascades and or waterfalls. The adjustment(102mm/4.0") permits a suitable immersion of the discharge to suit flow and desiredeffect. Suggested Flow range is 1.5 m3/min to 3.8m3/min ( 400 to 1000 USGPM ).PEM 6440-92 is made of cast bronze, brass, copper and neoprene 'O' rings, all stainlessfitted. This Geyser discharge requires a low back pressure, tight closing, check valve atthe pump, if no backflow is desired. Where no backflow would be permissible, the unitcould be custom made to discharge above waterlevel, however the aerated water displaywould be missing. For a more desirable, non back flowing yet smooth outflowing waterdischarge,the use of PEM 329 Calyx Jets is recommended with maximum nozzle opening,creating solid mounds of water.

To specify & order:Fitting: Base + 05 + -92 Without waterproofing membrane, leave out Clamp(-05)

PEM 6446- 92

646 Fittings 2005-1

BA

SE, CLA

MP &

OPTIO

N TO

BE O

RD

ERED

TOG

ETHER

AS R

EQU

IRED

BU

T AC

CO

UN

TED FO

R SEPA

RA

TELY.The draw

ings on this page show a base, w

hich is not included in fitting option.

PEM 6440- 881

ADJUSTABLE GEYSER DISCHARGE

OV

A

T

PEM 6440- 883

PEM 6440- 882OD

H

D

6" NPS / BSP

Standard406mm / 16.0"

152mm / 6.00"203mm / 8.00"

DRAIN FITTING WITH DUALLINER CLAMPS & EXTENSION SLEEVE.

PEM Free Max. Max.Base T A OD OV D H W Area Flow (1) Flow (2)6442 2" 216mm 203mm 88mm 64mm 92mm 102mm 145cm2 310L/min 95L/min

8.500" 8.000" 3.470" 2.520" 3.75" 4.0" 23 sq" 80GPM 25GPM6443 3" 267mm 330mm 92mm 64mm 98mm 102mm 275cm2 680L/min 227L/min

10.510" 13.000" 3.625" 2.520" 3.86" 4.0" 42 sq" 180GPM 60GPM6444 4" 267mm 330mm 92mm 64mm 98mm 102mm 275cm2 680L/min 227L/min

10.510" 13.000" 3.625" 2.520" 3.86" 4.0" 42 sq" 180GPM 60GPM6446 6" 318mm 406mm 117mm 89mm 123mm 254mm 600cm2 1290L/min 380L/min

12.520" 16.000" 4.610" 3.500" 4.84" 10.0" 92 sq" 340GPM 100GPM6448 8" 318mm 610mm 117mm 95mm 123mm 254mm 600cm2 2650L/min 380L/min

12.520" 24.000" 4.610" 3.740 4.84" 10.0" 92 sq" 700GPM 100GPM

To specify & order:Fitting with cast bronze AV cover : -1 with formed plastic AV cover : -2A. Fitting with Strainer: Lower Base + 05 (1 or 2) + -881B. Fitting with Strainer & Anti Vortex Cover: Lower Base + 05 (1 or 2) + - 882 - 1 or - 2C. Fitting with Strainer Anti Vortex Cover & Valve: Lower Base + 05 (1 or 2) + - 883-1 only

W = Minimum water over fitting or cover orbasketMax Flow (1) = Suction Fitting with Anti VortexCover Maximum Flow with minimum water depth(W) over coverMax. Flow (2) = Drain Fitting without AntiVortex CoverMaximum suggested absorption flow rate withminimum water depth.(W) over strainer basket.

For application without water proofing liner(s), leave out the Clamp(s)(-05), the upper base is part of the fitting.

Base64426443644464466448

Base6446

CUSTOM MADE BRASS SQUARE TILEPAN COVER for mosaic tiled pools is avail-able, please enquire, stating required framesize and depth to suit tiles.

Page 198: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

SPRAY MANIFOLD FLANGES FOR SPRAY RINGSPEM 6501 series SPRAY MANIFOLD FLANGES are designed to connect spray manifolds located closeto the water surface without protruding through the same.The sight of heavy pipe flanges protrudingout of water among the multitude of small spray nozzles or jets are not a pleasant sight and shouldbe avoided PEM 6501 series Spray Manifold Flanges are made of cast bronze with stainless steelfasteners and are supplied in matching pairs only.

PEM 6510 series TUBE END CAPS are designedto provide spray manifolds made out of copper tubingwith end caps which are more pleasing to the eye thanordinary tube fittings. PEM 6510 series Tube End Capsare made of cast bronze.

'BULL' TEE OFFSET BRASS BUSHINGSFOR SPRAY RINGS

PEM 6520 series STAND CLAMPS are designed to support spraymanifolds and underwater lights near the water surface in deeperpools.For example; in larger multi effect spray patterns wherelarge and small equipment is mixed.

MANIFOLD, 1" X 1" STAND CLAMPS

COPPER TUBE END CAPS FOR SPRAY MANIFOLDS

MANIFOLD, 3" x 1" STAND CLAMPS

PEM 6515 series OFFSETBRASS BUSHINGS for BullHead Spraying Tee Joints, re-quired to permit use of low flowvelocity supplies into sprayrings, that will not disturb sprayeffects.The offset permits minimumelevation differences of sprayjets on spraying.

Fittings 2005-1 647

PEM 6501

PEM 6510

PEM 6515

PEM 6523

PEM 6501

Top View Side View

PEM 6521

Tee shown in drawingis not included.

2" x 1 1/4", 3" x 1 1/2" and 4" x 2" size arestandard, others are custom made.

All sizes are for american size I.D. copper tubing.

# PEM Size Overall Length650-0100 6501 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" 33mm / 1.300"650-0150 6501A 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" 44mm / 1.730"650-0200 6502 2" x 2" 68mm / 2.680"650-0300 6503 3" x 3" 78mm / 3.080"650-0400 6504 4" x 4" 118mm / 4.650"

# PEM Size650-0520 6512 2" copper tube650-0530 6513 3" copper tube650-0540 6514 4" copper tube

PEM 6520 series Stand Clamps can also be supplied for portableabove ground irrigation systems to carry aluminium pipe.For thisapplication the stand clamps are made of aluminium at greatlyreduced costs.

All sizes are for American sizecopper tube Spray rings.

Sizes available # PEM Size650-2210 6521 1" pipe x 1" pipe650-2230 6523 3" tube x 1" pipe

PEM 6520 series Stand Clamps are made of cast bronze withstainless steel lock bolts. Connections for legs are slip fit with lockbolt for rigid and permanent support.

# PEM Size650-1110 6515-1 1 1/2" x 1 1/4"650-1120 6515-2 2" x 1 1/4"650-1130 6515-3 2" x 1 1/2"650-1140 6515-4 3" x 1 1/2"650-1150 6515-5 3" x 2"650-1160 6515-6 4" x 1 1/2"650-1170 6515-7 4" x 2"650-1180 6515-8 4" x 3"650-1190 6515-9 6" x 2"650-1200 6515-10 6" x 3"650-1210 6515-11 6" x 4"

Page 199: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

CROSS CLAMPS FORUNDERWATERS SCAFFOLDS

PEM 6540 series TUBE FLANGES are made of heavy cast bronze and are suitable for max. 150PSI / 448 kpa internal pressure, to be bolted with stainless steel bolts.PEM 6540 series TUBE FLANGES are designed for the connection of North American standardsize copper tubing to regular pipe size companion flanges. The sizing of these flanges takesinto consideration the fact that at times flow size size instead of pipe size valves must be usedto obtain the degree of control desired. Bolt holes in flanges are standard for all.

PEM 6550 series PIPE FLANGES are designed to provide heavy duty, cast bronze flangesfor application where corrosion resistant pipe and fittings are required.The flanges aresuitable for application for max. 150 PSI / 448 kpa internal pressure and must be bolted withstainless steel bolts.

Threads are NPT/BSP.

PEM 6530 series CROSS CLAMPS are designed to create permanent supportstructures under water or in wet locations.These cross clamps are to be used with eitherbrass/stainless steel/ pipes or copper tubes.

# PEM Size650-2310 6531 1" Tube x 1" Tube (1" : 25.4mm O.D.)650-2320 6531A 1" Pipe x 1" Pipe(Schedule size pipe)

FLOW:1 L/min (LPM) :264 USGPM\ .220 IGPM1 USGPM (G) :3.785 L/min \ 0.833 IGPM1 IGPM :4.546 L/min \ 1.2 USGPM1 L/sec. :15.85 USGPM \ 13.2 IGPM1m3/min :264.2 USGPM \ 220.08 IGPM

PRESSURE :1m/head (MC) :0.1 bar / 9.82kpa / 3.28'head / 1.422PSI1'/head (FT) :0.305m / 2.99kpa / 0.0305bar / 0.433PSI

DISTANCE / HEIGHT / DEPTH :1 Meter :39.37 Inches(") /3.29 Feet(')1 Inch(") :25.4mm1 Foot(') :30.4801cm

AREA :1 m2 :10.76 Square Feet (Sqft)1 Sqft :0.0929 m2

648 Fittings 2005-1

WEIGHTS OF WATER:1Kg or 1 Liter : 2.207 Lbs1m3 : 1000 kg / 2203 Lbs1 cbft : 62.4 2Lbs / 28.28 Kg1 US Gallon : 3.785 Kg / 8.36Lbs

VOLUMES OF WATER: (M3 : Cubic meter)1M3 : 1000 Liter / 35.31 cbft1 cubic foot : 28.316 Liter / 7.4805 US Gallons1 Liter : 0.001 M3 / 0.353 cbft

TORQUE : (Tightening of facering bolts of light fixtures)1 (Newton Meter) NM : 8.85 Inch Lbs1 (Inch Pound)"lbs : 0.12 NM

LUMINANCE OF ILLUMINATION:1 CP, Candle Power per sq. foot : 10.764 CP/m21 CP, Candle Power per sq. inch : 1550.0 CP/m21 LM, Lumen per sq. foot : 10.763 LM/m2

PEM 6540

CONVERSION DATA:

To mount PEM B7 Light fixture Yokes, drill 10mm/0.375" holesthrough pipe and bolt yoke to pipe. The supports bars arelocked together with these clamps.

The cross clamps are essential for the support of spray barswith jets mounted on long risers for extended and uniformspray range or to mount multiple submersible light fixtures onmounting yokes in deeper then usual pools.

PEM 6530

# PEM Connection Size650-3430 6543 2" Copper tube to 6" Flange650-3440 6544 2 " Copper tube to 7" Flange650-3450 6545 2.5" Copper tube to 7.5" Flange650-3460 6546 3" Copper tube to 7.5" Flange650-3470 6547 3" Copper tube to 9" Flange650-3480 6548 4" Copper tube to 9" Flange

COPPER TUBEFLANGES

PIPE FLANGES(ASA/BSP SIZES)

PEM 6550

# PEM Pipe Flange650-3510 6551 2" 6"650-3520 6552 2.5" 7"650-3530 6553 3" 7.5"650-3540 6554 4" 9"650-3550 6555 6" 11"650-3560 6556 8" 13"

Page 200: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

INSTALLATION SUGGESTION :Pipe must be perfectly vertical. Leave it longer for pouring concrete. Tape lowest 100mm/4" above concrete. Pour concrete, smooth it around pipe and allow it to cure for at leastone week.Cut pipe down to 'B' dimension. Bevel outer edge with file. Remove tape andclean pipe. Remove seal from base and slip base over pipe. Mark bolt holes.Drill holes( do not use a hammer drill as it might break concrete around pipe) and insert anchors(supplied by others). Clean area around the pipe. Put an app. 6mm/.250" bead of siliconecaulking around the root of the pipe and let it cure for 24 hours. Solder pipe to base for solderbases. Grease pipe slightly, insert seal into base and slip base over pipe.Bolt down andtighten securely. Stainless Steel Lag Bolts and plastic Anchors are supplied by others.

PEM 6686 SELF DRAINING SPRAY THROUGH FLANGE is designed to serve as upperterminal for a spray-through-sleeve in a concrete deck for spray effects located in apool beneath the concrete deck.This so called ‘pool-less’ fountain concept permitsthe use of white water geyser type spray effects hereto not possible in pool-lesslandscapes, stone works and ornamental pavements. It is furthermore useful forfountain construction in vandal prone areas such as playgrounds etc.The flangeholds a pipe sleeve through which a spray effect is ejected from the lower pool, whilethe water from the spray effect returns through the outside of the flange into the poolwithout effecting the spray. The flange is made of heavy cast bronze and is suppliedwith either 6" pipe thread or 6" copper tube fit (specify which) to receive the pipe sleevewhich is normally not a part of the fixture. The pipe sleeve and the grating in the topof the pipe sleeve are supplied by others. The grating in the pipe sleeve to be madefrom stainless steel appr. 50mm/2.0"wide with a thickness of app. 1.5mm/0.06" andto be brazed into the pipe. The lower edges of the grating to be ground to a knife edge.The pipe sleeve is to extend to app. 50mm/2.0" from the water surface of the pool.For installation, an opening of between 204mm/8.0" and 230mm/9.0" with a recessaround the top of 360mm/14.0" by 32mm/1 1/4" depth is required.The flange is boltedinto position and grouted into the surrounding concrete.

SELF DRAINING SPRAYTHROUGH FLANGE

C1/C2

H

DF

EB

AG

# PEM Connection Size650-4200 6585 2" PVC x 2" Pipe650-4210 6585A 2" PVC x 2" Copper tube650-4300 6586 3" PVC x 3" Pipe650-4310 6586A 3" PVC x 3" Copper tube650-4400 6587 4" PVC x 4" Pipe650-4410 6587A 4" PVC x 4" Copper tube650-4510 6588 6" PVC x 6" Pipe650-4610 6588A 6" PVC x 6" Copper tube

PEM # Pipe size *A B C1-6580A C2-6580 D E F G H / Diam H / Length # of H6585(A) 2" inch 2.375" 1.50" 2.125" 2" 9.0" 3.00" 7.50" 0.5" 0.50" 3.00" 3

mm 60.3 38.1 54.0 229 76.2 190 12.7 12.7 76 36586(A) 3" inch 3.500" 2.0" 3.125" 3" 10.50" 3.50" 9.0" 0.5" 0.50" 3.00" 6

mm 88.9 50.8 79.4 267 88.9 229 12.7 12.7 76 66587(A) 4" inch 4.500" 2.0" 4.125" 4" 11.5" 4.0" 10.0" 0.625" 0.75" 4.00" 6

mm 114.3 50.8 104.8 292 102 254 15.9 19 102 66588(A) 6" inch 6.625" 2.5" 6.125" 6" 14.0" 4.50" 12.0" 0.625" 0.75" 4.00" 6

mm 168.3 63.5 155.6 356 114.3 305 15.9 19 102 6

305mm/12.0"

649Fittings 2005-1

CONVERSION BASES FOR PVC PIPE

PEM 6686

PEM 6580PEM 6580 series CONVERSION BASES are designed for concrete pool installation, wherePVC pipe is cast directly into the concrete. The slip over bases will prevent any strain onthe PVC pipe as well as prevent its exposure to sunlight radiation. The bases are madeof cast bronze with 'O' ring seals for pressure sealing. Lag bolts anchored directly into theconcrete, will hold the base in place. Maximum suggested pipe pressure to be 40 Psi, 92feet head, 2.7 ATM or 2.8 Kg cm2 provided that the base is properly bolted and pipe isanchored into concrete.

#660-0860

At extra cost PEM 6686 can be supplied from the factory with the complete sleeve and gratingassembly, and also stainless steel fasteners. Please give exact dimensions for length ofsleeve.PEM supplied sleeves are in brass pipe or copper tube as specified. The center of the flangeextends 12mm/0.5" above the rim of the flange.The maximum size of spray diameter to passthrough sleeve is 100mm/4.0" (PEM 54, 64, 749 ).

* = Actual Pipe Outside Diameter must be confirmed with order as machining is done to very close tolerances.C1 = Copper tube solder fit for American size copper tubes. For other sizes specify exact O.D.C2 = Female pipe thread ;custom made to NPT, NPS, BSP.

X

X = PVC pipe in concrete underBASE to be painted with PVCsolvent and coated with drysand-to anchor pipe in concrete.

DIMENSIONS :

Page 201: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

SUCTION STRAINERS

PEM 7160 series SUCTION STRAINERS are designed to serve as dry pump type suction terminalfittings. In order to reduce flow velocity through the suction strainer, the open strainer areas arebetween 7 and 9 times greater than the pipe size area of the pipe the fittings they are connectedto. The reduced flow velocity will greatly reduce plugging up of screens and provide better servicelife. These suction strainers can be used directly for applications having output orifices largerthan 20mm/0.75". For applications with smaller orifices install the suction strainer into suitablesuction pits covered with sufficient, suitable suction screening to serve the purpose. (ConsultPage 537 of this catalogue)..

PEM 7160-1 DISCHARGE FITTINGS are made of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted. Thefitting can be threaded to plastic pipe and the assembly is set into the concrete pool floor,protecting the plastic pipe and connection. As discharge fitting, the bolted together bottomand top plates provide a solid and pressure resistant deflection device. For same fittingbut with suction grating see PEM 7160 or 6440-48.

HEAVY DUTY SUCTION STRAINERS

Orifice Open Sugg. # PEM T OD OV Type Area* Max. Flow

670-031 71331-A 1 1/2" 280mm 203mm A 745cm2 35 L/min670-032 71331-B 1 1/2" 280mm 203mm B 700cm2 30 L/min670-033 71331-C 1 1/2" 280mm 203mm C 336cm2 15 L/min670-034 71332-A 2" 280mm 318mm A 1490cm2 60 L/min670-035 71332-B 2" 280mm 318mm B 1400cm2 50 L/min670-036 71332-C 2" 280mm 318mm C 672cm2 30 L/min670-037 71333-A 2 1/2" 280mm 318mm A 1490cm2 60 L/min670-038 71333-B 2 1/2" 280mm 318mm B 1400cm2 50 L/min670-039 71333-C 2 1/2" 280mm 318mm C 672cm2 30 L/min

PEM 71330 SUCTION STRAINERS are made of cast bronze with perforatedstainless steel strainer and are brass and stainless steel fitted.

Size of screen opening : 8mm x 18mm (0.3" x.75") max. PEM 7160 series Suction StrainerFittings are made entirely of cast bronze , brass and stainless steel fitted. For applicationsrequiring detachable base mounting into waterproofing membrane protected concrete orinto concrete lake suction pads see PEM 6440-48 series SUCTION STRAINERS. PEMAdapters to 'DN' Type PVC pipe sizes DN-100 &150 are available. See page 640.

Strainer orifice sizes andpercentage of open area:'A' :4.76mm, appr.51% open area'B' :2.62mm, appr.48% open area'C' :0.686mm, appr.23% open area.

T = NPT/BSP (Pipe connection female) .OD = Outside diameter.OV = Overall height from pipe thread.Sugg. Flow = Max.suggested rate of flow with minimum 300mm/12.0" water depth over fixture

DISCHARGE FITTING

650 Fittings 2005-1

PEM 71330

OV1 = Custom made to givenspecification (Usually 50-75% of pipe size)

PEM 7160-1

PEM 7160

PEM 71332

OD

OV

T

T = NPS/BSPOD = Outside square dimension.OV = Overall height from pipe threadW = Minimum water over cover.

Use of PEM 7160 series SUCTION STRAINERS eliminates the need for costly and insufficientin line strainers to protect the pump impeller etc. In selecting a suction strainer select it for theflow required and never by the pipe connection of the pump. If one strainer is insufficient usemultiple.

# PEM T OD OV W Free Suggested. Area Flow

670-1200 7162 2" 203mm 165mm 356mm 186cm2 310 L/m8.0" 6.50" 14.0" 30 sq" 80 GPM

670-1300 7163 3" 356mm 200mm 406mm 426cm2 570 L/m14.0" 7.875" 16.0" 68 sq" 150 GPM

670-1400 7164 4" 356mm 257mm 610mm 656cm2 950 L/m14.0" 10.125" 24.0" 105 sq" 250 GPM

670-1600 7166 6" 451mm 375mm 762mm 1452cm2 1700 L/m17.75" 14.75" 30.0" 229 sq" 450 GPM

670-1800 7168 8" 451mm 559mm 915mm 2500cm2 5000 L/m17.75" 22.0" 36.0" 393 sq" 1300 GPM

For shallowwaterapplicationssee PEMShallow PoolSuctionFittings

# PEM T OD OV2670-1210 7162-1 2" 203mm / 8.00" 70mm / 2.750"670-1310 7163-1 3" 356mm / 14.00" 73mm / 2.875"670-1410 7164-1 4" 356mm / 14.00" 73mm / 2.875"670-1610 7166-1 6" 451mm / 17.75" 83mm / 3.250"670-1810 7168-1 8" 451mm / 17.75" 89mm / 3.500"

T = NPS/BSPOD = Outside square dimension.

OV2 = Height of base.

PEM Adapters to'DN' Type PVCpipe sizesDN-100 & 150are available.See page 640.

OV 1

OV 2

OD

T

20mm0.790"

OV

T

OD

Page 202: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Edge length 142cm 203cm 244cm 305cm 366cm 488cm 610cmof A.V cover* 56" 80" 96" 120" 144" 192" 240"Waterdepth Multiplication Factor for suction flows.**40cm/16.0" 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.4 4.360cm/24.0" 1.2 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.4 5.690cm/36.0" 1.5 2.1 2.5 3.1 3.9 5.1 6.448cm/120.0" 2.0 2.8 3.4 4.2 5.2 6.8 8.6

BUDGET SUCTION STRAINERS WITH ANTI VORTEX PLATE

PEM 7180 Series SUCTION STRAINERS with Anti Vortex Plate are designed to fill the need for installations that do not requirethe heavy duty PEM 6440 -48 or 7160 Series Suction Strainers. PEM 7180 Series SUCTION STRAINERS are of cast bronze,brass and stainless steel fitted. Strainer openings (expanded brass) are standard 4.5 x 17mm/0.187 x 0.65".

FLOOR DRAIN FITTINGSPEM 7210 Series FLOOR DRAIN FITTINGS are made of cast bronze and stainlesssteel fitted. PEM 7210 Series cannot be used in shallow water for suction purpose.

PEM 7230 Series SUCTION or DISCHARGE FITTINGS are made of cast bronzeand is stainless steel fitted.

T 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" A 216mm 241mm 267mm 318mm 380mm

8.500" 9.500" 10.500" 12.520" 14.960" OD 300mm 300mm 457mm 457mm 610mm

12.000" 12.000" 18.000" 18.000" 24.000" OV1 51mm 76mm 100mm 152mm 203mm

2.000" 3.000" 4.000" 6.000" 8.000" OV2 64mm 64mm 64mm 89mm 95mm

2.520" 2.520" 2.520" 3.500" 3.740"

# PEM T670-3140 7214 4" NPS/BSP670-3160 7216 6" NPS/BSP670-3180 7218 8" NPS/BSP670-3190 7219 10" NPS/BSP

Subsurface Puddle Flange is optional and extra.

T = NPS/BSP.A = Outside diameter of strainer.

TOV2

OV1

AOD

102mm4.0"

305mm12.0"

305mm12.0"

SUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTINGS

VALVED SUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTINGS

651Fittings 2005-1

A.V. cover : Anti Vortex Cover* = Multiplication Factor for suction flows based upon basic flow of 200 GPM / 750 l/m at 40cm/16.0" Waterdepth, not to exceed flow velocity of pipe of 0.9m/3 feet/sec. Discharge flows can be greater up to 1.5 of values.** = Edge Length is for non corrosive or plastic plates bolted upon the cover of the basic fitting, to arrive at square size divide by 4.0; circular size by 3.1416.All flows are suggested maximum flows.Subsurface Puddle Flange is optional and extra.PEM Adapters to 'DN' Type PVC pipe sizes DN-100 &150 are available. See page 640

PEM 7180

PEM 7210

PEM 7230

PEM 7230V

PEM 7182 7183 7184 7186 7188 # 670-2200 670-2300 670-2400 670-2600 670-2800With Surface Puddle FlangePEM 7182-1 7183-1 7184-1 7186-1 7188-1 # 670-2210 670-2310 670-2410 670-2610 670-2810With Surface Membrane ClampPEM 7182-2 7183-2 7184-2 7186-2 7188-2 # 670-2220 670-2320 670-2420 670-2620 670-2820

PEM 7210

102mm 4.0"

356mm 14.00"

356mm 14.00"

PEM 7236 Bottom, Top andSide Views

PEM 7234 7236 7238 7239 # 670-3340 670-3360 670-3380 670-3390 PEM 7234V 7236V 7238V 7239V # 670-3540 670-3560 670-3580 670-3590NPS/BSP 4" 6" 8" 10" 'A' 38mm 51mm 57mm 83mm

1.50" 2.0" 2.25" 3.25"

A

PEM Adapters to 'DN' Type PVC pipe sizes DN-100 &150 are available. See page 640

PEM Adapters to 'DN' Type PVC pipe sizes DN-100 &150 are available. See page 640

Open Area of strainer = 52 sq/ in. or /336 cm2. Width of slots : 12.7mm / 0.5".

OV1 = Height of strainer.OV2 = Height of base.OD = Square dimension of Anti Vortex Plate. Standard unless specified otherwise.

DIMENSIONS:

Page 203: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 7240

'L'

Detail ofCornerLock

C

D

E

'M'

# PEM T A B* C D** E

670-5520 7252 2" 264mm 218mm* 156mm 121mm 31mm 670-5530 7253 3" 10.39" 8.59" 6.14" 4.75" 1.22" 670-5540 7254 4"

ANTI VORTEX SUCTION PIT COVERPEM 7240 ANTI VORTEX SUCTION PIT COVER is made of cast bronze and is stainless steelfitted. The covers are designed to fit over and look into square suction pits cast into concrete poolfloors.

SUCTION / DRAIN FITTING SIDE CONNECTED

* = Multiplication Factor for suction flows based upon basic flow of 200 GPM / 750 l/m at 35cm/14.0" water depth, not to exceed flow velocity of pipe of 0.9m/3 feet sec. Discharge flows x1.5 of value. Flow rates are suggested maximum for given waterdepth over anti - vortex cover.

* = Multiplication Factor for suction flows based upon basic flow of 60 GPM /227 l/m at 35cm/14.0"water depth, not to exceed flow velocity of pipe of 0.9m/3 feet sec. Discharge flows x 1.5 of value.Flow rates are suggested maximum for given waterdepth over horizontal drain with anti vortex cover.

PEM 7250 SUCTION / DRAIN FITTING is designed for installation in horizontal position into poolsrequiring near floor level outlet piping. Fitting also useable in vertical position in confined size pools.

559mm 22.0"

559mm 22.0"

.

PEM 7230A

* = Multiplication Factor for suction flows based upon basic flowof 200 GPM / 750 l/m at 35cm/14.0" water depth, not to exceedflow velocity of pipe of 0.9m/3 feet/sec. Discharge flows x 1.5of value. Flow rates are suggested maximum for givenwaterdepth over anti-vortex cover.

INSTALLATION SUGGESTION :In order to increase the holding power of the locking brackets. First screw inbolts 'L' and also screw in bolts 'M' for better grip.Proper fit is when the bracketsscrape slighty when inserted into opening. With Allen Key,lock bracket intoposition. When properly installed the cover can not be lifted without unlocking2 of the brackets.

PEM 7240

PEM 7250

102mm 4.0"

A

B

A

B

652 Fittings 2005-1PEM Adapters to 'DIN' Type PVC pipe sizes DIN-100 &150 are available. See page 640

44mm1.750"

S.S.F. Flange

SUCTION OR DISCHARGE FITTINGWITH COVER PLATE

A.V.Cover

T

CE

D

+/-02 Subsurface Membrane Clamp,with change of dimensions * 'B' > 300mm/11.820" - ** 'D' > 203mm/8.0"

Waterdepth Multiplication Factor for suction flows.* 40cm/16.00" 1.6 60cm/24.00" 2.1 90cm/36.00" 2.4120cm/48.00" 3.2

Open Area in grating = 145 cm2 / 22.5 sq". Width of slots is 12mm/0.50"

PEM 7250 SUCTION / DRAIN FITTING is made of cast bronze, stainless steel fitted. Anti VortexPlate Cover is of brass. Anti Vortex Plate Cover (For horizontal installation only) & SubsurfaceMembrane Clamp are extra and additional..

Waterdepth Multiplication Factor for suction flows.* 40cm/16.0" 1.6 60cm/24.0" 2.1 90cm/36.0" 2.4120cm/48.0" 3.2

DIMENSIONS # PEM A B C D E670-4420 7242 305mm 254mm 51mm 22mm 6mm

12.0" 10.0" 2.0" 0.875" 0.25"670-4460 7246 559mm 432mm 51mm 22mm 6mm

22.0" 17.0" 2.0" 0.875" 0.25"

PEM 7230 SUCTIONSTRAINERS are allmade of cast bronze,brass and stainlesssteel fitted.

SSF :Sub-Surface Puddle Flange optional and extra. To specify and order add 'SSF' to catalog number and /-1 to # number

PEM Adapters to 'DIN' Type PVC pipe sizes DIN-100 &150 are available. See page 640

PEM 7234A 7236A 7238A 7239A # 670-3640 670-3660 670-3680 670-3690 T* 4" 6" 8" 10"* : NPS/BSP Waterdepth Multiplication Factor for suction flows.* 40cm/16.00" 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 60cm/24.00" 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 90cm/36.00" 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4120cm/48.00" 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2

A.V. Cover : +/-1 Anti Vortex Cover

Page 204: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

OV

OD

ID

(2) 12mm\0.50"Mounting holeson bottom plate

40mm \ 1.5"+Pipe Stub Upabove pool floor.

StrainerScreenperforation'A', 'B' or 'C'(SPECIFY!)

Fittings 2005-1 653

PEM 7280 & 90 Series SUCTION STRAINERS are made of cast bronze with folded perforated stainless steel strainer screening,brass and stainless steel fitted. Strainers are flush mounted, bolted, to pool floor or wall. Normal installation is into suction pitscovered with primary (coarse) suction straining material. Removable cover permits inspection of inside of strainer,this openingcan also be used to stack several strainers to increase the flow capacity. Strainers do not have pipe connections, only the centeropening to permit termination of pipe within strainer. Multiple internal spacers prevent the collapse of the strainer screening.Threaded pipe connections are extra and optional, please enquire as they are normally not desirable to allow removal of strainerfor cleaning.

PEM 7280 Series

PEM 7281A

Strainer orifice and percentage of open area, with flow de-rated to suit open area of screen : 'A': 4.76mm\0.187", appr. 51% open area. 'B': 2.62mm\0.10", appr. 48% open area. 'C': 0.686mm\0.027", appr. 23% open area. When used horizontally, (single or stacked) an Anti Vortex cover has to be provided over the full length

PEM 7298C

STAINLESS STEEL & BRONZE SUCTION STRAINERS FOR PVC & OTHER PIPE

PEM 7290 Series

To anchor and seal PVC pipe in concrete:Paint (section of pipe within concrete) with PVC cement, thenspread, dry, clean sand on to it. Let dry before pouring concrete.

# PEM Suggested Suggested Strainer Strainer OV OD ID Pipe size Max.Flow Rate Orifices Area

670-823 7281 3",4" 700L/min \ 200 GPM* 'A' 0.6m2\6.46 sqft 170mm\6.70" 350mm\13.78" 145mm\5.71"670-824 7282 1.5",2" 200L/min \ 50 GPM 'B' 0.6m2\6.46 sqft 170mm\6.70" 350mm\13.78" 145mm\5.71"670-827 7285 4",5" 1500L/min\ 400 GPM* 'A' 1.2m2\12.9 sqft 320mm\12.60" 350mm\13.78" 145mm\5.71"670-828 7286 2",3" 600L/min \ 160 GPM 'B' 1.2m2\12.9 sqft 320mm\12.60" 350mm\13.78" 145mm\5.71"670-829 7287 2",3" 200L/min \ 50 GPM ' C' 1.2m2\12.9 sqft 320mm\12.60" 350mm\13.78" 145mm\5.71"670-833 7293 5",6" 4200L/min\1100 GPM* 'A' 1.8m2\19.3 sqft 320mm\12.60" 600mm\23.63" 280mm\11.0"670-834 7294 4",5" 1200L/min\ 300 GPM 'B' 1.8m2\19.3 sqft 320mm\12.60" 600mm\23.63" 280mm\11.0"670-835 7295 3",4" 600L/min \ 160 GPM 'C' 1.8m2\19.3 sqft 320mm\12.60" 600mm\23.63" 280mm\11.0"670-837 7297 8",10" 6600L/min\1740 GPM* 'A' 3.6m2\38.6 sqft 630mm\24.75" 600mm\23.63" 280mm\11.0"670-838 7298 5",6" 2300L/min\ 600 GPM 'B' 3.6m2\38.6 sqft 630mm\24.75" 600mm\23.63" 280mm\11.0"670-839 7299 4",5" 1200L/min\ 300 GPM 'C' 3.6m2\38.6 sqft 630mm\24.75" 600mm\23.63" 280mm\11.0"

* With equal to 2 x 'OV' water depth over top of strainer.For smaller strainers: See PEM 7130 or 6224 & 6225

Inspection CoverOpening can also be used to stack several strainers when used in horizontal positionfor use with 'C' type orifice strainers suitable for PEM 1100 & 1200 DandelionFountainheads.

Page 205: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Pump

Pump

PEM TECHNICAL SUGGESTIONS

FOUNTAIN WITH REMOTE STORAGE TANK PIPING

Above WaterLevelDischarge

Above WaterLevelDischarge

By P. Micha2002/05/16

A2

A1

A2A2

A1

Storage Tankw.Suction Pit

TankOverflow

A1A2

A1

TankOverflow

A2A1A2

A3

A3Water LevelControl Sensors -1 Operating Level -2 Water Make Up Level -3 Safety Shut Off Level

A1

COMMENT:Figure # 1 demonstrates the large holding capacity of the storage tank required to contain the content of the drain back pool(s) also crossconnection(s) must be be avoided between levels, each level to be separately drained into storage tank. In this figures, the water make up is discharged into the storage tank.Figure # 2 shows the decreased holding capacity of the storage tank due to the retention of content in pool(s) due to overflow stand pipedrains . Cross connection are possible but should be avoided of more than one elevation, each elevation to be separately drained into storagetank. In this figures, the water make up is discharged into the upper pool(s) filling same before filling storage tank.Great care is to be taken not to have air lock(s) in drain pipe. (Air Locks, caused by air entrapped into pockets of pipe, that does not havea continuous upward slope/gradient . Air Locks can stop the gradient flow of water) - The storage tank to be vented to athmosphere.

FIGURE 1Multi Level ( Dry) Fountain with remote Storage Tank& Bottom Drains in Pool.Pump is off, fountain pools are dry

A1 : Water Level w. pump workingA2 : Water Level w. pump shut offA3 : Cross Connection between 2 or more levels to be avoided, each level to have its own drain into storage tank

A1 : Water Level w. pump workingA2 : Water Level w. pump shut offA3 : Cross Connection between 2 or more levels are possible by increasing main drain pipe but should to be avoided, each level to have its own overflow drain into storage tank

FIGURE 2Multi Level Fountain with remote Storage Tank& Overflow Stand Pipe Drains in Pool.Pump off: Fountain pools remain filled to overflow level

900-0406

Storage Tankw.Suction Pit

-3

-1

-2

Water LevelControl Sensors -1 Operating Level -2 Water Make Up Level -3 Safety Shut Off Level

-3

-2

-1

654 2005-1

Page 206: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM TECHNICAL SUGGESTIONS

FOUNTAIN OVER STORAGE TANK PIPINGBy P. Micha961216-2

A1 : Water Level w. pump workingA2 : Waterlevel w. pump shut off

A1 : Water Level w. pump workingA2 : Waterlevel w. pump shut off PEM L 104-49

Waterlevel Control Sensor Operating Level Water Make Up Level Safety Shut Off Level

PEM L104-49Waterlevel Control Sensor Operating Level Water Make Up Level Safety Shut Off Level

A1

A1

The Access Cover to tank can bewater tight, but must not be, someleakage is inconsequential, as longas the cover is closed duringoperation.

The Access Cover to tank can bewater tight, but must not be, someleakage is inconsequential, as longas the cover is closed duringoperation.

Overflow

Overflow

Pump

Pump

Access Coverto Tank

Vent

VerticalGratesin Wall, toscreen flowand blow sand

Storage Tankw.Suction Pitfor drain pump

A2A1

A2Vent

VerticalGratesin Wall, toscreen flowand blow sand

A2A1

A2A1

A1Access Coverto Tank

Above Water Level Dicharge

Above Water Level Dicharge

FIGURE 1Fountain external dry type pump

FIGURE 2

Suction Pit

Fountain with internal submersible pump

COMMENT:Figure # 1 shows the use of a remote, dry type pump for the water display. The tank beneath the water display permits a single structuralconstruction site, plus safe water storage, best possible suction straining and blow sand retention in the base pool.For jets, water level independent jets are suggested,for illumination, an interface with time delay at the pump control is required.Figure # 2 shows the same construction, but with a submersible pump or pump system which will reduce the plumbing cost enormously asthere are no long pipe runs.The operation of both system is same.In both figures, the water make up is dicharged into the upper pool(s) filling same before filling storage tank.This design and the variations thereof will provide the most cost efficient fountain construction on open ground. - The storage tank to be vented to athmosphere above highest possible water level, to prevent a possible air lock.

900-0407A 6552005-1

Page 207: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM TECHNICAL SUGGESTIONS

FOUNTAIN WITH REMOTE STORAGE TANK PIPING

656

By P. Micha2002/05/16

A2

A1 : Water Level w. pump workingA2 : Water Level w. pump shut offA3 : Water Level w. Pump shut off and Check Valve not sealingA4 : Check Valve in Pump Discharge

Storage Tankw.Suction Pit

Pump

COMMENT:Figure # 1 shows water level dependant jets fully exposed with pump shut off , the jets might not be able to refill the pool as the sprays will betoo high and not fall back into the pool, filling same. A common design fault, use water level independent jets!Figure # 2 shows a design that depends on the perfect sealing of the check (No Return) valve in the pump discharge to maintain the water levelfor the water level dependent jets after pump is shut off. If the check valve leaks, the water level dependent jet pressure nozzles might be fullyexposed and not be able to refill the pool as the sprays will be too high and might not fall back into pool. A common problem, only solved by asecondary pump (water filter) system that is working all the time, refilling the leakage from the pool through the check valve, or by using waterlevel indepent jets.Most check valves require more back pressure to seal than available with a fountain elevation differential pressure. In both figures, the water make up is discharged into the upper pool(s) filling same before storage tank. - The storage tank must be vented to atmospere, to prevent a general air lock.

A1

A3A2A1

A1A2A3

Storage Tankw.Suction Pit

Pump

A4I>I

TankOverflow

Problematic ! for Water Level Dependent Jets. Use Water Level Independent Jets Read below

NOT applicable for Water Level Dependent Jets. Use Water Level Independent Jets

FIGURE 2

TankOverflow

A1 : Water Level w. pump workingA2 : Water Level w. pump shut off

FIGURE 1

A2

A1

Below Water Level Dicharge

Below Water Level Dicharge

Water LevelControl Sensors -1 Operating Level -2 Water Make Up Level -3 Safety Shut Off Level

-1

-2

-3

-3

-2

-1

Water LevelControl Sensors -1 Operating Level -2 Water Make Up Level -3 Safety Shut Off Level

Fountain with Water Level Dependent Jets inMulti Level Fountain with remote Storage Tank& Overflow Stand Pipe Drains in Pool.Pump off: Fountain pools remain filled to overflow level

Fountain with Water Level Dependent Jets inMulti Level ( Dry) Fountain with remote Storage Tank& Bottom Drains in Pool.Pump is off, fountain pools are dry

900-04082005-1

Page 208: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

OASE # OASE CAT. PEM # PEM CAT. OASE # OASE CAT. PEM # PEM CAT. DE.FO. PEM660-526 15-5T 504-811 18-1A 803-561 BA 70T 601-506 601506 DSA 200 6442-841660-526 25-5T 504-813 18-1C 806-530 BAS 70T 601-503 601503 DSA 300 6443-841661-550 30-10T 504-821 18-3A 804-502 UA100/500T 601-604 601604 DSA 400 6444-841662-500 45-10T 504-822 18-3B 804-503 UA100/1000T 601-605 601605 DSA 600 6446-841663-550 60-10T 504-823 18-3C 804-575 FK 100 T 601-610 60160010 DSA 800 6448-841664-500 100-15T 504-8231 18-3CX 804-561 BA 100 T 601-606 601606 DSA 200A 6442-843666-550 900/37E 509-124 1124 806-531 BAS 100 T 601-603 601603 DSA 300A 6443-843666-551 1200/79E 509-128 1128 809-502 FE10/540T 466-011 1241 DSA 400A 6444-843666-552 1500/127E 509-130 1130 809-522 FE/F10/540T 466-013 1243 DSA 600A 6446-843666-254 2500/127E 509-136 1136 809-503 FE10/1040T 466-014 1244 DSA 800A 6448-843666-575 3500/380E 509142 1142 809-523 FE/F10/1040T 466-016 1246 DSA 200B 6442-842666-580 6000/450E 509-1433 1143D 809-510 FE/15/540T 466-021 1261 DSA 300B 6443-842666-555 H900/25E 509-224 1224 809-524 FE/F15/540T 466-023 1263 DSA 400B 6444-842666-556 H1200/49E 509-232 1232 809-511 FE15/1040T 466-024 1264 DSA 600B 6446-842666-559 H2500/73E 509-235 1235 809-525 FE/F15/1040T 466-026 1266 DSA 800B 6448-842666-585 H3500/210E 509-2423 1242D 806-507 UKW/F100E 463-086 L104-48-3 Opt. L ,+/-05666-590 H6000/248E 509-2433 1243D 806-508 UKW100E 463-087 L104-48-3-62 Opt. U ,+/-55670-550 50T 509-572 1612/08 Opt. V ,+/-72670-551 70T 509-575 1615/08 Opt. Y ,+/-72-FR671-550 90T 509-576 1616/08 DSC 200 6442-881671-551 110T 509-577 1617/08 DE.FO. PEM DE.FO. PEM DSC 300 6443-881671-552 130T 509-578 1618/08 ACF 075 R1311/1321/1343 CSU 125 J63/-1 DSC 400 6444-881676-500 M 7-5T 509-327 1427 ACF 100 R1311/1322/1344 CSU 150 J64/-1 DSC 600 6446-881676-525 M7-10T 509-347 1447 ACF 125 R1311/1323/1345 CSU 200 J65/-1 DSC 800 6448-881680-525 19-1.5T 506-541 262 ACF 150 R1311/1324/1346 CSU 300 637315 DSC 200A 6442-883680-515 25-2K 506-542 264 ACF 200 R1311/1325/1347 CSU 400 637416 DSC 300A 6443-883681-551 19-3T 506-551 272 ACW 075 R1294 Opt. L ,+/-2 DSC 400A 6444-883690-550 3-3T 507-780 803 ACW 100 R1294 Opt. U ,+/=3 DSC 600A 6446-883690-551 3-4T 507-781 804 ACX050 R1291 DOA 200 6112/62202 DSC 800A 6448-883690-552 3-5T 507-782 805 ACX 075 R1291 DOA 300 6113/62203 DSC 200B 6442-882690-553 3-6T 507-783 806 ACX 100 R1294 DOA 400 6114/62204 DSC 300B 6443-882691-553 5-8T 507-785 808 ADF 100 6686 Opt. U ,+/-008 DSC 400B 6444-882691-554 5-10T 507-787 810 AFP 300 6553 Opt. W 6222 DSC 600B 6446-882692-553 10-12T 507-789 812 AFP 330 6554 DOF 200 6092-3/62202 DSC 800B 6448-882692-554 10-14T 507-9222 844C2 AFP 430 6556 DOF 300 6093-3/62203 Opt. L ,+/-05693-550 15-17T 507-9242 846C2 AFP 440 6558 Opt. D Included Opt. U ,+/-55693-551 15-20T 507-9243 846C3 AJD 100 6446A/-68 Opt. Q Chromed Dome Opt. V ,+/-72697-500 13-4T 505-103 31-13B APV 120 7242 Opt. U +/-008 Opt. Y ,+/-72-FR697-501 25-4T 505-111 31-25 220 7246 Opt. X +/-0009 Opt. G No ‘V’697-551 115-15T 504-161 02-6* ASF 200 6092/6224B DOL 150 6315 Opt. L +/-05700-550 50-10T 504-701 16-3 ASF 300 6093/6225B Opt. E 6315A Opt. U +/-55701-551 75-20T 504-703 16-7 ASF 400 6094/6225B Opt. J 6316 Opt. V +/-A705-500 35-10E 504601 15-3 AST-003 7281 Opt. Q Chromed Face Opt. W Rubber Plug702-500 50-10E 504-501 14-3 AST-004 7281 Opt. W +/-WC Opt. Y Tiled Sq.Cover706-505 55-10E 504522 14-12 AST-005 7285 DOW 300 6317 3" Opt. Z (see 7290)706-510 55-15E 504-524 14-14 AST-006 7293 DOW 400 6317 4" DSF 200 6092-2/6216709-550 12T 507-401 742A AST-008 7297 Opt. E Included DSF 300 6093-2/6216710-550 20T 507-403 744A AST-010 7297 Opt. J +/-60-1 Opt. A +/-V711-550 40T 507-405 746A ASU 050 08-1 or 536 Opt. K +/-65-1 Opt. W 6222712-550 60T 507-406 747A ASU 75 08-2 or 538 Opt. L +/-65-2 DSL 200 7253,2"713-550 80T 507-407 748A ASU 100 08-3 or 541 Opt. M 90 deg. Elbow DSL 300 7253,3"714-550 100T 507-716 750-2T ASU 125 08-4 or 552 Opt. Q Chromed Face DSL 400 7253,4"MIP720-551 12K3-4/750 509-621 1561 ASU 150 08-5 or 554 Opt. W. 6317-WC Opt. J +/-60-1720-560 18K3-4/750 509-623 1563 ASU 200 08-6 or 556 DPA 200 6112/6222 Opt. K +/-65-1720-565 24K3-4/750 509-625 1565 ASU 300 08-8 or 558 DPA 300 6113/6220 Opt. L +/-65-2722-555 200/19-6T 506-630 292 ASU 400 08-9 or 559 DPA 400 6114/6221 Opt. Q Chromed722-560 300/19-8T 506-643 294A AVQ 075 EV-102 DPB 200 6092/6222 Opt. V +/-AVCover800-560 SF200/15E 670-030 7133C AVQ 100 EV-103, DPB 300 6093/6222 Opt. W +/-WC800-561 SF200/20E 670-031 7133C AVQ 125 EV-104, DPB 400 6094/6222 DSS 400 7314800-562 SF200/25E 670-041 7135C AVQ 150 EV-105, Opt. D Debris Screen DSS 600 7316800-565 SF350/100E 670-823 7281 AVQ 200 EV-106, Opt. P Cap. Standpipe DSS 800 7318800-567 SF350/125E 670-827 7285 AWA 150 6338 Opt. U +/-008 DSS 1000 7319800-568 SF600/200E 670-833 7293 Opt. J +/-61 Opt. W +/-6218 Opt. D (see 7290)800-570 SF600/250E 670-837 7297 Opt. L +/-67 Opt. X +/-0009 Opt. J +/-60-1803-552 UA70/500T 601-504 601504 CSU 050 J60/-1 Opt. K +/-65-1803-553 UA70/1000T 601-505 601505 CSU 75 J61/-1 Opt. L +/-65-2803-575 FK 70T 601-510 60150010 CSU 100 J62/-1 Opt. V +/-AV Cover

CROSS REFERENCES OASE & CRYSTAL ( DEFO )

657 2005-1

Page 209: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

NWS 100 W114/936 NWS-110 M901-4 NMV-103 125M2NWS-101 W114/826 NWS-111/2 M902-3 NMV-107 125M2 See: Website :NWS-150 W115/953 NWS-113 M903-6/12V NMV-109 141M2 pemfountain.caNWS-151 W115/846C NWS-114 M903-6,12V

DE.FO. PEM DE.FO. PEM DE.FO. PEM DE.FO. PEM DE.FO. PEMOpt. W +/-WC ELN 010 E910 Opt. A +/-VOpt. L +/-2 Opt. J -61 Opt. L +/-05 NEA 126 845C Opt. K 32KOpt. U +/-3 Opt. L -62 Opt. U +/-55 NEA 150 846B Opt. S 08 SwivelDUS 300 6443 ELN 020 E300A/B60 Opt. V Square Cover NEA 151 846C NMB 075 22DUS 400 6444 ELN 021 E300A/B60-62 Opt. Y Tiled Cover NEA 200 847B 100 24DUS 600 6446 Opt. Q Chromed Face NAE 075 743A NEA 201 847C Opt. Q 'CR'DUS 800 6448 ELU 015 D145A NAE 100 744A NEA 300 849B Opt. S 08 SwivelOpt. L ,+,/-05 Opt. H ,+/-B1 Stand NAE 125 745A NEA 301 849C NMC 135 325/35Opt. U ,+/-55 EPA 075 J61-1 NAE 150 746A NEA 400 850A NMC 235 326/35DUT 200 6395/-1 EPA 100 J62-1 NAE 200 747A NEA 401 850B NMC 225 326/25DUT 300 6396/-1 EPA 125 J63-1 NAE 300 749A NEA-402 850C NMC 335 327/35DUT 400 6397/-1 EPA 150 J64-1 NAE 400 750-1A Opt. F Enquire NMC 325 327/25Opt.L ,+/-2 EPA 200 J65-1 NAE 600 750-1A Fl Opt. Q Chrome plated NMC 435 328/35Opt. U ,+/-3 EPB 075 J61-1/-2 NAE 075D 743B NEF 100 870B NMC 425 328/25EBJ 202 J1 EPB 100 J62-1/-2 NAE 100D 744B NEF 150 871B NMC 635 329/35EBJ 204 J2 EPB 125 J63-1/-2 NAE 125D 745B NEF 151 871C NMC 625 329/25EBJ 208 J3 EPB 150 J64-1/-2 NAE 150D 746B NEF 200 872B Opt. Q Chrome platedEBJ 212 J5 EPB 200 J65-1/-2/-3 NAE 200D 747B NEF 201 872C Opt. S 08 SwivelEBJ 216 J5 EPC 075 J61-1/-2/-3 NAE 300D 749B NEF 300 873B NMF 051 18-1AEBY 220 J6 EPC 100 J62-1/-2/-3 NAE 400D 750-1B NEF 301 873C NMF 52 18-1BEBY 222 J6X EPC 125 J63-1/-2/-3 NAE 450D 750-1B Fl NEF 400 874B NMF 53 18-1CEBN 104 J11 EPC 150 J64-1/-2/-3 Opt. Q Chromed Tube NEF 401 874C NMF 101 18-3AOpt. C Side Conduit EPC 200 J65-1/-2/-3 NBU 050 121 NEF 500 875B NMF 102 18-3BOpt. Q Chromed Cover ESD 100 L101-12 NBU 100 122 NEF 600 876B NMF 103 18-3CECL 100 L101-51 or ESD 200 L104-29 Opt. Q Chrome plated NEF 601 876C Opt. Q Standard

L104-/1/100 Opt. Q Chromed cover Opt. S 08 Swivel Opt. E 876 Sleeve Opt. S 08 SwivelECL 200 L101-71 or Opt. Z +/-62 NCA 050 51 Opt. F Enquire NMH 200 372

L104-/1/100 ESF 100 L101-01/104-42 NCA 75 52 Opt. Q Chrome plated NMH 300 373Opt. W Included ESL 100 L101-05/104-42 NCA 100 52B Opt. S 08 Swivel NMH 400 374ECW Q119 ESM 100 L101-16/104-56 NCA 150 53A NFO 050 60 NMH 600 376EGS 051 J14 ESM 200 L104-56 NCA 200 54 NFO 75 61 Opt. Q Chrome platedEGS 52 J14 ESN 100 L101-37/J11 NCA 300 55 NFO 100 62 Opt. S 08 SwivelEGS 53 J15-11 ESN 200 L101-38/J11 Opt. Q Chrome plated NFO 125 63 NMP 200 366EGS 71 J15-32 Opt. C Side Connection Opt. S 08 Swivel NFO 150 64 NMP 300 367EGS 72 J15-32 ESS 100 L101-37/J4 Opt. W Enquire NFO 200 65 NMP 400 368EGS 73 J15-42 ESS 200 L101-38-2/J4 NDH 030 1223 NFO 300 66 Opt. Q 'CR'EGS 74 J15-42 Opt. X +/-61 NDH 40 1226 Opt. A Snorkel Valve(s) Opt. S 08 SwivelEGN 075 J13-5 Opt. Q Chromed Cover NDH 45 1228 Opt. N, 66A(incl.) NPA 100 108-210(Y-63)ELA 010 E100-2/-02 ESW 100 L101-31/104-46 NDH 60 1233 Opt S 08 Swivel Opt. S 08/9 SwivelELB 010 E100-3/-02 ESW 200 L101-32/104-46 NDH 65 1234 Opt W Enquire NPB 100 108-18Opt. P +/-10-1 Opt. C Side Connection NDH 80 1236 NGA 100 92 Opt. S 08/8 SwivelOpt. W +/-009 Opt. D Bottom Connection NDH 100 1239 NGA 150 94 Opt. W EnquireELC 015 E150A-B1 Opt. Q Chromed Cover NDH 105 1241 NGA 200 95 NPC 100 740-4011*Opt. P +/-10-6 Opt. X +/-60-1 NDH 115 1243A NGB 100 2-Feb NPC 200 740-4031*Opt. Q Chromed Face Opt. Y +/-6381/-1 NDH 120 1246 Opt. Q Chrome plated NPC 300 740-4051*Opt. S B56 Opt. Z +/-6381/-/-2 Opt. B Enquire Opt. S 541 NPC 400 740-4052A,R,B,G,T Color of Lens IEA 150 6345 Opt. Q Chrome plated NGF 100 31-13B NPC 500 740-4081*ELA 020 E300A-F Opt. J +/-61 NDS 30 1123 Opt. Q Chrome plated* Spec.jets & sprayheightELB 020 E300A-F/-B6-1 Opt. K +/-65 NDS 40 1126 Opt. S 541 Opt. S 08 SwivelELC 020 E300A-F/-B1 Opt. L +/-67 NDS 45 1127 NGL 050 81 Opt. W EnquireOpt. P +/-10-6 Opt. Q Chromed NDS 60 1134 NGL 075 82 NPD 100 108-19Opt. Q Chromed Face Opt. W +/-WC NDS 65 1135 NGL 100 83 Opt. S 08 SwivelOpt. S B56 IFA 200 6442-75 NDS 80 1138 NIA 100 951 NPF 100 107AA,R,B,G,T Color of Lens IFA 300 6443-75 NDS 100 1140 NIA 125 952 NPF 200 107BELA 050 E500A IFA 400 6444-75 NDS 105 1141 NIA 150 953 Opt. S 08 SwivelELA 050-12V E500A-LV IFA 600 6446-75 NDS 115 1143A NIA 200 954 NPW 100 740-4534ELB 050 E500A-B6-2 IFA 800 6448-75 NDS 120 1146 NIA 300 955 NPW 200 740-4161ELC 050 E500A-B1 Opt. A +/-V Opt. B Enquire Opt. Q Chrome plated Opt. W EnquireOpt. P +/-10-9 Opt. L +/-05 Opt. Q Chrome plated Opt. S 08 Swivel NRC 100 45Opt. S B76 Opt. U +/-55 NEA 012 822 NIL 100 14-14 NRC 200 42A,R,B,G,T Color of Lens Opt. V Square Cover NEA 25 823 NIL 150 14-16 NRC 300 44ELA 100 E1100A Opt. Y Tiled Cover NEA 37 824 Opt. Q Chrome plated NRC 400 46ELB 100 E1100A-B6-2 IFC 200 6442-75-88 NEA 50 825 Opt. S 08 Swivel NSR Spray RingsELC 100 E1100A-B1 IFC 300 6443-75-88 NEA 75 843B NLC 075 33 NTO 075 217-1Opt. P +/-10-9 IFC 400 6444-75-88 NEA 76 843C NLC 100 34 150 217-6Opt. Q Chromed Face IFC 600 6446-75-88 NEA 100 844B Opt. Q Chrome plated NWA 125 290Opt. S B76 IFC 800 6446-75-88 NEA 101 844C Opt. S 08 Swivel NWC 075 272A,R,B,G,T Color of Lens NEA 125 845B NLF 075 32 NWC 125 282

CRYSTAL (DE.FO) CROSS REFERENCES

658 2005-1

Page 210: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

FOUNTAIN PEOPLE PEM FOUNTAIN PEOPLE PEM FOUNTAIN PEOPLE PEM

CPL WC1 Q119 FEW 200 6092/05-6222/05 N 143L 745AWC2 Q119 FFD 200 6092/05-6222/05 144 746

CWL 002C/302P L104-42 200S 6092-6212 144L 746A002C/102 L104-42 FWD 200S 6321, 1 1/2" 145 747002W/302P L104-46 200 6317,2" 145L 747A002W/102P L104-46 300 6317,3" 146 7492WD/302P L104-48 FWS 100R J62-1/6382-1 146L 749A002WD/102 L104-48 125R J63-1/6383-1 147L 750-1T

EAA 100A 951 150R J64-1/6384-1 150 1612150A 953 200R J65-1/6385-1 152 1615200A 954 300R 6386-1 154 1618300A 955 400R 6387-1 210-35 22

EAB 100A 62 ,075CR 6391-1 220-25 326-25150A 64 100CR 6392-1 220-35 326-35200A 65 125CR 6393-1 230-25 327-25300A 66 159CR 6394-1 230-35 327-35

EAC 100A 1612 200CR 6395-1 240-25 328-25150A 1615 300CR 6396-1 240-35 328-35200A 1616 400CR 6397-1 300 1123, 3.3'/29/8"/2"300A 1618 LJN ,11/25 J34/J13-5 301 1126, 4.0'/29/8"/2"

EAF 100 951 1C A482 305 1127, 4.0'/61/10"/2.5"150 953 LJP 1 J1 06 1129, 5.0'/61/10"/2.5"200 954 2,3,4 J2 307 1134, 6.6'/61/10"/2.5"300 955 2-2,3,4 J2-2 320 1140, 8.4'/253/12"/4"

EPA Series SPRAY RINGS 5,6,7,8 J3 325 1141, 10'/385/20"/6"EPF 200 29 2-5,6,7,8 J4 310 1223, 3.3'/21/8"/2"EPP ,012 822 9,10 J5 311 1226, 3.3'/21/8"/2"

,012s 822 LLN A, T4 E300F/B60/-10* 312 1225, 4.0'/33/8"/2",025 823 \B, PAR 38 E150A/B48/10-7* 313 1230, 5.0'/33/8"/2",025S 823 BX, Par 38 D145B/B48/* 314 1233, 6.6'/33/8"/2",037 824 BA, PAR 38 E150A/B50A 330 1238, 8.4'/145/12"/4",037 824 BA,T4 E750/800/B50A 335 1241, 10'/193/12"/4"

EPP ,050 825 BAX, PAR 38 D145B/B50A 350 108-210,050S 825 LLP A ,T4 E300A-F/-10/B1 355 470-23,075 825 BA,PAR 38 E150A/-10/B1 360 470-25

ESD 112A 18-3A BA T4 E300A-S/-10/B1 365 470-27118A 18-3B BAX, PAR 38 D145B/-10/B1 70 108-29124A 18-3C B, PAR 38 E150A/B56/10" pipe R 16CPB 6093/05-6222/05

ESF 050A 81 B, T4 E7-800/B56/10" pipe 18 6317,3"075A 82 N 20 274 19 6318100A 83 25 284 15B 6092-62202

ESM 100A 18-1C 77 32-13/541 16B 6093-62203150A 18-1C 81 34 58B 6345200A 18-3A 110 870 80C 6092-6216300A 18-3A/1 1/2"/ 111 871 83-P 7241

EXB 50 536 or 08-1 112 872 84-P 724675 538 or 08-2 112 873 83-3 72632150 554 or 08-5 115 875 83-4 72641200 556 or 08-6 120 844 83-4S 72642300 558 or 08-8 121 846 84-6 72647

FAD 150 6092-6215V 122 847 84-8 72548200 6092-6215V 123 849 86B 6338300 6093-6215V 140 742 50 R1291

FAS ,08 6092-6215 140L 742A 51 R1291FASD 200 6092-62202 141 743 RW 56-1 L104-100 or -1

300 6093-62203 141L 743A RVS ,075 EV103FEV 200 6338 142L 744A 150 EV105

143 745 200 EV106

659 2005-1

CROSS REFERENCES FOUNTAIN PEOPLE

Page 211: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

HYDREL PEM HYDREL PEM HYDREL PEMABJ 150 64-1(64) FDG 13 272 WS 1506384A/-1

300 67(66) 22 274 200 6385A/-1AF 15 536 26 282 300 6386A/-1

16 538 FFJ 170 31 400 6387A/-117 541 FRS series Fixed jet rings 14 30-2 J1418 552 FSB 10 870/.375" 30-22 J15-1119 553 15 871B 30-33 J15-42

AFJ 270 31/541 20 872B 17 1 J10AJ 500 742A 30 873B 3 J1

750 743A 40 874B 5 J21000 744A 50 875B 6 J3/J41250 745A FVN 75 R1291 8 J3/J41500 746A MJ 1525 325/25 11 J52000 747A 1535 325/35 13 A482/1/2"2250 748A-1,57mm 2025 326/25 13-34 A482/3/4"2500 748A,6.35mm 2035 326/35 19 00 Series 12V Transf.2750 749A 3025 327/25 LIGHT FIXTURES

AJI 200N 954 3035 327/35 4410 ,-4LV E300-36/B7S400N 956,custom 4025 328/25 ,-5LV E300/B1600N 958,custom 4035 328/35 ,-2554 ,10-6

ASB 100 844B 6025 329/25 4412 ,-V5 E100-3150 846B 6035 329/35 ,-5LV E100-3200 847B MJH 350 34 4413 ,-5 E300A/B9300 849B 1007 108-31 4414 ,-3 E300A/B36013 110 822 1807 108-33 ,-5 E300A/B9038 156 824/.156" 1813 108-36 4415 ,-3 E910038 187 824 1017 108-39 ,-3Q E950

ASJ 75 91 OSP 20 6092/62202 ,-RG ,10-4150 94 20PL 6092/6222 4418 ,-3 E150A/B46300 96 30 6093/62203 ,-4 E150A/B7

ASR 24N 424 40 6094/62204 ,-5 E150A/B130N 430 PH 1003 015 1223 4419 ,-3 E4136N 436 1004 015 1226 ,-4 E300A/B7S48N 448 1004 031 1228 ,-5 E300A/-B160N 460 1005 031 1230 4421 ,-73 E500A/B4672N 472 1006 031 1233 ,-4 E500A/B796N 608 1808 145 1238 ,-5 E500/-B1120N 610 1810 193 1241 4422 ,-3 E500A-LV/-B69144N 612 2412 193 1242 ,-4 E500A-LV/-B7168N 614 2420 193 1245 ,-5 E500A-LV/-B4216N 618 PS 1003 029 1123 4424 ,-3 E500A/B69

AVF 8 6090/-6215 1004 029 1126 ,-4 E500A-B712 7230series 1004 061 1127 ,-5 E500A/B420 7230series 1005 061 1129 4427 ,-73 E1100A/B69A24 7230series 1006 061 1134 ,-4 E1100A/B7

AVS 75 EV102 1808 253 1140 ,-5 E1100A/B4100 EV103 1810 379 1141 4842 ,-3 E41LV150 EV105 2412 379 1142 4843 ,-3 E41 (100W)200 EV106 2420 379 1146 4843 ,-3 E41/ (150W)

CAS 75 52 SS 100 7281 4846 ,-4 E40-LV/-B12150 53 200 7281 ,-5 E40/-B10-1300 55 300 7285 4847 ,-4 E40/-B12

DCC series S900series 500 7293 ,-5 E40/-B10-1EF 150 6345 600 7293 4848 ,-4 E40/-B12EJ 75 121 (1/2") UBJ 100 18-1 ,-5 E40/-B10-1

100 122 150 18-3b JUNCTION BOXESELWC LC L101-29/l104/49 200 18-3B 1701 J10

1 104-42 300 18-3B 1703 J1CP L104-100 VON 502 R1291 1705 J2

SD-1002 L104-1 WC 1 Q118 1706 J4FD 150 6112/6212 2 Q118 1708 J4

200 6112/6212 WDO 200 6317/2" 1710 J34300 6113/6212 300 6317/3" 1711 J34400 6114/6212 WS 75 6381A/-1 1713, -34 A482600 6446/44/881 100 6382A/-1 1719 J34

125 6383A/-1

HYDREL CROSS REFERENCES

660 2005-1

Page 212: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM

NEW PRODUCTS PART# PEM DESCRIPTION 503-6000 01050 FLOW STRAIGHTENERS 507-7800-1 800/810 STREAM JETS-METRIC-1-C 507-7800-2 800/810 STREAM JETS-USA-1 376-3100 A460 JUNCTION BOXES CUSTOM B30 SHALLOW NICHES 520-3000 21000 FLOW STRAIGHTENERS 520-4000 23000 FLOW STRAIGHTENERS FLANGES

Page 213: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

FLOW STRAIGHTENERS IN BRASS NPT SHORT PIPE NIPPLESPEM 01050 Series

T = Pipe Size with (male) outside NPT pipe thread also suitable for NPS & BSP pipe.OV = Overall Height/Length of fittingFL = Suggested maximum flowPR = Approximate. pressure loss through fitting at maximum flowSS = Suction Strainer maximum size orifice openingsPEM 01050 Series Flow Straighteners are made of Virgin Metal Red Brass Pipe,with ABS molded Flow Straightener, secured with stainless steel bolt (s) to pipe.

PEM 01050 Series Flow Straighteners can be fitted with a pipe coupling into the inflow of same size PEM Jets affected byturbulence in the supply pipe such as : PEM 02-1, 02-2, 02-6, 14 Series, 15-6, 28 Series, 31 Series,34, 52, 53, 60 Series, 80 Series,90 Series, 626, 700 Series, 840 Series, 870 Series, 950 Series, 1400 Series, 1560 Series, 1570 Series , 1610 Series.These flow straighteners work best at lower spray heights, with all of the above jets and nozzles as well as others..Marked improvements in spray effects can be achieved at low sprayheights with Stream Jets .These flow straighteners are ideal for use with water switches when connected with pipe coupling to the water switch, spray effectperformance can improve dramatically. Retro fitted to existing installations will improve their spray effects.PEM 01050 Series Flow Straighteners are not for use with PEM 800 Series Brass Stream Jets, with flow straightenersincorporated. PEM 01050 Series Flow Straighteners are not for very high water pressure and debris loaded water.

PEM 01050 Series Flow Straighteners are available custom made as PEM 01060 in Stainless Steel Pipe NipplesPEM 01050 Series Flow Straighteners are available custom made as PEM 01070 in threaded, PVC Pipe Nipples.

PEM 01050 Series Flow Straightener Inserts are available in OEM quantities asPEM 01040 Series without pipe nipple in pipe sizes : 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2" & 2"

Bottom View (In-Flow Side)

PEM 01053 01054 01055 01056 01057 01058

# 503-6013 503-6014 503-6015 503-6016 503-6017 503-6018

T (NPT) 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2"

OV mm 30mm 39mm 41mm 43 mm 45mm 54mm

OV Inches 1.181" 1.535" 1.614" 1.675" 1.771" 2.152"

FL L/min* 70 170 230 305 400 450

FL GPM* 18 45 60 80 106 120

PR *m(appr.) 2.8m 2.8m 2.5m 2.2m 2.0m 2.0m

PR * Ft Head 9.3' 9.3' 8.3' 7.3' 6.6' 6.6'

SS 3mm\0.125" 3mm\0.125" 3mm\0.125" 3mm/0.125" 3mm\0.125" 4mm\0.158"

1 1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 2" 1 1/4"

Top View (Out-Flow Side)

Sprays 2007-2 replaces 2006-10

Page 214: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

813 1"

8053/8"

8041/4"

8151 1/2"

812 3/4"

8081/2"

PEM 804-1 804-2 805-1 805-2 805-3 808-1 808-2 808-3 812-1 812-2 813-1 813-2 815-1 815-2 815-4 815-5# 507- -7800 -7810 -7820 -7822 -7823 -7830 -7832 -7833 -7890 -7892 -7910 -7912 -7920 -7922 -7924 -7925T (NPT) 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2"Dimensions mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mmX 3 4 4 5 6 6 8 10 12 14 12 14 16 17 19 20OV 56 56 71 71 71 88 88 88 100 100 110 110 155 155 155 155OD 10 10 23 23 23 27 27 27 36 36 40 40 56 56 56 56C 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 14 12 30 30 30 30 30 30SS 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3V-m 0.5m FL 0.7 1.5 1.6 4.0 5.9 6.5 10 15 22 28 18 33 40 45 55 60

MC 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.8 1.2 0.8 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0m FL 1.2 3.0 3.2 6.0 7.1 8.5 14 21 30 38 32 43 55 62 78 85

MC 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.6 1.3 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.5 2.1 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5m FL 2.0 4.8 4.8 7.0 8.2 10.5 17 27 38 45 38 52 68 75 92 105

MC 2.4 3.1 1.9 2.2 2.0 2.2 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.2 2.0 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 2.0m FL 2.8 5.5 5.5 8.0 9.5 12.0 20 31 43 55 45 60 80 84 110 130

MC 2.9 4.2 2.2 2.9 2.7 2.9 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.9 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.5m FL 3.7 6.2 6.2 9.0 10.7 13.5 22 34 48 64 49 69 90 197 120 145

MC 3.6 5.0 2.9 3.5 3.3 3.6 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.8 3.1 3.5 3.3 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0m FL 4.3 7.0 7.0 10.0 11.9 14.4 25 37 53 70 55 75 100 110 132 155

MC 4.6 5.0 3.3 4.2 3.9 4.2 4.0 4.4 4.9 5.5 3.8 4.5 4.1 3.9 3.8 3.8 4.0m FL 8.4 8.9 12.0 14.8 16.2 29 40 62 86 65 93 115 129 159 182

MC 7.0 4.6 5.4 5.5 5.3 5.4 5.4 6.2 7.0 5.1 6.0 5.9 5.3 5.1 5.1 5.0m FL 17.4 18.9 33 49 70 104 75 111 130 145 183 208

MC 6.9 6.5 7.0 6.5 7.9 8.3 6.3 7.5 7.2 6.8 6.6 6.8 6.0m FL 38 56 80 118 81 126 145 162 210 237

MC 8.7 7.7 9.4 10.0 7.7 9.0 8.9 8.1 8.1 8.0 8.0m FL 68 100 141 106 148 175 201 262 287

MC 9.9 12.5 13.0 10.8 12.0 11.7 11.0 10.8 10.810.0m FL 161 127 171 205 235 318 345

MC 15.8 13.0 14.7 15.0 14.0 13.7 13.712.0m FL 235 271 368 393

MC 18.1 16.9 16.6 16.6T : Male NPT to fit Female BSP / X : Nozzle Orifice / OV : Overall Height / OD : Outside Diameter / FL : Flow / MC : Nozzle Pressure/ SS : Suggested Size of Suction Strainer Orifices / V : Spray Height / C : Included Angle of adjustment

PEM Brass Stream Jets replace PEM LC Type & PEM 800 / 810 Series Jets and are most suitable for use with water switches.PEM Brass Stream Jets can be supplied in quantity with custom bored orifices of different size, please enquire.PEM Brass Stream Jets have male (outside thread) NPT pipe connection, suitable for insertion into female (inside thread)BSP Pipe Fittings. PEM Brass Stream Jets are supplied with molded ABS multi vane Flow Straighteners in the pipe connectionPEM Brass Stream Jets are made of solid Virgin Metal SAE-360 (B16) Brass.

2005

0328

-2 r

epla

ces

2005

0324

-2

PEMBRASS STREAM JETSsome with close to

Laminar Stream Performancesat lower spray height 800 / 810

SERIES

Page 1

PEM Brass Stream Jets, directional adjustable, with built in ABS Multi Vane Flow Straightener. For higher pressure orsaltwater ( sea water ) applications please consult catalog for other PEM 800 Series Jets in Virgin Metal Bronze orcustom made in 316 Stainless Steel. Gold or Chrome Plating of jets is available at extra cost, please request quotation.METRIC DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCES ( For American Dimensions & Performances : See PEM 800 / 810 SERIES, Page 2 )

This little Jetcan equalizepressure in asprayring

Page 215: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM Brass Stream Jets replace PEM LC Type & PEM 800 / 810 Series Jets and are most suitable for use with water switches.PEM Brass Stream Jets can be supplied in quantity with custom bored orifices of different size, please enquire.PEM Brass Stream Jets have male (outside thread) NPT pipe connection, suitable for insertion into female (inside thread)BSP Pipe Fittings. PEM Brass Stream Jets are supplied with molded ABS multi vane Flow Straighteners in the pipe connectionPEM Brass Stream Jets are made of solid Virgin Metal SAE-360 (B16) Brass.

PEM 804-1 804-2 805-1 805-2 805-3 808-1 808-2 808-3 812-1 812-2 813-1 813-2 815-1 815-2 815-4 815-5# 507- -7800 -7810 -7820 -7822 -7823 -7830 -7832 -7833 -7890 -7892 -7910 -7912 -7920 -7922 -7924 -7925T (NPT) 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2"Dimensions " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "X .118 .157 .157 .197 .236 .236 .315 .394 .472 .551 .472 .551 .630 .669 .748 .787OV 2.2 2.2 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.9 3.9 4.3 4.3 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1OD .394 .394 .905 .905 .905 1.063 1.063 1.063 1.418 1.418 1.575 1.575 2.205 2.205 2.205 2.205C 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 .551 .551 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181SS .059 .079 .079 .098 .118 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125 .125V-Feet 3' GPM 0.3 0.7 0.8 1.5 1.8 2.1 3.4 5.5 7.4 9.2 7.1 11.1 13.7 16.4 19.8 21.1

FH 4.8 4.9 3.7 4.9 3.9 4.1 3.9 4.6 4.6 6.2 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.6 3.6 4' GPM 0.4 1.0 1.0 1.7 2.0 2.3 4.0 6.3 8.5 10.3 8.7 11.6 15.9 18.0 21.7 24.3

FH 6.4 6.5 4.9 6.1 5.2 5.3 5.2 5.9 6.6 8.5 6.6 5.6 5.2 4.9 4.9 4.9 5' GPM 0.5 1.3 1.3 1.9 2.2 2.5 4.5 7.4 9.8 11.9 10.0 13.7 18.5 19.8 24.6 29.0

FH 7.9 8.2 6.2 7.3 6.6 6.4 6.4 7.5 8.5 10.5 8.2 6.9 6.6 6.2 6.2 5.9 6' GPM 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.4 2.9 5.0 7.9 10.8 13.2 11.4 15.0 20.6 22.0 27.7 32.2

FH 8.6 9.5 7.2 8.8 8.0 7.9 7.9 8.9 9.8 12.1 9.8 8.2 8.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 8' GPM 0.9 1.6 1.6 2.4 2.8 3.4 5.8 8.7 12.1 15.9 12.7 17.7 23.8 24.8 30.4 37.0

FH 11.5 13.3 9.2 11.2 10.5 10.6 10.5 11.5 12.8 15.4 10.2 11.2 10.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 10' GPM 1.2 1.9 1.9 2.7 3.2 3.9 6.4 10.0 13.7 18.5 14.8 20.0 26.1 29.0 35.1 41.0

FH 15.4 16.7 11.0 13.9 13.0 13.3 13.4 14.4 16.4 18.4 12.8 15.1 13.8 13.1 12.8 12.8 12' GPM 2.1 2.0 2.9 3.5 4.4 7.0 11.1 15.0 21.1 16.4 22.5 28.3 32.2 38.8 44.9

FH 20.1 13.6 16.4 15.2 16.1 16.0 16.4 19.0 21.3 15.4 18.1 17.4 15.7 15.4 15.4 15' GPM 4.6 5.0 8.2 12.4 17.4 25.6 18.5 25.6 32.5 36.2 44.9 51.5

FH 19.2 20.3 20.7 19.7 23.6 25.2 19.0 22.6 21.6 20.3 19.7 20.0 20' GPM 9.6 14.8 21.1 30.9 22.7 32.2 38.3 43.3 55.5 62.0

FH 29.2 25.6 31.2 33.1 25.6 29.9 29.5 26.6 26.9 26.6 25' GPM 17.4 25.6 36.2 26.7 36.5 44.4 50.1 67.4 72.7

FH 31.2 39.0 40.6 33.5 37.4 36.7 34.1 33.8 33.8 30' GPM 40.4 30.9 42.8 50.7 57.6 77.9 84.5

FH 47.8 40.0 44.3 44.6 41.7 41.0 41.0 35' GPM 26.8 64.7 88.5 93.8

FH 49.2 49.2 48.2 48.2T : Male NPT to fit Female BSP / Dimensions : Inches / X : Nozzle Orifice / OV : Overall Height / OD : Outside Diameter / FL : Flow / MC : Nozzle Pressure/ SS : Suggested Size of Suction Strainer Orifices / V : Spray Height / C : Included Angle of Adjustment

2005

0328

-3

repl

aces

200

5032

4-4

812 3/4"

813 1"

8081/2"

8053/8"

8041/4"

8151 1/2"

PEMBRASS STREAM JETSsome with close to

Laminar Stream Performancesat lower spray height 800 / 810

SERIES

Page 2

PEM Brass Stream Jets, directional adjustable, with built in ABS Multi Vane Flow Straightener. For higher pressure orsaltwater ( sea water ) applications please consult catalog for other PEM 800 Series Jets in Virgin Metal Bronze orcustom made in 316 Stainless Steel. Gold or Chrome Plating of jets is available at extra cost, please request quotation.AMERICAN DIMENSIONS & PERFORMANCES ( For Metric Dimensions & Performances : See PEM 800 / 810 SERIES, Page 1 )

The 804 Jet canassist to equalizepressure in largerpipe size spraymanifolds

Page 216: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM A460-1 & A460-2# 376-3100#376-3120

INSTALLATION WITHADJUSTMENT(Not to Scale)

PEM E300 + B30-1Lightfixture & Niche

Junction Box PEM J13Conduit Seal Conduit

A460-1 Submersible Junction Boxwith leg bolts for height elevation / anchoring adjustments

PEM A 460-1 & A460-2 Junction Boxes are custom made forinstallation into the concrete floor finishing of fountain pondsabove concrete base slabs, installed flush with the floor surfaceof the pond.PEM A 460-1 & A460-2 Junction Boxes are made of cast bronze withstainless steel fasteners, Neoprene ‘O’ring seal, include(4) 1/4-20 UNC x 3” - 75mm height adjustable Stainless Steel leg bolts/ anchors with lock nuts for precise height elevation adjustment and/or anchoringPEM A 460-1 Junction Box is available as standard with 4 x maximumsize 3/4” NPT side conduit connections and 1 x 3/4” NPT maximumsize bottom conduit connection. PEM A 460-1 Junction Box requires: (4) PEM J13-5 Conduit Sealsto connect incoming 1/2” electrical Conduits from shallow niches withfemale NPT threaded PVC adapter .Conduit number and size when other than standard, must be specifiedas to number,size & location (1/2" or 3/4").Orders without Conduit Connection specifications will be supplied withmaximum number of 5 x 3/4" NPT connection outlets.Unused openings must be closed with brass ( were approved) orstainless steel (NEMA) with NPT threaded plugs (supplied by others).PEM A 460-2 Junction Box is available as standard with 4 x maximumsize 1” NPT side conduit connections and 1 x 1” NPT maximum sizebottom conduit connection.PEM A 460-2 Junction Box requires: (4) PEM J17-5 Conduit Sealsto connect incoming 3/4” electrical Conduits from shallow niches withfemale NPT threaded PVC adapter .Conduit number and size when other than standard, must be specifiedas to number,size & location (1/2", 3/4" or 1”).Orders without Conduit Connection specifications will be suppliedwith maximum number of 5 x 1" NPT connection outlets.Unused openings must be closed with brass ( were approved) orstainless steel (NEMA) with NPT threaded plugs (supplied by others).PEM A 460-1 & A460-2 Junction Boxes have 6 (six) internal ground(earth) connections, sufficient for each conduit connection plus onespare & 1 (one) external ground ( earth) connectionPEM A460-1 & A460-2 Junction Boxes must be installed in conform-ance with all applicable electrical codes. For NEMA installations, thejunction box cavity must be filled with a UL listed compound. All supplyconduits into a pool must be self draining in a visible location outsideof the pool. All threaded conduit connection(s) as well as all cordsealsmust be installed with water sealing thread sealant (Teflon Tape).OPTIONAL : Conduit Seals ( at extra cost )PEM J13-5-0, # 378-0150, BrassPEM J13-5-1, # 378-0151 Stainless Steel (NEMA)3/4” x 1/2” NPT, conduit seal for0.435” size cable in 1/2” (0.5”) electrical conduitPEM J13-7-0, # 378-0170, BrassPEM J13-7-1, # 378-0171 Stainless Steel (NEMA)1” x 3/4” NPT, conduit seal for max. 0.625”size cable in 3/4” (0.75”) electrical conduitCONDUCTOR COUNT IN JUNCTIONBOX (AS PER NEMA)3 x. (+), (-) & Ground (Earth) for Supply2 x (+), (-) For each Light Fixture.(Ground (Earth) of Light fixtures is notcounted as connected into box. For 4light fixtures the total number of con-ductors to be accounted for = 11.

DIMENSIONSA Outside Diameter of Junction Box 170 mm / 6.70"B C. x C. Diameter of 4 Leg Bolts 187 mm / 7.36 "C Height from Bottom of Box to Top of Box: 51mm / 2.00"D Height,Top of Box: Adjustable with bols above base surface:E Bottom Conduit Connection: 3/4” NPTF PEM J13-5 Side Conduit Seal Connection: 3/4” NPT x 1/2” NPTG Wiring Compartment Cubic Volume: 375 cm3 / 22.9 Cubic Inches

Ouside Ground

Conduit OutletLocationsclockwise fromOutside Ground

DIMENSIONSA Outside Diameter of Junction Box 170 mm / 6.70"B C. x C. Diameter of 4 Leg Bolts 187 mm / 7.36 "C Height from Bottom of Box to Top of Box: 60mm / 2.362"D Height,Top of Box: Adjustable above base surface.E Bottom Conduit Connection: 1” NPTF PEM J13-7 Side Conduit Seal Connection: 1” NPT x 3/4” NPTG Wiring Compartment Cubic Volume: 468 cm3 / 28.6 Cubic Inches

A

B

DC

FConduit Seal

EBottom Conduit Connection

#2 #5 #4

#1

#3

PEM 460-1 JUNCTION BOX

(4) 1/4-20 St.St.x 3" / 75mmAnchor Bolts & Nuts

PEM 460-2 JUNCTION BOX

GWiring Compartment

PEM 13-5 & 13-7Conduit Seals

NEMA Cubic ContentPer conductor:

#16 AWG = 1.75 in.3 #14 AWG = 2.0 in.3 #12 AWG = 2.25 in.3 #10 AWG = 2.5 in.3 # 8 AWG = 3.0 in.3 # 6 AWG = 5.0 in.3

in.3 = Cubic Inch

SUBMERSIBLE JUNCTION BOXES FOR INTO POOL FLOOR INSTALLATION,

TO CONNECT TO POWER SUPPLYPEM SUBMERSIBLE LIGHTFIXTURES

WITH PEM SHALLOW NICHE MOUNTING

Prin

ted

in C

anad

a,

C.

PE

M F

ount

ain

Co.

200

5-08

-8

Page 217: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM B30-1 & B32-1SHALLOW NICHES

Prin

ted

in C

anad

a,

C

.

PE

M F

ount

ain

Co.

20

05-8

-11

FOR DETAILS OF LIGHTFIXTURESSee applicable PEM Lightfixtures

SHALLOW NICHES PEM B 30-1 & B32-1 CONSTRUCTIONCast bronze with Epoxy joined Molded Kydex 100 Niche, Brass or Stainless Steel(NEMA) connections , including: PEM 13 Series Conduit seal, (4) 1/4"-20 UNC x 3" /76mm Stainless Steel Bolts w. Locknuts for legs and/or anchors and preciseelevation adjustment prior to pouring of concrete ( Surplus length of StainlessSteel leg bolts to be cut off flush at top surface of niche bracket after adjustment )LIGHTFIXTURE LOCKABLE DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTMENT ON NICHE:After Installation, the lightfixture can be tilted up to a limited angular position, de-pending on fixture and exposed cable in niche. Lightfixture can also be rotatedhorizontally by appr. 45o after installation and locked into position.OPTIONAL, EXTRA & ADDITIONAL:NICHE DRAIN, side mounted, only supplied when specified with order!Requires self draining tube system connection to 1/2" NPT/ BSP (specify) at niche!Drain tubing must be heat traced for outdoor ponds in freezing climates to preventwater freeze up in niches & drains with consequent possible structural damages.CONDUIT & DRAIN CONNECTION, 304 Stainless Steel (NEMA,USA requirement.

PEM E B30-1 + E300F w. 16/3 AWG Cable

PEM B32-1 + C 133-1 w. 10/3 AWG Cable

PEM B32-1 + C 133-6 w. 16/9 AWG Cable

PEM E B30-1 + E500 w. 16/3 AWG Cable

PEM B30-1 & B32-1 Custom Made Shallow Niches are designed to retain the connecting electrical cable of thelightfixture beneath the same in order to prevent the unsightly (for some) mess of electrical cable and stubbed upjunction boxes in the bottom of an ornamentally finished fountain pond but also to prevent possible injury and or damageto equipment by the exposed cable and junction boxes. Niches are normally supplied with brass conduit & drainconnection. For NEMA - USA requirements, Stainless Steel connections are supplied at extra cost.

DIMENSIONSA Outside Diameter of Niche 273mm / 10.750"B C. x C. Diameter of 4 Leg Bolts 288mm / 11.375"C Height, Bottom to Top of Niche : 51mm / 2.000"D Height,Top of Niche : Adjustable with bols above base surface:For PEM Standard Yoke Mountable Lightfixtures withFixture Cable Outside Diameter of maximum 0.435" / 11 mmPEM J 13-5 Conduit Connection, Side or Bottom = 1/2" NPT (Female)Drain Connection at side of niche, 1/2" NPT (female) with 3/8"NPT PlugTo conduit connect to: PEM A 460-1 Junction Box

PEM B 30-1 SHALLOW NICHE

DIMENSIONSA Outside Diameter of Niche 273mm / 10.750"B C. x C. Diameter of 4 Leg Bolts 288mm / 11.375"C Height, Bottom to Top of Niche : 60mm / 2.362"D Height,Top of Niche : Adjustable with bols above base surface:For PEM Standard Yoke Mountable Lightfixtures withFixture Cable Outside Diameter maximum 0.625" / 15.9mmPEM J 13-7 Conduit Connection, Side or Bottom = 3/4" NPT(male)Drain Connection at side of niche, 1/2" NPT (female) with 3/8"NPT PlugTo conduit connect to: PEM A 460-2 Junction Box

PEM B 32-1 SHALLOW NICHE

C

(4) 1/4-20 St.St.x 3" / 75mmAnchor Bolts & Nuts

Niche

ConduitSide Connection

Lightfixture

ConduitBottom connection

D 1/2" NPT Drain w.Plug,

must be specified

B

A

FOR DIMENSIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS OF THE VARIOUSCUSTOM MADE NICHE AND LIGHTFIXTURE COMBINATIONS:

Contact supplier and request quotation stating:Quantity, Model of Lightfixture, Voltage, Cable Type & Length

Page 218: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Flow Press. Flow Press. Flow Press. Flow Press. Flow Press. Flow Press. Flow Press.

Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss

GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet

50 0.207 50 0.188 150 0.604 400 0.951 500 0.720 800 0.980 1000 0.930

60 0.272 60 0.270 200 1.075 500 1.488 600 1.040 1000 1.520 1500 1.980

75 0.383 75 0.423 250 1.680 600 2.140 800 1.860 1200 2.190 2000 3.540

100 0.612 100 0.754 300 2.420 800 3.811 1000 2.900 1500 3.340 2500 5.540

150 1.080 150 1.527 350 3.290 900 4.890 1200 4.190 2000 5.940 3000 9.390

200 2.610 400 4.480 1000 6.650 1600 7.450 2500 9.010 3500 10.870

L/min m. L /min m. L/min m. L/min m. L/min m. L/min m. L/min m

189.0 0.063 189.0 0.057 567.78 0.184 1513.8 0.289 1892.4 0.219 2271.0 0.298 3785.4 0.283

226.8 0.083 226.8 0.082 757.2 0.326 1892.4 0.453 2271.0 0.317 3028.2 0463 5677.8 0.603

283.8 0.116 283.8 0.128 946.2 0.512 2271.0 0.652 3028.2 0.566 3785.4 0.667 7580.8 1.070

378.0 0.186 378.0 0.229 1135.2 0.737 3028.2 1.161 3785.4 0.883 5677.8 1.018 9463.2 1.680

567.6 0.329 567.6 0.465 1324.8 1.002 3331.2 1.490 4542.0 1.277 7566.0 1.810 11356.2 2.860

756.0 0.795 1434.0 1.365 3785.4 2.026 6056.4 2.270 9463.2 2.740 13249.2 3.310

Page 1 of 2

PIPE SIZE 2-1/2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12”

O.D. 127mm 136mm 175mm 229mm 280mm 340mm 411mm of Flange 5.000” 5.375” 6.900 ” 9.000” 11.000” 13.375” 16.187”

Thickness 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm of Flange 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394”

Length of 317mm 381mm 508mm 762mm 1016mm 1270mm 1524mm Unit in pipe 12.5” 15” 20” 30” 40” 50” 60”

Fit into pipe 60mm 74mm 99mm 150mm 198mm 251mm 302mm O.D. of Unit 2.362” 2.913” 3.898” 5.905” 7.795” 9.882” 11.890”

# of Tubes 36 41 42 53 50 56 58

I.D. 4.826mm 6.477mm 9.321mm 14.097mm 20.447mm 24.892mm 29.972m of Tubes 0.190” 0.255” 0.367” 0.555” 0.805” 0.980” 1.180”

Suct.Str. 3.175mm 4.826mm 6.000mm 9.525mm 10.000mm 12.700mm 15875mm Orifice Size 0.125” 0.187” 0.250” 0.375” 0.393” 0.500” 0.625”

Suct.Str.Type ‘C’ ‘B’ ‘B’ ‘A’ ‘A’ ‘A’ ‘A’

PEM 7280/90 7299 7294 7298 7297 Multiple 7297 Multiple 7297 Multiple 7297

PEM 21025 21030 21040 21060 21080 21110 21120 Serial 520-3025 520-3030 520-3040 520-3060 520-3080 520-3100 520-3120

With orderstate: Insidepipe diam. &ASA or BSPflat Flange

Prin

ted

in C

anad

a,

C

.

PE

M F

ount

ain

Co.

20

05-0

5-12

-14,

1 o

f 2

FLOW STRAIGHTENERS

Flow:GPM =USGPM

FlowStraightenersare made of304 Stainlesssteel.FlowStraightenersare insertedinto pipebetween flatcompanionflanges withsuitable sizeflange ringgaskets (2)

PEM 21000 Series custom made FLOW STRAIGHTENERS, are similar in design tomodified ‘Zanker’ type double action flow straighteners and relate to the flowrequirements & PEM Angular Spray Design Calculations as published in PEMcatalogues.All PEM spray design calculations are based upon linear, laminar and/or most of all,non -turbulent and/or twisting flow of water into the spray jet having minimum directionaladjustment.Where turbulence and/or twisting flow is present and better performance is desired,the use of flow straightening devices in the pipe riser to the jet can show dramaticsprayheight (distance) improvements.For maximum spray performances and/or for use with silted water: Use custom madespray jets with flanged pipe connection and steel orifice sleeve.PEM 21000 Series Flow Straighteners require orifice & flow sized pump suctionstrainers, see PEM Catalog Design Data for suction strainer sizing. Never use in linebasket strainers in the pump suction except as protection for pump.Suggested Suction Strainer sizes in red in table for maximum flows.For more economic solutions or applications with lesser turbulence without water swirlssee: PEM 23000 Series Flow Straightening FlangesFor smaller size Flow Straighteners see: PEM 01050 Series

PEM

# 520-3000

21000 Series

Page 219: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Printed in C

anada, C. P

EM

Fountain C

o. 2005-09-12-14,, 2 of 2PEM

h = V2 (fL/D+k) / 2 g

f=friction factor(Darcy-Wisbach formula) L=pipe length , ft D=inside pipe diameter g=acceleration of gravity, 32.17 ft/s2

k=0.45 V=velocity of the stream , ft/s

FLOW STRAIGHTENER POSITIONING

Not to

Scale

A

C

E

D

BF

G

H

NOZZLE / JET RISER PIPE WITH FLOW STRAIGHTENER ON ELBOW

Page 2 of 2

A = Minimum Length of overall Straight Pipe Riser = 10 x Pipe SizeB = Center Part of Straight Pipe Riser, longer than Flow Straightener to permit insertion of sameC = Length of Flow Straigthener Unit in pipe , see page one.D = Length of Straight Pipe Riser between end of flow straightener and nozzle = 3 to 10 times pipe sizeE = Length of straight pipe between inflow elbow and flow straightener = 1 to 2 times pipe sizeF = Nozzle or Jet, either with threaded or flanged pipe connection or flanged tapered pipe reducer from

riser pipe size to nozzle pipe size terminating in threaded companion flange and close pipe nipple orplain pipe flange, depending on nozzle or jet pipe connection.

G = Nozzle or Jet, either with threaded or flanged pipe connection mounted on tapered reducer fiiting.H = Flanged inflow pipe elbow.PEM 21000 Series custom made FLOW STRAIGHTENERS, are similar in design to modified ‘Zanker’ type double action flowstraighteners and relate to the flow requirements & PEM Angular Spray Design Calculations as published in PEM catalogues.

PEM 874B to 5.1m - 17 Ft , on 4” Elbow, No Flow Straightener

PEM 874B to 5.1m - 17 Ft, on 4” Elbowwith PEM 21040 Flow Straightener

Comparison of PEM 874 with 4” identical ABS pipe riser of design length on 4”, 90o Elbow FittingSprayheight appr. 17 feet ( 5.1m) , 1.5” Orifice, 178 GPM (674 L/min) x 22.8 Ft (6.95m) Head

‘01’ Flange of Flow Straightener

‘02’ Pipe ( Inside Diameter to be specified )

‘03’ (2) Flat Face Pipe Flanges (ASA or BSP)

‘04’ (2) Flange Gaskets

‘01’

‘02’

‘03’‘04’‘04’‘03’Not to Scale

‘02’

Flow / Pressure LossFormula for PEM 21000

FLOW STRAIGHTENERS# 520-3000

21000 Series

Page 220: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

Flow Press Flow Press Flow Press Flow Press Flow Press Flow Press Flow PressLoss Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss

GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet GPM Feet 50 1.018 50 0.223 150 0.594 400 0.453 500 0.172 800 0.157 1000 0.016 60 1.469 60 0.322 200 1.135 500 0.709 600 0.248 1000 0.247 1500 0.240 75 2.305 75 0.504 250 1.647 600 1.022 800 0.442 1200 0.356 2000 0.432100 4.095 100 0.897 300 2.370 800 1.818 1000 0.691 1500 0.559 2500 0.675150 9.230 150 2.021 350 3.230 900 2.301 1200 0.997 2000 0.992 3000 0.972

200 3.549 400 3.585 1000 2.835 1600 1.771 2500 1.549 3500 1.325L/min m. L /min m. L/min m. L/min m. L/min m. L/min m. L/min m 189.0 0.310 189.0 0.068 567.7 0.181 514.0 0.138 1892.4 0.052 2271.0 0.047 3785.4 0.003 226.8 0.440 226.8 0.098 757.2 0.345 892.4 0.216 2271.0 0.076 3028.2 0.075 5677.8 0.073 283.8 0.702 283.8 0.153 946.2 0.501 2271.0 0.311 3028.2 0.554 3785.4 0.108 7580.8 0.131 378.0 1.248 378.0 0.273 1135.2 0.724 3028.2 0.554 3785.4 0.210 5677.8 0.170 9463.2 0.205

750.6 1.095 1514.0 1.092 3785.4 0.864 6056.0 0.539 9463.2 0.472 1349.2 0.403

PAGE # 1 OF 2 - FOR INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS SEE PAGE # 2

PIPE SIZE 2-1/2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12”

O.D. 127mm 136mm 175mm 229mm 280mm 340mm 411mm of Flange 5.000” 5.375” 6.900 ” 9.000” 11.000” 13.375” 16.187”

Thickness 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 10mm of Flange 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394” 0.394”

Length of 18.6mm 18.6mm 18.6mm 21.8mm 21.8mm 28.7mm 28.7mm Unit in pipe 0.725” 0.725” 0.725” 0.850” 0.850” 1.100” 1.100”

Fit into pipe 60mm 74mm 99mm 150mm 198mm 251mm 302mm O.D. of Unit 2.362” 2.913” 3.898” 5.905” 7.795” 9.882” 11.890”

# of Orifices 36 31 32 53 50 56 58

Lesser I.D. 4.826mm 6.477mm 9.321mm 14.097mm 20.447mm 24.892mm 29.972m of Orifice 0.190” 0.255” 0.367” 0.555” 0.805” 0.980” 1.180”

Suct.Str. 3.175mm 4.826mm 6.000mm 9.525mm 10.000mm 12.700mm 15875mm Orifice Size 0.125” 0.187” 0.250” 0.375” 0.393” 0.500” 0.625”

Suct.Str.Type ‘C’ ‘B’ ‘B’ ‘A’ ‘A’ ‘A’ ‘A’ PEM 7280/90 7299 7294 7298 7297 Multiple 7297 Multiple 7297 Multiple 7297

PEM 23025 23030 23040 23060 23080 23110 23120 Serial 520-4025 520-4030 520-4040 520-4060 520-4080 520-4100 520-4120

With orderstate: Insidepipe diam. &ASA or BSPFlat Flange

# 520-4000

Flow :GPM =USGPM

FlowStraighteningFlangesare made ofvirgin bronzeor At extra cost:Of # 316 alloystainless steelfor sea waterorOf hardened# 460 alloystainless steelfor silted water

Prin

ted

in C

anad

a,

C.

P

EM

Fou

ntai

n C

o. 2

006

- 03

-15,

1 o

f 2

PEM 23000 Series Flow Straightening Flanges have special formed orifice configura-tions that will remove effectively most bulk profile flow distortion, except for multi swirldistortion. PEM 23000 Series Flow Straightening Flanges are made of virgin castbronze or at extra cost of stainless steelPEM 23000 Series Flow Straightening Flanges require orifice & flow sized pump suctionstrainers, see PEM Catalog Design Data for suction strainer sizing. Never use in linebasket strainers in the pump suction except as protection for pump. Suggested Suction Strainers sizes in red in table for maximum flows.For best effectiveness allow minimum 1 - 2 times pipe size distance ofstraight pipe between the flow straightening flange and supply pipe fitting.Allow at least 5 - 8 times pipe size distance of straight pipe between the flowstraightening flange and the spray jet.For maximum spray performances and/or for use with silted water:Order spray jets with flanged pipe connection and steel orifice sleeves.PEM 23000 Series FLOW STRAIGHTENING FLANGES are less effective to removemultiple swirl flow distortion ( as caused by multiple closely connected pipe fittings andvalves) than PEM 21000 Series Flow Straighteners but have a lesser pressure loss andare more convenient to install. For applications with maximum flow distortion use onlyPEM 21000 Series Flow StraightenersFor smaller pipe size Flow Straighteners see: PEM 01050 Series

23034PEM 520-4030

PEMFLOW STRAIGHTENING

FLANGES

23000 Series

Page 221: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PAGE # 2 OF 2 - FOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIZES AVAILABLE SEE PAGE # 1

Printed in C

anada, C. P

EM

Fountain Co. 2006-03-15 2 of 2

FLOW STRAIGHTENING FLANGEPLACEMENT

PEM 874B Jetdirectly on 4”, 90o Elbow,

without Flow Straightening Flange & riser pipe

PEM 874B Jet with Riser Pipe& PEM 21040 Flow Straightener

on 4”, 90o Elbow ( as below)

Comparison of PEM 874B, 38.1mm / 1.500” Orifice on 4”, 90o Elbow Fitting

‘1’ Flange of Flow Straightener

‘2’ Pipe ( Inside Diameter to be specified )

‘3’ (2) Flat Face Pipe Flanges (ASA or BSP)

‘4’ (2) Flange Gaskets

‘1’

‘2’

‘3’

‘4’ ‘4’

‘3’

Not to Scale

‘2’

Flow Straightening Flanges are inserted into pipe between flatcompanion flanges with suitable size flange ring gaskets (2)

h = V2 (fL/D+k) / 2 g

f=friction factor(Darcy-Wisbach formula) L=pipe length , ft D=inside pipe diameter g=acceleration of gravity, 32.17 ft/s2

k=0.25 V=velocity of the stream , ft/s

Flow / Pressure LossFormula for PEM 23000

NOZZLE / JET RISER PIPE WITH FLOWSTRAIGHTENING FLANGE ON ELBOW FITTING

AB

C

D

A = Minimum Length of overall Straight Pipe Riser= 10 x Pipe Size

B = Length of Straight Pipe Riser between end of flowstraightening flange and nozzle = 5 - 8 times pipe size

C = Length of straight pipe between inflow elbow andflow straightening flange = minimum. 1 - 2 times pipe size

D = Nozzle or Jet, either with threaded or flanged pipeconnection or long tapered pipe reducer from riser pipesize to nozzle pipe size

Not toScale

23000 SeriesPEMFLOW STRAIGHTENINGFLANGES# 520-4000

Page 222: SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES · 2010. 8. 12. · PEM Edition 2005 - 1 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT FOR FOUNTAINS & WATER FEATURES PEM 876C (A) to 80.9m / 265.4 Feet

PEM 29Playground JetsBarrieCanadaBy:R.J.Van SetersMarkham

PEM 776Goderich,CanadaBy:R.J.Van SetersMarkham

PEM Jets & LightsKrizi’s FontanaPrague, Czech RepublicEngineered by:S.E.P.R.O.Ing.Ottomar Sevcik, Prerov